KVM: Don't pre-reserve xarray entries when storing empty/NULL attributesgrafted

Skip the xarray reservation loop when clearing all memory attributes, as
storing NULL only erases the entry and never needs to allocate, so no
reservation (and no cleanup of a failed one) is required in that case.

Suggested-by: Sean Christopherson <seanjc@google.com>
Cc: David Ballesteros <davimaba.v@proton.me>
Signed-off-by: Zeng Chi <zengchi@kylinos.cn>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260921102442.1232375-1-zeng_chi911@163.com
[sean: split to separate patch]
Signed-off-by: Sean Christopherson <seanjc@google.com>

111 files changed, 26193 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/include/media/cadence/cdns-csi2rx.h b/include/media/cadence/cdns-csi2rx.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..782d03fc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/cadence/cdns-csi2rx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ */
+#ifndef _CDNS_CSI2RX_H
+#define _CDNS_CSI2RX_H
+
+#include <media/v4l2-subdev.h>
+
+/**
+ * cdns_csi2rx_negotiate_ppc - Negotiate pixel-per-clock on output interface
+ *
+ * @subdev: point to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @pad: pad number of the source pad
+ * @ppc: pointer to requested pixel-per-clock value
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success, negative error code otherwise.
+ */
+int cdns_csi2rx_negotiate_ppc(struct v4l2_subdev *subdev, unsigned int pad,
+			      u8 *ppc);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/cec-notifier.h b/include/media/cec-notifier.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b1c839734
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/cec-notifier.h
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * cec-notifier.h - notify CEC drivers of physical address changes
+ *
+ * Copyright 2016 Russell King.
+ * Copyright 2016-2017 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef LINUX_CEC_NOTIFIER_H
+#define LINUX_CEC_NOTIFIER_H
+
+#include <linux/err.h>
+#include <media/cec.h>
+
+struct device;
+struct edid;
+struct cec_adapter;
+struct cec_notifier;
+
+#if IS_REACHABLE(CONFIG_CEC_CORE) && IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CEC_NOTIFIER)
+
+/**
+ * cec_notifier_conn_register - find or create a new cec_notifier for the given
+ * HDMI device and connector tuple.
+ * @hdmi_dev: HDMI device that sends the events.
+ * @port_name: the connector name from which the event occurs. May be NULL
+ * if there is always only one HDMI connector created by the HDMI device.
+ * @conn_info: the connector info from which the event occurs (may be NULL)
+ *
+ * If a notifier for device @dev and connector @port_name already exists, then
+ * increase the refcount and return that notifier.
+ *
+ * If it doesn't exist, then allocate a new notifier struct and return a
+ * pointer to that new struct.
+ *
+ * Return NULL if the memory could not be allocated.
+ */
+struct cec_notifier *
+cec_notifier_conn_register(struct device *hdmi_dev, const char *port_name,
+			   const struct cec_connector_info *conn_info);
+
+/**
+ * cec_notifier_conn_unregister - decrease refcount and delete when the
+ * refcount reaches 0.
+ * @n: notifier. If NULL, then this function does nothing.
+ */
+void cec_notifier_conn_unregister(struct cec_notifier *n);
+
+/**
+ * cec_notifier_cec_adap_register - find or create a new cec_notifier for the
+ * given device.
+ * @hdmi_dev: HDMI device that sends the events.
+ * @port_name: the connector name from which the event occurs. May be NULL
+ * if there is always only one HDMI connector created by the HDMI device.
+ * @adap: the cec adapter that registered this notifier.
+ *
+ * If a notifier for device @dev and connector @port_name already exists, then
+ * increase the refcount and return that notifier.
+ *
+ * If it doesn't exist, then allocate a new notifier struct and return a
+ * pointer to that new struct.
+ *
+ * Return NULL if the memory could not be allocated.
+ */
+struct cec_notifier *
+cec_notifier_cec_adap_register(struct device *hdmi_dev, const char *port_name,
+			       struct cec_adapter *adap);
+
+/**
+ * cec_notifier_cec_adap_unregister - decrease refcount and delete when the
+ * refcount reaches 0.
+ * @n: notifier. If NULL, then this function does nothing.
+ * @adap: the cec adapter that registered this notifier.
+ */
+void cec_notifier_cec_adap_unregister(struct cec_notifier *n,
+				      struct cec_adapter *adap);
+
+/**
+ * cec_notifier_set_phys_addr - set a new physical address.
+ * @n: the CEC notifier
+ * @pa: the CEC physical address
+ *
+ * Set a new CEC physical address.
+ * Does nothing if @n == NULL.
+ */
+void cec_notifier_set_phys_addr(struct cec_notifier *n, u16 pa);
+
+/**
+ * cec_notifier_set_phys_addr_from_edid - set parse the PA from the EDID.
+ * @n: the CEC notifier
+ * @edid: the struct edid pointer
+ *
+ * Parses the EDID to obtain the new CEC physical address and set it.
+ * Does nothing if @n == NULL.
+ */
+void cec_notifier_set_phys_addr_from_edid(struct cec_notifier *n,
+					  const struct edid *edid);
+
+/**
+ * cec_notifier_parse_hdmi_phandle - find the hdmi device from "hdmi-phandle"
+ * @dev: the device with the "hdmi-phandle" device tree property
+ *
+ * Returns the device pointer referenced by the "hdmi-phandle" property.
+ * Note that the refcount of the returned device is not incremented.
+ * This device pointer is only used as a key value in the notifier
+ * list, but it is never accessed by the CEC driver.
+ */
+struct device *cec_notifier_parse_hdmi_phandle(struct device *dev);
+
+#else
+
+static inline struct cec_notifier *
+cec_notifier_conn_register(struct device *hdmi_dev, const char *port_name,
+			   const struct cec_connector_info *conn_info)
+{
+	/* A non-NULL pointer is expected on success */
+	return (struct cec_notifier *)0xdeadfeed;
+}
+
+static inline void cec_notifier_conn_unregister(struct cec_notifier *n)
+{
+}
+
+static inline struct cec_notifier *
+cec_notifier_cec_adap_register(struct device *hdmi_dev, const char *port_name,
+			       struct cec_adapter *adap)
+{
+	/* A non-NULL pointer is expected on success */
+	return (struct cec_notifier *)0xdeadfeed;
+}
+
+static inline void cec_notifier_cec_adap_unregister(struct cec_notifier *n,
+						    struct cec_adapter *adap)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void cec_notifier_set_phys_addr(struct cec_notifier *n, u16 pa)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void cec_notifier_set_phys_addr_from_edid(struct cec_notifier *n,
+							const struct edid *edid)
+{
+}
+
+static inline struct device *cec_notifier_parse_hdmi_phandle(struct device *dev)
+{
+	return ERR_PTR(-ENODEV);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * cec_notifier_phys_addr_invalidate() - set the physical address to INVALID
+ *
+ * @n: the CEC notifier
+ *
+ * This is a simple helper function to invalidate the physical
+ * address. Does nothing if @n == NULL.
+ */
+static inline void cec_notifier_phys_addr_invalidate(struct cec_notifier *n)
+{
+	cec_notifier_set_phys_addr(n, CEC_PHYS_ADDR_INVALID);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/cec-pin.h b/include/media/cec-pin.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..483bc4769
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/cec-pin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * cec-pin.h - low-level CEC pin control
+ *
+ * Copyright 2017 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef LINUX_CEC_PIN_H
+#define LINUX_CEC_PIN_H
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <media/cec.h>
+
+/**
+ * struct cec_pin_ops - low-level CEC pin operations
+ * @read:	read the CEC pin. Returns > 0 if high, 0 if low, or an error
+ *		if negative.
+ * @low:	drive the CEC pin low.
+ * @high:	stop driving the CEC pin. The pull-up will drive the pin
+ *		high, unless someone else is driving the pin low.
+ * @enable_irq:	optional, enable the interrupt to detect pin voltage changes.
+ * @disable_irq: optional, disable the interrupt.
+ * @free:	optional. Free any allocated resources. Called when the
+ *		adapter is deleted.
+ * @status:	optional, log status information.
+ * @read_hpd:	optional. Read the HPD pin. Returns > 0 if high, 0 if low or
+ *		an error if negative.
+ * @read_5v:	optional. Read the 5V pin. Returns > 0 if high, 0 if low or
+ *		an error if negative.
+ * @received:	optional. High-level CEC message callback. Allows the driver
+ *		to process CEC messages.
+ *
+ * These operations (except for the @received op) are used by the
+ * cec pin framework to manipulate the CEC pin.
+ */
+struct cec_pin_ops {
+	int  (*read)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+	void (*low)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+	void (*high)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+	bool (*enable_irq)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+	void (*disable_irq)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+	void (*free)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+	void (*status)(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct seq_file *file);
+	int  (*read_hpd)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+	int  (*read_5v)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+
+	/* High-level CEC message callback */
+	int (*received)(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct cec_msg *msg);
+};
+
+/**
+ * cec_pin_changed() - update pin state from interrupt
+ *
+ * @adap:	pointer to the cec adapter
+ * @value:	when true the pin is high, otherwise it is low
+ *
+ * If changes of the CEC voltage are detected via an interrupt, then
+ * cec_pin_changed is called from the interrupt with the new value.
+ */
+void cec_pin_changed(struct cec_adapter *adap, bool value);
+
+/**
+ * cec_pin_allocate_adapter() - allocate a pin-based cec adapter
+ *
+ * @pin_ops:	low-level pin operations
+ * @priv:	will be stored in adap->priv and can be used by the adapter ops.
+ *		Use cec_get_drvdata(adap) to get the priv pointer.
+ * @name:	the name of the CEC adapter. Note: this name will be copied.
+ * @caps:	capabilities of the CEC adapter. This will be ORed with
+ *		CEC_CAP_MONITOR_ALL and CEC_CAP_MONITOR_PIN.
+ *
+ * Allocate a cec adapter using the cec pin framework.
+ *
+ * Return: a pointer to the cec adapter or an error pointer
+ */
+struct cec_adapter *cec_pin_allocate_adapter(const struct cec_pin_ops *pin_ops,
+					void *priv, const char *name, u32 caps);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/cec.h b/include/media/cec.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c8b0950b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/cec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,599 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * cec - HDMI Consumer Electronics Control support header
+ *
+ * Copyright 2016 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_CEC_H
+#define _MEDIA_CEC_H
+
+#include <linux/poll.h>
+#include <linux/fs.h>
+#include <linux/device.h>
+#include <linux/cdev.h>
+#include <linux/kthread.h>
+#include <linux/timer.h>
+#include <linux/cec-funcs.h>
+#include <media/rc-core.h>
+
+#define CEC_CAP_DEFAULTS (CEC_CAP_LOG_ADDRS | CEC_CAP_TRANSMIT | \
+			  CEC_CAP_PASSTHROUGH | CEC_CAP_RC)
+
+/**
+ * struct cec_devnode - cec device node
+ * @dev:	cec device
+ * @cdev:	cec character device
+ * @minor:	device node minor number
+ * @lock:	lock to serialize open/release and registration
+ * @registered:	the device was correctly registered
+ * @unregistered: the device was unregistered
+ * @lock_fhs:	lock to control access to @fhs
+ * @fhs:	the list of open filehandles (cec_fh)
+ *
+ * This structure represents a cec-related device node.
+ *
+ * To add or remove filehandles from @fhs the @lock must be taken first,
+ * followed by @lock_fhs. It is safe to access @fhs if either lock is held.
+ *
+ * The @parent is a physical device. It must be set by core or device drivers
+ * before registering the node.
+ */
+struct cec_devnode {
+	/* sysfs */
+	struct device dev;
+	struct cdev cdev;
+
+	/* device info */
+	int minor;
+	/* serialize open/release and registration */
+	struct mutex lock;
+	bool registered;
+	bool unregistered;
+	/* protect access to fhs */
+	struct mutex lock_fhs;
+	struct list_head fhs;
+};
+
+struct cec_adapter;
+struct cec_data;
+struct cec_pin;
+struct cec_notifier;
+
+struct cec_data {
+	struct list_head list;
+	struct list_head xfer_list;
+	struct cec_adapter *adap;
+	struct cec_msg msg;
+	u8 match_len;
+	u8 match_reply[5];
+	struct cec_fh *fh;
+	struct delayed_work work;
+	struct completion c;
+	u8 attempts;
+	bool blocking;
+	bool completed;
+};
+
+struct cec_msg_entry {
+	struct list_head	list;
+	struct cec_msg		msg;
+};
+
+struct cec_event_entry {
+	struct list_head	list;
+	struct cec_event	ev;
+};
+
+#define CEC_NUM_EVENTS CEC_EVENT_PIN_5V_HIGH
+
+struct cec_fh {
+	struct list_head	list;
+	struct list_head	xfer_list;
+	struct cec_adapter	*adap;
+	u8			mode_initiator;
+	u8			mode_follower;
+
+	/* Events */
+	wait_queue_head_t	wait;
+	struct mutex		lock;
+	struct list_head	events[CEC_NUM_EVENTS]; /* queued events */
+	u16			queued_events[CEC_NUM_EVENTS];
+	unsigned int		total_queued_events;
+	struct list_head	msgs; /* queued messages */
+	unsigned int		queued_msgs;
+};
+
+#define CEC_SIGNAL_FREE_TIME_RETRY		3
+#define CEC_SIGNAL_FREE_TIME_NEW_INITIATOR	5
+#define CEC_SIGNAL_FREE_TIME_NEXT_XFER		7
+
+/* The nominal data bit period is 2.4 ms */
+#define CEC_FREE_TIME_TO_USEC(ft)		((ft) * 2400)
+
+struct cec_adap_ops {
+	/* Low-level callbacks, called with adap->lock held */
+	int (*adap_enable)(struct cec_adapter *adap, bool enable);
+	int (*adap_monitor_all_enable)(struct cec_adapter *adap, bool enable);
+	int (*adap_monitor_pin_enable)(struct cec_adapter *adap, bool enable);
+	int (*adap_log_addr)(struct cec_adapter *adap, u8 logical_addr);
+	void (*adap_unconfigured)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+	int (*adap_transmit)(struct cec_adapter *adap, u8 attempts,
+			     u32 signal_free_time, struct cec_msg *msg);
+	void (*adap_nb_transmit_canceled)(struct cec_adapter *adap,
+					  const struct cec_msg *msg);
+	void (*adap_status)(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct seq_file *file);
+	void (*adap_free)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+
+	/* Error injection callbacks, called without adap->lock held */
+	int (*error_inj_show)(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct seq_file *sf);
+	bool (*error_inj_parse_line)(struct cec_adapter *adap, char *line);
+
+	/* High-level CEC message callback, called without adap->lock held */
+	void (*configured)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+	int (*received)(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct cec_msg *msg);
+};
+
+/*
+ * The minimum message length you can receive (excepting poll messages) is 2.
+ * With a transfer rate of at most 36 bytes per second this makes 18 messages
+ * per second worst case.
+ *
+ * We queue at most 3 seconds worth of received messages. The CEC specification
+ * requires that messages are replied to within a second, so 3 seconds should
+ * give more than enough margin. Since most messages are actually more than 2
+ * bytes, this is in practice a lot more than 3 seconds.
+ */
+#define CEC_MAX_MSG_RX_QUEUE_SZ		(18 * 3)
+
+/*
+ * The transmit queue is limited to 1 second worth of messages (worst case).
+ * Messages can be transmitted by userspace and kernel space. But for both it
+ * makes no sense to have a lot of messages queued up. One second seems
+ * reasonable.
+ */
+#define CEC_MAX_MSG_TX_QUEUE_SZ		(18 * 1)
+
+/**
+ * struct cec_adapter - cec adapter structure
+ * @owner:		module owner
+ * @name:		name of the CEC adapter
+ * @devnode:		device node for the /dev/cecX device
+ * @lock:		mutex controlling access to this structure
+ * @rc:			remote control device
+ * @transmit_queue:	queue of pending transmits
+ * @transmit_queue_sz:	number of pending transmits
+ * @wait_queue:		queue of transmits waiting for a reply
+ * @transmitting:	CEC messages currently being transmitted
+ * @transmit_in_progress: true if a transmit is in progress
+ * @transmit_in_progress_aborted: true if a transmit is in progress is to be
+ *			aborted. This happens if the logical address is
+ *			invalidated while the transmit is ongoing. In that
+ *			case the transmit will finish, but will not retransmit
+ *			and be marked as ABORTED.
+ * @xfer_timeout_ms:	the transfer timeout in ms.
+ *			If 0, then timeout after 2100 ms.
+ * @kthread_config:	kthread used to configure a CEC adapter
+ * @config_completion:	used to signal completion of the config kthread
+ * @kthread:		main CEC processing thread
+ * @kthread_waitq:	main CEC processing wait_queue
+ * @ops:		cec adapter ops
+ * @priv:		cec driver's private data
+ * @capabilities:	cec adapter capabilities
+ * @available_log_addrs: maximum number of available logical addresses
+ * @phys_addr:		the current physical address
+ * @needs_hpd:		if true, then the HDMI HotPlug Detect pin must be high
+ *	in order to transmit or receive CEC messages. This is usually a HW
+ *	limitation.
+ * @is_enabled:		the CEC adapter is enabled
+ * @is_claiming_log_addrs:  true if cec_claim_log_addrs() is running
+ * @is_configuring:	the CEC adapter is configuring (i.e. claiming LAs)
+ * @must_reconfigure:	while configuring, the PA changed, so reclaim LAs
+ * @is_configured:	the CEC adapter is configured (i.e. has claimed LAs)
+ * @cec_pin_is_high:	if true then the CEC pin is high. Only used with the
+ *	CEC pin framework.
+ * @adap_controls_phys_addr: if true, then the CEC adapter controls the
+ *	physical address, i.e. the CEC hardware can detect HPD changes and
+ *	read the EDID and is not dependent on an external HDMI driver.
+ *	Drivers that need this can set this field to true after the
+ *	cec_allocate_adapter() call.
+ * @last_initiator:	the initiator of the last transmitted message.
+ * @monitor_all_cnt:	number of filehandles monitoring all msgs
+ * @monitor_pin_cnt:	number of filehandles monitoring pin changes
+ * @follower_cnt:	number of filehandles in follower mode
+ * @cec_follower:	filehandle of the exclusive follower
+ * @cec_initiator:	filehandle of the exclusive initiator
+ * @passthrough:	if true, then the exclusive follower is in
+ *	passthrough mode.
+ * @log_addrs:		current logical addresses
+ * @conn_info:		current connector info
+ * @tx_timeout_cnt:	count the number of Timed Out transmits.
+ *			Reset to 0 when this is reported in cec_adap_status().
+ * @tx_low_drive_cnt:	count the number of Low Drive transmits.
+ *			Reset to 0 when this is reported in cec_adap_status().
+ * @tx_error_cnt:	count the number of Error transmits.
+ *			Reset to 0 when this is reported in cec_adap_status().
+ * @tx_arb_lost_cnt:	count the number of Arb Lost transmits.
+ *			Reset to 0 when this is reported in cec_adap_status().
+ * @tx_low_drive_log_cnt: number of logged Low Drive transmits since the
+ *			adapter was enabled. Used to avoid flooding the kernel
+ *			log if this happens a lot.
+ * @tx_error_log_cnt:	number of logged Error transmits since the adapter was
+ *                      enabled. Used to avoid flooding the kernel log if this
+ *                      happens a lot.
+ * @error_inj_tx_timeouts: error injection: the next @error_inj_tx_timeouts
+ *			transmits will time out.
+ * @notifier:		CEC notifier
+ * @pin:		CEC pin status struct
+ * @cec_dir:		debugfs cec directory
+ * @sequence:		transmit sequence counter
+ * @input_phys:		remote control input_phys name
+ *
+ * This structure represents a cec adapter.
+ */
+struct cec_adapter {
+	struct module *owner;
+	char name[32];
+	struct cec_devnode devnode;
+	struct mutex lock;
+	struct rc_dev *rc;
+
+	struct list_head transmit_queue;
+	unsigned int transmit_queue_sz;
+	struct list_head wait_queue;
+	struct cec_data *transmitting;
+	bool transmit_in_progress;
+	bool transmit_in_progress_aborted;
+	unsigned int xfer_timeout_ms;
+
+	struct task_struct *kthread_config;
+	struct completion config_completion;
+
+	struct task_struct *kthread;
+	wait_queue_head_t kthread_waitq;
+
+	const struct cec_adap_ops *ops;
+	void *priv;
+	u32 capabilities;
+	u8 available_log_addrs;
+
+	u16 phys_addr;
+	bool needs_hpd;
+	bool is_enabled;
+	bool is_claiming_log_addrs;
+	bool is_configuring;
+	bool must_reconfigure;
+	bool is_configured;
+	bool cec_pin_is_high;
+	bool adap_controls_phys_addr;
+	u8 last_initiator;
+	u32 monitor_all_cnt;
+	u32 monitor_pin_cnt;
+	u32 follower_cnt;
+	struct cec_fh *cec_follower;
+	struct cec_fh *cec_initiator;
+	bool passthrough;
+	struct cec_log_addrs log_addrs;
+	struct cec_connector_info conn_info;
+
+	u32 tx_timeout_cnt;
+	u32 tx_low_drive_cnt;
+	u32 tx_error_cnt;
+	u32 tx_arb_lost_cnt;
+	u32 tx_low_drive_log_cnt;
+	u32 tx_error_log_cnt;
+
+	u32 error_inj_tx_timeouts;
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_CEC_NOTIFIER
+	struct cec_notifier *notifier;
+#endif
+#ifdef CONFIG_CEC_PIN
+	struct cec_pin *pin;
+#endif
+
+	struct dentry *cec_dir;
+
+	u32 sequence;
+
+	char input_phys[40];
+};
+
+static inline int cec_get_device(struct cec_adapter *adap)
+{
+	struct cec_devnode *devnode = &adap->devnode;
+
+	/*
+	 * Check if the cec device is available. This needs to be done with
+	 * the devnode->lock held to prevent an open/unregister race:
+	 * without the lock, the device could be unregistered and freed between
+	 * the devnode->registered check and get_device() calls, leading to
+	 * a crash.
+	 */
+	mutex_lock(&devnode->lock);
+	/*
+	 * return ENODEV if the cec device has been removed
+	 * already or if it is not registered anymore.
+	 */
+	if (!devnode->registered) {
+		mutex_unlock(&devnode->lock);
+		return -ENODEV;
+	}
+	/* and increase the device refcount */
+	get_device(&devnode->dev);
+	mutex_unlock(&devnode->lock);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static inline void cec_put_device(struct cec_adapter *adap)
+{
+	put_device(&adap->devnode.dev);
+}
+
+static inline void *cec_get_drvdata(const struct cec_adapter *adap)
+{
+	return adap->priv;
+}
+
+static inline bool cec_has_log_addr(const struct cec_adapter *adap, u8 log_addr)
+{
+	return adap->log_addrs.log_addr_mask & (1 << log_addr);
+}
+
+static inline bool cec_is_sink(const struct cec_adapter *adap)
+{
+	return adap->phys_addr == 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * cec_is_registered() - is the CEC adapter registered?
+ *
+ * @adap:	the CEC adapter, may be NULL.
+ *
+ * Return: true if the adapter is registered, false otherwise.
+ */
+static inline bool cec_is_registered(const struct cec_adapter *adap)
+{
+	return adap && adap->devnode.registered;
+}
+
+#define cec_phys_addr_exp(pa) \
+	((pa) >> 12), ((pa) >> 8) & 0xf, ((pa) >> 4) & 0xf, (pa) & 0xf
+
+struct edid;
+struct drm_connector;
+
+#if IS_REACHABLE(CONFIG_CEC_CORE)
+struct cec_adapter *cec_allocate_adapter(const struct cec_adap_ops *ops,
+		void *priv, const char *name, u32 caps, u8 available_las);
+int cec_register_adapter(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct device *parent);
+void cec_unregister_adapter(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+void cec_delete_adapter(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+
+int cec_s_log_addrs(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct cec_log_addrs *log_addrs,
+		    bool block);
+void cec_s_phys_addr(struct cec_adapter *adap, u16 phys_addr,
+		     bool block);
+void cec_s_phys_addr_from_edid(struct cec_adapter *adap,
+			       const struct edid *edid);
+void cec_s_conn_info(struct cec_adapter *adap,
+		     const struct cec_connector_info *conn_info);
+int cec_transmit_msg(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct cec_msg *msg,
+		     bool block);
+
+/* Called by the adapter */
+void cec_transmit_done_ts(struct cec_adapter *adap, u8 status,
+			  u8 arb_lost_cnt, u8 nack_cnt, u8 low_drive_cnt,
+			  u8 error_cnt, ktime_t ts);
+
+static inline void cec_transmit_done(struct cec_adapter *adap, u8 status,
+				     u8 arb_lost_cnt, u8 nack_cnt,
+				     u8 low_drive_cnt, u8 error_cnt)
+{
+	cec_transmit_done_ts(adap, status, arb_lost_cnt, nack_cnt,
+			     low_drive_cnt, error_cnt, ktime_get());
+}
+/*
+ * Simplified version of cec_transmit_done for hardware that doesn't retry
+ * failed transmits. So this is always just one attempt in which case
+ * the status is sufficient.
+ */
+void cec_transmit_attempt_done_ts(struct cec_adapter *adap,
+				  u8 status, ktime_t ts);
+
+static inline void cec_transmit_attempt_done(struct cec_adapter *adap,
+					     u8 status)
+{
+	cec_transmit_attempt_done_ts(adap, status, ktime_get());
+}
+
+void cec_received_msg_ts(struct cec_adapter *adap,
+			 struct cec_msg *msg, ktime_t ts);
+
+static inline void cec_received_msg(struct cec_adapter *adap,
+				    struct cec_msg *msg)
+{
+	cec_received_msg_ts(adap, msg, ktime_get());
+}
+
+/**
+ * cec_queue_pin_cec_event() - queue a CEC pin event with a given timestamp.
+ *
+ * @adap:	pointer to the cec adapter
+ * @is_high:	when true the CEC pin is high, otherwise it is low
+ * @dropped_events: when true some events were dropped
+ * @ts:		the timestamp for this event
+ *
+ */
+void cec_queue_pin_cec_event(struct cec_adapter *adap, bool is_high,
+			     bool dropped_events, ktime_t ts);
+
+/**
+ * cec_queue_pin_hpd_event() - queue a pin event with a given timestamp.
+ *
+ * @adap:	pointer to the cec adapter
+ * @is_high:	when true the HPD pin is high, otherwise it is low
+ * @ts:		the timestamp for this event
+ *
+ */
+void cec_queue_pin_hpd_event(struct cec_adapter *adap, bool is_high, ktime_t ts);
+
+/**
+ * cec_queue_pin_5v_event() - queue a pin event with a given timestamp.
+ *
+ * @adap:	pointer to the cec adapter
+ * @is_high:	when true the 5V pin is high, otherwise it is low
+ * @ts:		the timestamp for this event
+ *
+ */
+void cec_queue_pin_5v_event(struct cec_adapter *adap, bool is_high, ktime_t ts);
+
+/**
+ * cec_get_edid_phys_addr() - find and return the physical address
+ *
+ * @edid:	pointer to the EDID data
+ * @size:	size in bytes of the EDID data
+ * @offset:	If not %NULL then the location of the physical address
+ *		bytes in the EDID will be returned here. This is set to 0
+ *		if there is no physical address found.
+ *
+ * Return: the physical address or CEC_PHYS_ADDR_INVALID if there is none.
+ */
+u16 cec_get_edid_phys_addr(const u8 *edid, unsigned int size,
+			   unsigned int *offset);
+
+void cec_fill_conn_info_from_drm(struct cec_connector_info *conn_info,
+				 const struct drm_connector *connector);
+
+#else
+
+static inline int cec_register_adapter(struct cec_adapter *adap,
+				       struct device *parent)
+{
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static inline void cec_unregister_adapter(struct cec_adapter *adap)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void cec_delete_adapter(struct cec_adapter *adap)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void cec_s_phys_addr(struct cec_adapter *adap, u16 phys_addr,
+				   bool block)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void cec_s_phys_addr_from_edid(struct cec_adapter *adap,
+					     const struct edid *edid)
+{
+}
+
+static inline u16 cec_get_edid_phys_addr(const u8 *edid, unsigned int size,
+					 unsigned int *offset)
+{
+	if (offset)
+		*offset = 0;
+	return CEC_PHYS_ADDR_INVALID;
+}
+
+static inline void cec_s_conn_info(struct cec_adapter *adap,
+				   const struct cec_connector_info *conn_info)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void
+cec_fill_conn_info_from_drm(struct cec_connector_info *conn_info,
+			    const struct drm_connector *connector)
+{
+	memset(conn_info, 0, sizeof(*conn_info));
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * cec_phys_addr_invalidate() - set the physical address to INVALID
+ *
+ * @adap:	the CEC adapter
+ *
+ * This is a simple helper function to invalidate the physical
+ * address.
+ */
+static inline void cec_phys_addr_invalidate(struct cec_adapter *adap)
+{
+	cec_s_phys_addr(adap, CEC_PHYS_ADDR_INVALID, false);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cec_get_edid_spa_location() - find location of the Source Physical Address
+ *
+ * @edid: the EDID
+ * @size: the size of the EDID
+ *
+ * This EDID is expected to be a CEA-861 compliant, which means that there are
+ * at least two blocks and one or more of the extensions blocks are CEA-861
+ * blocks.
+ *
+ * The returned location is guaranteed to be <= size-2.
+ *
+ * This is an inline function since it is used by both CEC and V4L2.
+ * Ideally this would go in a module shared by both, but it is overkill to do
+ * that for just a single function.
+ */
+static inline unsigned int cec_get_edid_spa_location(const u8 *edid,
+						     unsigned int size)
+{
+	unsigned int blocks = size / 128;
+	unsigned int block;
+	u8 d;
+
+	/* Sanity check: at least 2 blocks and a multiple of the block size */
+	if (blocks < 2 || size % 128)
+		return 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * If there are fewer extension blocks than the size, then update
+	 * 'blocks'. It is allowed to have more extension blocks than the size,
+	 * since some hardware can only read e.g. 256 bytes of the EDID, even
+	 * though more blocks are present. The first CEA-861 extension block
+	 * should normally be in block 1 anyway.
+	 */
+	if (edid[0x7e] + 1 < blocks)
+		blocks = edid[0x7e] + 1;
+
+	for (block = 1; block < blocks; block++) {
+		unsigned int offset = block * 128;
+
+		/* Skip any non-CEA-861 extension blocks */
+		if (edid[offset] != 0x02 || edid[offset + 1] != 0x03)
+			continue;
+
+		/* search Vendor Specific Data Block (tag 3) */
+		d = edid[offset + 2] & 0x7f;
+		/* Check if there are Data Blocks */
+		if (d <= 4)
+			continue;
+		if (d > 4) {
+			unsigned int i = offset + 4;
+			unsigned int end = offset + d;
+
+			/* Note: 'end' is always < 'size' */
+			do {
+				u8 tag = edid[i] >> 5;
+				u8 len = edid[i] & 0x1f;
+
+				if (tag == 3 && len >= 5 && i + len <= end &&
+				    edid[i + 1] == 0x03 &&
+				    edid[i + 2] == 0x0c &&
+				    edid[i + 3] == 0x00)
+					return i + 4;
+				i += len + 1;
+			} while (i < end);
+		}
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* _MEDIA_CEC_H */
diff --git a/include/media/davinci/vpfe_types.h b/include/media/davinci/vpfe_types.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e65c9a48d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/davinci/vpfe_types.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Texas Instruments Inc
+ */
+#ifndef _VPFE_TYPES_H
+#define _VPFE_TYPES_H
+
+#ifdef __KERNEL__
+
+enum vpfe_pin_pol {
+	VPFE_PINPOL_POSITIVE,
+	VPFE_PINPOL_NEGATIVE
+};
+
+enum vpfe_hw_if_type {
+	/* BT656 - 8 bit */
+	VPFE_BT656,
+	/* BT1120 - 16 bit */
+	VPFE_BT1120,
+	/* Raw Bayer */
+	VPFE_RAW_BAYER,
+	/* YCbCr - 8 bit with external sync */
+	VPFE_YCBCR_SYNC_8,
+	/* YCbCr - 16 bit with external sync */
+	VPFE_YCBCR_SYNC_16,
+	/* BT656 - 10 bit */
+	VPFE_BT656_10BIT
+};
+
+/* interface description */
+struct vpfe_hw_if_param {
+	enum vpfe_hw_if_type if_type;
+	enum vpfe_pin_pol hdpol;
+	enum vpfe_pin_pol vdpol;
+};
+
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/davinci/vpif_types.h b/include/media/davinci/vpif_types.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6cce1f09c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/davinci/vpif_types.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Texas Instruments Inc
+ */
+#ifndef _VPIF_TYPES_H
+#define _VPIF_TYPES_H
+
+#include <linux/i2c.h>
+
+#define VPIF_CAPTURE_MAX_CHANNELS	2
+#define VPIF_DISPLAY_MAX_CHANNELS	2
+
+enum vpif_if_type {
+	VPIF_IF_BT656,
+	VPIF_IF_BT1120,
+	VPIF_IF_RAW_BAYER
+};
+
+struct vpif_interface {
+	enum vpif_if_type if_type;
+	unsigned hd_pol:1;
+	unsigned vd_pol:1;
+	unsigned fid_pol:1;
+};
+
+struct vpif_subdev_info {
+	const char *name;
+	struct i2c_board_info board_info;
+};
+
+struct vpif_output {
+	struct v4l2_output output;
+	const char *subdev_name;
+	u32 input_route;
+	u32 output_route;
+};
+
+struct vpif_display_chan_config {
+	const struct vpif_output *outputs;
+	int output_count;
+	bool clip_en;
+};
+
+struct vpif_display_config {
+	int (*set_clock)(int, int);
+	struct vpif_subdev_info *subdevinfo;
+	int subdev_count;
+	int i2c_adapter_id;
+	struct vpif_display_chan_config chan_config[VPIF_DISPLAY_MAX_CHANNELS];
+	const char *card_name;
+};
+
+struct vpif_input {
+	struct v4l2_input input;
+	char *subdev_name;
+	u32 input_route;
+	u32 output_route;
+};
+
+struct vpif_capture_chan_config {
+	struct vpif_interface vpif_if;
+	struct vpif_input *inputs;
+	int input_count;
+};
+
+struct vpif_capture_config {
+	int (*setup_input_channel_mode)(int);
+	int (*setup_input_path)(int, const char *);
+	struct vpif_capture_chan_config chan_config[VPIF_CAPTURE_MAX_CHANNELS];
+	struct vpif_subdev_info *subdev_info;
+	int subdev_count;
+	int i2c_adapter_id;
+	const char *card_name;
+
+	struct v4l2_async_connection *asd[VPIF_CAPTURE_MAX_CHANNELS];
+	int asd_sizes[VPIF_CAPTURE_MAX_CHANNELS];
+};
+#endif /* _VPIF_TYPES_H */
diff --git a/include/media/demux.h b/include/media/demux.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bf00a5a41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/demux.h
@@ -0,0 +1,600 @@
+/*
+ * demux.h
+ *
+ * The Kernel Digital TV Demux kABI defines a driver-internal interface for
+ * registering low-level, hardware specific driver to a hardware independent
+ * demux layer.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 Convergence GmbH
+ *
+ * based on code:
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 Nokia Research Center
+ *                    Tampere, FINLAND
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DEMUX_H
+#define __DEMUX_H
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <linux/errno.h>
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <linux/time.h>
+#include <linux/dvb/dmx.h>
+
+/*
+ * Common definitions
+ */
+
+/*
+ * DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE: Maximum length (in bytes) of a section/PES filter.
+ */
+
+#ifndef DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE
+#define DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE 18
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * DMX_MAX_SECFEED_SIZE: Maximum length (in bytes) of a private section feed
+ * filter.
+ */
+
+#ifndef DMX_MAX_SECTION_SIZE
+#define DMX_MAX_SECTION_SIZE 4096
+#endif
+#ifndef DMX_MAX_SECFEED_SIZE
+#define DMX_MAX_SECFEED_SIZE (DMX_MAX_SECTION_SIZE + 188)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * TS packet reception
+ */
+
+/**
+ * enum ts_filter_type - filter type bitmap for dmx_ts_feed.set\(\)
+ *
+ * @TS_PACKET:		Send TS packets (188 bytes) to callback (default).
+ * @TS_PAYLOAD_ONLY:	In case TS_PACKET is set, only send the TS payload
+ *			(<=184 bytes per packet) to callback
+ * @TS_DECODER:		Send stream to built-in decoder (if present).
+ * @TS_DEMUX:		In case TS_PACKET is set, send the TS to the demux
+ *			device, not to the dvr device
+ */
+enum ts_filter_type {
+	TS_PACKET = 1,
+	TS_PAYLOAD_ONLY = 2,
+	TS_DECODER = 4,
+	TS_DEMUX = 8,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dmx_ts_feed - Structure that contains a TS feed filter
+ *
+ * @is_filtering:	Set to non-zero when filtering in progress
+ * @parent:		pointer to struct dmx_demux
+ * @priv:		pointer to private data of the API client
+ * @set:		sets the TS filter
+ * @start_filtering:	starts TS filtering
+ * @stop_filtering:	stops TS filtering
+ *
+ * A TS feed is typically mapped to a hardware PID filter on the demux chip.
+ * Using this API, the client can set the filtering properties to start/stop
+ * filtering TS packets on a particular TS feed.
+ */
+struct dmx_ts_feed {
+	int is_filtering;
+	struct dmx_demux *parent;
+	void *priv;
+	int (*set)(struct dmx_ts_feed *feed,
+		   u16 pid,
+		   int type,
+		   enum dmx_ts_pes pes_type,
+		   ktime_t timeout);
+	int (*start_filtering)(struct dmx_ts_feed *feed);
+	int (*stop_filtering)(struct dmx_ts_feed *feed);
+};
+
+/*
+ * Section reception
+ */
+
+/**
+ * struct dmx_section_filter - Structure that describes a section filter
+ *
+ * @filter_value: Contains up to 16 bytes (128 bits) of the TS section header
+ *		  that will be matched by the section filter
+ * @filter_mask:  Contains a 16 bytes (128 bits) filter mask with the bits
+ *		  specified by @filter_value that will be used on the filter
+ *		  match logic.
+ * @filter_mode:  Contains a 16 bytes (128 bits) filter mode.
+ * @parent:	  Back-pointer to struct dmx_section_feed.
+ * @priv:	  Pointer to private data of the API client.
+ *
+ *
+ * The @filter_mask controls which bits of @filter_value are compared with
+ * the section headers/payload. On a binary value of 1 in filter_mask, the
+ * corresponding bits are compared. The filter only accepts sections that are
+ * equal to filter_value in all the tested bit positions.
+ */
+struct dmx_section_filter {
+	u8 filter_value[DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE];
+	u8 filter_mask[DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE];
+	u8 filter_mode[DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE];
+	struct dmx_section_feed *parent;
+
+	void *priv;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dmx_section_feed - Structure that contains a section feed filter
+ *
+ * @is_filtering:	Set to non-zero when filtering in progress
+ * @parent:		pointer to struct dmx_demux
+ * @priv:		pointer to private data of the API client
+ * @check_crc:		If non-zero, check the CRC values of filtered sections.
+ * @set:		sets the section filter
+ * @allocate_filter:	This function is used to allocate a section filter on
+ *			the demux. It should only be called when no filtering
+ *			is in progress on this section feed. If a filter cannot
+ *			be allocated, the function fails with -ENOSPC.
+ * @release_filter:	This function releases all the resources of a
+ *			previously allocated section filter. The function
+ *			should not be called while filtering is in progress
+ *			on this section feed. After calling this function,
+ *			the caller should not try to dereference the filter
+ *			pointer.
+ * @start_filtering:	starts section filtering
+ * @stop_filtering:	stops section filtering
+ *
+ * A TS feed is typically mapped to a hardware PID filter on the demux chip.
+ * Using this API, the client can set the filtering properties to start/stop
+ * filtering TS packets on a particular TS feed.
+ */
+struct dmx_section_feed {
+	int is_filtering;
+	struct dmx_demux *parent;
+	void *priv;
+
+	int check_crc;
+
+	/* private: Used internally at dvb_demux.c */
+	u32 crc_val;
+
+	u8 *secbuf;
+	u8 secbuf_base[DMX_MAX_SECFEED_SIZE];
+	u16 secbufp, seclen, tsfeedp;
+
+	/* public: */
+	int (*set)(struct dmx_section_feed *feed,
+		   u16 pid,
+		   int check_crc);
+	int (*allocate_filter)(struct dmx_section_feed *feed,
+			       struct dmx_section_filter **filter);
+	int (*release_filter)(struct dmx_section_feed *feed,
+			      struct dmx_section_filter *filter);
+	int (*start_filtering)(struct dmx_section_feed *feed);
+	int (*stop_filtering)(struct dmx_section_feed *feed);
+};
+
+/**
+ * typedef dmx_ts_cb - DVB demux TS filter callback function prototype
+ *
+ * @buffer1:		Pointer to the start of the filtered TS packets.
+ * @buffer1_length:	Length of the TS data in buffer1.
+ * @buffer2:		Pointer to the tail of the filtered TS packets, or NULL.
+ * @buffer2_length:	Length of the TS data in buffer2.
+ * @source:		Indicates which TS feed is the source of the callback.
+ * @buffer_flags:	Address where buffer flags are stored. Those are
+ *			used to report discontinuity users via DVB
+ *			memory mapped API, as defined by
+ *			&enum dmx_buffer_flags.
+ *
+ * This function callback prototype, provided by the client of the demux API,
+ * is called from the demux code. The function is only called when filtering
+ * on a TS feed has been enabled using the start_filtering\(\) function at
+ * the &dmx_demux.
+ * Any TS packets that match the filter settings are copied to a circular
+ * buffer. The filtered TS packets are delivered to the client using this
+ * callback function.
+ * It is expected that the @buffer1 and @buffer2 callback parameters point to
+ * addresses within the circular buffer, but other implementations are also
+ * possible. Note that the called party should not try to free the memory
+ * the @buffer1 and @buffer2 parameters point to.
+ *
+ * When this function is called, the @buffer1 parameter typically points to
+ * the start of the first undelivered TS packet within a circular buffer.
+ * The @buffer2 buffer parameter is normally NULL, except when the received
+ * TS packets have crossed the last address of the circular buffer and
+ * "wrapped" to the beginning of the buffer. In the latter case the @buffer1
+ * parameter would contain an address within the circular buffer, while the
+ * @buffer2 parameter would contain the first address of the circular buffer.
+ * The number of bytes delivered with this function (i.e. @buffer1_length +
+ * @buffer2_length) is usually equal to the value of callback_length parameter
+ * given in the set() function, with one exception: if a timeout occurs before
+ * receiving callback_length bytes of TS data, any undelivered packets are
+ * immediately delivered to the client by calling this function. The timeout
+ * duration is controlled by the set() function in the TS Feed API.
+ *
+ * If a TS packet is received with errors that could not be fixed by the
+ * TS-level forward error correction (FEC), the Transport_error_indicator
+ * flag of the TS packet header should be set. The TS packet should not be
+ * discarded, as the error can possibly be corrected by a higher layer
+ * protocol. If the called party is slow in processing the callback, it
+ * is possible that the circular buffer eventually fills up. If this happens,
+ * the demux driver should discard any TS packets received while the buffer
+ * is full and return -EOVERFLOW.
+ *
+ * The type of data returned to the callback can be selected by the
+ * &dmx_ts_feed.@set function. The type parameter decides if the raw
+ * TS packet (TS_PACKET) or just the payload (TS_PACKET|TS_PAYLOAD_ONLY)
+ * should be returned. If additionally the TS_DECODER bit is set the stream
+ * will also be sent to the hardware MPEG decoder.
+ *
+ * Return:
+ *
+ * - 0, on success;
+ *
+ * - -EOVERFLOW, on buffer overflow.
+ */
+typedef int (*dmx_ts_cb)(const u8 *buffer1,
+			 size_t buffer1_length,
+			 const u8 *buffer2,
+			 size_t buffer2_length,
+			 struct dmx_ts_feed *source,
+			 u32 *buffer_flags);
+
+/**
+ * typedef dmx_section_cb - DVB demux TS filter callback function prototype
+ *
+ * @buffer1:		Pointer to the start of the filtered section, e.g.
+ *			within the circular buffer of the demux driver.
+ * @buffer1_len:	Length of the filtered section data in @buffer1,
+ *			including headers and CRC.
+ * @buffer2:		Pointer to the tail of the filtered section data,
+ *			or NULL. Useful to handle the wrapping of a
+ *			circular buffer.
+ * @buffer2_len:	Length of the filtered section data in @buffer2,
+ *			including headers and CRC.
+ * @source:		Indicates which section feed is the source of the
+ *			callback.
+ * @buffer_flags:	Address where buffer flags are stored. Those are
+ *			used to report discontinuity users via DVB
+ *			memory mapped API, as defined by
+ *			&enum dmx_buffer_flags.
+ *
+ * This function callback prototype, provided by the client of the demux API,
+ * is called from the demux code. The function is only called when
+ * filtering of sections has been enabled using the function
+ * &dmx_ts_feed.@start_filtering. When the demux driver has received a
+ * complete section that matches at least one section filter, the client
+ * is notified via this callback function. Normally this function is called
+ * for each received section; however, it is also possible to deliver
+ * multiple sections with one callback, for example when the system load
+ * is high. If an error occurs while receiving a section, this
+ * function should be called with the corresponding error type set in the
+ * success field, whether or not there is data to deliver. The Section Feed
+ * implementation should maintain a circular buffer for received sections.
+ * However, this is not necessary if the Section Feed API is implemented as
+ * a client of the TS Feed API, because the TS Feed implementation then
+ * buffers the received data. The size of the circular buffer can be
+ * configured using the &dmx_ts_feed.@set function in the Section Feed API.
+ * If there is no room in the circular buffer when a new section is received,
+ * the section must be discarded. If this happens, the value of the success
+ * parameter should be DMX_OVERRUN_ERROR on the next callback.
+ */
+typedef int (*dmx_section_cb)(const u8 *buffer1,
+			      size_t buffer1_len,
+			      const u8 *buffer2,
+			      size_t buffer2_len,
+			      struct dmx_section_filter *source,
+			      u32 *buffer_flags);
+
+/*
+ * DVB Front-End
+ */
+
+/**
+ * enum dmx_frontend_source - Used to identify the type of frontend
+ *
+ * @DMX_MEMORY_FE:	The source of the demux is memory. It means that
+ *			the MPEG-TS to be filtered comes from userspace,
+ *			via write() syscall.
+ *
+ * @DMX_FRONTEND_0:	The source of the demux is a frontend connected
+ *			to the demux.
+ */
+enum dmx_frontend_source {
+	DMX_MEMORY_FE,
+	DMX_FRONTEND_0,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dmx_frontend - Structure that lists the frontends associated with
+ *			 a demux
+ *
+ * @connectivity_list:	List of front-ends that can be connected to a
+ *			particular demux;
+ * @source:		Type of the frontend.
+ *
+ * FIXME: this structure should likely be replaced soon by some
+ *	media-controller based logic.
+ */
+struct dmx_frontend {
+	struct list_head connectivity_list;
+	enum dmx_frontend_source source;
+};
+
+/*
+ * MPEG-2 TS Demux
+ */
+
+/**
+ * enum dmx_demux_caps - MPEG-2 TS Demux capabilities bitmap
+ *
+ * @DMX_TS_FILTERING:		set if TS filtering is supported;
+ * @DMX_SECTION_FILTERING:	set if section filtering is supported;
+ * @DMX_MEMORY_BASED_FILTERING:	set if write() available.
+ *
+ * Those flags are OR'ed in the &dmx_demux.capabilities field
+ */
+enum dmx_demux_caps {
+	DMX_TS_FILTERING = 1,
+	DMX_SECTION_FILTERING = 4,
+	DMX_MEMORY_BASED_FILTERING = 8,
+};
+
+/*
+ * Demux resource type identifier.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DMX_FE_ENTRY - Casts elements in the list of registered
+ *		  front-ends from the generic type struct list_head
+ *		  to the type * struct dmx_frontend
+ *
+ * @list: list of struct dmx_frontend
+ */
+#define DMX_FE_ENTRY(list) \
+	list_entry(list, struct dmx_frontend, connectivity_list)
+
+/**
+ * struct dmx_demux - Structure that contains the demux capabilities and
+ *		      callbacks.
+ *
+ * @capabilities: Bitfield of capability flags.
+ *
+ * @frontend: Front-end connected to the demux
+ *
+ * @priv: Pointer to private data of the API client
+ *
+ * @open: This function reserves the demux for use by the caller and, if
+ *	necessary, initializes the demux. When the demux is no longer needed,
+ *	the function @close should be called. It should be possible for
+ *	multiple clients to access the demux at the same time. Thus, the
+ *	function implementation should increment the demux usage count when
+ *	@open is called and decrement it when @close is called.
+ *	The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ *	instance data.
+ *	It returns:
+ *	0 on success;
+ *	-EUSERS, if maximum usage count was reached;
+ *	-EINVAL, on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @close: This function reserves the demux for use by the caller and, if
+ *	necessary, initializes the demux. When the demux is no longer needed,
+ *	the function @close should be called. It should be possible for
+ *	multiple clients to access the demux at the same time. Thus, the
+ *	function implementation should increment the demux usage count when
+ *	@open is called and decrement it when @close is called.
+ *	The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ *	instance data.
+ *	It returns:
+ *	0 on success;
+ *	-ENODEV, if demux was not in use (e. g. no users);
+ *	-EINVAL, on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @write: This function provides the demux driver with a memory buffer
+ *	containing TS packets. Instead of receiving TS packets from the DVB
+ *	front-end, the demux driver software will read packets from memory.
+ *	Any clients of this demux with active TS, PES or Section filters will
+ *	receive filtered data via the Demux callback API (see 0). The function
+ *	returns when all the data in the buffer has been consumed by the demux.
+ *	Demux hardware typically cannot read TS from memory. If this is the
+ *	case, memory-based filtering has to be implemented entirely in software.
+ *	The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ *	instance data.
+ *	The @buf function parameter contains a pointer to the TS data in
+ *	kernel-space memory.
+ *	The @count function parameter contains the length of the TS data.
+ *	It returns:
+ *	0 on success;
+ *	-ERESTARTSYS, if mutex lock was interrupted;
+ *	-EINTR, if a signal handling is pending;
+ *	-ENODEV, if demux was removed;
+ *	-EINVAL, on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @allocate_ts_feed: Allocates a new TS feed, which is used to filter the TS
+ *	packets carrying a certain PID. The TS feed normally corresponds to a
+ *	hardware PID filter on the demux chip.
+ *	The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ *	instance data.
+ *	The @feed function parameter contains a pointer to the TS feed API and
+ *	instance data.
+ *	The @callback function parameter contains a pointer to the callback
+ *	function for passing received TS packet.
+ *	It returns:
+ *	0 on success;
+ *	-ERESTARTSYS, if mutex lock was interrupted;
+ *	-EBUSY, if no more TS feeds is available;
+ *	-EINVAL, on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @release_ts_feed: Releases the resources allocated with @allocate_ts_feed.
+ *	Any filtering in progress on the TS feed should be stopped before
+ *	calling this function.
+ *	The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ *	instance data.
+ *	The @feed function parameter contains a pointer to the TS feed API and
+ *	instance data.
+ *	It returns:
+ *	0 on success;
+ *	-EINVAL on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @allocate_section_feed: Allocates a new section feed, i.e. a demux resource
+ *	for filtering and receiving sections. On platforms with hardware
+ *	support for section filtering, a section feed is directly mapped to
+ *	the demux HW. On other platforms, TS packets are first PID filtered in
+ *	hardware and a hardware section filter then emulated in software. The
+ *	caller obtains an API pointer of type dmx_section_feed_t as an out
+ *	parameter. Using this API the caller can set filtering parameters and
+ *	start receiving sections.
+ *	The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ *	instance data.
+ *	The @feed function parameter contains a pointer to the TS feed API and
+ *	instance data.
+ *	The @callback function parameter contains a pointer to the callback
+ *	function for passing received TS packet.
+ *	It returns:
+ *	0 on success;
+ *	-EBUSY, if no more TS feeds is available;
+ *	-EINVAL, on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @release_section_feed: Releases the resources allocated with
+ *	@allocate_section_feed, including allocated filters. Any filtering in
+ *	progress on the section feed should be stopped before calling this
+ *	function.
+ *	The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ *	instance data.
+ *	The @feed function parameter contains a pointer to the TS feed API and
+ *	instance data.
+ *	It returns:
+ *	0 on success;
+ *	-EINVAL, on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @add_frontend: Registers a connectivity between a demux and a front-end,
+ *	i.e., indicates that the demux can be connected via a call to
+ *	@connect_frontend to use the given front-end as a TS source. The
+ *	client of this function has to allocate dynamic or static memory for
+ *	the frontend structure and initialize its fields before calling this
+ *	function. This function is normally called during the driver
+ *	initialization. The caller must not free the memory of the frontend
+ *	struct before successfully calling @remove_frontend.
+ *	The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ *	instance data.
+ *	The @frontend function parameter contains a pointer to the front-end
+ *	instance data.
+ *	It returns:
+ *	0 on success;
+ *	-EINVAL, on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @remove_frontend: Indicates that the given front-end, registered by a call
+ *	to @add_frontend, can no longer be connected as a TS source by this
+ *	demux. The function should be called when a front-end driver or a demux
+ *	driver is removed from the system. If the front-end is in use, the
+ *	function fails with the return value of -EBUSY. After successfully
+ *	calling this function, the caller can free the memory of the frontend
+ *	struct if it was dynamically allocated before the @add_frontend
+ *	operation.
+ *	The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ *	instance data.
+ *	The @frontend function parameter contains a pointer to the front-end
+ *	instance data.
+ *	It returns:
+ *	0 on success;
+ *	-ENODEV, if the front-end was not found,
+ *	-EINVAL, on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @get_frontends: Provides the APIs of the front-ends that have been
+ *	registered for this demux. Any of the front-ends obtained with this
+ *	call can be used as a parameter for @connect_frontend. The include
+ *	file demux.h contains the macro DMX_FE_ENTRY() for converting an
+ *	element of the generic type struct &list_head * to the type
+ *	struct &dmx_frontend *. The caller must not free the memory of any of
+ *	the elements obtained via this function call.
+ *	The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ *	instance data.
+ *	It returns a struct list_head pointer to the list of front-end
+ *	interfaces, or NULL in the case of an empty list.
+ *
+ * @connect_frontend: Connects the TS output of the front-end to the input of
+ *	the demux. A demux can only be connected to a front-end registered to
+ *	the demux with the function @add_frontend. It may or may not be
+ *	possible to connect multiple demuxes to the same front-end, depending
+ *	on the capabilities of the HW platform. When not used, the front-end
+ *	should be released by calling @disconnect_frontend.
+ *	The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ *	instance data.
+ *	The @frontend function parameter contains a pointer to the front-end
+ *	instance data.
+ *	It returns:
+ *	0 on success;
+ *	-EINVAL, on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @disconnect_frontend: Disconnects the demux and a front-end previously
+ *	connected by a @connect_frontend call.
+ *	The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ *	instance data.
+ *	It returns:
+ *	0 on success;
+ *	-EINVAL on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @get_pes_pids: Get the PIDs for DMX_PES_AUDIO0, DMX_PES_VIDEO0,
+ *	DMX_PES_TELETEXT0, DMX_PES_SUBTITLE0 and DMX_PES_PCR0.
+ *	The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ *	instance data.
+ *	The @pids function parameter contains an array with five u16 elements
+ *	where the PIDs will be stored.
+ *	It returns:
+ *	0 on success;
+ *	-EINVAL on bad parameter.
+ */
+struct dmx_demux {
+	enum dmx_demux_caps capabilities;
+	struct dmx_frontend *frontend;
+	void *priv;
+	int (*open)(struct dmx_demux *demux);
+	int (*close)(struct dmx_demux *demux);
+	int (*write)(struct dmx_demux *demux, const char __user *buf,
+		     size_t count);
+	int (*allocate_ts_feed)(struct dmx_demux *demux,
+				struct dmx_ts_feed **feed,
+				dmx_ts_cb callback);
+	int (*release_ts_feed)(struct dmx_demux *demux,
+			       struct dmx_ts_feed *feed);
+	int (*allocate_section_feed)(struct dmx_demux *demux,
+				     struct dmx_section_feed **feed,
+				     dmx_section_cb callback);
+	int (*release_section_feed)(struct dmx_demux *demux,
+				    struct dmx_section_feed *feed);
+	int (*add_frontend)(struct dmx_demux *demux,
+			    struct dmx_frontend *frontend);
+	int (*remove_frontend)(struct dmx_demux *demux,
+			       struct dmx_frontend *frontend);
+	struct list_head *(*get_frontends)(struct dmx_demux *demux);
+	int (*connect_frontend)(struct dmx_demux *demux,
+				struct dmx_frontend *frontend);
+	int (*disconnect_frontend)(struct dmx_demux *demux);
+
+	int (*get_pes_pids)(struct dmx_demux *demux, u16 *pids);
+
+	/* private: */
+
+	/*
+	 * Only used at av7110, to read some data from firmware.
+	 * As this was never documented, we have no clue about what's
+	 * there, and its usage on other drivers aren't encouraged.
+	 */
+	int (*get_stc)(struct dmx_demux *demux, unsigned int num,
+		       u64 *stc, unsigned int *base);
+};
+
+#endif /* #ifndef __DEMUX_H */
diff --git a/include/media/dmxdev.h b/include/media/dmxdev.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..63219a699
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/dmxdev.h
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/*
+ * dmxdev.h
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2000 Ralph Metzler & Marcus Metzler
+ *                    for convergence integrated media GmbH
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DMXDEV_H_
+#define _DMXDEV_H_
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <linux/spinlock.h>
+#include <linux/time.h>
+#include <linux/timer.h>
+#include <linux/wait.h>
+#include <linux/fs.h>
+#include <linux/string.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+#include <linux/slab.h>
+
+#include <linux/dvb/dmx.h>
+
+#include <media/dvbdev.h>
+#include <media/demux.h>
+#include <media/dvb_ringbuffer.h>
+#include <media/dvb_vb2.h>
+
+/**
+ * enum dmxdev_type - type of demux filter type.
+ *
+ * @DMXDEV_TYPE_NONE:	no filter set.
+ * @DMXDEV_TYPE_SEC:	section filter.
+ * @DMXDEV_TYPE_PES:	Program Elementary Stream (PES) filter.
+ */
+enum dmxdev_type {
+	DMXDEV_TYPE_NONE,
+	DMXDEV_TYPE_SEC,
+	DMXDEV_TYPE_PES,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum dmxdev_state - state machine for the dmxdev.
+ *
+ * @DMXDEV_STATE_FREE:		indicates that the filter is freed.
+ * @DMXDEV_STATE_ALLOCATED:	indicates that the filter was allocated
+ *				to be used.
+ * @DMXDEV_STATE_SET:		indicates that the filter parameters are set.
+ * @DMXDEV_STATE_GO:		indicates that the filter is running.
+ * @DMXDEV_STATE_DONE:		indicates that a packet was already filtered
+ *				and the filter is now disabled.
+ *				Set only if %DMX_ONESHOT. See
+ *				&dmx_sct_filter_params.
+ * @DMXDEV_STATE_TIMEDOUT:	Indicates a timeout condition.
+ */
+enum dmxdev_state {
+	DMXDEV_STATE_FREE,
+	DMXDEV_STATE_ALLOCATED,
+	DMXDEV_STATE_SET,
+	DMXDEV_STATE_GO,
+	DMXDEV_STATE_DONE,
+	DMXDEV_STATE_TIMEDOUT
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dmxdev_feed - digital TV dmxdev feed
+ *
+ * @pid:	Program ID to be filtered
+ * @ts:		pointer to &struct dmx_ts_feed
+ * @next:	&struct list_head pointing to the next feed.
+ */
+
+struct dmxdev_feed {
+	u16 pid;
+	struct dmx_ts_feed *ts;
+	struct list_head next;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dmxdev_filter - digital TV dmxdev filter
+ *
+ * @filter:	a union describing a dmxdev filter.
+ *		Currently used only for section filters.
+ * @filter.sec: a &struct dmx_section_filter pointer.
+ *		For section filter only.
+ * @feed:	a union describing a dmxdev feed.
+ *		Depending on the filter type, it can be either
+ *		@feed.ts or @feed.sec.
+ * @feed.ts:	a &struct list_head list.
+ *		For TS and PES feeds.
+ * @feed.sec:	a &struct dmx_section_feed pointer.
+ *		For section feed only.
+ * @params:	a union describing dmxdev filter parameters.
+ *		Depending on the filter type, it can be either
+ *		@params.sec or @params.pes.
+ * @params.sec:	a &struct dmx_sct_filter_params embedded struct.
+ *		For section filter only.
+ * @params.pes:	a &struct dmx_pes_filter_params embedded struct.
+ *		For PES filter only.
+ * @type:	type of the dmxdev filter, as defined by &enum dmxdev_type.
+ * @state:	state of the dmxdev filter, as defined by &enum dmxdev_state.
+ * @dev:	pointer to &struct dmxdev.
+ * @buffer:	an embedded &struct dvb_ringbuffer buffer.
+ * @vb2_ctx:	control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @mutex:	protects the access to &struct dmxdev_filter.
+ * @timer:	&struct timer_list embedded timer, used to check for
+ *		feed timeouts.
+ *		Only for section filter.
+ * @todo:	index for the @secheader.
+ *		Only for section filter.
+ * @secheader:	buffer cache to parse the section header.
+ *		Only for section filter.
+ */
+struct dmxdev_filter {
+	union {
+		struct dmx_section_filter *sec;
+	} filter;
+
+	union {
+		/* list of TS and PES feeds (struct dmxdev_feed) */
+		struct list_head ts;
+		struct dmx_section_feed *sec;
+	} feed;
+
+	union {
+		struct dmx_sct_filter_params sec;
+		struct dmx_pes_filter_params pes;
+	} params;
+
+	enum dmxdev_type type;
+	enum dmxdev_state state;
+	struct dmxdev *dev;
+	struct dvb_ringbuffer buffer;
+	struct dvb_vb2_ctx vb2_ctx;
+
+	struct mutex mutex;
+
+	/* only for sections */
+	struct timer_list timer;
+	int todo;
+	u8 secheader[3];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dmxdev - Describes a digital TV demux device.
+ *
+ * @dvbdev:		pointer to &struct dvb_device associated with
+ *			the demux device node.
+ * @dvr_dvbdev:		pointer to &struct dvb_device associated with
+ *			the dvr device node.
+ * @filter:		pointer to &struct dmxdev_filter.
+ * @demux:		pointer to &struct dmx_demux.
+ * @filternum:		number of filters.
+ * @capabilities:	demux capabilities as defined by &enum dmx_demux_caps.
+ * @may_do_mmap:	flag used to indicate if the device may do mmap.
+ * @exit:		flag to indicate that the demux is being released.
+ * @dvr_orig_fe:	pointer to &struct dmx_frontend.
+ * @dvr_buffer:		embedded &struct dvb_ringbuffer for DVB output.
+ * @dvr_vb2_ctx:	control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @mutex:		protects the usage of this structure.
+ * @lock:		protects access to &dmxdev->filter->data.
+ */
+struct dmxdev {
+	struct dvb_device *dvbdev;
+	struct dvb_device *dvr_dvbdev;
+
+	struct dmxdev_filter *filter;
+	struct dmx_demux *demux;
+
+	int filternum;
+	int capabilities;
+
+	unsigned int may_do_mmap:1;
+	unsigned int exit:1;
+#define DMXDEV_CAP_DUPLEX 1
+	struct dmx_frontend *dvr_orig_fe;
+
+	struct dvb_ringbuffer dvr_buffer;
+#define DVR_BUFFER_SIZE (10*188*1024)
+
+	struct dvb_vb2_ctx dvr_vb2_ctx;
+
+	struct mutex mutex;
+	spinlock_t lock;
+};
+
+/**
+ * dvb_dmxdev_init - initializes a digital TV demux and registers both demux
+ *	and DVR devices.
+ *
+ * @dmxdev: pointer to &struct dmxdev.
+ * @adap: pointer to &struct dvb_adapter.
+ */
+int dvb_dmxdev_init(struct dmxdev *dmxdev, struct dvb_adapter *adap);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_dmxdev_release - releases a digital TV demux and unregisters it.
+ *
+ * @dmxdev: pointer to &struct dmxdev.
+ */
+void dvb_dmxdev_release(struct dmxdev *dmxdev);
+
+#endif /* _DMXDEV_H_ */
diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/cx2341x.h b/include/media/drv-intf/cx2341x.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..722f5905f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/drv-intf/cx2341x.h
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+    cx23415/6/8 header containing common defines.
+
+ */
+
+#ifndef CX2341X_H
+#define CX2341X_H
+
+#include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h>
+
+enum cx2341x_port {
+	CX2341X_PORT_MEMORY    = 0,
+	CX2341X_PORT_STREAMING = 1,
+	CX2341X_PORT_SERIAL    = 2
+};
+
+enum cx2341x_cap {
+	CX2341X_CAP_HAS_SLICED_VBI = 1 << 0,
+	CX2341X_CAP_HAS_TS	   = 1 << 1,
+	CX2341X_CAP_HAS_AC3	   = 1 << 2,
+};
+
+struct cx2341x_mpeg_params {
+	/* misc */
+	u32 capabilities;
+	enum cx2341x_port port;
+	u16 width;
+	u16 height;
+	u16 is_50hz;
+
+	/* stream */
+	enum v4l2_mpeg_stream_type stream_type;
+	enum v4l2_mpeg_stream_vbi_fmt stream_vbi_fmt;
+	u16 stream_insert_nav_packets;
+
+	/* audio */
+	enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_sampling_freq audio_sampling_freq;
+	enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_encoding audio_encoding;
+	enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_l2_bitrate audio_l2_bitrate;
+	enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_ac3_bitrate audio_ac3_bitrate;
+	enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_mode audio_mode;
+	enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_mode_extension audio_mode_extension;
+	enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_emphasis audio_emphasis;
+	enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_crc audio_crc;
+	u32 audio_properties;
+	u16 audio_mute;
+
+	/* video */
+	enum v4l2_mpeg_video_encoding video_encoding;
+	enum v4l2_mpeg_video_aspect video_aspect;
+	u16 video_b_frames;
+	u16 video_gop_size;
+	u16 video_gop_closure;
+	enum v4l2_mpeg_video_bitrate_mode video_bitrate_mode;
+	u32 video_bitrate;
+	u32 video_bitrate_peak;
+	u16 video_temporal_decimation;
+	u16 video_mute;
+	u32 video_mute_yuv;
+
+	/* encoding filters */
+	enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_spatial_filter_mode video_spatial_filter_mode;
+	u16 video_spatial_filter;
+	enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_luma_spatial_filter_type video_luma_spatial_filter_type;
+	enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_chroma_spatial_filter_type video_chroma_spatial_filter_type;
+	enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_temporal_filter_mode video_temporal_filter_mode;
+	u16 video_temporal_filter;
+	enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_median_filter_type video_median_filter_type;
+	u16 video_luma_median_filter_top;
+	u16 video_luma_median_filter_bottom;
+	u16 video_chroma_median_filter_top;
+	u16 video_chroma_median_filter_bottom;
+};
+
+#define CX2341X_MBOX_MAX_DATA 16
+
+extern const u32 cx2341x_mpeg_ctrls[];
+typedef int (*cx2341x_mbox_func)(void *priv, u32 cmd, int in, int out,
+		u32 data[CX2341X_MBOX_MAX_DATA]);
+int cx2341x_update(void *priv, cx2341x_mbox_func func,
+		const struct cx2341x_mpeg_params *old,
+		const struct cx2341x_mpeg_params *new);
+int cx2341x_ctrl_query(const struct cx2341x_mpeg_params *params,
+		struct v4l2_queryctrl *qctrl);
+const char * const *cx2341x_ctrl_get_menu(const struct cx2341x_mpeg_params *p, u32 id);
+int cx2341x_ext_ctrls(struct cx2341x_mpeg_params *params, int busy,
+		struct v4l2_ext_controls *ctrls, unsigned int cmd);
+void cx2341x_fill_defaults(struct cx2341x_mpeg_params *p);
+void cx2341x_log_status(const struct cx2341x_mpeg_params *p, const char *prefix);
+
+struct cx2341x_handler;
+
+struct cx2341x_handler_ops {
+	/* needed for the video clock freq */
+	int (*s_audio_sampling_freq)(struct cx2341x_handler *hdl, u32 val);
+	/* needed for dualwatch */
+	int (*s_audio_mode)(struct cx2341x_handler *hdl, u32 val);
+	/* needed for setting up the video resolution */
+	int (*s_video_encoding)(struct cx2341x_handler *hdl, u32 val);
+	/* needed for setting up the sliced vbi insertion data structures */
+	int (*s_stream_vbi_fmt)(struct cx2341x_handler *hdl, u32 val);
+};
+
+struct cx2341x_handler {
+	u32 capabilities;
+	enum cx2341x_port port;
+	u16 width;
+	u16 height;
+	u16 is_50hz;
+	u32 audio_properties;
+
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_handler hdl;
+	void *priv;
+	cx2341x_mbox_func func;
+	const struct cx2341x_handler_ops *ops;
+
+	struct v4l2_ctrl *stream_vbi_fmt;
+
+	struct {
+		/* audio cluster */
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *audio_sampling_freq;
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *audio_encoding;
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *audio_l2_bitrate;
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *audio_mode;
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *audio_mode_extension;
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *audio_emphasis;
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *audio_crc;
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *audio_ac3_bitrate;
+	};
+
+	struct {
+		/* video gop cluster */
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *video_b_frames;
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *video_gop_size;
+	};
+
+	struct {
+		/* stream type cluster */
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *stream_type;
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *video_encoding;
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *video_bitrate_mode;
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *video_bitrate;
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *video_bitrate_peak;
+	};
+
+	struct {
+		/* video mute cluster */
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *video_mute;
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *video_mute_yuv;
+	};
+
+	struct {
+		/* video filter mode cluster */
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *video_spatial_filter_mode;
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *video_temporal_filter_mode;
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *video_median_filter_type;
+	};
+
+	struct {
+		/* video filter type cluster */
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *video_luma_spatial_filter_type;
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *video_chroma_spatial_filter_type;
+	};
+
+	struct  {
+		/* video filter cluster */
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *video_spatial_filter;
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *video_temporal_filter;
+	};
+
+	struct {
+		/* video median cluster */
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *video_luma_median_filter_top;
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *video_luma_median_filter_bottom;
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *video_chroma_median_filter_top;
+		struct v4l2_ctrl *video_chroma_median_filter_bottom;
+	};
+};
+
+int cx2341x_handler_init(struct cx2341x_handler *cxhdl,
+			 unsigned nr_of_controls_hint);
+void cx2341x_handler_set_50hz(struct cx2341x_handler *cxhdl, int is_50hz);
+int cx2341x_handler_setup(struct cx2341x_handler *cxhdl);
+void cx2341x_handler_set_busy(struct cx2341x_handler *cxhdl, int busy);
+
+/* Firmware names */
+#define CX2341X_FIRM_ENC_FILENAME "v4l-cx2341x-enc.fw"
+/* Decoder firmware for the cx23415 only */
+#define CX2341X_FIRM_DEC_FILENAME "v4l-cx2341x-dec.fw"
+
+/* Firmware API commands */
+
+/* MPEG decoder API, specific to the cx23415 */
+#define CX2341X_DEC_PING_FW			0x00
+#define CX2341X_DEC_START_PLAYBACK		0x01
+#define CX2341X_DEC_STOP_PLAYBACK		0x02
+#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_PLAYBACK_SPEED		0x03
+#define CX2341X_DEC_STEP_VIDEO			0x05
+#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_DMA_BLOCK_SIZE		0x08
+#define CX2341X_DEC_GET_XFER_INFO		0x09
+#define CX2341X_DEC_GET_DMA_STATUS		0x0a
+#define CX2341X_DEC_SCHED_DMA_FROM_HOST		0x0b
+#define CX2341X_DEC_PAUSE_PLAYBACK		0x0d
+#define CX2341X_DEC_HALT_FW			0x0e
+#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_STANDARD		0x10
+#define CX2341X_DEC_GET_VERSION			0x11
+#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_STREAM_INPUT		0x14
+#define CX2341X_DEC_GET_TIMING_INFO		0x15
+#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_AUDIO_MODE		0x16
+#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_EVENT_NOTIFICATION	0x17
+#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_DISPLAY_BUFFERS		0x18
+#define CX2341X_DEC_EXTRACT_VBI			0x19
+#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_DECODER_SOURCE		0x1a
+#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_PREBUFFERING		0x1e
+
+/* MPEG encoder API */
+#define CX2341X_ENC_PING_FW			0x80
+#define CX2341X_ENC_START_CAPTURE		0x81
+#define CX2341X_ENC_STOP_CAPTURE		0x82
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_AUDIO_ID		0x89
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_VIDEO_ID		0x8b
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_PCR_ID			0x8d
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_FRAME_RATE		0x8f
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_FRAME_SIZE		0x91
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_BIT_RATE		0x95
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_GOP_PROPERTIES		0x97
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_ASPECT_RATIO		0x99
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_DNR_FILTER_MODE		0x9b
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_DNR_FILTER_PROPS	0x9d
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_CORING_LEVELS		0x9f
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE	0xa1
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_VBI_LINE		0xb7
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_STREAM_TYPE		0xb9
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_OUTPUT_PORT		0xbb
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_AUDIO_PROPERTIES	0xbd
+#define CX2341X_ENC_HALT_FW			0xc3
+#define CX2341X_ENC_GET_VERSION			0xc4
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_GOP_CLOSURE		0xc5
+#define CX2341X_ENC_GET_SEQ_END			0xc6
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_PGM_INDEX_INFO		0xc7
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_VBI_CONFIG		0xc8
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_DMA_BLOCK_SIZE		0xc9
+#define CX2341X_ENC_GET_PREV_DMA_INFO_MB_10	0xca
+#define CX2341X_ENC_GET_PREV_DMA_INFO_MB_9	0xcb
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SCHED_DMA_TO_HOST		0xcc
+#define CX2341X_ENC_INITIALIZE_INPUT		0xcd
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_FRAME_DROP_RATE		0xd0
+#define CX2341X_ENC_PAUSE_ENCODER		0xd2
+#define CX2341X_ENC_REFRESH_INPUT		0xd3
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_COPYRIGHT		0xd4
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_EVENT_NOTIFICATION	0xd5
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_NUM_VSYNC_LINES		0xd6
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_PLACEHOLDER		0xd7
+#define CX2341X_ENC_MUTE_VIDEO			0xd9
+#define CX2341X_ENC_MUTE_AUDIO			0xda
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_VERT_CROP_LINE		0xdb
+#define CX2341X_ENC_MISC			0xdc
+
+/* OSD API, specific to the cx23415 */
+#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_FRAMEBUFFER		0x41
+#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_PIXEL_FORMAT		0x42
+#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_PIXEL_FORMAT		0x43
+#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_STATE			0x44
+#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_STATE			0x45
+#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_OSD_COORDS		0x46
+#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_OSD_COORDS		0x47
+#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_SCREEN_COORDS		0x48
+#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_SCREEN_COORDS		0x49
+#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_GLOBAL_ALPHA		0x4a
+#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_GLOBAL_ALPHA		0x4b
+#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_BLEND_COORDS		0x4c
+#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_FLICKER_STATE		0x4f
+#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_FLICKER_STATE		0x50
+#define CX2341X_OSD_BLT_COPY			0x52
+#define CX2341X_OSD_BLT_FILL			0x53
+#define CX2341X_OSD_BLT_TEXT			0x54
+#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_FRAMEBUFFER_WINDOW	0x56
+#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_CHROMA_KEY		0x60
+#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_ALPHA_CONTENT_INDEX	0x61
+#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_ALPHA_CONTENT_INDEX	0x62
+
+#endif /* CX2341X_H */
diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/cx25840.h b/include/media/drv-intf/cx25840.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8b455d9dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/drv-intf/cx25840.h
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+
+/*
+ *   cx25840.h - definition for cx25840/1/2/3 inputs
+ *
+ *   Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org)
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CX25840_H_
+#define _CX25840_H_
+
+/*
+ * Note that the cx25840 driver requires that the bridge driver calls the
+ * v4l2_subdev's load_fw operation in order to load the driver's firmware.
+ * This will load the firmware on the first invocation (further ones are NOP).
+ * Without this the audio standard detection will fail and you will
+ * only get mono.
+ * Alternatively, you can call the reset operation (this can be done
+ * multiple times if needed, each invocation will fully reinitialize
+ * the device).
+ *
+ * Since loading the firmware is often problematic when the driver is
+ * compiled into the kernel I recommend postponing calling this function
+ * until the first open of the video device. Another reason for
+ * postponing it is that loading this firmware takes a long time (seconds)
+ * due to the slow i2c bus speed. So it will speed up the boot process if
+ * you can avoid loading the fw as long as the video device isn't used.
+ */
+
+enum cx25840_video_input {
+	/* Composite video inputs In1-In8 */
+	CX25840_COMPOSITE1 = 1,
+	CX25840_COMPOSITE2,
+	CX25840_COMPOSITE3,
+	CX25840_COMPOSITE4,
+	CX25840_COMPOSITE5,
+	CX25840_COMPOSITE6,
+	CX25840_COMPOSITE7,
+	CX25840_COMPOSITE8,
+
+	/*
+	 * S-Video inputs consist of one luma input (In1-In8) ORed with one
+	 * chroma input (In5-In8)
+	 */
+	CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA1 = 0x10,
+	CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA2 = 0x20,
+	CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA3 = 0x30,
+	CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA4 = 0x40,
+	CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA5 = 0x50,
+	CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA6 = 0x60,
+	CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA7 = 0x70,
+	CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA8 = 0x80,
+	CX25840_SVIDEO_CHROMA4 = 0x400,
+	CX25840_SVIDEO_CHROMA5 = 0x500,
+	CX25840_SVIDEO_CHROMA6 = 0x600,
+	CX25840_SVIDEO_CHROMA7 = 0x700,
+	CX25840_SVIDEO_CHROMA8 = 0x800,
+
+	/* S-Video aliases for common luma/chroma combinations */
+	CX25840_SVIDEO1 = 0x510,
+	CX25840_SVIDEO2 = 0x620,
+	CX25840_SVIDEO3 = 0x730,
+	CX25840_SVIDEO4 = 0x840,
+
+	/* Allow frames to specify specific input configurations */
+	CX25840_VIN1_CH1  = 0x80000000,
+	CX25840_VIN2_CH1  = 0x80000001,
+	CX25840_VIN3_CH1  = 0x80000002,
+	CX25840_VIN4_CH1  = 0x80000003,
+	CX25840_VIN5_CH1  = 0x80000004,
+	CX25840_VIN6_CH1  = 0x80000005,
+	CX25840_VIN7_CH1  = 0x80000006,
+	CX25840_VIN8_CH1  = 0x80000007,
+	CX25840_VIN4_CH2  = 0x80000000,
+	CX25840_VIN5_CH2  = 0x80000010,
+	CX25840_VIN6_CH2  = 0x80000020,
+	CX25840_NONE_CH2  = 0x80000030,
+	CX25840_VIN7_CH3  = 0x80000000,
+	CX25840_VIN8_CH3  = 0x80000040,
+	CX25840_NONE0_CH3 = 0x80000080,
+	CX25840_NONE1_CH3 = 0x800000c0,
+	CX25840_SVIDEO_ON = 0x80000100,
+	CX25840_COMPONENT_ON = 0x80000200,
+	CX25840_DIF_ON = 0x80000400,
+};
+
+/*
+ * The defines below are used to set the chip video output settings
+ * in the generic mode that can be enabled by calling the subdevice
+ * init core op.
+ *
+ * The requested settings can be passed to the init core op as
+ * @val parameter and to the s_routing video op as @config parameter.
+ *
+ * For details please refer to the section 3.7 Video Output Formatting and
+ * to Video Out Control 1 to 4 registers in the section 5.6 Video Decoder Core
+ * of the chip datasheet.
+ */
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_FMT_SHIFT 0
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_FMT_MASK GENMASK(2, 0)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_FMT_BT601 BIT(0)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_FMT_BT656 BIT(1)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_FMT_VIP11 GENMASK(1, 0)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_FMT_VIP2 BIT(2)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_RES_SHIFT 3
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_RES_MASK GENMASK(4, 3)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_RES_8BIT BIT(3)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_RES_10BIT BIT(4)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VBIRAW_SHIFT 5
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VBIRAW_MASK GENMASK(6, 5)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VBIRAW_DISABLED BIT(5)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VBIRAW_ENABLED BIT(6)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ANCDATA_SHIFT 7
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ANCDATA_MASK GENMASK(8, 7)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ANCDATA_DISABLED BIT(7)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ANCDATA_ENABLED BIT(8)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_TASKBIT_SHIFT 9
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_TASKBIT_MASK GENMASK(10, 9)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_TASKBIT_ZERO BIT(9)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_TASKBIT_ONE BIT(10)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ACTIVE_SHIFT 11
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ACTIVE_MASK GENMASK(12, 11)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ACTIVE_COMPOSITE BIT(11)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ACTIVE_HORIZONTAL BIT(12)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VALID_SHIFT 13
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VALID_MASK GENMASK(14, 13)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VALID_NORMAL BIT(13)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VALID_ANDACTIVE BIT(14)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_HRESETW_SHIFT 15
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_HRESETW_MASK GENMASK(16, 15)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_HRESETW_NORMAL BIT(15)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_HRESETW_PIXCLK BIT(16)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_CLKGATE_SHIFT 17
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_CLKGATE_MASK GENMASK(18, 17)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_CLKGATE_NONE BIT(17)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_CLKGATE_VALID BIT(18)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_CLKGATE_VALIDACTIVE GENMASK(18, 17)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_DCMODE_SHIFT 19
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_DCMODE_MASK GENMASK(20, 19)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_DCMODE_DWORDS BIT(19)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_DCMODE_BYTES BIT(20)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_IDID0S_SHIFT 21
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_IDID0S_MASK GENMASK(22, 21)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_IDID0S_NORMAL BIT(21)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_IDID0S_LINECNT BIT(22)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VIPCLAMP_SHIFT 23
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VIPCLAMP_MASK GENMASK(24, 23)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VIPCLAMP_ENABLED BIT(23)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VIPCLAMP_DISABLED BIT(24)
+
+enum cx25840_audio_input {
+	/* Audio inputs: serial or In4-In8 */
+	CX25840_AUDIO_SERIAL,
+	CX25840_AUDIO4 = 4,
+	CX25840_AUDIO5,
+	CX25840_AUDIO6,
+	CX25840_AUDIO7,
+	CX25840_AUDIO8,
+};
+
+enum cx25840_io_pin {
+	CX25840_PIN_DVALID_PRGM0 = 0,
+	CX25840_PIN_FIELD_PRGM1,
+	CX25840_PIN_HRESET_PRGM2,
+	CX25840_PIN_VRESET_HCTL_PRGM3,
+	CX25840_PIN_IRQ_N_PRGM4,
+	CX25840_PIN_IR_TX_PRGM6,
+	CX25840_PIN_IR_RX_PRGM5,
+	CX25840_PIN_GPIO0_PRGM8,
+	CX25840_PIN_GPIO1_PRGM9,
+	CX25840_PIN_SA_SDIN,		/* Alternate GP Input only */
+	CX25840_PIN_SA_SDOUT,		/* Alternate GP Input only */
+	CX25840_PIN_PLL_CLK_PRGM7,
+	CX25840_PIN_CHIP_SEL_VIPCLK,	/* Output only */
+};
+
+enum cx25840_io_pad {
+	/* Output pads, these must match the actual chip register values */
+	CX25840_PAD_DEFAULT = 0,
+	CX25840_PAD_ACTIVE,
+	CX25840_PAD_VACTIVE,
+	CX25840_PAD_CBFLAG,
+	CX25840_PAD_VID_DATA_EXT0,
+	CX25840_PAD_VID_DATA_EXT1,
+	CX25840_PAD_GPO0,
+	CX25840_PAD_GPO1,
+	CX25840_PAD_GPO2,
+	CX25840_PAD_GPO3,
+	CX25840_PAD_IRQ_N,
+	CX25840_PAD_AC_SYNC,
+	CX25840_PAD_AC_SDOUT,
+	CX25840_PAD_PLL_CLK,
+	CX25840_PAD_VRESET,
+	CX25840_PAD_RESERVED,
+	/* Pads for PLL_CLK output only */
+	CX25840_PAD_XTI_X5_DLL,
+	CX25840_PAD_AUX_PLL,
+	CX25840_PAD_VID_PLL,
+	CX25840_PAD_XTI,
+	/* Input Pads */
+	CX25840_PAD_GPI0,
+	CX25840_PAD_GPI1,
+	CX25840_PAD_GPI2,
+	CX25840_PAD_GPI3,
+};
+
+enum cx25840_io_pin_strength {
+	CX25840_PIN_DRIVE_MEDIUM = 0,
+	CX25840_PIN_DRIVE_SLOW,
+	CX25840_PIN_DRIVE_FAST,
+};
+
+enum cx23885_io_pin {
+	CX23885_PIN_IR_RX_GPIO19,
+	CX23885_PIN_IR_TX_GPIO20,
+	CX23885_PIN_I2S_SDAT_GPIO21,
+	CX23885_PIN_I2S_WCLK_GPIO22,
+	CX23885_PIN_I2S_BCLK_GPIO23,
+	CX23885_PIN_IRQ_N_GPIO16,
+};
+
+enum cx23885_io_pad {
+	CX23885_PAD_IR_RX,
+	CX23885_PAD_GPIO19,
+	CX23885_PAD_IR_TX,
+	CX23885_PAD_GPIO20,
+	CX23885_PAD_I2S_SDAT,
+	CX23885_PAD_GPIO21,
+	CX23885_PAD_I2S_WCLK,
+	CX23885_PAD_GPIO22,
+	CX23885_PAD_I2S_BCLK,
+	CX23885_PAD_GPIO23,
+	CX23885_PAD_IRQ_N,
+	CX23885_PAD_GPIO16,
+};
+
+/*
+ * pvr150_workaround activates a workaround for a hardware bug that is
+ * present in Hauppauge PVR-150 (and possibly PVR-500) cards that have
+ * certain NTSC tuners (tveeprom tuner model numbers 85, 99 and 112). The
+ * audio autodetect fails on some channels for these models and the workaround
+ * is to select the audio standard explicitly. Many thanks to Hauppauge for
+ * providing this information.
+ *
+ * This platform data only needs to be supplied by the ivtv driver.
+ */
+struct cx25840_platform_data {
+	int pvr150_workaround;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/exynos-fimc.h b/include/media/drv-intf/exynos-fimc.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6b9ef631d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/drv-intf/exynos-fimc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Samsung S5P/Exynos4 SoC series camera interface driver header
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 - 2013 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
+ * Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef S5P_FIMC_H_
+#define S5P_FIMC_H_
+
+#include <media/media-entity.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-dev.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-mediabus.h>
+
+/*
+ * Enumeration of data inputs to the camera subsystem.
+ */
+enum fimc_input {
+	FIMC_INPUT_PARALLEL_0	= 1,
+	FIMC_INPUT_PARALLEL_1,
+	FIMC_INPUT_MIPI_CSI2_0	= 3,
+	FIMC_INPUT_MIPI_CSI2_1,
+	FIMC_INPUT_WRITEBACK_A	= 5,
+	FIMC_INPUT_WRITEBACK_B,
+	FIMC_INPUT_WRITEBACK_ISP = 5,
+};
+
+/*
+ * Enumeration of the FIMC data bus types.
+ */
+enum fimc_bus_type {
+	/* Camera parallel bus */
+	FIMC_BUS_TYPE_ITU_601 = 1,
+	/* Camera parallel bus with embedded synchronization */
+	FIMC_BUS_TYPE_ITU_656,
+	/* Camera MIPI-CSI2 serial bus */
+	FIMC_BUS_TYPE_MIPI_CSI2,
+	/* FIFO link from LCD controller (WriteBack A) */
+	FIMC_BUS_TYPE_LCD_WRITEBACK_A,
+	/* FIFO link from LCD controller (WriteBack B) */
+	FIMC_BUS_TYPE_LCD_WRITEBACK_B,
+	/* FIFO link from FIMC-IS */
+	FIMC_BUS_TYPE_ISP_WRITEBACK = FIMC_BUS_TYPE_LCD_WRITEBACK_B,
+};
+
+#define fimc_input_is_parallel(x) ((x) == 1 || (x) == 2)
+#define fimc_input_is_mipi_csi(x) ((x) == 3 || (x) == 4)
+
+/*
+ * The subdevices' group IDs.
+ */
+#define GRP_ID_SENSOR		(1 << 8)
+#define GRP_ID_FIMC_IS_SENSOR	(1 << 9)
+#define GRP_ID_WRITEBACK	(1 << 10)
+#define GRP_ID_CSIS		(1 << 11)
+#define GRP_ID_FIMC		(1 << 12)
+#define GRP_ID_FLITE		(1 << 13)
+#define GRP_ID_FIMC_IS		(1 << 14)
+
+/**
+ * struct fimc_source_info - video source description required for the host
+ *			     interface configuration
+ *
+ * @fimc_bus_type: FIMC camera input type
+ * @sensor_bus_type: image sensor bus type, MIPI, ITU-R BT.601 etc.
+ * @flags: the parallel sensor bus flags defining signals polarity (V4L2_MBUS_*)
+ * @mux_id: FIMC camera interface multiplexer index (separate for MIPI and ITU)
+ */
+struct fimc_source_info {
+	enum fimc_bus_type fimc_bus_type;
+	enum fimc_bus_type sensor_bus_type;
+	u16 flags;
+	u16 mux_id;
+};
+
+/*
+ * v4l2_device notification id. This is only for internal use in the kernel.
+ * Sensor subdevs should issue S5P_FIMC_TX_END_NOTIFY notification in single
+ * frame capture mode when there is only one VSYNC pulse issued by the sensor
+ * at beginning of the frame transmission.
+ */
+#define S5P_FIMC_TX_END_NOTIFY _IO('e', 0)
+
+#define FIMC_MAX_PLANES	3
+
+/**
+ * struct fimc_fmt - color format data structure
+ * @mbus_code: media bus pixel code, -1 if not applicable
+ * @fourcc: fourcc code for this format, 0 if not applicable
+ * @color: the driver's private color format id
+ * @memplanes: number of physically non-contiguous data planes
+ * @colplanes: number of physically contiguous data planes
+ * @colorspace: v4l2 colorspace (V4L2_COLORSPACE_*)
+ * @depth: per plane driver's private 'number of bits per pixel'
+ * @mdataplanes: bitmask indicating meta data plane(s), (1 << plane_no)
+ * @flags: flags indicating which operation mode format applies to
+ */
+struct fimc_fmt {
+	u32 mbus_code;
+	u32	fourcc;
+	u32	color;
+	u16	memplanes;
+	u16	colplanes;
+	u8	colorspace;
+	u8	depth[FIMC_MAX_PLANES];
+	u16	mdataplanes;
+	u16	flags;
+#define FMT_FLAGS_CAM		(1 << 0)
+#define FMT_FLAGS_M2M_IN	(1 << 1)
+#define FMT_FLAGS_M2M_OUT	(1 << 2)
+#define FMT_FLAGS_M2M		(1 << 1 | 1 << 2)
+#define FMT_HAS_ALPHA		(1 << 3)
+#define FMT_FLAGS_COMPRESSED	(1 << 4)
+#define FMT_FLAGS_WRITEBACK	(1 << 5)
+#define FMT_FLAGS_RAW_BAYER	(1 << 6)
+#define FMT_FLAGS_YUV		(1 << 7)
+};
+
+struct exynos_media_pipeline;
+
+/*
+ * Media pipeline operations to be called from within a video node,  i.e. the
+ * last entity within the pipeline. Implemented by related media device driver.
+ */
+struct exynos_media_pipeline_ops {
+	int (*prepare)(struct exynos_media_pipeline *p,
+						struct media_entity *me);
+	int (*unprepare)(struct exynos_media_pipeline *p);
+	int (*open)(struct exynos_media_pipeline *p, struct media_entity *me,
+							bool resume);
+	int (*close)(struct exynos_media_pipeline *p);
+	int (*set_stream)(struct exynos_media_pipeline *p, bool state);
+};
+
+struct exynos_video_entity {
+	struct video_device vdev;
+	struct exynos_media_pipeline *pipe;
+};
+
+struct exynos_media_pipeline {
+	struct media_pipeline mp;
+	const struct exynos_media_pipeline_ops *ops;
+};
+
+static inline struct exynos_video_entity *vdev_to_exynos_video_entity(
+					struct video_device *vdev)
+{
+	return container_of(vdev, struct exynos_video_entity, vdev);
+}
+
+#define fimc_pipeline_call(ent, op, args...)				  \
+	((!(ent) || !(ent)->pipe) ? -ENOENT : \
+	(((ent)->pipe->ops && (ent)->pipe->ops->op) ? \
+	(ent)->pipe->ops->op(((ent)->pipe), ##args) : -ENOIOCTLCMD))	  \
+
+#endif /* S5P_FIMC_H_ */
diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/msp3400.h b/include/media/drv-intf/msp3400.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..853258ee6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/drv-intf/msp3400.h
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+    msp3400.h - definition for msp3400 inputs and outputs
+
+    Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org)
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _MSP3400_H_
+#define _MSP3400_H_
+
+/* msp3400 routing
+   ===============
+
+   The msp3400 has a complicated routing scheme with many possible
+   combinations. The details are all in the datasheets but I will try
+   to give a short description here.
+
+   Inputs
+   ======
+
+   There are 1) tuner inputs, 2) I2S inputs, 3) SCART inputs. You will have
+   to select which tuner input to use and which SCART input to use. The
+   selected tuner input, the selected SCART input and all I2S inputs go to
+   the DSP (the tuner input first goes through the demodulator).
+
+   The DSP handles things like volume, bass/treble, balance, and some chips
+   have support for surround sound. It has several outputs: MAIN, AUX, I2S
+   and SCART1/2. Each output can select which DSP input to use. So the MAIN
+   output can select the tuner input while at the same time the SCART1 output
+   uses the I2S input.
+
+   Outputs
+   =======
+
+   Most DSP outputs are also the outputs of the msp3400. However, the SCART
+   outputs of the msp3400 can select which input to use: either the SCART1 or
+   SCART2 output from the DSP, or the msp3400 SCART inputs, thus completely
+   bypassing the DSP.
+
+   Summary
+   =======
+
+   So to specify a complete routing scheme for the msp3400 you will have to
+   specify in the 'input' arg of the s_routing function:
+
+   1) which tuner input to use
+   2) which SCART input to use
+   3) which DSP input to use for each DSP output
+
+   And in the 'output' arg of the s_routing function you specify:
+
+   1) which SCART input to use for each SCART output
+
+   Depending on how the msp is wired to the other components you can
+   ignore or mute certain inputs or outputs.
+
+   Also, depending on the msp version only a subset of the inputs or
+   outputs may be present. At the end of this header some tables are
+   added containing a list of what is available for each msp version.
+ */
+
+/* Inputs to the DSP unit: two independent selections have to be made:
+   1) the tuner (SIF) input
+   2) the SCART input
+   Bits 0-2 are used for the SCART input select, bit 3 is used for the tuner
+   input, bits 4-7 are reserved.
+ */
+
+/* SCART input to DSP selection */
+#define MSP_IN_SCART1		0  /* Pin SC1_IN */
+#define MSP_IN_SCART2		1  /* Pin SC2_IN */
+#define MSP_IN_SCART3		2  /* Pin SC3_IN */
+#define MSP_IN_SCART4		3  /* Pin SC4_IN */
+#define MSP_IN_MONO		6  /* Pin MONO_IN */
+#define MSP_IN_MUTE		7  /* Mute DSP input */
+#define MSP_SCART_TO_DSP(in)	(in)
+/* Tuner input to demodulator and DSP selection */
+#define MSP_IN_TUNER1		0  /* Analog Sound IF input pin ANA_IN1 */
+#define MSP_IN_TUNER2		1  /* Analog Sound IF input pin ANA_IN2 */
+#define MSP_TUNER_TO_DSP(in)	((in) << 3)
+
+/* The msp has up to 5 DSP outputs, each output can independently select
+   a DSP input.
+
+   The DSP outputs are: loudspeaker output (aka MAIN), headphones output
+   (aka AUX), SCART1 DA output, SCART2 DA output and an I2S output.
+   There also is a quasi-peak detector output, but that is not used by
+   this driver and is set to the same input as the loudspeaker output.
+   Not all outputs are supported by all msp models. Setting the input
+   of an unsupported output will be ignored by the driver.
+
+   There are up to 16 DSP inputs to choose from, so each output is
+   assigned 4 bits.
+
+   Note: the 44x8G can mix two inputs and feed the result back to the
+   DSP. This is currently not implemented. Also not implemented is the
+   multi-channel capable I2S3 input of the 44x0G. If someone can demonstrate
+   a need for one of those features then additional support can be added. */
+#define MSP_DSP_IN_TUNER	0  /* Tuner DSP input */
+#define MSP_DSP_IN_SCART	2  /* SCART DSP input */
+#define MSP_DSP_IN_I2S1		5  /* I2S1 DSP input */
+#define MSP_DSP_IN_I2S2		6  /* I2S2 DSP input */
+#define MSP_DSP_IN_I2S3		7  /* I2S3 DSP input */
+#define MSP_DSP_IN_MAIN_AVC	11 /* MAIN AVC processed DSP input */
+#define MSP_DSP_IN_MAIN		12 /* MAIN DSP input */
+#define MSP_DSP_IN_AUX		13 /* AUX DSP input */
+#define MSP_DSP_TO_MAIN(in)	((in) << 4)
+#define MSP_DSP_TO_AUX(in)	((in) << 8)
+#define MSP_DSP_TO_SCART1(in)	((in) << 12)
+#define MSP_DSP_TO_SCART2(in)	((in) << 16)
+#define MSP_DSP_TO_I2S(in)	((in) << 20)
+
+/* Output SCART select: the SCART outputs can select which input
+   to use. */
+#define MSP_SC_IN_SCART1	0  /* SCART1 input, bypassing the DSP */
+#define MSP_SC_IN_SCART2	1  /* SCART2 input, bypassing the DSP */
+#define MSP_SC_IN_SCART3	2  /* SCART3 input, bypassing the DSP */
+#define MSP_SC_IN_SCART4	3  /* SCART4 input, bypassing the DSP */
+#define MSP_SC_IN_DSP_SCART1	4  /* DSP SCART1 input */
+#define MSP_SC_IN_DSP_SCART2	5  /* DSP SCART2 input */
+#define MSP_SC_IN_MONO		6  /* MONO input, bypassing the DSP */
+#define MSP_SC_IN_MUTE		7  /* MUTE output */
+#define MSP_SC_TO_SCART1(in)	(in)
+#define MSP_SC_TO_SCART2(in)	((in) << 4)
+
+/* Shortcut macros */
+#define MSP_INPUT(sc, t, main_aux_src, sc_i2s_src) \
+	(MSP_SCART_TO_DSP(sc) | \
+	 MSP_TUNER_TO_DSP(t) | \
+	 MSP_DSP_TO_MAIN(main_aux_src) | \
+	 MSP_DSP_TO_AUX(main_aux_src) | \
+	 MSP_DSP_TO_SCART1(sc_i2s_src) | \
+	 MSP_DSP_TO_SCART2(sc_i2s_src) | \
+	 MSP_DSP_TO_I2S(sc_i2s_src))
+#define MSP_INPUT_DEFAULT MSP_INPUT(MSP_IN_SCART1, MSP_IN_TUNER1, \
+				    MSP_DSP_IN_TUNER, MSP_DSP_IN_TUNER)
+#define MSP_OUTPUT(sc) \
+	(MSP_SC_TO_SCART1(sc) | \
+	 MSP_SC_TO_SCART2(sc))
+/* This equals the RESET position of the msp3400 ACB register */
+#define MSP_OUTPUT_DEFAULT (MSP_SC_TO_SCART1(MSP_SC_IN_SCART3) | \
+			    MSP_SC_TO_SCART2(MSP_SC_IN_DSP_SCART1))
+
+/* Tuner inputs vs. msp version */
+/* Chip      TUNER_1   TUNER_2
+   -------------------------
+   msp34x0b  y         y
+   msp34x0c  y         y
+   msp34x0d  y         y
+   msp34x5d  y         n
+   msp34x7d  y         n
+   msp34x0g  y         y
+   msp34x1g  y         y
+   msp34x2g  y         y
+   msp34x5g  y         n
+   msp34x7g  y         n
+   msp44x0g  y         y
+   msp44x8g  y         y
+ */
+
+/* SCART inputs vs. msp version */
+/* Chip      SC1 SC2 SC3 SC4
+   -------------------------
+   msp34x0b  y   y   y   n
+   msp34x0c  y   y   y   n
+   msp34x0d  y   y   y   y
+   msp34x5d  y   y   n   n
+   msp34x7d  y   n   n   n
+   msp34x0g  y   y   y   y
+   msp34x1g  y   y   y   y
+   msp34x2g  y   y   y   y
+   msp34x5g  y   y   n   n
+   msp34x7g  y   n   n   n
+   msp44x0g  y   y   y   y
+   msp44x8g  y   y   y   y
+ */
+
+/* DSP inputs vs. msp version (tuner and SCART inputs are always available) */
+/* Chip      I2S1 I2S2 I2S3 MAIN_AVC MAIN AUX
+   ------------------------------------------
+   msp34x0b  y    n    n    n        n    n
+   msp34x0c  y    y    n    n        n    n
+   msp34x0d  y    y    n    n        n    n
+   msp34x5d  y    y    n    n        n    n
+   msp34x7d  n    n    n    n        n    n
+   msp34x0g  y    y    n    n        n    n
+   msp34x1g  y    y    n    n        n    n
+   msp34x2g  y    y    n    y        y    y
+   msp34x5g  y    y    n    n        n    n
+   msp34x7g  n    n    n    n        n    n
+   msp44x0g  y    y    y    y        y    y
+   msp44x8g  y    y    y    n        n    n
+ */
+
+/* DSP outputs vs. msp version */
+/* Chip      MAIN AUX SCART1 SCART2 I2S
+   ------------------------------------
+   msp34x0b  y    y   y      n      y
+   msp34x0c  y    y   y      n      y
+   msp34x0d  y    y   y      y      y
+   msp34x5d  y    n   y      n      y
+   msp34x7d  y    n   y      n      n
+   msp34x0g  y    y   y      y      y
+   msp34x1g  y    y   y      y      y
+   msp34x2g  y    y   y      y      y
+   msp34x5g  y    n   y      n      y
+   msp34x7g  y    n   y      n      n
+   msp44x0g  y    y   y      y      y
+   msp44x8g  y    y   y      y      y
+ */
+
+#endif /* MSP3400_H */
diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/renesas-ceu.h b/include/media/drv-intf/renesas-ceu.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..52841d1b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/drv-intf/renesas-ceu.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+/*
+ * renesas-ceu.h - Renesas CEU driver interface
+ *
+ * Copyright 2017-2018 Jacopo Mondi <jacopo+renesas@jmondi.org>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __MEDIA_DRV_INTF_RENESAS_CEU_H__
+#define __MEDIA_DRV_INTF_RENESAS_CEU_H__
+
+#define CEU_MAX_SUBDEVS		2
+
+struct ceu_async_subdev {
+	unsigned long flags;
+	unsigned char bus_width;
+	unsigned char bus_shift;
+	unsigned int i2c_adapter_id;
+	unsigned int i2c_address;
+};
+
+struct ceu_platform_data {
+	unsigned int num_subdevs;
+	struct ceu_async_subdev subdevs[CEU_MAX_SUBDEVS];
+};
+
+#endif /* ___MEDIA_DRV_INTF_RENESAS_CEU_H__ */
diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/s3c_camif.h b/include/media/drv-intf/s3c_camif.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..00d83620e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/drv-intf/s3c_camif.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * s3c24xx/s3c64xx SoC series Camera Interface (CAMIF) driver
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com>
+*/
+
+#ifndef MEDIA_S3C_CAMIF_
+#define MEDIA_S3C_CAMIF_
+
+#include <linux/i2c.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-mediabus.h>
+
+/**
+ * struct s3c_camif_sensor_info - an image sensor description
+ * @i2c_board_info: pointer to an I2C sensor subdevice board info
+ * @clock_frequency: frequency of the clock the host provides to a sensor
+ * @mbus_type: media bus type
+ * @i2c_bus_num: i2c control bus id the sensor is attached to
+ * @flags: the parallel bus flags defining signals polarity (V4L2_MBUS_*)
+ * @use_field: 1 if parallel bus FIELD signal is used (only s3c64xx)
+ */
+struct s3c_camif_sensor_info {
+	struct i2c_board_info i2c_board_info;
+	unsigned long clock_frequency;
+	enum v4l2_mbus_type mbus_type;
+	u16 i2c_bus_num;
+	u16 flags;
+	u8 use_field;
+};
+
+struct s3c_camif_plat_data {
+	struct s3c_camif_sensor_info sensor;
+};
+
+#endif /* MEDIA_S3C_CAMIF_ */
diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/saa7146.h b/include/media/drv-intf/saa7146.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b8f2fe568
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/drv-intf/saa7146.h
@@ -0,0 +1,469 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+#ifndef __SAA7146__
+#define __SAA7146__
+
+#include <linux/delay.h>	/* for delay-stuff */
+#include <linux/slab.h>		/* for kmalloc/kfree */
+#include <linux/pci.h>		/* for pci-config-stuff, vendor ids etc. */
+#include <linux/init.h>		/* for "__init" */
+#include <linux/interrupt.h>	/* for IMMEDIATE_BH */
+#include <linux/kmod.h>		/* for kernel module loader */
+#include <linux/i2c.h>		/* for i2c subsystem */
+#include <asm/io.h>		/* for accessing devices */
+#include <linux/stringify.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+#include <linux/scatterlist.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-device.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h>
+
+#include <linux/vmalloc.h>	/* for vmalloc() */
+#include <linux/mm.h>		/* for vmalloc_to_page() */
+
+#define saa7146_write(sxy,adr,dat)    writel((dat),(sxy->mem+(adr)))
+#define saa7146_read(sxy,adr)         readl(sxy->mem+(adr))
+
+extern unsigned int saa7146_debug;
+
+#ifndef DEBUG_VARIABLE
+	#define DEBUG_VARIABLE saa7146_debug
+#endif
+
+#define ERR(fmt, ...)	pr_err("%s: " fmt, __func__, ##__VA_ARGS__)
+
+#define _DBG(mask, fmt, ...)						\
+do {									\
+	if (DEBUG_VARIABLE & mask)					\
+		pr_debug("%s(): " fmt, __func__, ##__VA_ARGS__);	\
+} while (0)
+
+/* simple debug messages */
+#define DEB_S(fmt, ...)		_DBG(0x01, fmt, ##__VA_ARGS__)
+/* more detailed debug messages */
+#define DEB_D(fmt, ...)		_DBG(0x02, fmt, ##__VA_ARGS__)
+/* print enter and exit of functions */
+#define DEB_EE(fmt, ...)	_DBG(0x04, fmt, ##__VA_ARGS__)
+/* i2c debug messages */
+#define DEB_I2C(fmt, ...)	_DBG(0x08, fmt, ##__VA_ARGS__)
+/* vbi debug messages */
+#define DEB_VBI(fmt, ...)	_DBG(0x10, fmt, ##__VA_ARGS__)
+/* interrupt debug messages */
+#define DEB_INT(fmt, ...)	_DBG(0x20, fmt, ##__VA_ARGS__)
+/* capture debug messages */
+#define DEB_CAP(fmt, ...)	_DBG(0x40, fmt, ##__VA_ARGS__)
+
+#define SAA7146_ISR_CLEAR(x,y) \
+	saa7146_write(x, ISR, (y));
+
+struct module;
+
+struct saa7146_dev;
+struct saa7146_extension;
+struct saa7146_vv;
+
+/* saa7146 page table */
+struct saa7146_pgtable {
+	unsigned int	size;
+	__le32		*cpu;
+	dma_addr_t	dma;
+	/* used for offsets for u,v planes for planar capture modes */
+	unsigned long	offset;
+	/* used for custom pagetables (used for example by budget dvb cards) */
+	struct scatterlist *slist;
+	int		nents;
+};
+
+struct saa7146_pci_extension_data {
+	struct saa7146_extension *ext;
+	void *ext_priv;			/* most likely a name string */
+};
+
+#define MAKE_EXTENSION_PCI(x_var, x_vendor, x_device)						\
+	{											\
+		PCI_VDEVICE_SUB(PHILIPS, PCI_DEVICE_ID_PHILIPS_SAA7146, (x_vendor), (x_device)),\
+		.driver_data = (unsigned long)&(x_var),						\
+	}
+
+struct saa7146_extension
+{
+	char	name[32];		/* name of the device */
+#define SAA7146_USE_I2C_IRQ	0x1
+#define SAA7146_I2C_SHORT_DELAY	0x2
+	int	flags;
+
+	/* pairs of subvendor and subdevice ids for
+	   supported devices, last entry 0xffff, 0xfff */
+	struct module *module;
+	struct pci_driver driver;
+	const struct pci_device_id *pci_tbl;
+
+	/* extension functions */
+	int (*probe)(struct saa7146_dev *);
+	int (*attach)(struct saa7146_dev *, struct saa7146_pci_extension_data *);
+	int (*detach)(struct saa7146_dev*);
+
+	u32	irq_mask;	/* mask to indicate, which irq-events are handled by the extension */
+	void	(*irq_func)(struct saa7146_dev*, u32* irq_mask);
+};
+
+struct saa7146_dma
+{
+	dma_addr_t	dma_handle;
+	__le32		*cpu_addr;
+};
+
+struct saa7146_dev
+{
+	struct module			*module;
+
+	struct v4l2_device		v4l2_dev;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_handler	ctrl_handler;
+
+	/* different device locks */
+	spinlock_t			slock;
+	struct mutex			v4l2_lock;
+
+	unsigned char			__iomem *mem;		/* pointer to mapped IO memory */
+	u32				revision;	/* chip revision; needed for bug-workarounds*/
+
+	/* pci-device & irq stuff*/
+	char				name[32];
+	struct pci_dev			*pci;
+	u32				int_todo;
+	spinlock_t			int_slock;
+
+	/* extension handling */
+	struct saa7146_extension	*ext;		/* indicates if handled by extension */
+	void				*ext_priv;	/* pointer for extension private use (most likely some private data) */
+	struct saa7146_ext_vv		*ext_vv_data;
+
+	/* per device video/vbi information (if available) */
+	struct saa7146_vv	*vv_data;
+	void (*vv_callback)(struct saa7146_dev *dev, unsigned long status);
+
+	/* i2c-stuff */
+	struct mutex			i2c_lock;
+
+	u32				i2c_bitrate;
+	struct saa7146_dma		d_i2c;	/* pointer to i2c memory */
+	wait_queue_head_t		i2c_wq;
+	int				i2c_op;
+
+	/* memories */
+	struct saa7146_dma		d_rps0;
+	struct saa7146_dma		d_rps1;
+};
+
+static inline struct saa7146_dev *to_saa7146_dev(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev)
+{
+	return container_of(v4l2_dev, struct saa7146_dev, v4l2_dev);
+}
+
+/* from saa7146_i2c.c */
+int saa7146_i2c_adapter_prepare(struct saa7146_dev *dev, struct i2c_adapter *i2c_adapter, u32 bitrate);
+
+/* from saa7146_core.c */
+int saa7146_register_extension(struct saa7146_extension*);
+int saa7146_unregister_extension(struct saa7146_extension*);
+struct saa7146_format* saa7146_format_by_fourcc(struct saa7146_dev *dev, int fourcc);
+int saa7146_pgtable_alloc(struct pci_dev *pci, struct saa7146_pgtable *pt);
+void saa7146_pgtable_free(struct pci_dev *pci, struct saa7146_pgtable *pt);
+int saa7146_pgtable_build_single(struct pci_dev *pci, struct saa7146_pgtable *pt, struct scatterlist *list, int length );
+void *saa7146_vmalloc_build_pgtable(struct pci_dev *pci, long length, struct saa7146_pgtable *pt);
+void saa7146_vfree_destroy_pgtable(struct pci_dev *pci, void *mem, struct saa7146_pgtable *pt);
+void saa7146_setgpio(struct saa7146_dev *dev, int port, u32 data);
+int saa7146_wait_for_debi_done(struct saa7146_dev *dev, int nobusyloop);
+
+/* some memory sizes */
+#define SAA7146_I2C_MEM		( 1*PAGE_SIZE)
+#define SAA7146_RPS_MEM		( 1*PAGE_SIZE)
+
+/* some i2c constants */
+#define SAA7146_I2C_TIMEOUT	100	/* i2c-timeout-value in ms */
+#define SAA7146_I2C_RETRIES	3	/* how many times shall we retry an i2c-operation? */
+#define SAA7146_I2C_DELAY	5	/* time we wait after certain i2c-operations */
+
+/* unsorted defines */
+#define ME1    0x0000000800
+#define PV1    0x0000000008
+
+/* gpio defines */
+#define SAA7146_GPIO_INPUT 0x00
+#define SAA7146_GPIO_IRQHI 0x10
+#define SAA7146_GPIO_IRQLO 0x20
+#define SAA7146_GPIO_IRQHL 0x30
+#define SAA7146_GPIO_OUTLO 0x40
+#define SAA7146_GPIO_OUTHI 0x50
+
+/* debi defines */
+#define DEBINOSWAP 0x000e0000
+
+/* define for the register programming sequencer (rps) */
+#define CMD_NOP		0x00000000  /* No operation */
+#define CMD_CLR_EVENT	0x00000000  /* Clear event */
+#define CMD_SET_EVENT	0x10000000  /* Set signal event */
+#define CMD_PAUSE	0x20000000  /* Pause */
+#define CMD_CHECK_LATE	0x30000000  /* Check late */
+#define CMD_UPLOAD	0x40000000  /* Upload */
+#define CMD_STOP	0x50000000  /* Stop */
+#define CMD_INTERRUPT	0x60000000  /* Interrupt */
+#define CMD_JUMP	0x80000000  /* Jump */
+#define CMD_WR_REG	0x90000000  /* Write (load) register */
+#define CMD_RD_REG	0xa0000000  /* Read (store) register */
+#define CMD_WR_REG_MASK	0xc0000000  /* Write register with mask */
+
+#define CMD_OAN		MASK_27
+#define CMD_INV		MASK_26
+#define CMD_SIG4	MASK_25
+#define CMD_SIG3	MASK_24
+#define CMD_SIG2	MASK_23
+#define CMD_SIG1	MASK_22
+#define CMD_SIG0	MASK_21
+#define CMD_O_FID_B	MASK_14
+#define CMD_E_FID_B	MASK_13
+#define CMD_O_FID_A	MASK_12
+#define CMD_E_FID_A	MASK_11
+
+/* some events and command modifiers for rps1 squarewave generator */
+#define EVT_HS          (1<<15)     // Source Line Threshold reached
+#define EVT_VBI_B       (1<<9)      // VSYNC Event
+#define RPS_OAN         (1<<27)     // 1: OR events, 0: AND events
+#define RPS_INV         (1<<26)     // Invert (compound) event
+#define GPIO3_MSK       0xFF000000  // GPIO #3 control bits
+
+/* Bit mask constants */
+#define MASK_00   0x00000001    /* Mask value for bit 0 */
+#define MASK_01   0x00000002    /* Mask value for bit 1 */
+#define MASK_02   0x00000004    /* Mask value for bit 2 */
+#define MASK_03   0x00000008    /* Mask value for bit 3 */
+#define MASK_04   0x00000010    /* Mask value for bit 4 */
+#define MASK_05   0x00000020    /* Mask value for bit 5 */
+#define MASK_06   0x00000040    /* Mask value for bit 6 */
+#define MASK_07   0x00000080    /* Mask value for bit 7 */
+#define MASK_08   0x00000100    /* Mask value for bit 8 */
+#define MASK_09   0x00000200    /* Mask value for bit 9 */
+#define MASK_10   0x00000400    /* Mask value for bit 10 */
+#define MASK_11   0x00000800    /* Mask value for bit 11 */
+#define MASK_12   0x00001000    /* Mask value for bit 12 */
+#define MASK_13   0x00002000    /* Mask value for bit 13 */
+#define MASK_14   0x00004000    /* Mask value for bit 14 */
+#define MASK_15   0x00008000    /* Mask value for bit 15 */
+#define MASK_16   0x00010000    /* Mask value for bit 16 */
+#define MASK_17   0x00020000    /* Mask value for bit 17 */
+#define MASK_18   0x00040000    /* Mask value for bit 18 */
+#define MASK_19   0x00080000    /* Mask value for bit 19 */
+#define MASK_20   0x00100000    /* Mask value for bit 20 */
+#define MASK_21   0x00200000    /* Mask value for bit 21 */
+#define MASK_22   0x00400000    /* Mask value for bit 22 */
+#define MASK_23   0x00800000    /* Mask value for bit 23 */
+#define MASK_24   0x01000000    /* Mask value for bit 24 */
+#define MASK_25   0x02000000    /* Mask value for bit 25 */
+#define MASK_26   0x04000000    /* Mask value for bit 26 */
+#define MASK_27   0x08000000    /* Mask value for bit 27 */
+#define MASK_28   0x10000000    /* Mask value for bit 28 */
+#define MASK_29   0x20000000    /* Mask value for bit 29 */
+#define MASK_30   0x40000000    /* Mask value for bit 30 */
+#define MASK_31   0x80000000    /* Mask value for bit 31 */
+
+#define MASK_B0   0x000000ff    /* Mask value for byte 0 */
+#define MASK_B1   0x0000ff00    /* Mask value for byte 1 */
+#define MASK_B2   0x00ff0000    /* Mask value for byte 2 */
+#define MASK_B3   0xff000000    /* Mask value for byte 3 */
+
+#define MASK_W0   0x0000ffff    /* Mask value for word 0 */
+#define MASK_W1   0xffff0000    /* Mask value for word 1 */
+
+#define MASK_PA   0xfffffffc    /* Mask value for physical address */
+#define MASK_PR   0xfffffffe	/* Mask value for protection register */
+#define MASK_ER   0xffffffff    /* Mask value for the entire register */
+
+#define MASK_NONE 0x00000000    /* No mask */
+
+/* register aliases */
+#define BASE_ODD1         0x00  /* Video DMA 1 registers  */
+#define BASE_EVEN1        0x04
+#define PROT_ADDR1        0x08
+#define PITCH1            0x0C
+#define BASE_PAGE1        0x10  /* Video DMA 1 base page */
+#define NUM_LINE_BYTE1    0x14
+
+#define BASE_ODD2         0x18  /* Video DMA 2 registers */
+#define BASE_EVEN2        0x1C
+#define PROT_ADDR2        0x20
+#define PITCH2            0x24
+#define BASE_PAGE2        0x28  /* Video DMA 2 base page */
+#define NUM_LINE_BYTE2    0x2C
+
+#define BASE_ODD3         0x30  /* Video DMA 3 registers */
+#define BASE_EVEN3        0x34
+#define PROT_ADDR3        0x38
+#define PITCH3            0x3C
+#define BASE_PAGE3        0x40  /* Video DMA 3 base page */
+#define NUM_LINE_BYTE3    0x44
+
+#define PCI_BT_V1         0x48  /* Video/FIFO 1 */
+#define PCI_BT_V2         0x49  /* Video/FIFO 2 */
+#define PCI_BT_V3         0x4A  /* Video/FIFO 3 */
+#define PCI_BT_DEBI       0x4B  /* DEBI */
+#define PCI_BT_A          0x4C  /* Audio */
+
+#define DD1_INIT          0x50  /* Init setting of DD1 interface */
+
+#define DD1_STREAM_B      0x54  /* DD1 B video data stream handling */
+#define DD1_STREAM_A      0x56  /* DD1 A video data stream handling */
+
+#define BRS_CTRL          0x58  /* BRS control register */
+#define HPS_CTRL          0x5C  /* HPS control register */
+#define HPS_V_SCALE       0x60  /* HPS vertical scale */
+#define HPS_V_GAIN        0x64  /* HPS vertical ACL and gain */
+#define HPS_H_PRESCALE    0x68  /* HPS horizontal prescale   */
+#define HPS_H_SCALE       0x6C  /* HPS horizontal scale */
+#define BCS_CTRL          0x70  /* BCS control */
+#define CHROMA_KEY_RANGE  0x74
+#define CLIP_FORMAT_CTRL  0x78  /* HPS outputs formats & clipping */
+
+#define DEBI_CONFIG       0x7C
+#define DEBI_COMMAND      0x80
+#define DEBI_PAGE         0x84
+#define DEBI_AD           0x88
+
+#define I2C_TRANSFER      0x8C
+#define I2C_STATUS        0x90
+
+#define BASE_A1_IN        0x94	/* Audio 1 input DMA */
+#define PROT_A1_IN        0x98
+#define PAGE_A1_IN        0x9C
+
+#define BASE_A1_OUT       0xA0  /* Audio 1 output DMA */
+#define PROT_A1_OUT       0xA4
+#define PAGE_A1_OUT       0xA8
+
+#define BASE_A2_IN        0xAC  /* Audio 2 input DMA */
+#define PROT_A2_IN        0xB0
+#define PAGE_A2_IN        0xB4
+
+#define BASE_A2_OUT       0xB8  /* Audio 2 output DMA */
+#define PROT_A2_OUT       0xBC
+#define PAGE_A2_OUT       0xC0
+
+#define RPS_PAGE0         0xC4  /* RPS task 0 page register */
+#define RPS_PAGE1         0xC8  /* RPS task 1 page register */
+
+#define RPS_THRESH0       0xCC  /* HBI threshold for task 0 */
+#define RPS_THRESH1       0xD0  /* HBI threshold for task 1 */
+
+#define RPS_TOV0          0xD4  /* RPS timeout for task 0 */
+#define RPS_TOV1          0xD8  /* RPS timeout for task 1 */
+
+#define IER               0xDC  /* Interrupt enable register */
+
+#define GPIO_CTRL         0xE0  /* GPIO 0-3 register */
+
+#define EC1SSR            0xE4  /* Event cnt set 1 source select */
+#define EC2SSR            0xE8  /* Event cnt set 2 source select */
+#define ECT1R             0xEC  /* Event cnt set 1 thresholds */
+#define ECT2R             0xF0  /* Event cnt set 2 thresholds */
+
+#define ACON1             0xF4
+#define ACON2             0xF8
+
+#define MC1               0xFC   /* Main control register 1 */
+#define MC2               0x100  /* Main control register 2  */
+
+#define RPS_ADDR0         0x104  /* RPS task 0 address register */
+#define RPS_ADDR1         0x108  /* RPS task 1 address register */
+
+#define ISR               0x10C  /* Interrupt status register */
+#define PSR               0x110  /* Primary status register */
+#define SSR               0x114  /* Secondary status register */
+
+#define EC1R              0x118  /* Event counter set 1 register */
+#define EC2R              0x11C  /* Event counter set 2 register */
+
+#define PCI_VDP1          0x120  /* Video DMA pointer of FIFO 1 */
+#define PCI_VDP2          0x124  /* Video DMA pointer of FIFO 2 */
+#define PCI_VDP3          0x128  /* Video DMA pointer of FIFO 3 */
+#define PCI_ADP1          0x12C  /* Audio DMA pointer of audio out 1 */
+#define PCI_ADP2          0x130  /* Audio DMA pointer of audio in 1 */
+#define PCI_ADP3          0x134  /* Audio DMA pointer of audio out 2 */
+#define PCI_ADP4          0x138  /* Audio DMA pointer of audio in 2 */
+#define PCI_DMA_DDP       0x13C  /* DEBI DMA pointer */
+
+#define LEVEL_REP         0x140,
+#define A_TIME_SLOT1      0x180,  /* from 180 - 1BC */
+#define A_TIME_SLOT2      0x1C0,  /* from 1C0 - 1FC */
+
+/* isr masks */
+#define SPCI_PPEF       0x80000000  /* PCI parity error */
+#define SPCI_PABO       0x40000000  /* PCI access error (target or master abort) */
+#define SPCI_PPED       0x20000000  /* PCI parity error on 'real time data' */
+#define SPCI_RPS_I1     0x10000000  /* Interrupt issued by RPS1 */
+#define SPCI_RPS_I0     0x08000000  /* Interrupt issued by RPS0 */
+#define SPCI_RPS_LATE1  0x04000000  /* RPS task 1 is late */
+#define SPCI_RPS_LATE0  0x02000000  /* RPS task 0 is late */
+#define SPCI_RPS_E1     0x01000000  /* RPS error from task 1 */
+#define SPCI_RPS_E0     0x00800000  /* RPS error from task 0 */
+#define SPCI_RPS_TO1    0x00400000  /* RPS timeout task 1 */
+#define SPCI_RPS_TO0    0x00200000  /* RPS timeout task 0 */
+#define SPCI_UPLD       0x00100000  /* RPS in upload */
+#define SPCI_DEBI_S     0x00080000  /* DEBI status */
+#define SPCI_DEBI_E     0x00040000  /* DEBI error */
+#define SPCI_IIC_S      0x00020000  /* I2C status */
+#define SPCI_IIC_E      0x00010000  /* I2C error */
+#define SPCI_A2_IN      0x00008000  /* Audio 2 input DMA protection / limit */
+#define SPCI_A2_OUT     0x00004000  /* Audio 2 output DMA protection / limit */
+#define SPCI_A1_IN      0x00002000  /* Audio 1 input DMA protection / limit */
+#define SPCI_A1_OUT     0x00001000  /* Audio 1 output DMA protection / limit */
+#define SPCI_AFOU       0x00000800  /* Audio FIFO over- / underflow */
+#define SPCI_V_PE       0x00000400  /* Video protection address */
+#define SPCI_VFOU       0x00000200  /* Video FIFO over- / underflow */
+#define SPCI_FIDA       0x00000100  /* Field ID video port A */
+#define SPCI_FIDB       0x00000080  /* Field ID video port B */
+#define SPCI_PIN3       0x00000040  /* GPIO pin 3 */
+#define SPCI_PIN2       0x00000020  /* GPIO pin 2 */
+#define SPCI_PIN1       0x00000010  /* GPIO pin 1 */
+#define SPCI_PIN0       0x00000008  /* GPIO pin 0 */
+#define SPCI_ECS        0x00000004  /* Event counter 1, 2, 4, 5 */
+#define SPCI_EC3S       0x00000002  /* Event counter 3 */
+#define SPCI_EC0S       0x00000001  /* Event counter 0 */
+
+/* i2c */
+#define	SAA7146_I2C_ABORT	(1<<7)
+#define	SAA7146_I2C_SPERR	(1<<6)
+#define	SAA7146_I2C_APERR	(1<<5)
+#define	SAA7146_I2C_DTERR	(1<<4)
+#define	SAA7146_I2C_DRERR	(1<<3)
+#define	SAA7146_I2C_AL		(1<<2)
+#define	SAA7146_I2C_ERR		(1<<1)
+#define	SAA7146_I2C_BUSY	(1<<0)
+
+#define	SAA7146_I2C_START	(0x3)
+#define	SAA7146_I2C_CONT	(0x2)
+#define	SAA7146_I2C_STOP	(0x1)
+#define	SAA7146_I2C_NOP		(0x0)
+
+#define SAA7146_I2C_BUS_BIT_RATE_6400	(0x500)
+#define SAA7146_I2C_BUS_BIT_RATE_3200	(0x100)
+#define SAA7146_I2C_BUS_BIT_RATE_480	(0x400)
+#define SAA7146_I2C_BUS_BIT_RATE_320	(0x600)
+#define SAA7146_I2C_BUS_BIT_RATE_240	(0x700)
+#define SAA7146_I2C_BUS_BIT_RATE_120	(0x000)
+#define SAA7146_I2C_BUS_BIT_RATE_80	(0x200)
+#define SAA7146_I2C_BUS_BIT_RATE_60	(0x300)
+
+static inline void SAA7146_IER_DISABLE(struct saa7146_dev *x, unsigned y)
+{
+	unsigned long flags;
+	spin_lock_irqsave(&x->int_slock, flags);
+	saa7146_write(x, IER, saa7146_read(x, IER) & ~y);
+	spin_unlock_irqrestore(&x->int_slock, flags);
+}
+
+static inline void SAA7146_IER_ENABLE(struct saa7146_dev *x, unsigned y)
+{
+	unsigned long flags;
+	spin_lock_irqsave(&x->int_slock, flags);
+	saa7146_write(x, IER, saa7146_read(x, IER) | y);
+	spin_unlock_irqrestore(&x->int_slock, flags);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/saa7146_vv.h b/include/media/drv-intf/saa7146_vv.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f66f4dfcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/drv-intf/saa7146_vv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+#ifndef __SAA7146_VV__
+#define __SAA7146_VV__
+
+#include <media/v4l2-common.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-ioctl.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-fh.h>
+#include <media/drv-intf/saa7146.h>
+#include <media/videobuf2-dma-sg.h>
+
+#define MAX_SAA7146_CAPTURE_BUFFERS	32	/* arbitrary */
+#define BUFFER_TIMEOUT     (HZ/2)  /* 0.5 seconds */
+
+#define WRITE_RPS0(x) do { \
+	dev->d_rps0.cpu_addr[ count++ ] = cpu_to_le32(x); \
+	} while (0);
+
+#define WRITE_RPS1(x) do { \
+	dev->d_rps1.cpu_addr[ count++ ] = cpu_to_le32(x); \
+	} while (0);
+
+struct	saa7146_video_dma {
+	u32 base_odd;
+	u32 base_even;
+	u32 prot_addr;
+	u32 pitch;
+	u32 base_page;
+	u32 num_line_byte;
+};
+
+#define FORMAT_BYTE_SWAP	0x1
+#define FORMAT_IS_PLANAR	0x2
+
+struct saa7146_format {
+	u32	pixelformat;
+	u32	trans;
+	u8	depth;
+	u8	flags;
+	u8	swap;
+};
+
+struct saa7146_standard
+{
+	char          *name;
+	v4l2_std_id   id;
+
+	int v_offset;	/* number of lines of vertical offset before processing */
+	int v_field;	/* number of lines in a field for HPS to process */
+
+	int h_offset;	/* horizontal offset of processing window */
+	int h_pixels;	/* number of horizontal pixels to process */
+
+	int v_max_out;
+	int h_max_out;
+};
+
+/* buffer for one video/vbi frame */
+struct saa7146_buf {
+	/* common v4l buffer stuff -- must be first */
+	struct vb2_v4l2_buffer vb;
+	struct list_head list;
+
+	/* saa7146 specific */
+	int (*activate)(struct saa7146_dev *dev,
+			struct saa7146_buf *buf,
+			struct saa7146_buf *next);
+
+	/* page tables */
+	struct saa7146_pgtable  pt[3];
+};
+
+struct saa7146_dmaqueue {
+	struct saa7146_dev	*dev;
+	struct saa7146_buf	*curr;
+	struct list_head	queue;
+	struct timer_list	timeout;
+	struct vb2_queue	q;
+};
+
+struct saa7146_vv
+{
+	/* vbi capture */
+	struct saa7146_dmaqueue		vbi_dmaq;
+	struct v4l2_vbi_format		vbi_fmt;
+	struct timer_list		vbi_read_timeout;
+	/* vbi workaround interrupt queue */
+	wait_queue_head_t		vbi_wq;
+
+	/* video capture */
+	struct saa7146_dmaqueue		video_dmaq;
+	struct v4l2_pix_format		video_fmt;
+	enum v4l2_field			last_field;
+	u32				seqnr;
+
+	/* common: fixme? shouldn't this be in saa7146_fh?
+	   (this leads to a more complicated question: shall the driver
+	   store the different settings (for example S_INPUT) for every open
+	   and restore it appropriately, or should all settings be common for
+	   all opens? currently, we do the latter, like all other
+	   drivers do... */
+	struct saa7146_standard	*standard;
+
+	int	vflip;
+	int	hflip;
+	int	current_hps_source;
+	int	current_hps_sync;
+
+	unsigned int resources; /* resource management for device */
+};
+
+/* flags */
+#define SAA7146_USE_PORT_B_FOR_VBI	0x2     /* use input port b for vbi hardware bug workaround */
+
+struct saa7146_ext_vv
+{
+	/* information about the video capabilities of the device */
+	int	inputs;
+	int	audios;
+	u32	capabilities;
+	int	flags;
+
+	/* additionally supported transmission standards */
+	struct saa7146_standard *stds;
+	int num_stds;
+	int (*std_callback)(struct saa7146_dev*, struct saa7146_standard *);
+
+	/* the extension can override this */
+	struct v4l2_ioctl_ops vid_ops;
+	struct v4l2_ioctl_ops vbi_ops;
+	/* pointer to the saa7146 core ops */
+	const struct v4l2_ioctl_ops *core_ops;
+
+	ssize_t (*vbi_write)(struct file *file, const char __user *data,
+			     size_t count, loff_t *ppos);
+};
+
+struct saa7146_use_ops  {
+	void (*init)(struct saa7146_dev *, struct saa7146_vv *);
+	void (*irq_done)(struct saa7146_dev *, unsigned long status);
+};
+
+/* from saa7146_fops.c */
+int saa7146_register_device(struct video_device *vid, struct saa7146_dev *dev, char *name, int type);
+int saa7146_unregister_device(struct video_device *vid, struct saa7146_dev *dev);
+void saa7146_buffer_finish(struct saa7146_dev *dev, struct saa7146_dmaqueue *q, int state);
+void saa7146_buffer_next(struct saa7146_dev *dev, struct saa7146_dmaqueue *q,int vbi);
+int saa7146_buffer_queue(struct saa7146_dev *dev, struct saa7146_dmaqueue *q, struct saa7146_buf *buf);
+void saa7146_buffer_timeout(struct timer_list *t);
+
+int saa7146_vv_init(struct saa7146_dev* dev, struct saa7146_ext_vv *ext_vv);
+int saa7146_vv_release(struct saa7146_dev* dev);
+
+/* from saa7146_hlp.c */
+void saa7146_set_capture(struct saa7146_dev *dev, struct saa7146_buf *buf, struct saa7146_buf *next);
+void saa7146_write_out_dma(struct saa7146_dev* dev, int which, struct saa7146_video_dma* vdma) ;
+void saa7146_set_hps_source_and_sync(struct saa7146_dev *saa, int source, int sync);
+void saa7146_set_gpio(struct saa7146_dev *saa, u8 pin, u8 data);
+
+/* from saa7146_video.c */
+extern const struct v4l2_ioctl_ops saa7146_video_ioctl_ops;
+extern const struct v4l2_ioctl_ops saa7146_vbi_ioctl_ops;
+extern const struct saa7146_use_ops saa7146_video_uops;
+extern const struct vb2_ops video_qops;
+long saa7146_video_do_ioctl(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, void *arg);
+int saa7146_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl);
+
+/* from saa7146_vbi.c */
+extern const struct saa7146_use_ops saa7146_vbi_uops;
+extern const struct vb2_ops vbi_qops;
+
+/* resource management functions */
+int saa7146_res_get(struct saa7146_dev *dev, unsigned int bit);
+void saa7146_res_free(struct saa7146_dev *dev, unsigned int bits);
+
+#define RESOURCE_DMA1_HPS	0x1
+#define RESOURCE_DMA2_CLP	0x2
+#define RESOURCE_DMA3_BRS	0x4
+
+/* saa7146 source inputs */
+#define SAA7146_HPS_SOURCE_PORT_A	0x00
+#define SAA7146_HPS_SOURCE_PORT_B	0x01
+#define SAA7146_HPS_SOURCE_YPB_CPA	0x02
+#define SAA7146_HPS_SOURCE_YPA_CPB	0x03
+
+/* sync inputs */
+#define SAA7146_HPS_SYNC_PORT_A		0x00
+#define SAA7146_HPS_SYNC_PORT_B		0x01
+
+/* some memory sizes */
+/* max. 16 clipping rectangles */
+#define SAA7146_CLIPPING_MEM	(16 * 4 * sizeof(u32))
+
+/* some defines for the various clipping-modes */
+#define SAA7146_CLIPPING_RECT		0x4
+#define SAA7146_CLIPPING_RECT_INVERTED	0x5
+#define SAA7146_CLIPPING_MASK		0x6
+#define SAA7146_CLIPPING_MASK_INVERTED	0x7
+
+/* output formats: each entry holds four information */
+#define RGB08_COMPOSED	0x0217 /* composed is used in the sense of "not-planar" */
+/* this means: planar?=0, yuv2rgb-conversation-mode=2, dither=yes(=1), format-mode = 7 */
+#define RGB15_COMPOSED	0x0213
+#define RGB16_COMPOSED	0x0210
+#define RGB24_COMPOSED	0x0201
+#define RGB32_COMPOSED	0x0202
+
+#define Y8			0x0006
+#define YUV411_COMPOSED		0x0003
+#define YUV422_COMPOSED		0x0000
+/* this means: planar?=1, yuv2rgb-conversion-mode=0, dither=no(=0), format-mode = b */
+#define YUV411_DECOMPOSED	0x100b
+#define YUV422_DECOMPOSED	0x1009
+#define YUV420_DECOMPOSED	0x100a
+
+#define IS_PLANAR(x) (x & 0xf000)
+
+/* misc defines */
+#define SAA7146_NO_SWAP		(0x0)
+#define SAA7146_TWO_BYTE_SWAP	(0x1)
+#define SAA7146_FOUR_BYTE_SWAP	(0x2)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/sh_vou.h b/include/media/drv-intf/sh_vou.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8d23181a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/drv-intf/sh_vou.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * SuperH Video Output Unit (VOU) driver header
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010, Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
+ */
+#ifndef SH_VOU_H
+#define SH_VOU_H
+
+#include <linux/i2c.h>
+
+/* Bus flags */
+#define SH_VOU_PCLK_FALLING	(1 << 0)
+#define SH_VOU_HSYNC_LOW	(1 << 1)
+#define SH_VOU_VSYNC_LOW	(1 << 2)
+
+enum sh_vou_bus_fmt {
+	SH_VOU_BUS_8BIT,
+	SH_VOU_BUS_16BIT,
+	SH_VOU_BUS_BT656,
+};
+
+struct sh_vou_pdata {
+	enum sh_vou_bus_fmt bus_fmt;
+	int i2c_adap;
+	struct i2c_board_info *board_info;
+	unsigned long flags;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/si476x.h b/include/media/drv-intf/si476x.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..07f291d50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/drv-intf/si476x.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * include/media/drv-intf/si476x.h -- Common definitions for si476x driver
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 Innovative Converged Devices(ICD)
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Andrey Smirnov
+ *
+ * Author: Andrey Smirnov <andrew.smirnov@gmail.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef SI476X_H
+#define SI476X_H
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+
+#include <linux/mfd/si476x-reports.h>
+
+enum si476x_ctrl_id {
+	V4L2_CID_SI476X_RSSI_THRESHOLD	= (V4L2_CID_USER_SI476X_BASE + 1),
+	V4L2_CID_SI476X_SNR_THRESHOLD	= (V4L2_CID_USER_SI476X_BASE + 2),
+	V4L2_CID_SI476X_MAX_TUNE_ERROR	= (V4L2_CID_USER_SI476X_BASE + 3),
+	V4L2_CID_SI476X_HARMONICS_COUNT	= (V4L2_CID_USER_SI476X_BASE + 4),
+	V4L2_CID_SI476X_DIVERSITY_MODE	= (V4L2_CID_USER_SI476X_BASE + 5),
+	V4L2_CID_SI476X_INTERCHIP_LINK	= (V4L2_CID_USER_SI476X_BASE + 6),
+};
+
+#endif /* SI476X_H*/
diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/tea575x.h b/include/media/drv-intf/tea575x.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50c9f89e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/drv-intf/tea575x.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+#ifndef __SOUND_TEA575X_TUNER_H
+#define __SOUND_TEA575X_TUNER_H
+
+/*
+ *   ALSA driver for TEA5757/5759 Philips AM/FM tuner chips
+ *
+ *	Copyright (c) 2004 Jaroslav Kysela <perex@perex.cz>
+ */
+
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-dev.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-device.h>
+
+#define TEA575X_FMIF	10700
+#define TEA575X_AMIF	  450
+
+#define TEA575X_DATA	(1 << 0)
+#define TEA575X_CLK	(1 << 1)
+#define TEA575X_WREN	(1 << 2)
+#define TEA575X_MOST	(1 << 3)
+
+struct snd_tea575x;
+
+struct snd_tea575x_ops {
+	/* Drivers using snd_tea575x must either define read_ and write_val */
+	void (*write_val)(struct snd_tea575x *tea, u32 val);
+	u32 (*read_val)(struct snd_tea575x *tea);
+	/* Or define the 3 pin functions */
+	void (*set_pins)(struct snd_tea575x *tea, u8 pins);
+	u8 (*get_pins)(struct snd_tea575x *tea);
+	void (*set_direction)(struct snd_tea575x *tea, bool output);
+};
+
+struct snd_tea575x {
+	struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev;
+	struct v4l2_file_operations fops;
+	struct video_device vd;		/* video device */
+	int radio_nr;			/* radio_nr */
+	bool tea5759;			/* 5759 chip is present */
+	bool has_am;			/* Device can tune to AM freqs */
+	bool cannot_read_data;		/* Device cannot read the data pin */
+	bool cannot_mute;		/* Device cannot mute */
+	bool mute;			/* Device is muted? */
+	bool stereo;			/* receiving stereo */
+	bool tuned;			/* tuned to a station */
+	unsigned int val;		/* hw value */
+	u32 band;			/* 0: FM, 1: FM-Japan, 2: AM */
+	u32 freq;			/* frequency */
+	struct mutex mutex;
+	const struct snd_tea575x_ops *ops;
+	void *private_data;
+	u8 card[32];
+	u8 bus_info[32];
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_handler ctrl_handler;
+	int (*ext_init)(struct snd_tea575x *tea);
+};
+
+int snd_tea575x_enum_freq_bands(struct snd_tea575x *tea,
+					struct v4l2_frequency_band *band);
+int snd_tea575x_g_tuner(struct snd_tea575x *tea, struct v4l2_tuner *v);
+int snd_tea575x_s_hw_freq_seek(struct file *file, struct snd_tea575x *tea,
+				const struct v4l2_hw_freq_seek *a);
+int snd_tea575x_hw_init(struct snd_tea575x *tea);
+int snd_tea575x_init(struct snd_tea575x *tea, struct module *owner);
+void snd_tea575x_exit(struct snd_tea575x *tea);
+void snd_tea575x_set_freq(struct snd_tea575x *tea);
+
+#endif /* __SOUND_TEA575X_TUNER_H */
diff --git a/include/media/dvb-usb-ids.h b/include/media/dvb-usb-ids.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1b7d10f3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/dvb-usb-ids.h
@@ -0,0 +1,471 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+/* dvb-usb-ids.h is part of the DVB USB library.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-5 Patrick Boettcher (patrick.boettcher@posteo.de) see
+ * dvb-usb-init.c for copyright information.
+ *
+ * a header file containing define's for the USB device supported by the
+ * various drivers.
+ */
+#ifndef _DVB_USB_IDS_H_
+#define _DVB_USB_IDS_H_
+
+#include <linux/usb.h>
+
+#define DVB_USB_DEV(pid, vid) \
+    [vid] = { USB_DEVICE(USB_VID_ ## pid, USB_PID_ ## vid) }
+
+#define DVB_USB_DEV_VER(pid, vid, lo, hi) \
+    [vid] = { USB_DEVICE_VER(USB_VID_ ## pid, USB_PID_ ## vid, lo, hi) }
+
+/* Vendor IDs */
+
+#define USB_VID_774				0x7a69
+#define USB_VID_ADSTECH 			0x06e1
+#define USB_VID_AFATECH 			0x15a4
+#define USB_VID_ALCOR_MICRO			0x058f
+#define USB_VID_ALINK				0x05e3
+#define USB_VID_AME				0x06be
+#define USB_VID_AMT				0x1c73
+#define USB_VID_ANCHOR				0x0547
+#define USB_VID_ANSONIC 			0x10b9
+#define USB_VID_ANUBIS_ELECTRONIC		0x10fd
+#define USB_VID_ASUS				0x0b05
+#define USB_VID_AVERMEDIA			0x07ca
+#define USB_VID_AZUREWAVE			0x13d3
+#define USB_VID_COMPRO				0x185b
+#define USB_VID_COMPRO_UNK			0x145f
+#define USB_VID_CONEXANT			0x0572
+#define USB_VID_CYPRESS 			0x04b4
+#define USB_VID_DEXATEK 			0x1d19
+#define USB_VID_DIBCOM				0x10b8
+#define USB_VID_DPOSH				0x1498
+#define USB_VID_DVICO				0x0fe9
+#define USB_VID_E3C				0x18b4
+#define USB_VID_ELGATO				0x0fd9
+#define USB_VID_EMPIA				0xeb1a
+#define USB_VID_EVOLUTEPC			0x1e59
+#define USB_VID_GENPIX				0x09c0
+#define USB_VID_GIGABYTE			0x1044
+#define USB_VID_GOTVIEW 			0x1fe1
+#define USB_VID_GRANDTEC			0x5032
+#define USB_VID_GTEK				0x1f4d
+#define USB_VID_HAMA				0x147f
+#define USB_VID_HANFTEK 			0x15f4
+#define USB_VID_HAUPPAUGE			0x2040
+#define USB_VID_HUMAX_COEX			0x10b9
+#define USB_VID_HYPER_PALTEK			0x1025
+#define USB_VID_INTEL				0x8086
+#define USB_VID_ITETECH 			0x048d
+#define USB_VID_KWORLD				0xeb2a
+#define USB_VID_KWORLD_2			0x1b80
+#define USB_VID_KYE				0x0458
+#define USB_VID_LEADTEK 			0x0413
+#define USB_VID_LITEON				0x04ca
+#define USB_VID_MEDION				0x1660
+#define USB_VID_MICROSOFT			0x045e
+#define USB_VID_MIGLIA				0x18f3
+#define USB_VID_MSI				0x0db0
+#define USB_VID_MSI_2				0x1462
+#define USB_VID_OPERA1				0x695c
+#define USB_VID_PCTV				0x2013
+#define USB_VID_PINNACLE			0x2304
+#define USB_VID_PIXELVIEW			0x1554
+#define USB_VID_PROF_1				0x3011
+#define USB_VID_PROF_2				0x3034
+#define USB_VID_REALTEK 			0x0bda
+#define USB_VID_SONY				0x1415
+#define USB_VID_TECHNISAT			0x14f7
+#define USB_VID_TECHNOTREND			0x0b48
+#define USB_VID_TELESTAR			0x10b9
+#define USB_VID_TERRATEC			0x0ccd
+#define USB_VID_TERRATEC_2			0x153b
+#define USB_VID_TEVII				0x9022
+#define USB_VID_TWINHAN 			0x1822
+#define USB_VID_ULTIMA_ELECTRONIC		0x05d8
+#define USB_VID_UNIWILL 			0x1584
+#define USB_VID_VISIONPLUS			0x13d3
+#define USB_VID_WIDEVIEW			0x14aa
+#define USB_VID_XTENSIONS			0x1ae7
+#define USB_VID_YUAN				0x1164
+#define USB_VID_ZYDAS				0x0ace
+
+/* Product IDs */
+
+#define USB_PID_ADSTECH_USB2_COLD			0xa333
+#define USB_PID_ADSTECH_USB2_WARM			0xa334
+#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9005				0x9020
+#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9015_9015			0x9015
+#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9015_9016			0x9016
+#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9035_1000			0x1000
+#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9035_1001			0x1001
+#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9035_1002			0x1002
+#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9035_1003			0x1003
+#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9035_9035			0x9035
+#define USB_PID_ALINK_DTU				0xf170
+#define USB_PID_AME_DTV5100				0xa232
+#define USB_PID_ANCHOR_NEBULA_DIGITV			0x0201
+#define USB_PID_ANSONIC_DVBT_USB			0x6000
+#define USB_PID_ANUBIS_LIFEVIEW_TV_WALKER_TWIN_COLD	0x0514
+#define USB_PID_ANUBIS_LIFEVIEW_TV_WALKER_TWIN_WARM	0x0513
+#define USB_PID_ANUBIS_MSI_DIGI_VOX_MINI_II		0x1513
+#define USB_PID_ANYSEE					0x861f
+#define USB_PID_ASUS_U3000				0x171f
+#define USB_PID_ASUS_U3000H				0x1736
+#define USB_PID_ASUS_U3100				0x173f
+#define USB_PID_ASUS_U3100MINI_PLUS			0x1779
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_1867				0x1867
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A309				0xa309
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A310				0xa310
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A805				0xa805
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A815M 			0x815a
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A835				0xa835
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A835B_1835			0x1835
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A835B_2835			0x2835
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A835B_3835			0x3835
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A835B_4835			0x4835
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A850				0x850a
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A850T 			0x850b
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A867				0xa867
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_B835				0xb835
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_DVBT_USB2_COLD		0xa800
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_DVBT_USB2_WARM		0xa801
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_EXPRESS			0xb568
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_H335				0x0335
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_HYBRID_ULTRA_USB_M039R	0x0039
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_HYBRID_ULTRA_USB_M039R_ATSC	0x1039
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_HYBRID_ULTRA_USB_M039R_DVBT	0x2039
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_MCE_USB_M038			0x1228
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_TD110 			0xa110
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_TD310 			0x1871
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_TWINSTAR			0x0825
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_VOLAR 			0xa807
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_VOLAR_2			0xb808
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_VOLAR_A868R			0xa868
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_VOLAR_X			0xa815
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_VOLAR_X_2			0x8150
+#define USB_PID_AZUREWAVE_6007				0x0ccd
+#define USB_PID_AZUREWAVE_AD_TU700			0x3237
+#define USB_PID_AZUREWAVE_AZ6027			0x3275
+#define USB_PID_AZUREWAVE_TWINHAN_VP7049		0x3219
+#define USB_PID_COMPRO_DVBU2000_COLD			0xd000
+#define USB_PID_COMPRO_DVBU2000_UNK_COLD		0x010c
+#define USB_PID_COMPRO_DVBU2000_UNK_WARM		0x010d
+#define USB_PID_COMPRO_DVBU2000_WARM			0xd001
+#define USB_PID_COMPRO_VIDEOMATE_U500			0x1e78
+#define USB_PID_COMPRO_VIDEOMATE_U500_PC		0x1e80
+#define USB_PID_CONCEPTRONIC_CTVDIGRCU			0xe397
+#define USB_PID_CONEXANT_D680_DMB			0x86d6
+#define USB_PID_CPYTO_REDI_PC50A			0xa803
+#define USB_PID_CTVDIGDUAL_V2				0xe410
+#define USB_PID_CYPRESS_DW2101				0x2101
+#define USB_PID_CYPRESS_DW2102				0x2102
+#define USB_PID_CYPRESS_DW2104				0x2104
+#define USB_PID_CYPRESS_DW3101				0x3101
+#define USB_PID_CYPRESS_OPERA1_COLD			0x2830
+#define USB_PID_DELOCK_USB2_DVBT			0xb803
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_ANCHOR_2135_COLD 		0x2131
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_HOOK_DEFAULT			0x0064
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_HOOK_DEFAULT_REENUM		0x0065
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_MOD3000_COLD			0x0bb8
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_MOD3000_WARM			0x0bb9
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_MOD3001_COLD			0x0bc6
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_MOD3001_WARM			0x0bc7
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_NIM7090				0x1bb2
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_NIM8096MD			0x1fa8
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_NIM9090M 			0x2383
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_NIM9090MD			0x2384
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK7070P 			0x1ebc
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK7070PD			0x1ebe
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK7700D 			0x1ef0
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK7700P 			0x1e14
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK7700P_PC			0x1e78
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK7700_U7000			0x7001
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK7770P 			0x1e80
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK807XP 			0x1f90
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK807XPVR			0x1f98
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK8096GP			0x1fa0
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK8096PVR			0x1faa
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_TFE7090PVR			0x1bb4
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_TFE7790P 			0x1e6e
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_TFE8096P 			0x1f9C
+#define USB_PID_DIGITALNOW_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_1_COLD 	0xdb54
+#define USB_PID_DIGITALNOW_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_1_WARM 	0xdb55
+#define USB_PID_DPOSH_M9206_COLD			0x9206
+#define USB_PID_DPOSH_M9206_WARM			0xa090
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_1_COLD		0xdb50
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_1_WARM		0xdb51
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_2_COLD		0xdb58
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_2_WARM		0xdb59
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_4			0xdb78
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_4_REV_2		0xdb98
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DVB_T_NANO_2		0xdb70
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DVB_T_NANO_2_NFW_WARM	0xdb71
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_LG064F_COLD		0xd500
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_LG064F_WARM		0xd501
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_LGDT			0xd820
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_LGZ201_COLD		0xdb00
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_LGZ201_WARM		0xdb01
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_TH7579_COLD		0xdb10
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_TH7579_WARM		0xdb11
+#define USB_PID_E3C_EC168				0x1689
+#define USB_PID_E3C_EC168_2				0xfffa
+#define USB_PID_E3C_EC168_3				0xfffb
+#define USB_PID_E3C_EC168_4				0x1001
+#define USB_PID_E3C_EC168_5				0x1002
+#define USB_PID_ELGATO_EYETV_DIVERSITY			0x0011
+#define USB_PID_ELGATO_EYETV_DTT			0x0021
+#define USB_PID_ELGATO_EYETV_DTT_2			0x003f
+#define USB_PID_ELGATO_EYETV_DTT_Dlx			0x0020
+#define USB_PID_ELGATO_EYETV_SAT			0x002a
+#define USB_PID_ELGATO_EYETV_SAT_V2			0x0025
+#define USB_PID_ELGATO_EYETV_SAT_V3			0x0036
+#define USB_PID_EMPIA_DIGIVOX_MINI_SL_COLD		0xe360
+#define USB_PID_EMPIA_DIGIVOX_MINI_SL_WARM		0xe361
+#define USB_PID_EMPIA_VSTREAM_COLD			0x17de
+#define USB_PID_EMPIA_VSTREAM_WARM			0x17df
+#define USB_PID_EVOLUTEPC_TVWAY_PLUS			0x0002
+#define USB_PID_EVOLVEO_XTRATV_STICK			0xa115
+#define USB_PID_FREECOM_DVBT				0x0160
+#define USB_PID_FREECOM_DVBT_2				0x0161
+#define USB_PID_FRIIO_WHITE				0x0001
+#define USB_PID_GENIATECH_SU3000			0x3000
+#define USB_PID_GENIATECH_T220				0xd220
+#define USB_PID_GENIATECH_X3M_SPC1400HD 		0x3100
+#define USB_PID_GENIUS_TVGO_DVB_T03			0x4012
+#define USB_PID_GENPIX_8PSK_REV_1_COLD			0x0200
+#define USB_PID_GENPIX_8PSK_REV_1_WARM			0x0201
+#define USB_PID_GENPIX_8PSK_REV_2			0x0202
+#define USB_PID_GENPIX_SKYWALKER_1			0x0203
+#define USB_PID_GENPIX_SKYWALKER_2			0x0206
+#define USB_PID_GENPIX_SKYWALKER_CW3K			0x0204
+#define USB_PID_GIGABYTE_U7000				0x7001
+#define USB_PID_GIGABYTE_U8000				0x7002
+#define USB_PID_GOTVIEW_SAT_HD				0x5456
+#define USB_PID_GRANDTEC_DVBT_USB2_COLD 		0x0bc6
+#define USB_PID_GRANDTEC_DVBT_USB2_WARM 		0x0bc7
+#define USB_PID_GRANDTEC_DVBT_USB_COLD			0x0fa0
+#define USB_PID_GRANDTEC_DVBT_USB_WARM			0x0fa1
+#define USB_PID_GRANDTEC_MOD3000_COLD			0x0bb8
+#define USB_PID_GRANDTEC_MOD3000_WARM			0x0bb9
+#define USB_PID_HAMA_DVBT_HYBRID			0x2758
+#define USB_PID_HANFTEK_UMT_010_COLD			0x0001
+#define USB_PID_HANFTEK_UMT_010_WARM			0x0015
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_MAX_S2			0xd900
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_MYTV_T			0x7080
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_TD_STICK 		0x9580
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_TD_STICK_52009		0x5200
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_T_500			0x9941
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_T_500_2			0x9950
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_T_500_3			0x8400
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_T_STICK			0x7050
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_T_STICK_2		0x7060
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_T_STICK_3		0x7070
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_TIGER_ATSC			0xb200
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_TIGER_ATSC_B210		0xb210
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_WINTV_NOVA_T_USB2_COLD	0x9300
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_WINTV_NOVA_T_USB2_WARM	0x9301
+#define USB_PID_HUMAX_DVB_T_STICK_HIGH_SPEED_COLD	0x5000
+#define USB_PID_HUMAX_DVB_T_STICK_HIGH_SPEED_WARM	0x5001
+#define USB_PID_INTEL_CE9500				0x9500
+#define USB_PID_ITETECH_IT9135				0x9135
+#define USB_PID_ITETECH_IT9135_9005			0x9005
+#define USB_PID_ITETECH_IT9135_9006			0x9006
+#define USB_PID_ITETECH_IT9303				0x9306
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_395U				0xe396
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_395U_2				0xe39b
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_395U_3				0xe395
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_395U_4				0xe39a
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_399U				0xe399
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_399U_2				0xe400
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_MC810				0xc810
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_PC160_2T 			0xc160
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_PC160_T				0xc161
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_UB383_T				0xe383
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_UB499_2T_T09			0xe409
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_VSTREAM_COLD			0x17de
+#define USB_PID_KYE_DVB_T_COLD				0x701e
+#define USB_PID_KYE_DVB_T_WARM				0x701f
+#define USB_PID_LEADTEK_WINFAST_DTV_DONGLE_COLD 	0x6025
+#define USB_PID_LEADTEK_WINFAST_DTV_DONGLE_H		0x60f6
+#define USB_PID_LEADTEK_WINFAST_DTV_DONGLE_STK7700P	0x6f00
+#define USB_PID_LEADTEK_WINFAST_DTV_DONGLE_STK7700P_2	0x6f01
+#define USB_PID_LEADTEK_WINFAST_DTV_DONGLE_WARM 	0x6026
+#define USB_PID_LITEON_DVB_T_COLD			0xf000
+#define USB_PID_LITEON_DVB_T_WARM			0xf001
+#define USB_PID_MEDION_CREATIX_CTX1921			0x1921
+#define USB_PID_MEDION_MD95700				0x0932
+#define USB_PID_MICROSOFT_XBOX_ONE_TUNER		0x02d5
+#define USB_PID_MIGLIA_WT220U_ZAP250_COLD		0x0220
+#define USB_PID_MSI_DIGIVOX_DUO 			0x8801
+#define USB_PID_MSI_DIGI_VOX_MINI_III			0x8807
+#define USB_PID_MSI_MEGASKY580				0x5580
+#define USB_PID_MSI_MEGASKY580_55801			0x5581
+#define USB_PID_MYGICA_D689				0xd811
+#define USB_PID_MYGICA_T230				0xc688
+#define USB_PID_MYGICA_T230A				0x689a
+#define USB_PID_MYGICA_T230C				0xc689
+#define USB_PID_MYGICA_T230C2				0xc68a
+#define USB_PID_MYGICA_T230C2_LITE			0xc69a
+#define USB_PID_MYGICA_T230C_LITE			0xc699
+#define USB_PID_NOXON_DAB_STICK 			0x00b3
+#define USB_PID_NOXON_DAB_STICK_REV2			0x00e0
+#define USB_PID_NOXON_DAB_STICK_REV3			0x00b4
+#define USB_PID_OPERA1_WARM				0x3829
+#define USB_PID_PCTV_2002E				0x025c
+#define USB_PID_PCTV_2002E_SE				0x025d
+#define USB_PID_PCTV_200E				0x020e
+#define USB_PID_PCTV_78E				0x025a
+#define USB_PID_PCTV_79E				0x0262
+#define USB_PID_PCTV_DIBCOM_STK8096PVR			0x1faa
+#define USB_PID_PCTV_PINNACLE_PCTV282E			0x0248
+#define USB_PID_PCTV_PINNACLE_PCTV73ESE 		0x0245
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_EXPRESSCARD_320CX		0x022e
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV2000E			0x022c
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV282E			0x0248
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV340E			0x023d
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV340E_SE			0x023e
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV71E			0x022b
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV72E			0x0236
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV73A			0x0243
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV73E			0x0237
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV73ESE			0x0245
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV74E			0x0246
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV801E			0x023a
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV801E_SE			0x023b
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV_400E			0x020f
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV_450E			0x0222
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV_452E			0x021f
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV_DUAL_DIVERSITY_DVB_T	0x0229
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV_DVB_T_FLASH		0x0228
+#define USB_PID_PIXELVIEW_SBTVD 			0x5010
+#define USB_PID_PROF_1100				0xb012
+#define USB_PID_PROF_7500				0x7500
+#define USB_PID_PROLECTRIX_DV107669			0xd803
+#define USB_PID_REALTEK_RTL2831U			0x2831
+#define USB_PID_REALTEK_RTL2832U			0x2832
+#define USB_PID_SIGMATEK_DVB_110			0x6610
+#define USB_PID_SONY_PLAYTV				0x0003
+#define USB_PID_SVEON_STV20				0xe39d
+#define USB_PID_SVEON_STV20_RTL2832U			0xd39d
+#define USB_PID_SVEON_STV21				0xd3b0
+#define USB_PID_SVEON_STV22				0xe401
+#define USB_PID_SVEON_STV22_IT9137			0xe411
+#define USB_PID_SVEON_STV27				0xd3af
+#define USB_PID_TECHNISAT_AIRSTAR_TELESTICK_2		0x0004
+#define USB_PID_TECHNISAT_USB2_CABLESTAR_HDCI		0x0003
+#define USB_PID_TECHNISAT_USB2_DVB_S2			0x0500
+#define USB_PID_TECHNISAT_USB2_HDCI_V1			0x0001
+#define USB_PID_TECHNISAT_USB2_HDCI_V2			0x0002
+#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_CT2_4650_CI 	0x3012
+#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_CT2_4650_CI_2	0x3015
+#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_CT3650		0x300d
+#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_S2400		0x3006
+#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_S2400_8KEEPROM	0x3009
+#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_S2_3600		0x3007
+#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_S2_3650_CI		0x300a
+#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_S2_4600		0x3011
+#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_S2_4650_CI		0x3017
+#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_TVSTICK_CT2_4400		0x3014
+#define USB_PID_TELESTAR_STARSTICK_2			0x8000
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_DT_XS_DIVERSITY	0x005a
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_DT_XS_DIVERSITY_2	0x0081
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_HT_EXPRESS		0x0060
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_HT_USB_XE		0x0058
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S			0x0064
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_1			0x1181
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_2			0x1182
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_BOX 		0x0105
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_R1			0x00a8
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_R2			0x00b0
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_R3			0x0102
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_R4			0x0105
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T2			0x0038
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_TC2_STICK		0x10b2
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_EXPRESS		0x0062
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_STICK		0x0093
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_STICK_BLACK_REV1	0x00a9
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_STICK_DUAL_RC	0x0099
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_STICK_RC		0x0097
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_USB_XE		0x0055
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_USB_XE_REV2		0x0069
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_XXS			0x0078
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_XXS_2		0x00ab
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_DVBS2CI_V1			0x10a4
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_DVBS2CI_V2			0x10ac
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_H7				0x10b4
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_H7_2				0x10a3
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_H7_3				0x10a5
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_T1				0x10ae
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_T3				0x10a0
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_T5				0x10a1
+#define USB_PID_TEVII_S421				0xd421
+#define USB_PID_TEVII_S480_1				0xd481
+#define USB_PID_TEVII_S480_2				0xd482
+#define USB_PID_TEVII_S482_1				0xd483
+#define USB_PID_TEVII_S482_2				0xd484
+#define USB_PID_TEVII_S630				0xd630
+#define USB_PID_TEVII_S632				0xd632
+#define USB_PID_TEVII_S650				0xd650
+#define USB_PID_TEVII_S660				0xd660
+#define USB_PID_TEVII_S662				0xd662
+#define USB_PID_TINYTWIN				0x3226
+#define USB_PID_TINYTWIN_2				0xe402
+#define USB_PID_TINYTWIN_3				0x9016
+#define USB_PID_TREKSTOR_DVBT				0x901b
+#define USB_PID_TREKSTOR_TERRES_2_0			0xC803
+#define USB_PID_TURBOX_DTT_2000 			0xd3a4
+#define USB_PID_TWINHAN_VP7021_WARM			0x3208
+#define USB_PID_TWINHAN_VP7041_COLD			0x3201
+#define USB_PID_TWINHAN_VP7041_WARM			0x3202
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_ARTEC_T14BR			0x810f
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_ARTEC_T14_COLD			0x810b
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_ARTEC_T14_WARM			0x810c
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_AN2235_COLD		0x8107
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_AN2235_WARM		0x8108
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_ANCHOR_COLD		0x2235
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_COLD			0x8105
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_USB2_COLD			0x8109
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_USB2_FX_COLD		0x8613
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_USB2_FX_WARM		0x1002
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_USB2_WARM			0x810a
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_WARM			0x8106
+#define USB_PID_UNIWILL_STK7700P			0x6003
+#define USB_PID_UNK_HYPER_PALTEK_COLD			0x005e
+#define USB_PID_UNK_HYPER_PALTEK_WARM			0x005f
+#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_PINNACLE_PCTV310E		0x3211
+#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_TINYUSB2_COLD		0x3223
+#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_TINYUSB2_WARM		0x3224
+#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_VP7020_COLD			0x3203
+#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_VP7020_WARM			0x3204
+#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_VP7021_COLD			0x3207
+#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_VP7041_COLD			0x3201
+#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_VP7041_WARM			0x3202
+#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_VP7045_COLD			0x3205
+#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_VP7045_WARM			0x3206
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_DTT200U_COLD			0x0201
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_DTT200U_WARM			0x0301
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_DVBT_USB_COLD			0x0001
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_DVBT_USB_WARM			0x0002
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_WT220U_COLD			0x0222
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_WT220U_FC_COLD 		0x0225
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_WT220U_FC_WARM 		0x0226
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_WT220U_WARM			0x0221
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_WT220U_ZAP250_COLD		0x0220
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_WT220U_ZL0353_COLD		0x022a
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_WT220U_ZL0353_WARM		0x022b
+#define USB_PID_WINFAST_DTV2000DS			0x6a04
+#define USB_PID_WINFAST_DTV2000DS_PLUS			0x6f12
+#define USB_PID_WINFAST_DTV_DONGLE_GOLD 		0x6029
+#define USB_PID_WINFAST_DTV_DONGLE_MINID		0x6f0f
+#define USB_PID_WINTV_SOLOHD				0x0264
+#define USB_PID_WINTV_SOLOHD_2				0x8268
+#define USB_PID_XTENSIONS_XD_380			0x0381
+#define USB_PID_YUAN_EC372S				0x1edc
+#define USB_PID_YUAN_MC770				0x0871
+#define USB_PID_YUAN_PD378S				0x2edc
+#define USB_PID_YUAN_STK7700D				0x1efc
+#define USB_PID_YUAN_STK7700D_2 			0x1e8c
+#define USB_PID_YUAN_STK7700PH				0x1f08
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/dvb_ca_en50221.h b/include/media/dvb_ca_en50221.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a1c014b0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/dvb_ca_en50221.h
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/*
+ * dvb_ca.h: generic DVB functions for EN50221 CA interfaces
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2004 Andrew de Quincey
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.	 See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DVB_CA_EN50221_H_
+#define _DVB_CA_EN50221_H_
+
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <linux/dvb/ca.h>
+
+#include <media/dvbdev.h>
+
+#define DVB_CA_EN50221_POLL_CAM_PRESENT	1
+#define DVB_CA_EN50221_POLL_CAM_CHANGED	2
+#define DVB_CA_EN50221_POLL_CAM_READY		4
+
+#define DVB_CA_EN50221_FLAG_IRQ_CAMCHANGE	1
+#define DVB_CA_EN50221_FLAG_IRQ_FR		2
+#define DVB_CA_EN50221_FLAG_IRQ_DA		4
+
+#define DVB_CA_EN50221_CAMCHANGE_REMOVED		0
+#define DVB_CA_EN50221_CAMCHANGE_INSERTED		1
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_ca_en50221- Structure describing a CA interface
+ *
+ * @owner:		the module owning this structure
+ * @read_attribute_mem:	function for reading attribute memory on the CAM
+ * @write_attribute_mem: function for writing attribute memory on the CAM
+ * @read_cam_control:	function for reading the control interface on the CAM
+ * @write_cam_control:	function for reading the control interface on the CAM
+ * @read_data:		function for reading data (block mode)
+ * @write_data:		function for writing data (block mode)
+ * @slot_reset:		function to reset the CAM slot
+ * @slot_shutdown:	function to shutdown a CAM slot
+ * @slot_ts_enable:	function to enable the Transport Stream on a CAM slot
+ * @poll_slot_status:	function to poll slot status. Only necessary if
+ *			DVB_CA_FLAG_EN50221_IRQ_CAMCHANGE is not set.
+ * @data:		private data, used by caller.
+ * @private:		Opaque data used by the dvb_ca core. Do not modify!
+ *
+ * NOTE: the read_*, write_* and poll_slot_status functions will be
+ * called for different slots concurrently and need to use locks where
+ * and if appropriate. There will be no concurrent access to one slot.
+ */
+struct dvb_ca_en50221 {
+	struct module *owner;
+
+	int (*read_attribute_mem)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca,
+				  int slot, int address);
+	int (*write_attribute_mem)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca,
+				   int slot, int address, u8 value);
+
+	int (*read_cam_control)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca,
+				int slot, u8 address);
+	int (*write_cam_control)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca,
+				 int slot, u8 address, u8 value);
+
+	int (*read_data)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca,
+			 int slot, u8 *ebuf, int ecount);
+	int (*write_data)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca,
+			  int slot, u8 *ebuf, int ecount);
+
+	int (*slot_reset)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, int slot);
+	int (*slot_shutdown)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, int slot);
+	int (*slot_ts_enable)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, int slot);
+
+	int (*poll_slot_status)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, int slot, int open);
+
+	void *data;
+
+	void *private;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Functions for reporting IRQ events
+ */
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ca_en50221_camchange_irq - A CAMCHANGE IRQ has occurred.
+ *
+ * @pubca: CA instance.
+ * @slot: Slot concerned.
+ * @change_type: One of the DVB_CA_CAMCHANGE_* values
+ */
+void dvb_ca_en50221_camchange_irq(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *pubca, int slot,
+				  int change_type);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ca_en50221_camready_irq - A CAMREADY IRQ has occurred.
+ *
+ * @pubca: CA instance.
+ * @slot: Slot concerned.
+ */
+void dvb_ca_en50221_camready_irq(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *pubca, int slot);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ca_en50221_frda_irq - An FR or a DA IRQ has occurred.
+ *
+ * @ca: CA instance.
+ * @slot: Slot concerned.
+ */
+void dvb_ca_en50221_frda_irq(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, int slot);
+
+/*
+ * Initialisation/shutdown functions
+ */
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ca_en50221_init - Initialise a new DVB CA device.
+ *
+ * @dvb_adapter: DVB adapter to attach the new CA device to.
+ * @ca: The dvb_ca instance.
+ * @flags: Flags describing the CA device (DVB_CA_EN50221_FLAG_*).
+ * @slot_count: Number of slots supported.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, nonzero on failure
+ */
+int dvb_ca_en50221_init(struct dvb_adapter *dvb_adapter,
+			struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, int flags,
+			       int slot_count);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ca_en50221_release - Release a DVB CA device.
+ *
+ * @ca: The associated dvb_ca instance.
+ */
+void dvb_ca_en50221_release(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/dvb_demux.h b/include/media/dvb_demux.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3b6aeca7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/dvb_demux.h
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+/*
+ * dvb_demux.h: DVB kernel demux API
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Marcus Metzler & Ralph Metzler
+ *                         for convergence integrated media GmbH
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DVB_DEMUX_H_
+#define _DVB_DEMUX_H_
+
+#include <linux/time.h>
+#include <linux/timer.h>
+#include <linux/spinlock.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+
+#include <media/demux.h>
+
+/**
+ * enum dvb_dmx_filter_type - type of demux feed.
+ *
+ * @DMX_TYPE_TS:	feed is in TS mode.
+ * @DMX_TYPE_SEC:	feed is in Section mode.
+ */
+enum dvb_dmx_filter_type {
+	DMX_TYPE_TS,
+	DMX_TYPE_SEC,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum dvb_dmx_state - state machine for a demux filter.
+ *
+ * @DMX_STATE_FREE:		indicates that the filter is freed.
+ * @DMX_STATE_ALLOCATED:	indicates that the filter was allocated
+ *				to be used.
+ * @DMX_STATE_READY:		indicates that the filter is ready
+ *				to be used.
+ * @DMX_STATE_GO:		indicates that the filter is running.
+ */
+enum dvb_dmx_state {
+	DMX_STATE_FREE,
+	DMX_STATE_ALLOCATED,
+	DMX_STATE_READY,
+	DMX_STATE_GO,
+};
+
+#define DVB_DEMUX_MASK_MAX 18
+
+#define MAX_PID 0x1fff
+
+#define SPEED_PKTS_INTERVAL 50000
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_demux_filter - Describes a DVB demux section filter.
+ *
+ * @filter:		Section filter as defined by &struct dmx_section_filter.
+ * @maskandmode:	logical ``and`` bit mask.
+ * @maskandnotmode:	logical ``and not`` bit mask.
+ * @doneq:		flag that indicates when a filter is ready.
+ * @next:		pointer to the next section filter.
+ * @feed:		&struct dvb_demux_feed pointer.
+ * @index:		index of the used demux filter.
+ * @state:		state of the filter as described by &enum dvb_dmx_state.
+ * @type:		type of the filter as described
+ *			by &enum dvb_dmx_filter_type.
+ */
+
+struct dvb_demux_filter {
+	struct dmx_section_filter filter;
+	u8 maskandmode[DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE];
+	u8 maskandnotmode[DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE];
+	bool doneq;
+
+	struct dvb_demux_filter *next;
+	struct dvb_demux_feed *feed;
+	int index;
+	enum dvb_dmx_state state;
+	enum dvb_dmx_filter_type type;
+
+	/* private: used only by av7110 */
+	u16 hw_handle;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_demux_feed - describes a DVB field
+ *
+ * @feed:	a union describing a digital TV feed.
+ *		Depending on the feed type, it can be either
+ *		@feed.ts or @feed.sec.
+ * @feed.ts:	a &struct dmx_ts_feed pointer.
+ *		For TS feed only.
+ * @feed.sec:	a &struct dmx_section_feed pointer.
+ *		For section feed only.
+ * @cb:		a union describing digital TV callbacks.
+ *		Depending on the feed type, it can be either
+ *		@cb.ts or @cb.sec.
+ * @cb.ts:	a dmx_ts_cb() calback function pointer.
+ *		For TS feed only.
+ * @cb.sec:	a dmx_section_cb() callback function pointer.
+ *		For section feed only.
+ * @demux:	pointer to &struct dvb_demux.
+ * @priv:	private data that can optionally be used by a DVB driver.
+ * @type:	type of the filter, as defined by &enum dvb_dmx_filter_type.
+ * @state:	state of the filter as defined by &enum dvb_dmx_state.
+ * @pid:	PID to be filtered.
+ * @timeout:	feed timeout.
+ * @filter:	pointer to &struct dvb_demux_filter.
+ * @buffer_flags: Buffer flags used to report discontinuity users via DVB
+ *		  memory mapped API, as defined by &enum dmx_buffer_flags.
+ * @ts_type:	type of TS, as defined by &enum ts_filter_type.
+ * @pes_type:	type of PES, as defined by &enum dmx_ts_pes.
+ * @cc:		MPEG-TS packet continuity counter
+ * @pusi_seen:	if true, indicates that a discontinuity was detected.
+ *		it is used to prevent feeding of garbage from previous section.
+ * @peslen:	length of the PES (Packet Elementary Stream).
+ * @list_head:	head for the list of digital TV demux feeds.
+ * @index:	a unique index for each feed. Can be used as hardware
+ *		pid filter index.
+ */
+struct dvb_demux_feed {
+	union {
+		struct dmx_ts_feed ts;
+		struct dmx_section_feed sec;
+	} feed;
+
+	union {
+		dmx_ts_cb ts;
+		dmx_section_cb sec;
+	} cb;
+
+	struct dvb_demux *demux;
+	void *priv;
+	enum dvb_dmx_filter_type type;
+	enum dvb_dmx_state state;
+	u16 pid;
+
+	ktime_t timeout;
+	struct dvb_demux_filter *filter;
+
+	u32 buffer_flags;
+
+	enum ts_filter_type ts_type;
+	enum dmx_ts_pes pes_type;
+
+	int cc;
+	bool pusi_seen;
+
+	u16 peslen;
+
+	struct list_head list_head;
+	unsigned int index;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_demux - represents a digital TV demux
+ * @dmx:		embedded &struct dmx_demux with demux capabilities
+ *			and callbacks.
+ * @priv:		private data that can optionally be used by
+ *			a DVB driver.
+ * @filternum:		maximum amount of DVB filters.
+ * @feednum:		maximum amount of DVB feeds.
+ * @start_feed:		callback routine to be called in order to start
+ *			a DVB feed.
+ * @stop_feed:		callback routine to be called in order to stop
+ *			a DVB feed.
+ * @write_to_decoder:	callback routine to be called if the feed is TS and
+ *			it is routed to an A/V decoder, when a new TS packet
+ *			is received.
+ *			Used only on av7110-av.c.
+ * @check_crc32:	callback routine to check CRC. If not initialized,
+ *			dvb_demux will use an internal one.
+ * @memcopy:		callback routine to memcopy received data.
+ *			If not initialized, dvb_demux will default to memcpy().
+ * @users:		counter for the number of demux opened file descriptors.
+ *			Currently, it is limited to 10 users.
+ * @filter:		pointer to &struct dvb_demux_filter.
+ * @feed:		pointer to &struct dvb_demux_feed.
+ * @frontend_list:	&struct list_head with frontends used by the demux.
+ * @pesfilter:		array of &struct dvb_demux_feed with the PES types
+ *			that will be filtered.
+ * @pids:		list of filtered program IDs.
+ * @feed_list:		&struct list_head with feeds.
+ * @tsbuf:		temporary buffer used internally to store TS packets.
+ * @tsbufp:		temporary buffer index used internally.
+ * @mutex:		pointer to &struct mutex used to protect feed set
+ *			logic.
+ * @lock:		pointer to &spinlock_t, used to protect buffer handling.
+ * @cnt_storage:	buffer used for TS/TEI continuity check.
+ * @speed_last_time:	&ktime_t used for TS speed check.
+ * @speed_pkts_cnt:	packets count used for TS speed check.
+ */
+struct dvb_demux {
+	struct dmx_demux dmx;
+	void *priv;
+	int filternum;
+	int feednum;
+	int (*start_feed)(struct dvb_demux_feed *feed);
+	int (*stop_feed)(struct dvb_demux_feed *feed);
+	int (*write_to_decoder)(struct dvb_demux_feed *feed,
+				 const u8 *buf, size_t len);
+	u32 (*check_crc32)(struct dvb_demux_feed *feed,
+			    const u8 *buf, size_t len);
+	void (*memcopy)(struct dvb_demux_feed *feed, u8 *dst,
+			 const u8 *src, size_t len);
+
+	int users;
+#define MAX_DVB_DEMUX_USERS 10
+	struct dvb_demux_filter *filter;
+	struct dvb_demux_feed *feed;
+
+	struct list_head frontend_list;
+
+	struct dvb_demux_feed *pesfilter[DMX_PES_OTHER];
+	u16 pids[DMX_PES_OTHER];
+
+#define DMX_MAX_PID 0x2000
+	struct list_head feed_list;
+	u8 tsbuf[204];
+	int tsbufp;
+
+	struct mutex mutex;
+	spinlock_t lock;
+
+	uint8_t *cnt_storage; /* for TS continuity check */
+
+	ktime_t speed_last_time; /* for TS speed check */
+	uint32_t speed_pkts_cnt; /* for TS speed check */
+
+	/* private: used only on av7110 */
+	int playing;
+	int recording;
+};
+
+/**
+ * dvb_dmx_init - initialize a digital TV demux struct.
+ *
+ * @demux: &struct dvb_demux to be initialized.
+ *
+ * Before being able to register a digital TV demux struct, drivers
+ * should call this routine. On its typical usage, some fields should
+ * be initialized at the driver before calling it.
+ *
+ * A typical usecase is::
+ *
+ *	dvb->demux.dmx.capabilities =
+ *		DMX_TS_FILTERING | DMX_SECTION_FILTERING |
+ *		DMX_MEMORY_BASED_FILTERING;
+ *	dvb->demux.priv       = dvb;
+ *	dvb->demux.filternum  = 256;
+ *	dvb->demux.feednum    = 256;
+ *	dvb->demux.start_feed = driver_start_feed;
+ *	dvb->demux.stop_feed  = driver_stop_feed;
+ *	ret = dvb_dmx_init(&dvb->demux);
+ *	if (ret < 0)
+ *		return ret;
+ */
+int dvb_dmx_init(struct dvb_demux *demux);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_dmx_release - releases a digital TV demux internal buffers.
+ *
+ * @demux: &struct dvb_demux to be released.
+ *
+ * The DVB core internally allocates data at @demux. This routine
+ * releases those data. Please notice that the struct itelf is not
+ * released, as it can be embedded on other structs.
+ */
+void dvb_dmx_release(struct dvb_demux *demux);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_dmx_swfilter_packets - use dvb software filter for a buffer with
+ *	multiple MPEG-TS packets with 188 bytes each.
+ *
+ * @demux: pointer to &struct dvb_demux
+ * @buf: buffer with data to be filtered
+ * @count: number of MPEG-TS packets with size of 188.
+ *
+ * The routine will discard a DVB packet that don't start with 0x47.
+ *
+ * Use this routine if the DVB demux fills MPEG-TS buffers that are
+ * already aligned.
+ *
+ * NOTE: The @buf size should have size equal to ``count * 188``.
+ */
+void dvb_dmx_swfilter_packets(struct dvb_demux *demux, const u8 *buf,
+			      size_t count);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_dmx_swfilter -  use dvb software filter for a buffer with
+ *	multiple MPEG-TS packets with 188 bytes each.
+ *
+ * @demux: pointer to &struct dvb_demux
+ * @buf: buffer with data to be filtered
+ * @count: number of MPEG-TS packets with size of 188.
+ *
+ * If a DVB packet doesn't start with 0x47, it will seek for the first
+ * byte that starts with 0x47.
+ *
+ * Use this routine if the DVB demux fill buffers that may not start with
+ * a packet start mark (0x47).
+ *
+ * NOTE: The @buf size should have size equal to ``count * 188``.
+ */
+void dvb_dmx_swfilter(struct dvb_demux *demux, const u8 *buf, size_t count);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_dmx_swfilter_204 -  use dvb software filter for a buffer with
+ *	multiple MPEG-TS packets with 204 bytes each.
+ *
+ * @demux: pointer to &struct dvb_demux
+ * @buf: buffer with data to be filtered
+ * @count: number of MPEG-TS packets with size of 204.
+ *
+ * If a DVB packet doesn't start with 0x47, it will seek for the first
+ * byte that starts with 0x47.
+ *
+ * Use this routine if the DVB demux fill buffers that may not start with
+ * a packet start mark (0x47).
+ *
+ * NOTE: The @buf size should have size equal to ``count * 204``.
+ */
+void dvb_dmx_swfilter_204(struct dvb_demux *demux, const u8 *buf,
+			  size_t count);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_dmx_swfilter_raw -  make the raw data available to userspace without
+ *	filtering
+ *
+ * @demux: pointer to &struct dvb_demux
+ * @buf: buffer with data
+ * @count: number of packets to be passed. The actual size of each packet
+ *	depends on the &dvb_demux->feed->cb.ts logic.
+ *
+ * Use it if the driver needs to deliver the raw payload to userspace without
+ * passing through the kernel demux. That is meant to support some
+ * delivery systems that aren't based on MPEG-TS.
+ *
+ * This function relies on &dvb_demux->feed->cb.ts to actually handle the
+ * buffer.
+ */
+void dvb_dmx_swfilter_raw(struct dvb_demux *demux, const u8 *buf,
+			  size_t count);
+
+#endif /* _DVB_DEMUX_H_ */
diff --git a/include/media/dvb_frontend.h b/include/media/dvb_frontend.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e7c44870f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/dvb_frontend.h
@@ -0,0 +1,834 @@
+/*
+ * dvb_frontend.h
+ *
+ * The Digital TV Frontend kABI defines a driver-internal interface for
+ * registering low-level, hardware specific driver to a hardware independent
+ * frontend layer.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2001 convergence integrated media GmbH
+ * Copyright (C) 2004 convergence GmbH
+ *
+ * Written by Ralph Metzler
+ * Overhauled by Holger Waechtler
+ * Kernel I2C stuff by Michael Hunold <hunold@convergence.de>
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DVB_FRONTEND_H_
+#define _DVB_FRONTEND_H_
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <linux/sched.h>
+#include <linux/ioctl.h>
+#include <linux/i2c.h>
+#include <linux/module.h>
+#include <linux/errno.h>
+#include <linux/delay.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+#include <linux/slab.h>
+#include <linux/bitops.h>
+
+#include <linux/dvb/frontend.h>
+
+#include <media/dvbdev.h>
+
+/*
+ * Maximum number of Delivery systems per frontend. It
+ * should be smaller or equal to 32
+ */
+#define MAX_DELSYS	8
+
+/* Helper definitions to be used at frontend drivers */
+#define kHz 1000UL
+#define MHz 1000000UL
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_frontend_tune_settings - parameters to adjust frontend tuning
+ *
+ * @min_delay_ms:	minimum delay for tuning, in ms
+ * @step_size:		step size between two consecutive frequencies
+ * @max_drift:		maximum drift
+ *
+ * NOTE: step_size is in Hz, for terrestrial/cable or kHz for satellite
+ */
+struct dvb_frontend_tune_settings {
+	int min_delay_ms;
+	int step_size;
+	int max_drift;
+};
+
+struct dvb_frontend;
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_tuner_info - Frontend name and min/max ranges/bandwidths
+ *
+ * @name:		name of the Frontend
+ * @frequency_min_hz:	minimal frequency supported in Hz
+ * @frequency_max_hz:	maximum frequency supported in Hz
+ * @frequency_step_hz:	frequency step in Hz
+ * @bandwidth_min:	minimal frontend bandwidth supported
+ * @bandwidth_max:	maximum frontend bandwidth supported
+ * @bandwidth_step:	frontend bandwidth step
+ */
+struct dvb_tuner_info {
+	char name[128];
+
+	u32 frequency_min_hz;
+	u32 frequency_max_hz;
+	u32 frequency_step_hz;
+
+	u32 bandwidth_min;
+	u32 bandwidth_max;
+	u32 bandwidth_step;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct analog_parameters - Parameters to tune into an analog/radio channel
+ *
+ * @frequency:	Frequency used by analog TV tuner (either in 62.5 kHz step,
+ *		for TV, or 62.5 Hz for radio)
+ * @mode:	Tuner mode, as defined on enum v4l2_tuner_type
+ * @audmode:	Audio mode as defined for the rxsubchans field at videodev2.h,
+ *		e. g. V4L2_TUNER_MODE_*
+ * @std:	TV standard bitmap as defined at videodev2.h, e. g. V4L2_STD_*
+ *
+ * Hybrid tuners should be supported by both V4L2 and DVB APIs. This
+ * struct contains the data that are used by the V4L2 side. To avoid
+ * dependencies from V4L2 headers, all enums here are declared as integers.
+ */
+struct analog_parameters {
+	unsigned int frequency;
+	unsigned int mode;
+	unsigned int audmode;
+	u64 std;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum dvbfe_algo - defines the algorithm used to tune into a channel
+ *
+ * @DVBFE_ALGO_HW: Hardware Algorithm -
+ *	Devices that support this algorithm do everything in hardware
+ *	and no software support is needed to handle them.
+ *	Requesting these devices to LOCK is the only thing required,
+ *	device is supposed to do everything in the hardware.
+ *
+ * @DVBFE_ALGO_SW: Software Algorithm -
+ * These are dumb devices, that require software to do everything
+ *
+ * @DVBFE_ALGO_CUSTOM: Customizable Agorithm -
+ *	Devices having this algorithm can be customized to have specific
+ *	algorithms in the frontend driver, rather than simply doing a
+ *	software zig-zag. In this case the zigzag maybe hardware assisted
+ *	or it maybe completely done in hardware. In all cases, usage of
+ *	this algorithm, in conjunction with the search and track
+ *	callbacks, utilizes the driver specific algorithm.
+ *
+ * @DVBFE_ALGO_RECOVERY: Recovery Algorithm -
+ *	These devices have AUTO recovery capabilities from LOCK failure
+ */
+enum dvbfe_algo {
+	DVBFE_ALGO_HW			= BIT(0),
+	DVBFE_ALGO_SW			= BIT(1),
+	DVBFE_ALGO_CUSTOM		= BIT(2),
+	DVBFE_ALGO_RECOVERY		= BIT(31),
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum dvbfe_search - search callback possible return status
+ *
+ * @DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_SUCCESS:
+ *	The frontend search algorithm completed and returned successfully
+ *
+ * @DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_ASLEEP:
+ *	The frontend search algorithm is sleeping
+ *
+ * @DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_FAILED:
+ *	The frontend search for a signal failed
+ *
+ * @DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_INVALID:
+ *	The frontend search algorithm was probably supplied with invalid
+ *	parameters and the search is an invalid one
+ *
+ * @DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_ERROR:
+ *	The frontend search algorithm failed due to some error
+ *
+ * @DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_AGAIN:
+ *	The frontend search algorithm was requested to search again
+ */
+enum dvbfe_search {
+	DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_SUCCESS	= BIT(0),
+	DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_ASLEEP	= BIT(1),
+	DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_FAILED	= BIT(2),
+	DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_INVALID	= BIT(3),
+	DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_AGAIN		= BIT(4),
+	DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_ERROR		= BIT(31),
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_tuner_ops - Tuner information and callbacks
+ *
+ * @info:		embedded &struct dvb_tuner_info with tuner properties
+ * @release:		callback function called when frontend is detached.
+ *			drivers should free any allocated memory.
+ * @init:		callback function used to initialize the tuner device.
+ * @sleep:		callback function used to put the tuner to sleep.
+ * @suspend:		callback function used to inform that the Kernel will
+ *			suspend.
+ * @resume:		callback function used to inform that the Kernel is
+ *			resuming from suspend.
+ * @set_params:		callback function used to inform the tuner to tune
+ *			into a digital TV channel. The properties to be used
+ *			are stored at &struct dvb_frontend.dtv_property_cache.
+ *			The tuner demod can change the parameters to reflect
+ *			the changes needed for the channel to be tuned, and
+ *			update statistics. This is the recommended way to set
+ *			the tuner parameters and should be used on newer
+ *			drivers.
+ * @set_analog_params:	callback function used to tune into an analog TV
+ *			channel on hybrid tuners. It passes @analog_parameters
+ *			to the driver.
+ * @set_config:		callback function used to send some tuner-specific
+ *			parameters.
+ * @get_frequency:	get the actual tuned frequency
+ * @get_bandwidth:	get the bandwidth used by the low pass filters
+ * @get_if_frequency:	get the Intermediate Frequency, in Hz. For baseband,
+ *			should return 0.
+ * @get_status:		returns the frontend lock status
+ * @get_rf_strength:	returns the RF signal strength. Used mostly to support
+ *			analog TV and radio. Digital TV should report, instead,
+ *			via DVBv5 API (&struct dvb_frontend.dtv_property_cache).
+ * @get_afc:		Used only by analog TV core. Reports the frequency
+ *			drift due to AFC.
+ * @calc_regs:		callback function used to pass register data settings
+ *			for simple tuners.  Shouldn't be used on newer drivers.
+ * @set_frequency:	Set a new frequency. Shouldn't be used on newer drivers.
+ * @set_bandwidth:	Set a new frequency. Shouldn't be used on newer drivers.
+ *
+ * NOTE: frequencies used on @get_frequency and @set_frequency are in Hz for
+ * terrestrial/cable or kHz for satellite.
+ *
+ */
+struct dvb_tuner_ops {
+
+	struct dvb_tuner_info info;
+
+	void (*release)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+	int (*init)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+	int (*sleep)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+	int (*suspend)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+	int (*resume)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+
+	/* This is the recommended way to set the tuner */
+	int (*set_params)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+	int (*set_analog_params)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, struct analog_parameters *p);
+
+	int (*set_config)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, void *priv_cfg);
+
+	int (*get_frequency)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u32 *frequency);
+	int (*get_bandwidth)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u32 *bandwidth);
+	int (*get_if_frequency)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u32 *frequency);
+
+#define TUNER_STATUS_LOCKED 1
+#define TUNER_STATUS_STEREO 2
+	int (*get_status)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u32 *status);
+	int (*get_rf_strength)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u16 *strength);
+	int (*get_afc)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, s32 *afc);
+
+	/*
+	 * This is support for demods like the mt352 - fills out the supplied
+	 * buffer with what to write.
+	 *
+	 * Don't use on newer drivers.
+	 */
+	int (*calc_regs)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u8 *buf, int buf_len);
+
+	/*
+	 * These are provided separately from set_params in order to
+	 * facilitate silicon tuners which require sophisticated tuning loops,
+	 * controlling each parameter separately.
+	 *
+	 * Don't use on newer drivers.
+	 */
+	int (*set_frequency)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u32 frequency);
+	int (*set_bandwidth)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u32 bandwidth);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct analog_demod_info - Information struct for analog TV part of the demod
+ *
+ * @name:	Name of the analog TV demodulator
+ */
+struct analog_demod_info {
+	char *name;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct analog_demod_ops  - Demodulation information and callbacks for
+ *			      analog TV and radio
+ *
+ * @info:		pointer to struct analog_demod_info
+ * @set_params:		callback function used to inform the demod to set the
+ *			demodulator parameters needed to decode an analog or
+ *			radio channel. The properties are passed via
+ *			&struct analog_params.
+ * @has_signal:		returns 0xffff if has signal, or 0 if it doesn't.
+ * @get_afc:		Used only by analog TV core. Reports the frequency
+ *			drift due to AFC.
+ * @tuner_status:	callback function that returns tuner status bits, e. g.
+ *			%TUNER_STATUS_LOCKED and %TUNER_STATUS_STEREO.
+ * @standby:		set the tuner to standby mode.
+ * @release:		callback function called when frontend is detached.
+ *			drivers should free any allocated memory.
+ * @i2c_gate_ctrl:	controls the I2C gate. Newer drivers should use I2C
+ *			mux support instead.
+ * @set_config:		callback function used to send some tuner-specific
+ *			parameters.
+ */
+struct analog_demod_ops {
+
+	struct analog_demod_info info;
+
+	void (*set_params)(struct dvb_frontend *fe,
+			   struct analog_parameters *params);
+	int  (*has_signal)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u16 *signal);
+	int  (*get_afc)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, s32 *afc);
+	void (*tuner_status)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+	void (*standby)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+	void (*release)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+	int  (*i2c_gate_ctrl)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, int enable);
+
+	/** This is to allow setting tuner-specific configuration */
+	int (*set_config)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, void *priv_cfg);
+};
+
+struct dtv_frontend_properties;
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_frontend_internal_info - Frontend properties and capabilities
+ *
+ * @name:			Name of the frontend
+ * @frequency_min_hz:		Minimal frequency supported by the frontend.
+ * @frequency_max_hz:		Minimal frequency supported by the frontend.
+ * @frequency_stepsize_hz:	All frequencies are multiple of this value.
+ * @frequency_tolerance_hz:	Frequency tolerance.
+ * @symbol_rate_min:		Minimal symbol rate, in bauds
+ *				(for Cable/Satellite systems).
+ * @symbol_rate_max:		Maximal symbol rate, in bauds
+ *				(for Cable/Satellite systems).
+ * @symbol_rate_tolerance:	Maximal symbol rate tolerance, in ppm
+ *				(for Cable/Satellite systems).
+ * @caps:			Capabilities supported by the frontend,
+ *				as specified in &enum fe_caps.
+ */
+struct dvb_frontend_internal_info {
+	char	name[128];
+	u32	frequency_min_hz;
+	u32	frequency_max_hz;
+	u32	frequency_stepsize_hz;
+	u32	frequency_tolerance_hz;
+	u32	symbol_rate_min;
+	u32	symbol_rate_max;
+	u32	symbol_rate_tolerance;
+	enum fe_caps caps;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_frontend_ops - Demodulation information and callbacks for
+ *			      ditialt TV
+ *
+ * @info:		embedded &struct dvb_tuner_info with tuner properties
+ * @delsys:		Delivery systems supported by the frontend
+ * @detach:		callback function called when frontend is detached.
+ *			drivers should clean up, but not yet free the &struct
+ *			dvb_frontend allocation.
+ * @release:		callback function called when frontend is ready to be
+ *			freed.
+ *			drivers should free any allocated memory.
+ * @release_sec:	callback function requesting that the Satellite Equipment
+ *			Control (SEC) driver to release and free any memory
+ *			allocated by the driver.
+ * @init:		callback function used to initialize the tuner device.
+ * @sleep:		callback function used to put the tuner to sleep.
+ * @suspend:		callback function used to inform that the Kernel will
+ *			suspend.
+ * @resume:		callback function used to inform that the Kernel is
+ *			resuming from suspend.
+ * @write:		callback function used by some demod legacy drivers to
+ *			allow other drivers to write data into their registers.
+ *			Should not be used on new drivers.
+ * @tune:		callback function used by demod drivers that use
+ *			@DVBFE_ALGO_HW to tune into a frequency.
+ * @get_frontend_algo:	returns the desired hardware algorithm.
+ * @set_frontend:	callback function used to inform the demod to set the
+ *			parameters for demodulating a digital TV channel.
+ *			The properties to be used are stored at &struct
+ *			dvb_frontend.dtv_property_cache. The demod can change
+ *			the parameters to reflect the changes needed for the
+ *			channel to be decoded, and update statistics.
+ * @get_tune_settings:	callback function
+ * @get_frontend:	callback function used to inform the parameters
+ *			actuall in use. The properties to be used are stored at
+ *			&struct dvb_frontend.dtv_property_cache and update
+ *			statistics. Please notice that it should not return
+ *			an error code if the statistics are not available
+ *			because the demog is not locked.
+ * @read_status:	returns the locking status of the frontend.
+ * @read_ber:		legacy callback function to return the bit error rate.
+ *			Newer drivers should provide such info via DVBv5 API,
+ *			e. g. @set_frontend;/@get_frontend, implementing this
+ *			callback only if DVBv3 API compatibility is wanted.
+ * @read_signal_strength: legacy callback function to return the signal
+ *			strength. Newer drivers should provide such info via
+ *			DVBv5 API, e. g. @set_frontend/@get_frontend,
+ *			implementing this callback only if DVBv3 API
+ *			compatibility is wanted.
+ * @read_snr:		legacy callback function to return the Signal/Noise
+ *			rate. Newer drivers should provide such info via
+ *			DVBv5 API, e. g. @set_frontend/@get_frontend,
+ *			implementing this callback only if DVBv3 API
+ *			compatibility is wanted.
+ * @read_ucblocks:	legacy callback function to return the Uncorrected Error
+ *			Blocks. Newer drivers should provide such info via
+ *			DVBv5 API, e. g. @set_frontend/@get_frontend,
+ *			implementing this callback only if DVBv3 API
+ *			compatibility is wanted.
+ * @diseqc_reset_overload: callback function to implement the
+ *			FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD() ioctl (only Satellite)
+ * @diseqc_send_master_cmd: callback function to implement the
+ *			FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD() ioctl (only Satellite).
+ * @diseqc_recv_slave_reply: callback function to implement the
+ *			FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY() ioctl (only Satellite)
+ * @diseqc_send_burst:	callback function to implement the
+ *			FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST() ioctl (only Satellite).
+ * @set_tone:		callback function to implement the
+ *			FE_SET_TONE() ioctl (only Satellite).
+ * @set_voltage:	callback function to implement the
+ *			FE_SET_VOLTAGE() ioctl (only Satellite).
+ * @enable_high_lnb_voltage: callback function to implement the
+ *			FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE() ioctl (only Satellite).
+ * @dishnetwork_send_legacy_command: callback function to implement the
+ *			FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD() ioctl (only Satellite).
+ *			Drivers should not use this, except when the DVB
+ *			core emulation fails to provide proper support (e.g.
+ *			if @set_voltage takes more than 8ms to work), and
+ *			when backward compatibility with this legacy API is
+ *			required.
+ * @i2c_gate_ctrl:	controls the I2C gate. Newer drivers should use I2C
+ *			mux support instead.
+ * @ts_bus_ctrl:	callback function used to take control of the TS bus.
+ * @set_lna:		callback function to power on/off/auto the LNA.
+ * @search:		callback function used on some custom algo search algos.
+ * @tuner_ops:		pointer to &struct dvb_tuner_ops
+ * @analog_ops:		pointer to &struct analog_demod_ops
+ */
+struct dvb_frontend_ops {
+	struct dvb_frontend_internal_info info;
+
+	u8 delsys[MAX_DELSYS];
+
+	void (*detach)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+	void (*release)(struct dvb_frontend* fe);
+	void (*release_sec)(struct dvb_frontend* fe);
+
+	int (*init)(struct dvb_frontend* fe);
+	int (*sleep)(struct dvb_frontend* fe);
+	int (*suspend)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+	int (*resume)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+
+	int (*write)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, const u8 buf[], int len);
+
+	/* if this is set, it overrides the default swzigzag */
+	int (*tune)(struct dvb_frontend* fe,
+		    bool re_tune,
+		    unsigned int mode_flags,
+		    unsigned int *delay,
+		    enum fe_status *status);
+
+	/* get frontend tuning algorithm from the module */
+	enum dvbfe_algo (*get_frontend_algo)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+
+	/* these two are only used for the swzigzag code */
+	int (*set_frontend)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+	int (*get_tune_settings)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, struct dvb_frontend_tune_settings* settings);
+
+	int (*get_frontend)(struct dvb_frontend *fe,
+			    struct dtv_frontend_properties *props);
+
+	int (*read_status)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, enum fe_status *status);
+	int (*read_ber)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, u32* ber);
+	int (*read_signal_strength)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, u16* strength);
+	int (*read_snr)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, u16* snr);
+	int (*read_ucblocks)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, u32* ucblocks);
+
+	int (*diseqc_reset_overload)(struct dvb_frontend* fe);
+	int (*diseqc_send_master_cmd)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, struct dvb_diseqc_master_cmd* cmd);
+	int (*diseqc_recv_slave_reply)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, struct dvb_diseqc_slave_reply* reply);
+	int (*diseqc_send_burst)(struct dvb_frontend *fe,
+				 enum fe_sec_mini_cmd minicmd);
+	int (*set_tone)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, enum fe_sec_tone_mode tone);
+	int (*set_voltage)(struct dvb_frontend *fe,
+			   enum fe_sec_voltage voltage);
+	int (*enable_high_lnb_voltage)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, long arg);
+	int (*dishnetwork_send_legacy_command)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, unsigned long cmd);
+	int (*i2c_gate_ctrl)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, int enable);
+	int (*ts_bus_ctrl)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, int acquire);
+	int (*set_lna)(struct dvb_frontend *);
+
+	/*
+	 * These callbacks are for devices that implement their own
+	 * tuning algorithms, rather than a simple swzigzag
+	 */
+	enum dvbfe_search (*search)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+
+	struct dvb_tuner_ops tuner_ops;
+	struct analog_demod_ops analog_ops;
+};
+
+#ifdef __DVB_CORE__
+#define MAX_EVENT 8
+
+/* Used only internally at dvb_frontend.c */
+struct dvb_fe_events {
+	struct dvb_frontend_event events[MAX_EVENT];
+	int			  eventw;
+	int			  eventr;
+	int			  overflow;
+	wait_queue_head_t	  wait_queue;
+	struct mutex		  mtx;
+};
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * struct dtv_frontend_properties - contains a list of properties that are
+ *				    specific to a digital TV standard.
+ *
+ * @frequency:		frequency in Hz for terrestrial/cable or in kHz for
+ *			Satellite
+ * @modulation:		Frontend modulation type
+ * @voltage:		SEC voltage (only Satellite)
+ * @sectone:		SEC tone mode (only Satellite)
+ * @inversion:		Spectral inversion
+ * @fec_inner:		Forward error correction inner Code Rate
+ * @transmission_mode:	Transmission Mode
+ * @bandwidth_hz:	Bandwidth, in Hz. A zero value means that userspace
+ *			wants to autodetect.
+ * @guard_interval:	Guard Interval
+ * @hierarchy:		Hierarchy
+ * @symbol_rate:	Symbol Rate
+ * @code_rate_HP:	high priority stream code rate
+ * @code_rate_LP:	low priority stream code rate
+ * @pilot:		Enable/disable/autodetect pilot tones
+ * @rolloff:		Rolloff factor (alpha)
+ * @delivery_system:	FE delivery system (e. g. digital TV standard)
+ * @interleaving:	interleaving
+ * @isdbt_partial_reception: ISDB-T partial reception (only ISDB standard)
+ * @isdbt_sb_mode:	ISDB-T Sound Broadcast (SB) mode (only ISDB standard)
+ * @isdbt_sb_subchannel:	ISDB-T SB subchannel (only ISDB standard)
+ * @isdbt_sb_segment_idx:	ISDB-T SB segment index (only ISDB standard)
+ * @isdbt_sb_segment_count:	ISDB-T SB segment count (only ISDB standard)
+ * @isdbt_layer_enabled:	ISDB Layer enabled (only ISDB standard)
+ * @layer:		ISDB per-layer data (only ISDB standard)
+ * @layer.segment_count: Segment Count;
+ * @layer.fec:		per layer code rate;
+ * @layer.modulation:	per layer modulation;
+ * @layer.interleaving:	 per layer interleaving.
+ * @stream_id:		If different than zero, enable substream filtering, if
+ *			hardware supports (DVB-S2 and DVB-T2).
+ * @scrambling_sequence_index:	Carries the index of the DVB-S2 physical layer
+ *				scrambling sequence.
+ * @atscmh_fic_ver:	Version number of the FIC (Fast Information Channel)
+ *			signaling data (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_parade_id:	Parade identification number (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_nog:		Number of MH groups per MH subframe for a designated
+ *			parade (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_tnog:	Total number of MH groups including all MH groups
+ *			belonging to all MH parades in one MH subframe
+ *			(only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_sgn:		Start group number (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_prc:		Parade repetition cycle (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_rs_frame_mode:	Reed Solomon (RS) frame mode (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble:	RS frame ensemble (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_rs_code_mode_pri:	RS code mode pri (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_rs_code_mode_sec:	RS code mode sec (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_sccc_block_mode:	Series Concatenated Convolutional Code (SCCC)
+ *				Block Mode (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_sccc_code_mode_a:	SCCC code mode A (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_sccc_code_mode_b:	SCCC code mode B (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_sccc_code_mode_c:	SCCC code mode C (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_sccc_code_mode_d:	SCCC code mode D (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @lna:		Power ON/OFF/AUTO the Linear Now-noise Amplifier (LNA)
+ * @strength:		DVBv5 API statistics: Signal Strength
+ * @cnr:		DVBv5 API statistics: Signal to Noise ratio of the
+ *			(main) carrier
+ * @pre_bit_error:	DVBv5 API statistics: pre-Viterbi bit error count
+ * @pre_bit_count:	DVBv5 API statistics: pre-Viterbi bit count
+ * @post_bit_error:	DVBv5 API statistics: post-Viterbi bit error count
+ * @post_bit_count:	DVBv5 API statistics: post-Viterbi bit count
+ * @block_error:	DVBv5 API statistics: block error count
+ * @block_count:	DVBv5 API statistics: block count
+ *
+ * NOTE: derivated statistics like Uncorrected Error blocks (UCE) are
+ * calculated on userspace.
+ *
+ * Only a subset of the properties are needed for a given delivery system.
+ * For more info, consult the media_api.html with the documentation of the
+ * Userspace API.
+ */
+struct dtv_frontend_properties {
+	u32			frequency;
+	enum fe_modulation	modulation;
+
+	enum fe_sec_voltage	voltage;
+	enum fe_sec_tone_mode	sectone;
+	enum fe_spectral_inversion inversion;
+	enum fe_code_rate	fec_inner;
+	enum fe_transmit_mode	transmission_mode;
+	u32			bandwidth_hz;	/* 0 = AUTO */
+	enum fe_guard_interval	guard_interval;
+	enum fe_hierarchy	hierarchy;
+	u32			symbol_rate;
+	enum fe_code_rate	code_rate_HP;
+	enum fe_code_rate	code_rate_LP;
+
+	enum fe_pilot		pilot;
+	enum fe_rolloff		rolloff;
+
+	enum fe_delivery_system	delivery_system;
+
+	enum fe_interleaving	interleaving;
+
+	/* ISDB-T specifics */
+	u8			isdbt_partial_reception;
+	u8			isdbt_sb_mode;
+	u8			isdbt_sb_subchannel;
+	u32			isdbt_sb_segment_idx;
+	u32			isdbt_sb_segment_count;
+	u8			isdbt_layer_enabled;
+	struct {
+	    u8			segment_count;
+	    enum fe_code_rate	fec;
+	    enum fe_modulation	modulation;
+	    u8			interleaving;
+	} layer[3];
+
+	/* Multistream specifics */
+	u32			stream_id;
+
+	/* Physical Layer Scrambling specifics */
+	u32			scrambling_sequence_index;
+
+	/* ATSC-MH specifics */
+	u8			atscmh_fic_ver;
+	u8			atscmh_parade_id;
+	u8			atscmh_nog;
+	u8			atscmh_tnog;
+	u8			atscmh_sgn;
+	u8			atscmh_prc;
+
+	u8			atscmh_rs_frame_mode;
+	u8			atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble;
+	u8			atscmh_rs_code_mode_pri;
+	u8			atscmh_rs_code_mode_sec;
+	u8			atscmh_sccc_block_mode;
+	u8			atscmh_sccc_code_mode_a;
+	u8			atscmh_sccc_code_mode_b;
+	u8			atscmh_sccc_code_mode_c;
+	u8			atscmh_sccc_code_mode_d;
+
+	u32			lna;
+
+	/* statistics data */
+	struct dtv_fe_stats	strength;
+	struct dtv_fe_stats	cnr;
+	struct dtv_fe_stats	pre_bit_error;
+	struct dtv_fe_stats	pre_bit_count;
+	struct dtv_fe_stats	post_bit_error;
+	struct dtv_fe_stats	post_bit_count;
+	struct dtv_fe_stats	block_error;
+	struct dtv_fe_stats	block_count;
+};
+
+#define DVB_FE_NO_EXIT  0
+#define DVB_FE_NORMAL_EXIT      1
+#define DVB_FE_DEVICE_REMOVED   2
+#define DVB_FE_DEVICE_RESUME    3
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_frontend - Frontend structure to be used on drivers.
+ *
+ * @refcount:		refcount to keep track of &struct dvb_frontend
+ *			references
+ * @ops:		embedded &struct dvb_frontend_ops
+ * @dvb:		pointer to &struct dvb_adapter
+ * @demodulator_priv:	demod private data
+ * @tuner_priv:		tuner private data
+ * @frontend_priv:	frontend private data
+ * @sec_priv:		SEC private data
+ * @analog_demod_priv:	Analog demod private data
+ * @dtv_property_cache:	embedded &struct dtv_frontend_properties
+ * @callback:		callback function used on some drivers to call
+ *			either the tuner or the demodulator.
+ * @id:			Frontend ID
+ * @exit:		Used to inform the DVB core that the frontend
+ *			thread should exit (usually, means that the hardware
+ *			got disconnected.
+ */
+
+struct dvb_frontend {
+	struct kref refcount;
+	struct dvb_frontend_ops ops;
+	struct dvb_adapter *dvb;
+	void *demodulator_priv;
+	void *tuner_priv;
+	void *frontend_priv;
+	void *sec_priv;
+	void *analog_demod_priv;
+	struct dtv_frontend_properties dtv_property_cache;
+#define DVB_FRONTEND_COMPONENT_TUNER 0
+#define DVB_FRONTEND_COMPONENT_DEMOD 1
+	int (*callback)(void *adapter_priv, int component, int cmd, int arg);
+	int id;
+	unsigned int exit;
+};
+
+/**
+ * dvb_register_frontend() - Registers a DVB frontend at the adapter
+ *
+ * @dvb: pointer to &struct dvb_adapter
+ * @fe: pointer to &struct dvb_frontend
+ *
+ * Allocate and initialize the private data needed by the frontend core to
+ * manage the frontend and calls dvb_register_device() to register a new
+ * frontend. It also cleans the property cache that stores the frontend
+ * parameters and selects the first available delivery system.
+ */
+int dvb_register_frontend(struct dvb_adapter *dvb,
+				 struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_unregister_frontend() - Unregisters a DVB frontend
+ *
+ * @fe: pointer to &struct dvb_frontend
+ *
+ * Stops the frontend kthread, calls dvb_unregister_device() and frees the
+ * private frontend data allocated by dvb_register_frontend().
+ *
+ * NOTE: This function doesn't frees the memory allocated by the demod,
+ * by the SEC driver and by the tuner. In order to free it, an explicit call to
+ * dvb_frontend_detach() is needed, after calling this function.
+ */
+int dvb_unregister_frontend(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_frontend_detach() - Detaches and frees frontend specific data
+ *
+ * @fe: pointer to &struct dvb_frontend
+ *
+ * This function should be called after dvb_unregister_frontend(). It
+ * calls the SEC, tuner and demod release functions:
+ * &dvb_frontend_ops.release_sec, &dvb_frontend_ops.tuner_ops.release,
+ * &dvb_frontend_ops.analog_ops.release and &dvb_frontend_ops.release.
+ *
+ * If the driver is compiled with %CONFIG_MEDIA_ATTACH, it also decreases
+ * the module reference count, needed to allow userspace to remove the
+ * previously used DVB frontend modules.
+ */
+void dvb_frontend_detach(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_frontend_suspend() - Suspends a Digital TV frontend
+ *
+ * @fe: pointer to &struct dvb_frontend
+ *
+ * This function prepares a Digital TV frontend to suspend.
+ *
+ * In order to prepare the tuner to suspend, if
+ * &dvb_frontend_ops.tuner_ops.suspend\(\) is available, it calls it. Otherwise,
+ * it will call &dvb_frontend_ops.tuner_ops.sleep\(\), if available.
+ *
+ * It will also call &dvb_frontend_ops.suspend\(\) to put the demod to suspend,
+ * if available. Otherwise it will call &dvb_frontend_ops.sleep\(\).
+ *
+ * The drivers should also call dvb_frontend_suspend\(\) as part of their
+ * handler for the &device_driver.suspend\(\).
+ */
+int dvb_frontend_suspend(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_frontend_resume() - Resumes a Digital TV frontend
+ *
+ * @fe: pointer to &struct dvb_frontend
+ *
+ * This function resumes the usual operation of the tuner after resume.
+ *
+ * In order to resume the frontend, it calls the demod
+ * &dvb_frontend_ops.resume\(\) if available. Otherwise it calls demod
+ * &dvb_frontend_ops.init\(\).
+ *
+ * If &dvb_frontend_ops.tuner_ops.resume\(\) is available, It, it calls it.
+ * Otherwise,t will call &dvb_frontend_ops.tuner_ops.init\(\), if available.
+ *
+ * Once tuner and demods are resumed, it will enforce that the SEC voltage and
+ * tone are restored to their previous values and wake up the frontend's
+ * kthread in order to retune the frontend.
+ *
+ * The drivers should also call dvb_frontend_resume() as part of their
+ * handler for the &device_driver.resume\(\).
+ */
+int dvb_frontend_resume(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_frontend_reinitialise() - forces a reinitialisation at the frontend
+ *
+ * @fe: pointer to &struct dvb_frontend
+ *
+ * Calls &dvb_frontend_ops.init\(\) and &dvb_frontend_ops.tuner_ops.init\(\),
+ * and resets SEC tone and voltage (for Satellite systems).
+ *
+ * NOTE: Currently, this function is used only by one driver (budget-av).
+ * It seems to be due to address some special issue with that specific
+ * frontend.
+ */
+void dvb_frontend_reinitialise(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_frontend_sleep_until() - Sleep for the amount of time given by
+ *                      add_usec parameter
+ *
+ * @waketime: pointer to &struct ktime_t
+ * @add_usec: time to sleep, in microseconds
+ *
+ * This function is used to measure the time required for the
+ * FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD() ioctl to work. It needs to be as precise
+ * as possible, as it affects the detection of the dish tone command at the
+ * satellite subsystem.
+ *
+ * Its used internally by the DVB frontend core, in order to emulate
+ * FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD() using the &dvb_frontend_ops.set_voltage\(\)
+ * callback.
+ *
+ * NOTE: it should not be used at the drivers, as the emulation for the
+ * legacy callback is provided by the Kernel. The only situation where this
+ * should be at the drivers is when there are some bugs at the hardware that
+ * would prevent the core emulation to work. On such cases, the driver would
+ * be writing a &dvb_frontend_ops.dishnetwork_send_legacy_command\(\) and
+ * calling this function directly.
+ */
+void dvb_frontend_sleep_until(ktime_t *waketime, u32 add_usec);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/dvb_net.h b/include/media/dvb_net.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4a921ea96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/dvb_net.h
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/*
+ * dvb_net.h
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2001 Ralph Metzler for convergence integrated media GmbH
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DVB_NET_H_
+#define _DVB_NET_H_
+
+#include <linux/module.h>
+
+#include <media/dvbdev.h>
+
+struct net_device;
+
+#define DVB_NET_DEVICES_MAX 10
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_DVB_NET
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_net - describes a DVB network interface
+ *
+ * @dvbdev:		pointer to &struct dvb_device.
+ * @device:		array of pointers to &struct net_device.
+ * @state:		array of integers to each net device. A value
+ *			different than zero means that the interface is
+ *			in usage.
+ * @exit:		flag to indicate when the device is being removed.
+ * @demux:		pointer to &struct dmx_demux.
+ * @ioctl_mutex:	protect access to this struct.
+ * @remove_mutex:	mutex that avoids a race condition between a callback
+ *			called when the hardware is disconnected and the
+ *			file_operations of dvb_net.
+ *
+ * Currently, the core supports up to %DVB_NET_DEVICES_MAX (10) network
+ * devices.
+ */
+
+struct dvb_net {
+	struct dvb_device *dvbdev;
+	struct net_device *device[DVB_NET_DEVICES_MAX];
+	int state[DVB_NET_DEVICES_MAX];
+	unsigned int exit:1;
+	struct dmx_demux *demux;
+	struct mutex ioctl_mutex;
+	struct mutex remove_mutex;
+};
+
+/**
+ * dvb_net_init - nitializes a digital TV network device and registers it.
+ *
+ * @adap:	pointer to &struct dvb_adapter.
+ * @dvbnet:	pointer to &struct dvb_net.
+ * @dmxdemux:	pointer to &struct dmx_demux.
+ */
+int dvb_net_init(struct dvb_adapter *adap, struct dvb_net *dvbnet,
+		  struct dmx_demux *dmxdemux);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_net_release - releases a digital TV network device and unregisters it.
+ *
+ * @dvbnet:	pointer to &struct dvb_net.
+ */
+void dvb_net_release(struct dvb_net *dvbnet);
+
+#else
+
+struct dvb_net {
+	struct dvb_device *dvbdev;
+};
+
+static inline void dvb_net_release(struct dvb_net *dvbnet)
+{
+}
+
+static inline int dvb_net_init(struct dvb_adapter *adap,
+			       struct dvb_net *dvbnet, struct dmx_demux *dmx)
+{
+	return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* ifdef CONFIG_DVB_NET */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/dvb_ringbuffer.h b/include/media/dvb_ringbuffer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..029c8b615
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/dvb_ringbuffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * dvb_ringbuffer.h: ring buffer implementation for the dvb driver
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2003 Oliver Endriss
+ * Copyright (C) 2004 Andrew de Quincey
+ *
+ * based on code originally found in av7110.c & dvb_ci.c:
+ * Copyright (C) 1999-2003 Ralph Metzler & Marcus Metzler
+ *                         for convergence integrated media GmbH
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DVB_RINGBUFFER_H_
+#define _DVB_RINGBUFFER_H_
+
+#include <linux/spinlock.h>
+#include <linux/wait.h>
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_ringbuffer - Describes a ring buffer used at DVB framework
+ *
+ * @data: Area were the ringbuffer data is written
+ * @size: size of the ringbuffer
+ * @pread: next position to read
+ * @pwrite: next position to write
+ * @error: used by ringbuffer clients to indicate that an error happened.
+ * @queue: Wait queue used by ringbuffer clients to indicate when buffer
+ *         was filled
+ * @lock: Spinlock used to protect the ringbuffer
+ */
+struct dvb_ringbuffer {
+	u8               *data;
+	ssize_t           size;
+	ssize_t           pread;
+	ssize_t           pwrite;
+	int               error;
+
+	wait_queue_head_t queue;
+	spinlock_t        lock;
+};
+
+#define DVB_RINGBUFFER_PKTHDRSIZE 3
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_init - initialize ring buffer, lock and queue
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ * @data: pointer to the buffer where the data will be stored
+ * @len: bytes from ring buffer into @buf
+ */
+extern void dvb_ringbuffer_init(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf, void *data,
+				size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_empty - test whether buffer is empty
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ */
+extern int dvb_ringbuffer_empty(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_free - returns the number of free bytes in the buffer
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ *
+ * Return: number of free bytes in the buffer
+ */
+extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_free(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_avail - returns the number of bytes waiting in the buffer
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ *
+ * Return: number of bytes waiting in the buffer
+ */
+extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_avail(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_reset - resets the ringbuffer to initial state
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ *
+ * Resets the read and write pointers to zero and flush the buffer.
+ *
+ * This counts as a read and write operation
+ */
+extern void dvb_ringbuffer_reset(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf);
+
+/*
+ * read routines & macros
+ */
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_flush - flush buffer
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ */
+extern void dvb_ringbuffer_flush(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_flush_spinlock_wakeup- flush buffer protected by spinlock
+ *      and wake-up waiting task(s)
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ */
+extern void dvb_ringbuffer_flush_spinlock_wakeup(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf);
+
+/**
+ * DVB_RINGBUFFER_PEEK - peek at byte @offs in the buffer
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ * @offs: offset inside the ringbuffer
+ */
+#define DVB_RINGBUFFER_PEEK(rbuf, offs)	\
+			((rbuf)->data[((rbuf)->pread + (offs)) % (rbuf)->size])
+
+/**
+ * DVB_RINGBUFFER_SKIP - advance read ptr by @num bytes
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ * @num: number of bytes to advance
+ */
+#define DVB_RINGBUFFER_SKIP(rbuf, num)	{\
+			(rbuf)->pread = ((rbuf)->pread + (num)) % (rbuf)->size;\
+}
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_read_user - Reads a buffer into a user pointer
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ * @buf: pointer to the buffer where the data will be stored
+ * @len: bytes from ring buffer into @buf
+ *
+ * This variant assumes that the buffer is a memory at the userspace. So,
+ * it will internally call copy_to_user().
+ *
+ * Return: number of bytes transferred or -EFAULT
+ */
+extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_read_user(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf,
+				   u8 __user *buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_read - Reads a buffer into a pointer
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ * @buf: pointer to the buffer where the data will be stored
+ * @len: bytes from ring buffer into @buf
+ *
+ * This variant assumes that the buffer is a memory at the Kernel space
+ *
+ * Return: number of bytes transferred or -EFAULT
+ */
+extern void dvb_ringbuffer_read(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf,
+				   u8 *buf, size_t len);
+
+/*
+ * write routines & macros
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DVB_RINGBUFFER_WRITE_BYTE - write single byte to ring buffer
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ * @byte: byte to write
+ */
+#define DVB_RINGBUFFER_WRITE_BYTE(rbuf, byte)	\
+			{ (rbuf)->data[(rbuf)->pwrite] = (byte); \
+			(rbuf)->pwrite = ((rbuf)->pwrite + 1) % (rbuf)->size; }
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_write - Writes a buffer into the ringbuffer
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ * @buf: pointer to the buffer where the data will be read
+ * @len: bytes from ring buffer into @buf
+ *
+ * This variant assumes that the buffer is a memory at the Kernel space
+ *
+ * return: number of bytes transferred or -EFAULT
+ */
+extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_write(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf, const u8 *buf,
+				    size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_write_user - Writes a buffer received via a user pointer
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ * @buf: pointer to the buffer where the data will be read
+ * @len: bytes from ring buffer into @buf
+ *
+ * This variant assumes that the buffer is a memory at the userspace. So,
+ * it will internally call copy_from_user().
+ *
+ * Return: number of bytes transferred or -EFAULT
+ */
+extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_write_user(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf,
+					 const u8 __user *buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_write - Write a packet into the ringbuffer.
+ *
+ * @rbuf: Ringbuffer to write to.
+ * @buf: Buffer to write.
+ * @len: Length of buffer (currently limited to 65535 bytes max).
+ *
+ * Return: Number of bytes written, or -EFAULT, -ENOMEM, -EINVAL.
+ */
+extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_write(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf, u8 *buf,
+					size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_read_user - Read from a packet in the ringbuffer.
+ *
+ * @rbuf: Ringbuffer concerned.
+ * @idx: Packet index as returned by dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_next().
+ * @offset: Offset into packet to read from.
+ * @buf: Destination buffer for data.
+ * @len: Size of destination buffer.
+ *
+ * Return: Number of bytes read, or -EFAULT.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    unlike dvb_ringbuffer_read(), this does **NOT** update the read pointer
+ *    in the ringbuffer. You must use dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_dispose() to mark a
+ *    packet as no longer required.
+ */
+extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_read_user(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf,
+					    size_t idx,
+					    int offset, u8 __user *buf,
+					    size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_read - Read from a packet in the ringbuffer.
+ * Note: unlike dvb_ringbuffer_read_user(), this DOES update the read pointer
+ * in the ringbuffer.
+ *
+ * @rbuf: Ringbuffer concerned.
+ * @idx: Packet index as returned by dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_next().
+ * @offset: Offset into packet to read from.
+ * @buf: Destination buffer for data.
+ * @len: Size of destination buffer.
+ *
+ * Return: Number of bytes read, or -EFAULT.
+ */
+extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_read(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf, size_t idx,
+				       int offset, u8 *buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_dispose - Dispose of a packet in the ring buffer.
+ *
+ * @rbuf: Ring buffer concerned.
+ * @idx: Packet index as returned by dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_next().
+ */
+extern void dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_dispose(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf, size_t idx);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_next - Get the index of the next packet in a ringbuffer.
+ *
+ * @rbuf: Ringbuffer concerned.
+ * @idx: Previous packet index, or -1 to return the first packet index.
+ * @pktlen: On success, will be updated to contain the length of the packet
+ *          in bytes.
+ * returns Packet index (if >=0), or -1 if no packets available.
+ */
+extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_next(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf,
+				       size_t idx, size_t *pktlen);
+
+#endif /* _DVB_RINGBUFFER_H_ */
diff --git a/include/media/dvb_vb2.h b/include/media/dvb_vb2.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8932396d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/dvb_vb2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+ *
+ * dvb-vb2.h - DVB driver helper framework for streaming I/O
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2015 Samsung Electronics
+ *
+ * Author: jh1009.sung@samsung.com
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DVB_VB2_H
+#define _DVB_VB2_H
+
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+#include <linux/poll.h>
+#include <linux/dvb/dmx.h>
+#include <media/videobuf2-core.h>
+#include <media/videobuf2-dma-contig.h>
+#include <media/videobuf2-vmalloc.h>
+
+/**
+ * enum dvb_buf_type - types of Digital TV memory-mapped buffers
+ *
+ * @DVB_BUF_TYPE_CAPTURE: buffer is filled by the Kernel,
+ *			  with a received Digital TV stream
+ */
+enum dvb_buf_type {
+	DVB_BUF_TYPE_CAPTURE        = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum dvb_vb2_states - states to control VB2 state machine
+ * @DVB_VB2_STATE_NONE:
+ *	VB2 engine not initialized yet, init failed or VB2 was released.
+ * @DVB_VB2_STATE_INIT:
+ *	VB2 engine initialized.
+ * @DVB_VB2_STATE_REQBUFS:
+ *	Buffers were requested
+ * @DVB_VB2_STATE_STREAMON:
+ *	VB2 is streaming. Callers should not check it directly. Instead,
+ *	they should use dvb_vb2_is_streaming().
+ *
+ * Note:
+ *
+ * Callers should not touch at the state machine directly. This
+ * is handled inside dvb_vb2.c.
+ */
+enum dvb_vb2_states {
+	DVB_VB2_STATE_NONE	= 0x0,
+	DVB_VB2_STATE_INIT	= 0x1,
+	DVB_VB2_STATE_REQBUFS	= 0x2,
+	DVB_VB2_STATE_STREAMON	= 0x4,
+};
+
+#define DVB_VB2_NAME_MAX (20)
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_buffer - video buffer information for v4l2.
+ *
+ * @vb:		embedded struct &vb2_buffer.
+ * @list:	list of &struct dvb_buffer.
+ */
+struct dvb_buffer {
+	struct vb2_buffer	vb;
+	struct list_head	list;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_vb2_ctx - control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @vb_q:	pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @slock:	spin lock used to protect buffer filling at dvb_vb2.c.
+ * @dvb_q:	List of buffers that are not filled yet.
+ * @buf:	Pointer to the buffer that are currently being filled.
+ * @offset:	index to the next position at the @buf to be filled.
+ * @remain:	How many bytes are left to be filled at @buf.
+ * @state:	bitmask of buffer states as defined by &enum dvb_vb2_states.
+ * @buf_siz:	size of each VB2 buffer.
+ * @buf_cnt:	number of VB2 buffers.
+ * @nonblocking:
+ *		If different than zero, device is operating on non-blocking
+ *		mode.
+ * @flags:	buffer flags as defined by &enum dmx_buffer_flags.
+ *		Filled only at &DMX_DQBUF. &DMX_QBUF should zero this field.
+ * @count:	monotonic counter for filled buffers. Helps to identify
+ *		data stream loses. Filled only at &DMX_DQBUF. &DMX_QBUF should
+ *		zero this field.
+ *
+ * @name:	name of the device type. Currently, it can either be
+ *		"dvr" or "demux_filter".
+ */
+struct dvb_vb2_ctx {
+	struct vb2_queue	vb_q;
+	spinlock_t		slock;
+	struct list_head	dvb_q;
+	struct dvb_buffer	*buf;
+	int	offset;
+	int	remain;
+	int	state;
+	int	buf_siz;
+	int	buf_cnt;
+	int	nonblocking;
+
+	enum dmx_buffer_flags flags;
+	u32	count;
+
+	char	name[DVB_VB2_NAME_MAX + 1];
+};
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_DVB_MMAP
+static inline int dvb_vb2_init(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, const char *name,
+			       struct mutex *mutex, int non_blocking)
+{
+	return 0;
+};
+static inline int dvb_vb2_release(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx)
+{
+	return 0;
+};
+#define dvb_vb2_is_streaming(ctx) (0)
+#define dvb_vb2_fill_buffer(ctx, file, wait, flags, flush) (0)
+
+static inline __poll_t dvb_vb2_poll(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx,
+				    struct file *file,
+				    poll_table *wait)
+{
+	return 0;
+}
+#else
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_init - initializes VB2 handler
+ *
+ * @ctx:	control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @name:	name for the VB2 handler
+ * @mutex:	pointer to the mutex that serializes vb2 ioctls
+ * @non_blocking:
+ *		if not zero, it means that the device is at non-blocking mode
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_init(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, const char *name,
+		 struct mutex *mutex, int non_blocking);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_release - Releases the VB2 handler allocated resources and
+ *	put @ctx at DVB_VB2_STATE_NONE state.
+ * @ctx:	control struct for VB2 handler
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_release(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_is_streaming - checks if the VB2 handler is streaming
+ * @ctx:	control struct for VB2 handler
+ *
+ * Return: 0 if not streaming, 1 otherwise.
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_is_streaming(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_fill_buffer - fills a VB2 buffer
+ * @ctx:	control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @src:	place where the data is stored
+ * @len:	number of bytes to be copied from @src
+ * @buffer_flags:
+ *		pointer to buffer flags as defined by &enum dmx_buffer_flags.
+ *		can be NULL.
+ * @flush:	flush the buffer, even if it isn't full.
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_fill_buffer(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx,
+			const unsigned char *src, int len,
+			enum dmx_buffer_flags *buffer_flags,
+			bool flush);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_poll - Wrapper to vb2_core_streamon() for Digital TV
+ *      buffer handling.
+ *
+ * @ctx:	control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @file:	&struct file argument passed to the poll
+ *		file operation handler.
+ * @wait:	&poll_table wait argument passed to the poll
+ *		file operation handler.
+ *
+ * Implements poll syscall() logic.
+ */
+__poll_t dvb_vb2_poll(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, struct file *file,
+		      poll_table *wait);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_stream_on() - Wrapper to vb2_core_streamon() for Digital TV
+ *	buffer handling.
+ *
+ * @ctx:	control struct for VB2 handler
+ *
+ * Starts dvb streaming
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_stream_on(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx);
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_stream_off() - Wrapper to vb2_core_streamoff() for Digital TV
+ *	buffer handling.
+ *
+ * @ctx:	control struct for VB2 handler
+ *
+ * Stops dvb streaming
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_stream_off(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_reqbufs() - Wrapper to vb2_core_reqbufs() for Digital TV
+ *	buffer handling.
+ *
+ * @ctx:	control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @req:	&struct dmx_requestbuffers passed from userspace in
+ *		order to handle &DMX_REQBUFS.
+ *
+ * Initiate streaming by requesting a number of buffers. Also used to
+ * free previously requested buffers, is ``req->count`` is zero.
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_reqbufs(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, struct dmx_requestbuffers *req);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_querybuf() - Wrapper to vb2_core_querybuf() for Digital TV
+ *	buffer handling.
+ *
+ * @ctx:	control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @b:		&struct dmx_buffer passed from userspace in
+ *		order to handle &DMX_QUERYBUF.
+ *
+ *
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_querybuf(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, struct dmx_buffer *b);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_expbuf() - Wrapper to vb2_core_expbuf() for Digital TV
+ *	buffer handling.
+ *
+ * @ctx:	control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @exp:	&struct dmx_exportbuffer passed from userspace in
+ *		order to handle &DMX_EXPBUF.
+ *
+ * Export a buffer as a file descriptor.
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_expbuf(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, struct dmx_exportbuffer *exp);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_qbuf() - Wrapper to vb2_core_qbuf() for Digital TV buffer handling.
+ *
+ * @ctx:	control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @b:		&struct dmx_buffer passed from userspace in
+ *		order to handle &DMX_QBUF.
+ *
+ * Queue a Digital TV buffer as requested by userspace
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_qbuf(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, struct dmx_buffer *b);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_dqbuf() - Wrapper to vb2_core_dqbuf() for Digital TV
+ *	buffer handling.
+ *
+ * @ctx:	control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @b:		&struct dmx_buffer passed from userspace in
+ *		order to handle &DMX_DQBUF.
+ *
+ * Dequeue a Digital TV buffer to the userspace
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_dqbuf(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, struct dmx_buffer *b);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_mmap() - Wrapper to vb2_mmap() for Digital TV buffer handling.
+ *
+ * @ctx:	control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @vma:        pointer to &struct vm_area_struct with the vma passed
+ *              to the mmap file operation handler in the driver.
+ *
+ * map Digital TV video buffers into application address space.
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_mmap(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, struct vm_area_struct *vma);
+
+#endif /* _DVB_VB2_H */
diff --git a/include/media/dvbdev.h b/include/media/dvbdev.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e5a00d126
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/dvbdev.h
@@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
+/*
+ * dvbdev.h
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2000 Ralph Metzler & Marcus Metzler
+ *                    for convergence integrated media GmbH
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Lesser Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DVBDEV_H_
+#define _DVBDEV_H_
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <linux/poll.h>
+#include <linux/fs.h>
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <media/media-device.h>
+
+#define DVB_MAJOR 212
+
+#if defined(CONFIG_DVB_MAX_ADAPTERS) && CONFIG_DVB_MAX_ADAPTERS > 0
+  #define DVB_MAX_ADAPTERS CONFIG_DVB_MAX_ADAPTERS
+#else
+  #define DVB_MAX_ADAPTERS 16
+#endif
+
+#define DVB_UNSET (-1)
+
+/* List of DVB device types */
+
+/**
+ * enum dvb_device_type - type of the Digital TV device
+ *
+ * @DVB_DEVICE_SEC:		Digital TV standalone Common Interface (CI)
+ * @DVB_DEVICE_FRONTEND:	Digital TV frontend.
+ * @DVB_DEVICE_DEMUX:		Digital TV demux.
+ * @DVB_DEVICE_DVR:		Digital TV digital video record (DVR).
+ * @DVB_DEVICE_CA:		Digital TV Conditional Access (CA).
+ * @DVB_DEVICE_NET:		Digital TV network.
+ *
+ * @DVB_DEVICE_VIDEO:		Digital TV video decoder.
+ *				Deprecated. Used only on av7110-av.
+ * @DVB_DEVICE_AUDIO:		Digital TV audio decoder.
+ *				Deprecated. Used only on av7110-av.
+ * @DVB_DEVICE_OSD:		Digital TV On Screen Display (OSD).
+ *				Deprecated. Used only on av7110.
+ */
+enum dvb_device_type {
+	DVB_DEVICE_SEC,
+	DVB_DEVICE_FRONTEND,
+	DVB_DEVICE_DEMUX,
+	DVB_DEVICE_DVR,
+	DVB_DEVICE_CA,
+	DVB_DEVICE_NET,
+
+	DVB_DEVICE_VIDEO,
+	DVB_DEVICE_AUDIO,
+	DVB_DEVICE_OSD,
+};
+
+#define DVB_DEFINE_MOD_OPT_ADAPTER_NR(adapter_nr) \
+	static short adapter_nr[] = \
+		{[0 ... (DVB_MAX_ADAPTERS - 1)] = DVB_UNSET }; \
+	module_param_array(adapter_nr, short, NULL, 0444); \
+	MODULE_PARM_DESC(adapter_nr, "DVB adapter numbers")
+
+struct dvb_frontend;
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_adapter - represents a Digital TV adapter using Linux DVB API
+ *
+ * @num:		Number of the adapter
+ * @list_head:		List with the DVB adapters
+ * @device_list:	List with the DVB devices
+ * @name:		Name of the adapter
+ * @proposed_mac:	proposed MAC address for the adapter
+ * @priv:		private data
+ * @device:		pointer to struct device
+ * @module:		pointer to struct module
+ * @mfe_shared:		indicates mutually exclusive frontends.
+ *			1 = legacy exclusion behavior: blocking any open() call
+ *			2 = enhanced exclusion behavior, emulating the standard
+ *			behavior of busy frontends: allowing read-only sharing
+ *			and otherwise returning immediately with -EBUSY when any
+ *			of the frontends is already opened with write access.
+ * @mfe_dvbdev:		Frontend device in use, in the case of MFE
+ * @mfe_lock:		Lock to prevent using the other frontends when MFE is
+ *			used.
+ * @mdev_lock:          Protect access to the mdev pointer.
+ * @mdev:		pointer to struct media_device, used when the media
+ *			controller is used.
+ * @conn:		RF connector. Used only if the device has no separate
+ *			tuner.
+ * @conn_pads:		pointer to struct media_pad associated with @conn;
+ */
+struct dvb_adapter {
+	int num;
+	struct list_head list_head;
+	struct list_head device_list;
+	const char *name;
+	u8 proposed_mac [6];
+	void* priv;
+
+	struct device *device;
+
+	struct module *module;
+
+	int mfe_shared;			/* indicates mutually exclusive frontends */
+	struct dvb_device *mfe_dvbdev;	/* frontend device in use */
+	struct mutex mfe_lock;		/* access lock for thread creation */
+
+#if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER_DVB)
+	struct mutex mdev_lock;
+	struct media_device *mdev;
+	struct media_entity *conn;
+	struct media_pad *conn_pads;
+#endif
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_device - represents a DVB device node
+ *
+ * @list_head:	List head with all DVB devices
+ * @ref:	reference count for this device
+ * @fops:	pointer to struct file_operations
+ * @adapter:	pointer to the adapter that holds this device node
+ * @type:	type of the device, as defined by &enum dvb_device_type.
+ * @minor:	devnode minor number. Major number is always DVB_MAJOR.
+ * @id:		device ID number, inside the adapter
+ * @readers:	Initialized by the caller. Each call to open() in Read Only mode
+ *		decreases this counter by one.
+ * @writers:	Initialized by the caller. Each call to open() in Read/Write
+ *		mode decreases this counter by one.
+ * @users:	Initialized by the caller. Each call to open() in any mode
+ *		decreases this counter by one.
+ * @wait_queue:	wait queue, used to wait for certain events inside one of
+ *		the DVB API callers
+ * @kernel_ioctl: callback function used to handle ioctl calls from userspace.
+ * @name:	Name to be used for the device at the Media Controller
+ * @entity:	pointer to struct media_entity associated with the device node
+ * @pads:	pointer to struct media_pad associated with @entity;
+ * @priv:	private data
+ * @intf_devnode: Pointer to media_intf_devnode. Used by the dvbdev core to
+ *		store the MC device node interface
+ * @tsout_num_entities: Number of Transport Stream output entities
+ * @tsout_entity: array with MC entities associated to each TS output node
+ * @tsout_pads: array with the source pads for each @tsout_entity
+ *
+ * This structure is used by the DVB core (frontend, CA, net, demux) in
+ * order to create the device nodes. Usually, driver should not initialize
+ * this struct diretly.
+ */
+struct dvb_device {
+	struct list_head list_head;
+	struct kref ref;
+	const struct file_operations *fops;
+	struct dvb_adapter *adapter;
+	enum dvb_device_type type;
+	int minor;
+	u32 id;
+
+	/* in theory, 'users' can vanish now,
+	   but I don't want to change too much now... */
+	int readers;
+	int writers;
+	int users;
+
+	wait_queue_head_t	  wait_queue;
+	/* don't really need those !? -- FIXME: use video_usercopy  */
+	int (*kernel_ioctl)(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, void *arg);
+
+	/* Needed for media controller register/unregister */
+#if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER_DVB)
+	const char *name;
+
+	/* Allocated and filled inside dvbdev.c */
+	struct media_intf_devnode *intf_devnode;
+
+	unsigned tsout_num_entities;
+	struct media_entity *entity, *tsout_entity;
+	struct media_pad *pads, *tsout_pads;
+#endif
+
+	void *priv;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dvbdevfops_node - fops nodes registered in dvbdevfops_list
+ *
+ * @fops:		Dynamically allocated fops for ->owner registration
+ * @type:		type of dvb_device
+ * @template:		dvb_device used for registration
+ * @list_head:		list_head for dvbdevfops_list
+ */
+struct dvbdevfops_node {
+	struct file_operations *fops;
+	enum dvb_device_type type;
+	const struct dvb_device *template;
+	struct list_head list_head;
+};
+
+/**
+ * dvb_device_get - Increase dvb_device reference
+ *
+ * @dvbdev:	pointer to struct dvb_device
+ */
+struct dvb_device *dvb_device_get(struct dvb_device *dvbdev);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_device_put - Decrease dvb_device reference
+ *
+ * @dvbdev:	pointer to struct dvb_device
+ */
+void dvb_device_put(struct dvb_device *dvbdev);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_register_adapter - Registers a new DVB adapter
+ *
+ * @adap:	pointer to struct dvb_adapter
+ * @name:	Adapter's name
+ * @module:	initialized with THIS_MODULE at the caller
+ * @device:	pointer to struct device that corresponds to the device driver
+ * @adapter_nums: Array with a list of the numbers for @dvb_register_adapter;
+ *		to select among them. Typically, initialized with:
+ *		DVB_DEFINE_MOD_OPT_ADAPTER_NR(adapter_nums)
+ */
+int dvb_register_adapter(struct dvb_adapter *adap, const char *name,
+			 struct module *module, struct device *device,
+			 short *adapter_nums);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_unregister_adapter - Unregisters a DVB adapter
+ *
+ * @adap:	pointer to struct dvb_adapter
+ */
+int dvb_unregister_adapter(struct dvb_adapter *adap);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_register_device - Registers a new DVB device
+ *
+ * @adap:	pointer to struct dvb_adapter
+ * @pdvbdev:	pointer to the place where the new struct dvb_device will be
+ *		stored
+ * @template:	Template used to create &pdvbdev;
+ * @priv:	private data
+ * @type:	type of the device, as defined by &enum dvb_device_type.
+ * @demux_sink_pads: Number of demux outputs, to be used to create the TS
+ *		outputs via the Media Controller.
+ */
+int dvb_register_device(struct dvb_adapter *adap,
+			struct dvb_device **pdvbdev,
+			const struct dvb_device *template,
+			void *priv,
+			enum dvb_device_type type,
+			int demux_sink_pads);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_remove_device - Remove a registered DVB device
+ *
+ * @dvbdev:	pointer to struct dvb_device
+ *
+ * This does not free memory. dvb_free_device() will do that when
+ * reference counter is empty
+ */
+void dvb_remove_device(struct dvb_device *dvbdev);
+
+
+/**
+ * dvb_unregister_device - Unregisters a DVB device
+ *
+ * @dvbdev:	pointer to struct dvb_device
+ */
+void dvb_unregister_device(struct dvb_device *dvbdev);
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER_DVB
+/**
+ * dvb_create_media_graph - Creates media graph for the Digital TV part of the
+ *				device.
+ *
+ * @adap:			pointer to &struct dvb_adapter
+ * @create_rf_connector:	if true, it creates the RF connector too
+ *
+ * This function checks all DVB-related functions at the media controller
+ * entities and creates the needed links for the media graph. It is
+ * capable of working with multiple tuners or multiple frontends, but it
+ * won't create links if the device has multiple tuners and multiple frontends
+ * or if the device has multiple muxes. In such case, the caller driver should
+ * manually create the remaining links.
+ */
+__must_check int dvb_create_media_graph(struct dvb_adapter *adap,
+					bool create_rf_connector);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_register_media_controller - registers a media controller at DVB adapter
+ *
+ * @adap:			pointer to &struct dvb_adapter
+ * @mdev:			pointer to &struct media_device
+ */
+static inline void dvb_register_media_controller(struct dvb_adapter *adap,
+						 struct media_device *mdev)
+{
+	adap->mdev = mdev;
+}
+
+/**
+ * dvb_get_media_controller - gets the associated media controller
+ *
+ * @adap:			pointer to &struct dvb_adapter
+ */
+static inline struct media_device *
+dvb_get_media_controller(struct dvb_adapter *adap)
+{
+	return adap->mdev;
+}
+#else
+static inline
+int dvb_create_media_graph(struct dvb_adapter *adap,
+			   bool create_rf_connector)
+{
+	return 0;
+};
+#define dvb_register_media_controller(a, b) {}
+#define dvb_get_media_controller(a) NULL
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * dvb_generic_open - Digital TV open function, used by DVB devices
+ *
+ * @inode: pointer to &struct inode.
+ * @file: pointer to &struct file.
+ *
+ * Checks if a DVB devnode is still valid, and if the permissions are
+ * OK and increment negative use count.
+ */
+int dvb_generic_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_generic_release - Digital TV close function, used by DVB devices
+ *
+ * @inode: pointer to &struct inode.
+ * @file: pointer to &struct file.
+ *
+ * Checks if a DVB devnode is still valid, and if the permissions are
+ * OK and decrement negative use count.
+ */
+int dvb_generic_release(struct inode *inode, struct file *file);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_generic_ioctl - Digital TV close function, used by DVB devices
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to &struct file.
+ * @cmd: Ioctl name.
+ * @arg: Ioctl argument.
+ *
+ * Checks if a DVB devnode and struct dvbdev.kernel_ioctl is still valid.
+ * If so, calls dvb_usercopy().
+ */
+long dvb_generic_ioctl(struct file *file,
+		       unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_usercopy - copies data from/to userspace memory when an ioctl is
+ *      issued.
+ *
+ * @file: Pointer to struct &file.
+ * @cmd: Ioctl name.
+ * @arg: Ioctl argument.
+ * @func: function that will actually handle the ioctl
+ *
+ * Ancillary function that uses ioctl direction and size to copy from
+ * userspace. Then, it calls @func, and, if needed, data is copied back
+ * to userspace.
+ */
+int dvb_usercopy(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg,
+		 int (*func)(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, void *arg));
+
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_I2C)
+
+struct i2c_adapter;
+struct i2c_client;
+/**
+ * dvb_module_probe - helper routine to probe an I2C module
+ *
+ * @module_name:
+ *	Name of the I2C module to be probed
+ * @name:
+ *	Optional name for the I2C module. Used for debug purposes.
+ * 	If %NULL, defaults to @module_name.
+ * @adap:
+ *	pointer to &struct i2c_adapter that describes the I2C adapter where
+ *	the module will be bound.
+ * @addr:
+ *	I2C address of the adapter, in 7-bit notation.
+ * @platform_data:
+ *	Platform data to be passed to the I2C module probed.
+ *
+ * This function binds an I2C device into the DVB core. Should be used by
+ * all drivers that use I2C bus to control the hardware. A module bound
+ * with dvb_module_probe() should use dvb_module_release() to unbind.
+ *
+ * Return:
+ *	On success, return an &struct i2c_client, pointing to the bound
+ *	I2C device. %NULL otherwise.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    In the past, DVB modules (mainly, frontends) were bound via dvb_attach()
+ *    macro, with does an ugly hack, using I2C low level functions. Such
+ *    usage is deprecated and will be removed soon. Instead, use this routine.
+ */
+struct i2c_client *dvb_module_probe(const char *module_name,
+				    const char *name,
+				    struct i2c_adapter *adap,
+				    unsigned char addr,
+				    void *platform_data);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_module_release - releases an I2C device allocated with
+ *	 dvb_module_probe().
+ *
+ * @client: pointer to &struct i2c_client with the I2C client to be released.
+ *	    can be %NULL.
+ *
+ * This function should be used to free all resources reserved by
+ * dvb_module_probe() and unbinding the I2C hardware.
+ */
+void dvb_module_release(struct i2c_client *client);
+
+#endif /* CONFIG_I2C */
+
+/* Legacy generic DVB attach function. */
+#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_ATTACH
+
+/**
+ * dvb_attach - attaches a DVB frontend into the DVB core.
+ *
+ * @FUNCTION:	function on a frontend module to be called.
+ * @ARGS:	@FUNCTION arguments.
+ *
+ * This ancillary function loads a frontend module in runtime and runs
+ * the @FUNCTION function there, with @ARGS.
+ * As it increments symbol usage cont, at unregister, dvb_detach()
+ * should be called.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    In the past, DVB modules (mainly, frontends) were bound via dvb_attach()
+ *    macro, with does an ugly hack, using I2C low level functions. Such
+ *    usage is deprecated and will be removed soon. Instead, you should use
+ *    dvb_module_probe().
+ */
+#define dvb_attach(FUNCTION, ARGS...) ({ \
+	void *__r = NULL; \
+	typeof(&FUNCTION) __a = symbol_request(FUNCTION); \
+	if (__a) { \
+		__r = (void *) __a(ARGS); \
+		if (__r == NULL) \
+			symbol_put(FUNCTION); \
+	} else { \
+		printk(KERN_ERR "DVB: Unable to find symbol "#FUNCTION"()\n"); \
+	} \
+	__r; \
+})
+
+/**
+ * dvb_detach - detaches a DVB frontend loaded via dvb_attach()
+ *
+ * @FUNC:	attach function
+ *
+ * Decrements usage count for a function previously called via dvb_attach().
+ */
+
+#define dvb_detach(FUNC)	symbol_put_addr(FUNC)
+
+#else
+#define dvb_attach(FUNCTION, ARGS...) ({ \
+	FUNCTION(ARGS); \
+})
+
+#define dvb_detach(FUNC)	{}
+
+#endif	/* CONFIG_MEDIA_ATTACH */
+
+#endif /* #ifndef _DVBDEV_H_ */
diff --git a/include/media/frame_vector.h b/include/media/frame_vector.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..541c71a2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/frame_vector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+#ifndef _MEDIA_FRAME_VECTOR_H
+#define _MEDIA_FRAME_VECTOR_H
+
+/* Container for pinned pfns / pages in frame_vector.c */
+struct frame_vector {
+	unsigned int nr_allocated;	/* Number of frames we have space for */
+	unsigned int nr_frames;	/* Number of frames stored in ptrs array */
+	bool got_ref;		/* Did we pin pages by getting page ref? */
+	bool is_pfns;		/* Does array contain pages or pfns? */
+	void *ptrs[];		/* Array of pinned pfns / pages. Use
+				 * pfns_vector_pages() or pfns_vector_pfns()
+				 * for access */
+};
+
+struct frame_vector *frame_vector_create(unsigned int nr_frames);
+void frame_vector_destroy(struct frame_vector *vec);
+int get_vaddr_frames(unsigned long start, unsigned int nr_pfns,
+		     bool write, struct frame_vector *vec);
+void put_vaddr_frames(struct frame_vector *vec);
+int frame_vector_to_pages(struct frame_vector *vec);
+void frame_vector_to_pfns(struct frame_vector *vec);
+
+static inline unsigned int frame_vector_count(struct frame_vector *vec)
+{
+	return vec->nr_frames;
+}
+
+static inline struct page **frame_vector_pages(struct frame_vector *vec)
+{
+	if (vec->is_pfns) {
+		int err = frame_vector_to_pages(vec);
+
+		if (err)
+			return ERR_PTR(err);
+	}
+	return (struct page **)(vec->ptrs);
+}
+
+static inline unsigned long *frame_vector_pfns(struct frame_vector *vec)
+{
+	if (!vec->is_pfns)
+		frame_vector_to_pfns(vec);
+	return (unsigned long *)(vec->ptrs);
+}
+
+#endif /* _MEDIA_FRAME_VECTOR_H */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/adp1653.h b/include/media/i2c/adp1653.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..096de9130
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/adp1653.h
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * include/media/i2c/adp1653.h
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2008--2011 Nokia Corporation
+ *
+ * Contact: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
+ *
+ * Contributors:
+ *	Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
+ *	Tuukka Toivonen <tuukkat76@gmail.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef ADP1653_H
+#define ADP1653_H
+
+#include <linux/i2c.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-subdev.h>
+
+#define ADP1653_NAME				"adp1653"
+#define ADP1653_I2C_ADDR			(0x60 >> 1)
+
+/* Register definitions */
+#define ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL			0x00
+#define ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_TORCH_MIN	0x01
+#define ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_TORCH_MAX	0x0b
+#define ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_FLASH_MIN	0x0c
+#define ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_FLASH_MAX	0x1f
+#define ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_SHIFT		3
+#define ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_ILED_MAX		0x07
+#define ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_ILED_SHIFT		0
+
+#define ADP1653_REG_CONFIG			0x01
+#define ADP1653_REG_CONFIG_TMR_CFG		(1 << 4)
+#define ADP1653_REG_CONFIG_TMR_SET_MAX		0x0f
+#define ADP1653_REG_CONFIG_TMR_SET_SHIFT	0
+
+#define ADP1653_REG_SW_STROBE			0x02
+#define ADP1653_REG_SW_STROBE_SW_STROBE		(1 << 0)
+
+#define ADP1653_REG_FAULT			0x03
+#define ADP1653_REG_FAULT_FLT_SCP		(1 << 3)
+#define ADP1653_REG_FAULT_FLT_OT		(1 << 2)
+#define ADP1653_REG_FAULT_FLT_TMR		(1 << 1)
+#define ADP1653_REG_FAULT_FLT_OV		(1 << 0)
+
+#define ADP1653_INDICATOR_INTENSITY_MIN		0
+#define ADP1653_INDICATOR_INTENSITY_STEP	2500
+#define ADP1653_INDICATOR_INTENSITY_MAX		\
+	(ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_ILED_MAX * ADP1653_INDICATOR_INTENSITY_STEP)
+#define ADP1653_INDICATOR_INTENSITY_uA_TO_REG(a) \
+	((a) / ADP1653_INDICATOR_INTENSITY_STEP)
+#define ADP1653_INDICATOR_INTENSITY_REG_TO_uA(a) \
+	((a) * ADP1653_INDICATOR_INTENSITY_STEP)
+
+#define ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_BASE		35
+#define ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_STEP		15
+#define ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_MIN					\
+	(ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_BASE					\
+	 + ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_FLASH_MIN * ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_STEP)
+#define ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_MAX			\
+	(ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_MIN +			\
+	 (ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_FLASH_MAX -		\
+	  ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_FLASH_MIN + 1) *	\
+	 ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_STEP)
+
+#define ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_mA_TO_REG(a)				\
+	((a) < ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_BASE ? 0 :			\
+	 (((a) - ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_BASE) / ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_STEP))
+#define ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_REG_TO_mA(a)		\
+	((a) * ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_STEP + ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_BASE)
+
+#define ADP1653_TORCH_INTENSITY_MIN					\
+	(ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_BASE					\
+	 + ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_TORCH_MIN * ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_STEP)
+#define ADP1653_TORCH_INTENSITY_MAX			\
+	(ADP1653_TORCH_INTENSITY_MIN +			\
+	 (ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_TORCH_MAX -		\
+	  ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_TORCH_MIN + 1) *	\
+	 ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_STEP)
+
+struct adp1653_platform_data {
+	int (*power)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, int on);
+
+	u32 max_flash_timeout;		/* flash light timeout in us */
+	u32 max_flash_intensity;	/* led intensity, flash mode, mA */
+	u32 max_torch_intensity;	/* led intensity, torch mode, mA */
+	u32 max_indicator_intensity;	/* indicator led intensity, uA */
+
+	struct gpio_desc *enable_gpio;	/* for device-tree based boot */
+};
+
+#define to_adp1653_flash(sd)	container_of(sd, struct adp1653_flash, subdev)
+
+struct adp1653_flash {
+	struct v4l2_subdev subdev;
+	struct adp1653_platform_data *platform_data;
+
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_handler ctrls;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl *led_mode;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl *flash_timeout;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl *flash_intensity;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl *torch_intensity;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl *indicator_intensity;
+
+	struct mutex power_lock;
+	int power_count;
+	int fault;
+};
+
+#endif /* ADP1653_H */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/adv7183.h b/include/media/i2c/adv7183.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..49faece29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/adv7183.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * adv7183.h - definition for adv7183 inputs and outputs
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Analog Devices Inc.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ADV7183_H_
+#define _ADV7183_H_
+
+/* ADV7183 HW inputs */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE0  0  /* CVBS in on AIN1 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE1  1  /* CVBS in on AIN2 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE2  2  /* CVBS in on AIN3 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE3  3  /* CVBS in on AIN4 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE4  4  /* CVBS in on AIN5 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE5  5  /* CVBS in on AIN6 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE6  6  /* CVBS in on AIN7 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE7  7  /* CVBS in on AIN8 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE8  8  /* CVBS in on AIN9 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE9  9  /* CVBS in on AIN10 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE10 10 /* CVBS in on AIN11 */
+
+#define ADV7183_SVIDEO0     11 /* Y on AIN1, C on AIN4 */
+#define ADV7183_SVIDEO1     12 /* Y on AIN2, C on AIN5 */
+#define ADV7183_SVIDEO2     13 /* Y on AIN3, C on AIN6 */
+
+#define ADV7183_COMPONENT0  14 /* Y on AIN1, Pr on AIN4, Pb on AIN5 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPONENT1  15 /* Y on AIN2, Pr on AIN3, Pb on AIN6 */
+
+/* ADV7183 HW outputs */
+#define ADV7183_8BIT_OUT    0
+#define ADV7183_16BIT_OUT   1
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/adv7343.h b/include/media/i2c/adv7343.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d35d3e925
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/adv7343.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * ADV7343 header file
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
+ */
+
+#ifndef ADV7343_H
+#define ADV7343_H
+
+#define ADV7343_COMPOSITE_ID	(0)
+#define ADV7343_COMPONENT_ID	(1)
+#define ADV7343_SVIDEO_ID	(2)
+
+/**
+ * struct adv7343_power_mode - power mode configuration.
+ * @sleep_mode: on enable the current consumption is reduced to micro ampere
+ *		level. All DACs and the internal PLL circuit are disabled.
+ *		Registers can be read from and written in sleep mode.
+ * @pll_control: PLL and oversampling control. This control allows internal
+ *		 PLL 1 circuit to be powered down and the oversampling to be
+ *		 switched off.
+ * @dac: array to configure power on/off DAC's 1..6
+ *
+ * Power mode register (Register 0x0), for more info refer REGISTER MAP ACCESS
+ * section of datasheet[1], table 17 page no 30.
+ *
+ * [1] http://www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADV7342_7343.pdf
+ */
+struct adv7343_power_mode {
+	bool sleep_mode;
+	bool pll_control;
+	u32 dac[6];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct adv7343_sd_config - SD Only Output Configuration.
+ * @sd_dac_out: array configuring SD DAC Outputs 1 and 2
+ */
+struct adv7343_sd_config {
+	/* SD only Output Configuration */
+	u32 sd_dac_out[2];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct adv7343_platform_data - Platform data values and access functions.
+ * @mode_config: Configuration for power mode.
+ * @sd_config: SD Only Configuration.
+ */
+struct adv7343_platform_data {
+	struct adv7343_power_mode mode_config;
+	struct adv7343_sd_config sd_config;
+};
+
+#endif				/* End of #ifndef ADV7343_H */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/adv7393.h b/include/media/i2c/adv7393.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c73b36321
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/adv7393.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * ADV7393 header file
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010-2012 ADVANSEE - http://www.advansee.com/
+ * Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
+ *
+ * Based on ADV7343 driver,
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
+ */
+
+#ifndef ADV7393_H
+#define ADV7393_H
+
+#define ADV7393_COMPOSITE_ID	(0)
+#define ADV7393_COMPONENT_ID	(1)
+#define ADV7393_SVIDEO_ID	(2)
+
+#endif				/* End of #ifndef ADV7393_H */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/adv7511.h b/include/media/i2c/adv7511.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1874c05f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/adv7511.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Analog Devices ADV7511 HDMI Transmitter Device Driver
+ *
+ * Copyright 2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ADV7511_H
+#define ADV7511_H
+
+/* notify events */
+#define ADV7511_MONITOR_DETECT 0
+#define ADV7511_EDID_DETECT 1
+
+
+struct adv7511_monitor_detect {
+	int present;
+};
+
+struct adv7511_edid_detect {
+	int present;
+	int segment;
+	uint16_t phys_addr;
+};
+
+struct adv7511_platform_data {
+	u8 i2c_edid;
+	u8 i2c_cec;
+	u8 i2c_pktmem;
+	u32 cec_clk;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/adv7604.h b/include/media/i2c/adv7604.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77a979912
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/adv7604.h
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * adv7604 - Analog Devices ADV7604 video decoder driver
+ *
+ * Copyright 2012 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ADV7604_
+#define _ADV7604_
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+
+/* Analog input muxing modes (AFE register 0x02, [2:0]) */
+enum adv7604_ain_sel {
+	ADV7604_AIN1_2_3_NC_SYNC_1_2 = 0,
+	ADV7604_AIN4_5_6_NC_SYNC_2_1 = 1,
+	ADV7604_AIN7_8_9_NC_SYNC_3_1 = 2,
+	ADV7604_AIN10_11_12_NC_SYNC_4_1 = 3,
+	ADV7604_AIN9_4_5_6_SYNC_2_1 = 4,
+};
+
+/*
+ * Bus rotation and reordering. This is used to specify component reordering on
+ * the board and describes the components order on the bus when the ADV7604
+ * outputs RGB.
+ */
+enum adv7604_bus_order {
+	ADV7604_BUS_ORDER_RGB,		/* No operation	*/
+	ADV7604_BUS_ORDER_GRB,		/* Swap 1-2	*/
+	ADV7604_BUS_ORDER_RBG,		/* Swap 2-3	*/
+	ADV7604_BUS_ORDER_BGR,		/* Swap 1-3	*/
+	ADV7604_BUS_ORDER_BRG,		/* Rotate right	*/
+	ADV7604_BUS_ORDER_GBR,		/* Rotate left	*/
+};
+
+/* Input Color Space (IO register 0x02, [7:4]) */
+enum adv76xx_inp_color_space {
+	ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_LIM_RGB = 0,
+	ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_FULL_RGB = 1,
+	ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_LIM_YCbCr_601 = 2,
+	ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_LIM_YCbCr_709 = 3,
+	ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_XVYCC_601 = 4,
+	ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_XVYCC_709 = 5,
+	ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_FULL_YCbCr_601 = 6,
+	ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_FULL_YCbCr_709 = 7,
+	ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_AUTO = 0xf,
+};
+
+/* Select output format (IO register 0x03, [4:2]) */
+enum adv7604_op_format_mode_sel {
+	ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_MODE0 = 0x00,
+	ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_MODE1 = 0x04,
+	ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_MODE2 = 0x08,
+};
+
+enum adv76xx_drive_strength {
+	ADV76XX_DR_STR_MEDIUM_LOW = 1,
+	ADV76XX_DR_STR_MEDIUM_HIGH = 2,
+	ADV76XX_DR_STR_HIGH = 3,
+};
+
+/* INT1 Configuration (IO register 0x40, [1:0]) */
+enum adv76xx_int1_config {
+	ADV76XX_INT1_CONFIG_OPEN_DRAIN,
+	ADV76XX_INT1_CONFIG_ACTIVE_LOW,
+	ADV76XX_INT1_CONFIG_ACTIVE_HIGH,
+	ADV76XX_INT1_CONFIG_DISABLED,
+};
+
+enum adv76xx_page {
+	ADV76XX_PAGE_IO,
+	ADV7604_PAGE_AVLINK,
+	ADV76XX_PAGE_CEC,
+	ADV76XX_PAGE_INFOFRAME,
+	ADV7604_PAGE_ESDP,
+	ADV7604_PAGE_DPP,
+	ADV76XX_PAGE_AFE,
+	ADV76XX_PAGE_REP,
+	ADV76XX_PAGE_EDID,
+	ADV76XX_PAGE_HDMI,
+	ADV76XX_PAGE_TEST,
+	ADV76XX_PAGE_CP,
+	ADV7604_PAGE_VDP,
+	ADV76XX_PAGE_MAX,
+};
+
+/* Platform dependent definition */
+struct adv76xx_platform_data {
+	/* DIS_PWRDNB: 1 if the PWRDNB pin is unused and unconnected */
+	unsigned disable_pwrdnb:1;
+
+	/* DIS_CABLE_DET_RST: 1 if the 5V pins are unused and unconnected */
+	unsigned disable_cable_det_rst:1;
+
+	int default_input;
+
+	/* Analog input muxing mode */
+	enum adv7604_ain_sel ain_sel;
+
+	/* Bus rotation and reordering */
+	enum adv7604_bus_order bus_order;
+
+	/* Select output format mode */
+	enum adv7604_op_format_mode_sel op_format_mode_sel;
+
+	/* Configuration of the INT1 pin */
+	enum adv76xx_int1_config int1_config;
+
+	/* IO register 0x02 */
+	unsigned alt_gamma:1;
+
+	/* IO register 0x05 */
+	unsigned blank_data:1;
+	unsigned insert_av_codes:1;
+	unsigned replicate_av_codes:1;
+
+	/* IO register 0x06 */
+	unsigned inv_vs_pol:1;
+	unsigned inv_hs_pol:1;
+	unsigned inv_llc_pol:1;
+
+	/* IO register 0x14 */
+	enum adv76xx_drive_strength dr_str_data;
+	enum adv76xx_drive_strength dr_str_clk;
+	enum adv76xx_drive_strength dr_str_sync;
+
+	/* IO register 0x30 */
+	unsigned output_bus_lsb_to_msb:1;
+
+	/* Free run */
+	unsigned hdmi_free_run_mode;
+
+	/* i2c addresses: 0 == use default */
+	u8 i2c_addresses[ADV76XX_PAGE_MAX];
+};
+
+enum adv76xx_pad {
+	ADV76XX_PAD_HDMI_PORT_A = 0,
+	ADV7604_PAD_HDMI_PORT_B = 1,
+	ADV7604_PAD_HDMI_PORT_C = 2,
+	ADV7604_PAD_HDMI_PORT_D = 3,
+	ADV7604_PAD_VGA_RGB = 4,
+	ADV7604_PAD_VGA_COMP = 5,
+	/* The source pad is either 1 (ADV7611) or 6 (ADV7604) */
+	ADV7604_PAD_SOURCE = 6,
+	ADV7611_PAD_SOURCE = 1,
+	ADV76XX_PAD_MAX = 7,
+};
+
+#define V4L2_CID_ADV_RX_ANALOG_SAMPLING_PHASE	(V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 0x1000)
+#define V4L2_CID_ADV_RX_FREE_RUN_COLOR_MANUAL	(V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 0x1001)
+#define V4L2_CID_ADV_RX_FREE_RUN_COLOR		(V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 0x1002)
+
+/* notify events */
+#define ADV76XX_HOTPLUG		1
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/adv7842.h b/include/media/i2c/adv7842.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..05e01f0dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/adv7842.h
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * adv7842 - Analog Devices ADV7842 video decoder driver
+ *
+ * Copyright 2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ADV7842_
+#define _ADV7842_
+
+/* Analog input muxing modes (AFE register 0x02, [2:0]) */
+enum adv7842_ain_sel {
+	ADV7842_AIN1_2_3_NC_SYNC_1_2 = 0,
+	ADV7842_AIN4_5_6_NC_SYNC_2_1 = 1,
+	ADV7842_AIN7_8_9_NC_SYNC_3_1 = 2,
+	ADV7842_AIN10_11_12_NC_SYNC_4_1 = 3,
+	ADV7842_AIN9_4_5_6_SYNC_2_1 = 4,
+};
+
+/*
+ * Bus rotation and reordering. This is used to specify component reordering on
+ * the board and describes the components order on the bus when the ADV7842
+ * outputs RGB.
+ */
+enum adv7842_bus_order {
+	ADV7842_BUS_ORDER_RGB,		/* No operation	*/
+	ADV7842_BUS_ORDER_GRB,		/* Swap 1-2	*/
+	ADV7842_BUS_ORDER_RBG,		/* Swap 2-3	*/
+	ADV7842_BUS_ORDER_BGR,		/* Swap 1-3	*/
+	ADV7842_BUS_ORDER_BRG,		/* Rotate right	*/
+	ADV7842_BUS_ORDER_GBR,		/* Rotate left	*/
+};
+
+/* Input Color Space (IO register 0x02, [7:4]) */
+enum adv7842_inp_color_space {
+	ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_LIM_RGB = 0,
+	ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_FULL_RGB = 1,
+	ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_LIM_YCbCr_601 = 2,
+	ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_LIM_YCbCr_709 = 3,
+	ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_XVYCC_601 = 4,
+	ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_XVYCC_709 = 5,
+	ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_FULL_YCbCr_601 = 6,
+	ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_FULL_YCbCr_709 = 7,
+	ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_AUTO = 0xf,
+};
+
+/* Select output format (IO register 0x03, [4:2]) */
+enum adv7842_op_format_mode_sel {
+	ADV7842_OP_FORMAT_MODE0 = 0x00,
+	ADV7842_OP_FORMAT_MODE1 = 0x04,
+	ADV7842_OP_FORMAT_MODE2 = 0x08,
+};
+
+/* Mode of operation */
+enum adv7842_mode {
+	ADV7842_MODE_SDP,
+	ADV7842_MODE_COMP,
+	ADV7842_MODE_RGB,
+	ADV7842_MODE_HDMI
+};
+
+/* Video standard select (IO register 0x00, [5:0]) */
+enum adv7842_vid_std_select {
+	/* SDP */
+	ADV7842_SDP_VID_STD_CVBS_SD_4x1 = 0x01,
+	ADV7842_SDP_VID_STD_YC_SD4_x1 = 0x09,
+	/* RGB */
+	ADV7842_RGB_VID_STD_AUTO_GRAPH_MODE = 0x07,
+	/* HDMI GR */
+	ADV7842_HDMI_GR_VID_STD_AUTO_GRAPH_MODE = 0x02,
+	/* HDMI COMP */
+	ADV7842_HDMI_COMP_VID_STD_HD_1250P = 0x1e,
+};
+
+enum adv7842_select_input {
+	ADV7842_SELECT_HDMI_PORT_A,
+	ADV7842_SELECT_HDMI_PORT_B,
+	ADV7842_SELECT_VGA_RGB,
+	ADV7842_SELECT_VGA_COMP,
+	ADV7842_SELECT_SDP_CVBS,
+	ADV7842_SELECT_SDP_YC,
+};
+
+enum adv7842_drive_strength {
+	ADV7842_DR_STR_LOW = 0,
+	ADV7842_DR_STR_MEDIUM_LOW = 1,
+	ADV7842_DR_STR_MEDIUM_HIGH = 2,
+	ADV7842_DR_STR_HIGH = 3,
+};
+
+struct adv7842_sdp_csc_coeff {
+	bool manual;
+	u16 scaling;
+	u16 A1;
+	u16 A2;
+	u16 A3;
+	u16 A4;
+	u16 B1;
+	u16 B2;
+	u16 B3;
+	u16 B4;
+	u16 C1;
+	u16 C2;
+	u16 C3;
+	u16 C4;
+};
+
+struct adv7842_sdp_io_sync_adjustment {
+	bool adjust;
+	u16 hs_beg;
+	u16 hs_width;
+	u16 de_beg;
+	u16 de_end;
+	u8 vs_beg_o;
+	u8 vs_beg_e;
+	u8 vs_end_o;
+	u8 vs_end_e;
+	u8 de_v_beg_o;
+	u8 de_v_beg_e;
+	u8 de_v_end_o;
+	u8 de_v_end_e;
+};
+
+/* Platform dependent definition */
+struct adv7842_platform_data {
+	/* chip reset during probe */
+	unsigned chip_reset:1;
+
+	/* DIS_PWRDNB: 1 if the PWRDNB pin is unused and unconnected */
+	unsigned disable_pwrdnb:1;
+
+	/* DIS_CABLE_DET_RST: 1 if the 5V pins are unused and unconnected */
+	unsigned disable_cable_det_rst:1;
+
+	/* Analog input muxing mode */
+	enum adv7842_ain_sel ain_sel;
+
+	/* Bus rotation and reordering */
+	enum adv7842_bus_order bus_order;
+
+	/* Select output format mode */
+	enum adv7842_op_format_mode_sel op_format_mode_sel;
+
+	/* Default mode */
+	enum adv7842_mode mode;
+
+	/* Default input */
+	unsigned input;
+
+	/* Video standard */
+	enum adv7842_vid_std_select vid_std_select;
+
+	/* IO register 0x02 */
+	unsigned alt_gamma:1;
+
+	/* IO register 0x05 */
+	unsigned blank_data:1;
+	unsigned insert_av_codes:1;
+	unsigned replicate_av_codes:1;
+
+	/* IO register 0x30 */
+	unsigned output_bus_lsb_to_msb:1;
+
+	/* IO register 0x14 */
+	enum adv7842_drive_strength dr_str_data;
+	enum adv7842_drive_strength dr_str_clk;
+	enum adv7842_drive_strength dr_str_sync;
+
+	/*
+	 * IO register 0x19: Adjustment to the LLC DLL phase in
+	 * increments of 1/32 of a clock period.
+	 */
+	unsigned llc_dll_phase:5;
+
+	/* External RAM for 3-D comb or frame synchronizer */
+	unsigned sd_ram_size; /* ram size in MB */
+	unsigned sd_ram_ddr:1; /* ddr or sdr sdram */
+
+	/* HDMI free run, CP-reg 0xBA */
+	unsigned hdmi_free_run_enable:1;
+	/* 0 = Mode 0: run when there is no TMDS clock
+	   1 = Mode 1: run when there is no TMDS clock or the
+	       video resolution does not match programmed one. */
+	unsigned hdmi_free_run_mode:1;
+
+	/* SDP free run, CP-reg 0xDD */
+	unsigned sdp_free_run_auto:1;
+	unsigned sdp_free_run_man_col_en:1;
+	unsigned sdp_free_run_cbar_en:1;
+	unsigned sdp_free_run_force:1;
+
+	/* HPA manual (0) or auto (1), affects HDMI register 0x69 */
+	unsigned hpa_auto:1;
+
+	struct adv7842_sdp_csc_coeff sdp_csc_coeff;
+
+	struct adv7842_sdp_io_sync_adjustment sdp_io_sync_625;
+	struct adv7842_sdp_io_sync_adjustment sdp_io_sync_525;
+
+	/* i2c addresses */
+	u8 i2c_sdp_io;
+	u8 i2c_sdp;
+	u8 i2c_cp;
+	u8 i2c_vdp;
+	u8 i2c_afe;
+	u8 i2c_hdmi;
+	u8 i2c_repeater;
+	u8 i2c_edid;
+	u8 i2c_infoframe;
+	u8 i2c_cec;
+	u8 i2c_avlink;
+};
+
+#define V4L2_CID_ADV_RX_ANALOG_SAMPLING_PHASE	(V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 0x1000)
+#define V4L2_CID_ADV_RX_FREE_RUN_COLOR_MANUAL	(V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 0x1001)
+#define V4L2_CID_ADV_RX_FREE_RUN_COLOR		(V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 0x1002)
+
+/* custom ioctl, used to test the external RAM that's used by the
+ * deinterlacer. */
+#define ADV7842_CMD_RAM_TEST _IO('V', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE)
+
+#define ADV7842_EDID_PORT_A   0
+#define ADV7842_EDID_PORT_B   1
+#define ADV7842_EDID_PORT_VGA 2
+#define ADV7842_PAD_SOURCE    3
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/ak881x.h b/include/media/i2c/ak881x.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ff0597131
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/ak881x.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Header for AK8813 / AK8814 TV-ecoders from Asahi Kasei Microsystems Co., Ltd. (AKM)
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010, Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
+ */
+
+#ifndef AK881X_H
+#define AK881X_H
+
+#define AK881X_IF_MODE_MASK	(3 << 0)
+#define AK881X_IF_MODE_BT656	(0 << 0)
+#define AK881X_IF_MODE_MASTER	(1 << 0)
+#define AK881X_IF_MODE_SLAVE	(2 << 0)
+#define AK881X_FIELD		(1 << 2)
+#define AK881X_COMPONENT	(1 << 3)
+
+struct ak881x_pdata {
+	unsigned long flags;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/bt819.h b/include/media/i2c/bt819.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2277a7eb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/bt819.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+    bt819.h - bt819 notifications
+
+    Copyright (C) 2009 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org)
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _BT819_H_
+#define _BT819_H_
+
+#include <linux/ioctl.h>
+
+/* v4l2_device notifications. */
+
+/* Needed to reset the FIFO buffer when changing the input
+   or the video standard.
+
+   Note: these ioctls that internal to the kernel and are never called
+   from userspace. */
+#define BT819_FIFO_RESET_LOW	_IO('b', 0)
+#define BT819_FIFO_RESET_HIGH	_IO('b', 1)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/cs5345.h b/include/media/i2c/cs5345.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..39e1cf6c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/cs5345.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+    cs5345.h - definition for cs5345 inputs and outputs
+
+    Copyright (C) 2007 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org)
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _CS5345_H_
+#define _CS5345_H_
+
+/* CS5345 HW inputs */
+#define CS5345_IN_MIC 0
+#define CS5345_IN_1   1
+#define CS5345_IN_2   2
+#define CS5345_IN_3   3
+#define CS5345_IN_4   4
+#define CS5345_IN_5   5
+#define CS5345_IN_6   6
+
+#define CS5345_MCLK_1   0x00
+#define CS5345_MCLK_1_5 0x10
+#define CS5345_MCLK_2   0x20
+#define CS5345_MCLK_3   0x30
+#define CS5345_MCLK_4   0x40
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/cs53l32a.h b/include/media/i2c/cs53l32a.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..777f66785
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/cs53l32a.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+    cs53l32a.h - definition for cs53l32a inputs and outputs
+
+    Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org)
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _CS53L32A_H_
+#define _CS53L32A_H_
+
+/* There are 2 physical inputs, but the second input can be
+   placed in two modes, the first mode bypasses the PGA (gain),
+   the second goes through the PGA. Hence there are three
+   possible inputs to choose from. */
+
+/* CS53L32A HW inputs */
+#define CS53L32A_IN0 0
+#define CS53L32A_IN1 1
+#define CS53L32A_IN2 2
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/ds90ub9xx.h b/include/media/i2c/ds90ub9xx.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..024519846
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/ds90ub9xx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+
+#ifndef __MEDIA_I2C_DS90UB9XX_H__
+#define __MEDIA_I2C_DS90UB9XX_H__
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+
+struct i2c_atr;
+
+/**
+ * struct ds90ub9xx_platform_data - platform data for FPD-Link Serializers.
+ * @port: Deserializer RX port for this Serializer
+ * @atr: I2C ATR
+ * @bc_rate: back-channel clock rate
+ */
+struct ds90ub9xx_platform_data {
+	u32 port;
+	struct i2c_atr *atr;
+	unsigned long bc_rate;
+};
+
+#endif /* __MEDIA_I2C_DS90UB9XX_H__ */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/ir-kbd-i2c.h b/include/media/i2c/ir-kbd-i2c.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0b58f8b9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/ir-kbd-i2c.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+#ifndef _IR_I2C
+#define _IR_I2C
+
+#include <media/rc-core.h>
+
+#define DEFAULT_POLLING_INTERVAL	100	/* ms */
+
+struct IR_i2c;
+
+struct IR_i2c {
+	char		       *ir_codes;
+	struct i2c_client      *c;
+	struct rc_dev          *rc;
+
+	/* Used to avoid fast repeating */
+	unsigned char          old;
+
+	u32                    polling_interval; /* in ms */
+
+	struct delayed_work    work;
+	char                   phys[32];
+	int                    (*get_key)(struct IR_i2c *ir,
+					  enum rc_proto *protocol,
+					  u32 *scancode, u8 *toggle);
+	/* tx */
+	struct i2c_client      *tx_c;
+	struct mutex	       lock;	/* do not poll Rx during Tx */
+	unsigned int	       carrier;
+	unsigned int	       duty_cycle;
+};
+
+enum ir_kbd_get_key_fn {
+	IR_KBD_GET_KEY_CUSTOM = 0,
+	IR_KBD_GET_KEY_PIXELVIEW,
+	IR_KBD_GET_KEY_HAUP,
+	IR_KBD_GET_KEY_KNC1,
+	IR_KBD_GET_KEY_GENIATECH,
+	IR_KBD_GET_KEY_FUSIONHDTV,
+	IR_KBD_GET_KEY_HAUP_XVR,
+	IR_KBD_GET_KEY_AVERMEDIA_CARDBUS,
+};
+
+/* Can be passed when instantiating an ir_video i2c device */
+struct IR_i2c_init_data {
+	char			*ir_codes;
+	const char		*name;
+	u64			type; /* RC_PROTO_BIT_RC5, etc */
+	u32			polling_interval; /* 0 means DEFAULT_POLLING_INTERVAL */
+
+	/*
+	 * Specify either a function pointer or a value indicating one of
+	 * ir_kbd_i2c's internal get_key functions
+	 */
+	int                    (*get_key)(struct IR_i2c *ir,
+					  enum rc_proto *protocol,
+					  u32 *scancode, u8 *toggle);
+	enum ir_kbd_get_key_fn internal_get_key_func;
+
+	struct rc_dev		*rc_dev;
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/lm3646.h b/include/media/i2c/lm3646.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..845f07b89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/lm3646.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * include/media/i2c/lm3646.h
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments
+ *
+ * Contact: Daniel Jeong <gshark.jeong@gmail.com>
+ *			Ldd-Mlp <ldd-mlp@list.ti.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LM3646_H__
+#define __LM3646_H__
+
+#include <media/v4l2-subdev.h>
+
+#define LM3646_NAME	"lm3646"
+#define LM3646_I2C_ADDR_REV1	(0x67)
+#define LM3646_I2C_ADDR_REV0	(0x63)
+
+/*  TOTAL FLASH Brightness Max
+ *	min 93350uA, step 93750uA, max 1499600uA
+ */
+#define LM3646_TOTAL_FLASH_BRT_MIN 93350
+#define LM3646_TOTAL_FLASH_BRT_STEP 93750
+#define LM3646_TOTAL_FLASH_BRT_MAX 1499600
+#define LM3646_TOTAL_FLASH_BRT_uA_TO_REG(a)	\
+	((a) < LM3646_TOTAL_FLASH_BRT_MIN ? 0 :	\
+	 ((((a) - LM3646_TOTAL_FLASH_BRT_MIN) / LM3646_TOTAL_FLASH_BRT_STEP)))
+
+/*  TOTAL TORCH Brightness Max
+ *	min 23040uA, step 23430uA, max 187100uA
+ */
+#define LM3646_TOTAL_TORCH_BRT_MIN 23040
+#define LM3646_TOTAL_TORCH_BRT_STEP 23430
+#define LM3646_TOTAL_TORCH_BRT_MAX 187100
+#define LM3646_TOTAL_TORCH_BRT_uA_TO_REG(a)	\
+	((a) < LM3646_TOTAL_TORCH_BRT_MIN ? 0 :	\
+	 ((((a) - LM3646_TOTAL_TORCH_BRT_MIN) / LM3646_TOTAL_TORCH_BRT_STEP)))
+
+/*  LED1 FLASH Brightness
+ *	min 23040uA, step 11718uA, max 1499600uA
+ */
+#define LM3646_LED1_FLASH_BRT_MIN 23040
+#define LM3646_LED1_FLASH_BRT_STEP 11718
+#define LM3646_LED1_FLASH_BRT_MAX 1499600
+#define LM3646_LED1_FLASH_BRT_uA_TO_REG(a)	\
+	((a) <= LM3646_LED1_FLASH_BRT_MIN ? 0 :	\
+	 ((((a) - LM3646_LED1_FLASH_BRT_MIN) / LM3646_LED1_FLASH_BRT_STEP))+1)
+
+/*  LED1 TORCH Brightness
+ *	min 2530uA, step 1460uA, max 187100uA
+ */
+#define LM3646_LED1_TORCH_BRT_MIN 2530
+#define LM3646_LED1_TORCH_BRT_STEP 1460
+#define LM3646_LED1_TORCH_BRT_MAX 187100
+#define LM3646_LED1_TORCH_BRT_uA_TO_REG(a)	\
+	((a) <= LM3646_LED1_TORCH_BRT_MIN ? 0 :	\
+	 ((((a) - LM3646_LED1_TORCH_BRT_MIN) / LM3646_LED1_TORCH_BRT_STEP))+1)
+
+/*  FLASH TIMEOUT DURATION
+ *	min 50ms, step 50ms, max 400ms
+ */
+#define LM3646_FLASH_TOUT_MIN 50
+#define LM3646_FLASH_TOUT_STEP 50
+#define LM3646_FLASH_TOUT_MAX 400
+#define LM3646_FLASH_TOUT_ms_TO_REG(a)	\
+	((a) <= LM3646_FLASH_TOUT_MIN ? 0 :	\
+	 (((a) - LM3646_FLASH_TOUT_MIN) / LM3646_FLASH_TOUT_STEP))
+
+/* struct lm3646_platform_data
+ *
+ * @flash_timeout: flash timeout
+ * @led1_flash_brt: led1 flash mode brightness, uA
+ * @led1_torch_brt: led1 torch mode brightness, uA
+ */
+struct lm3646_platform_data {
+
+	u32 flash_timeout;
+
+	u32 led1_flash_brt;
+	u32 led1_torch_brt;
+};
+
+#endif /* __LM3646_H__ */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/m52790.h b/include/media/i2c/m52790.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cedaaf215
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/m52790.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+    m52790.h - definition for m52790 inputs and outputs
+
+    Copyright (C) 2007 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org)
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _M52790_H_
+#define _M52790_H_
+
+/* Input routing switch 1 */
+
+#define M52790_SW1_IN_MASK	0x0003
+#define M52790_SW1_IN_TUNER	0x0000
+#define M52790_SW1_IN_V2	0x0001
+#define M52790_SW1_IN_V3	0x0002
+#define M52790_SW1_IN_V4	0x0003
+
+/* Selects component input instead of composite */
+#define M52790_SW1_YCMIX	0x0004
+
+
+/* Input routing switch 2 */
+
+#define M52790_SW2_IN_MASK	0x0300
+#define M52790_SW2_IN_TUNER	0x0000
+#define M52790_SW2_IN_V2	0x0100
+#define M52790_SW2_IN_V3	0x0200
+#define M52790_SW2_IN_V4	0x0300
+
+/* Selects component input instead of composite */
+#define M52790_SW2_YCMIX	0x0400
+
+
+/* Output routing switch 1 */
+
+/* Enable 6dB amplifier for composite out */
+#define M52790_SW1_V_AMP	0x0008
+
+/* Enable 6dB amplifier for component out */
+#define M52790_SW1_YC_AMP	0x0010
+
+/* Audio output mode */
+#define M52790_SW1_AUDIO_MASK	0x00c0
+#define M52790_SW1_AUDIO_MUTE	0x0000
+#define M52790_SW1_AUDIO_R	0x0040
+#define M52790_SW1_AUDIO_L	0x0080
+#define M52790_SW1_AUDIO_STEREO 0x00c0
+
+
+/* Output routing switch 2 */
+
+/* Enable 6dB amplifier for composite out */
+#define M52790_SW2_V_AMP	0x0800
+
+/* Enable 6dB amplifier for component out */
+#define M52790_SW2_YC_AMP	0x1000
+
+/* Audio output mode */
+#define M52790_SW2_AUDIO_MASK	0xc000
+#define M52790_SW2_AUDIO_MUTE	0x0000
+#define M52790_SW2_AUDIO_R	0x4000
+#define M52790_SW2_AUDIO_L	0x8000
+#define M52790_SW2_AUDIO_STEREO 0xc000
+
+
+/* Common values */
+#define M52790_IN_TUNER (M52790_SW1_IN_TUNER | M52790_SW2_IN_TUNER)
+#define M52790_IN_V2    (M52790_SW1_IN_V2 | M52790_SW2_IN_V2)
+#define M52790_IN_V3    (M52790_SW1_IN_V3 | M52790_SW2_IN_V3)
+#define M52790_IN_V4    (M52790_SW1_IN_V4 | M52790_SW2_IN_V4)
+
+#define M52790_OUT_STEREO	(M52790_SW1_AUDIO_STEREO | \
+				 M52790_SW2_AUDIO_STEREO)
+#define M52790_OUT_AMP_STEREO	(M52790_SW1_AUDIO_STEREO | \
+				 M52790_SW1_V_AMP | \
+				 M52790_SW2_AUDIO_STEREO | \
+				 M52790_SW2_V_AMP)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/mt9t112.h b/include/media/i2c/mt9t112.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..825b4a169
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/mt9t112.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+/* mt9t112 Camera
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 Renesas Solutions Corp.
+ * Kuninori Morimoto <morimoto.kuninori@renesas.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __MT9T112_H__
+#define __MT9T112_H__
+
+struct mt9t112_pll_divider {
+	u8 m, n;
+	u8 p1, p2, p3, p4, p5, p6, p7;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct mt9t112_platform_data - mt9t112 driver interface
+ * @flags:			Sensor media bus configuration.
+ * @divider:			Sensor PLL configuration
+ */
+struct mt9t112_platform_data {
+#define MT9T112_FLAG_PCLK_RISING_EDGE	BIT(0)
+	u32 flags;
+	struct mt9t112_pll_divider divider;
+};
+
+#endif /* __MT9T112_H__ */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/mt9v011.h b/include/media/i2c/mt9v011.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..552839756
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/mt9v011.h
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/* mt9v011 sensor
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@kernel.org>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __MT9V011_H__
+#define __MT9V011_H__
+
+struct mt9v011_platform_data {
+	unsigned xtal;	/* Hz */
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/ov2659.h b/include/media/i2c/ov2659.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c9ea318a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/ov2659.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Omnivision OV2659 CMOS Image Sensor driver
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2015 Texas Instruments, Inc.
+ *
+ * Benoit Parrot <bparrot@ti.com>
+ * Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef OV2659_H
+#define OV2659_H
+
+/**
+ * struct ov2659_platform_data - ov2659 driver platform data
+ * @link_frequency: target pixel clock frequency
+ */
+struct ov2659_platform_data {
+	s64 link_frequency;
+};
+
+#endif /* OV2659_H */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/ov7670.h b/include/media/i2c/ov7670.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8686fc212
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/ov7670.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * A V4L2 driver for OmniVision OV7670 cameras.
+ *
+ * Copyright 2010 One Laptop Per Child
+ */
+
+#ifndef __OV7670_H
+#define __OV7670_H
+
+struct ov7670_config {
+	int min_width;			/* Filter out smaller sizes */
+	int min_height;			/* Filter out smaller sizes */
+	int clock_speed;		/* External clock speed (MHz) */
+	bool use_smbus;			/* Use smbus I/O instead of I2C */
+	bool pll_bypass;		/* Choose whether to bypass the PLL */
+	bool pclk_hb_disable;		/* Disable toggling pixclk during horizontal blanking */
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/ov772x.h b/include/media/i2c/ov772x.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..26f363ea4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/ov772x.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * ov772x Camera
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 Renesas Solutions Corp.
+ * Kuninori Morimoto <morimoto.kuninori@renesas.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __OV772X_H__
+#define __OV772X_H__
+
+/* for flags */
+#define OV772X_FLAG_VFLIP	(1 << 0) /* Vertical flip image */
+#define OV772X_FLAG_HFLIP	(1 << 1) /* Horizontal flip image */
+
+/*
+ * for Edge ctrl
+ *
+ * strength also control Auto or Manual Edge Control Mode
+ * see also OV772X_MANUAL_EDGE_CTRL
+ */
+struct ov772x_edge_ctrl {
+	unsigned char strength;
+	unsigned char threshold;
+	unsigned char upper;
+	unsigned char lower;
+};
+
+#define OV772X_MANUAL_EDGE_CTRL		0x80 /* un-used bit of strength */
+#define OV772X_EDGE_STRENGTH_MASK	0x1F
+#define OV772X_EDGE_THRESHOLD_MASK	0x0F
+#define OV772X_EDGE_UPPER_MASK		0xFF
+#define OV772X_EDGE_LOWER_MASK		0xFF
+
+#define OV772X_AUTO_EDGECTRL(u, l)	\
+{					\
+	.upper = (u & OV772X_EDGE_UPPER_MASK),	\
+	.lower = (l & OV772X_EDGE_LOWER_MASK),	\
+}
+
+#define OV772X_MANUAL_EDGECTRL(s, t)			\
+{							\
+	.strength  = (s & OV772X_EDGE_STRENGTH_MASK) |	\
+			OV772X_MANUAL_EDGE_CTRL,	\
+	.threshold = (t & OV772X_EDGE_THRESHOLD_MASK),	\
+}
+
+/**
+ * struct ov772x_camera_info -	ov772x driver interface structure
+ * @flags:		Sensor configuration flags
+ * @edgectrl:		Sensor edge control
+ */
+struct ov772x_camera_info {
+	unsigned long		flags;
+	struct ov772x_edge_ctrl	edgectrl;
+};
+
+#endif /* __OV772X_H__ */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/rj54n1cb0c.h b/include/media/i2c/rj54n1cb0c.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5689c09b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/rj54n1cb0c.h
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * RJ54N1CB0C Private data
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2009, Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __RJ54N1CB0C_H__
+#define __RJ54N1CB0C_H__
+
+struct rj54n1_pdata {
+	unsigned int	mclk_freq;
+	bool		ioctl_high;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/saa6588.h b/include/media/i2c/saa6588.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bbec05a31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/saa6588.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+
+    Types and defines needed for RDS. This is included by
+    saa6588.c and every driver (e.g. bttv-driver.c) that wants
+    to use the saa6588 module.
+
+    (c) 2005 by Hans J. Koch
+
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SAA6588_H
+#define _SAA6588_H
+
+struct saa6588_command {
+	unsigned int  block_count;
+	bool          nonblocking;
+	int           result;
+	unsigned char __user *buffer;
+	struct file   *instance;
+	poll_table    *event_list;
+	__poll_t      poll_mask;
+};
+
+/* These ioctls are internal to the kernel */
+#define SAA6588_CMD_CLOSE	_IOW('R', 2, int)
+#define SAA6588_CMD_READ	_IOR('R', 3, int)
+#define SAA6588_CMD_POLL	_IOR('R', 4, int)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/saa7115.h b/include/media/i2c/saa7115.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a607c91ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/saa7115.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+    saa7115.h - definition for saa7111/3/4/5 inputs and frequency flags
+
+    Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org)
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SAA7115_H_
+#define _SAA7115_H_
+
+/* s_routing inputs, outputs, and config */
+
+/* SAA7111/3/4/5 HW inputs */
+#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE0 0
+#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE1 1
+#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE2 2
+#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE3 3
+#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE4 4 /* not available for the saa7111/3 */
+#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE5 5 /* not available for the saa7111/3 */
+#define SAA7115_SVIDEO0    6
+#define SAA7115_SVIDEO1    7
+#define SAA7115_SVIDEO2    8
+#define SAA7115_SVIDEO3    9
+
+/* outputs */
+#define SAA7115_IPORT_ON	1
+#define SAA7115_IPORT_OFF	0
+
+/* SAA7111 specific outputs. */
+#define SAA7111_VBI_BYPASS	2
+#define SAA7111_FMT_YUV422      0x00
+#define SAA7111_FMT_RGB		0x40
+#define SAA7111_FMT_CCIR	0x80
+#define SAA7111_FMT_YUV411	0xc0
+
+/* config flags */
+/*
+ * Register 0x85 should set bit 0 to 0 (it's 1 by default). This bit
+ * controls the IDQ signal polarity which is set to 'inverted' if the bit
+ * it 1 and to 'default' if it is 0.
+ */
+#define SAA7115_IDQ_IS_DEFAULT  (1 << 0)
+
+/* s_crystal_freq values and flags */
+
+/* SAA7115 v4l2_crystal_freq frequency values */
+#define SAA7115_FREQ_32_11_MHZ  32110000   /* 32.11 MHz crystal, SAA7114/5 only */
+#define SAA7115_FREQ_24_576_MHZ 24576000   /* 24.576 MHz crystal */
+
+/* SAA7115 v4l2_crystal_freq audio clock control flags */
+#define SAA7115_FREQ_FL_UCGC         (1 << 0) /* SA 3A[7], UCGC, SAA7115 only */
+#define SAA7115_FREQ_FL_CGCDIV       (1 << 1) /* SA 3A[6], CGCDIV, SAA7115 only */
+#define SAA7115_FREQ_FL_APLL         (1 << 2) /* SA 3A[3], APLL, SAA7114/5 only */
+#define SAA7115_FREQ_FL_DOUBLE_ASCLK (1 << 3) /* SA 39, LRDIV, SAA7114/5 only */
+
+/* ===== SAA7113 Config enums ===== */
+
+/* Register 0x08 "Horizontal time constant" [Bit 3..4]:
+ * Should be set to "Fast Locking Mode" according to the datasheet,
+ * and that is the default setting in the gm7113c_init table.
+ * saa7113_init sets this value to "VTR Mode". */
+enum saa7113_r08_htc {
+	SAA7113_HTC_TV_MODE = 0x00,
+	SAA7113_HTC_VTR_MODE,			/* Default for saa7113_init */
+	SAA7113_HTC_FAST_LOCKING_MODE = 0x03	/* Default for gm7113c_init */
+};
+
+/* Register 0x10 "Output format selection" [Bit 6..7]:
+ * Defaults to ITU_656 as specified in datasheet. */
+enum saa7113_r10_ofts {
+	SAA7113_OFTS_ITU_656 = 0x0,	/* Default */
+	SAA7113_OFTS_VFLAG_BY_VREF,
+	SAA7113_OFTS_VFLAG_BY_DATA_TYPE
+};
+
+/*
+ * Register 0x12 "Output control" [Bit 0..3 Or Bit 4..7]:
+ * This is used to select what data is output on the RTS0 and RTS1 pins.
+ * RTS1 [Bit 4..7] Defaults to DOT_IN. (This value can not be set for RTS0)
+ * RTS0 [Bit 0..3] Defaults to VIPB in gm7113c_init as specified
+ * in the datasheet, but is set to HREF_HS in the saa7113_init table.
+ */
+enum saa7113_r12_rts {
+	SAA7113_RTS_DOT_IN = 0,		/* OBS: Only for RTS1 (Default RTS1) */
+	SAA7113_RTS_VIPB,		/* Default RTS0 For gm7113c_init */
+	SAA7113_RTS_GPSW,
+	SAA7115_RTS_HL,
+	SAA7113_RTS_VL,
+	SAA7113_RTS_DL,
+	SAA7113_RTS_PLIN,
+	SAA7113_RTS_HREF_HS,		/* Default RTS0 For saa7113_init */
+	SAA7113_RTS_HS,
+	SAA7113_RTS_HQ,
+	SAA7113_RTS_ODD,
+	SAA7113_RTS_VS,
+	SAA7113_RTS_V123,
+	SAA7113_RTS_VGATE,
+	SAA7113_RTS_VREF,
+	SAA7113_RTS_FID
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct saa7115_platform_data - Allow overriding default initialization
+ *
+ * @saa7113_force_gm7113c_init:	Force the use of the gm7113c_init table
+ *				instead of saa7113_init table
+ *				(saa7113 only)
+ * @saa7113_r08_htc:		[R_08 - Bit 3..4]
+ * @saa7113_r10_vrln:		[R_10 - Bit 3]
+ *				default: Disabled for gm7113c_init
+ *					 Enabled for saa7113c_init
+ * @saa7113_r10_ofts:		[R_10 - Bit 6..7]
+ * @saa7113_r12_rts0:		[R_12 - Bit 0..3]
+ * @saa7113_r12_rts1:		[R_12 - Bit 4..7]
+ * @saa7113_r13_adlsb:		[R_13 - Bit 7] - default: disabled
+ */
+struct saa7115_platform_data {
+	bool saa7113_force_gm7113c_init;
+	enum saa7113_r08_htc *saa7113_r08_htc;
+	bool *saa7113_r10_vrln;
+	enum saa7113_r10_ofts *saa7113_r10_ofts;
+	enum saa7113_r12_rts *saa7113_r12_rts0;
+	enum saa7113_r12_rts *saa7113_r12_rts1;
+	bool *saa7113_r13_adlsb;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/saa7127.h b/include/media/i2c/saa7127.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c81ee1743
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/saa7127.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+    saa7127.h - definition for saa7126/7/8/9 inputs/outputs
+
+    Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org)
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SAA7127_H_
+#define _SAA7127_H_
+
+/* Enumeration for the supported input types */
+enum saa7127_input_type {
+	SAA7127_INPUT_TYPE_NORMAL,
+	SAA7127_INPUT_TYPE_TEST_IMAGE
+};
+
+/* Enumeration for the supported output signal types */
+enum saa7127_output_type {
+	SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_BOTH,
+	SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_COMPOSITE,
+	SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_SVIDEO,
+	SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_RGB,
+	SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_YUV_C,
+	SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_YUV_V
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/tc358743.h b/include/media/i2c/tc358743.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b343650c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/tc358743.h
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * tc358743 - Toshiba HDMI to CSI-2 bridge
+ *
+ * Copyright 2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * References (c = chapter, p = page):
+ * REF_01 - Toshiba, TC358743XBG (H2C), Functional Specification, Rev 0.60
+ * REF_02 - Toshiba, TC358743XBG_HDMI-CSI_Tv11p_nm.xls
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TC358743_
+#define _TC358743_
+
+enum tc358743_ddc5v_delays {
+	DDC5V_DELAY_0_MS,
+	DDC5V_DELAY_50_MS,
+	DDC5V_DELAY_100_MS,
+	DDC5V_DELAY_200_MS,
+};
+
+enum tc358743_hdmi_detection_delay {
+	HDMI_MODE_DELAY_0_MS,
+	HDMI_MODE_DELAY_25_MS,
+	HDMI_MODE_DELAY_50_MS,
+	HDMI_MODE_DELAY_100_MS,
+};
+
+struct tc358743_platform_data {
+	/* System clock connected to REFCLK (pin H5) */
+	u32 refclk_hz; /* 26 MHz, 27 MHz or 42 MHz */
+
+	/* DDC +5V debounce delay to avoid spurious interrupts when the cable
+	 * is connected.
+	 * Sets DDC5V_MODE in register DDC_CTL.
+	 * Default: DDC5V_DELAY_0_MS
+	 */
+	enum tc358743_ddc5v_delays ddc5v_delay;
+
+	bool enable_hdcp;
+
+	/*
+	 * The FIFO size is 512x32, so Toshiba recommend to set the default FIFO
+	 * level to somewhere in the middle (e.g. 300), so it can cover speed
+	 * mismatches in input and output ports.
+	 */
+	u16 fifo_level;
+
+	/* Bps pr lane is (refclk_hz / pll_prd) * pll_fbd */
+	u16 pll_prd;
+	u16 pll_fbd;
+
+	/* CSI
+	 * Calculate CSI parameters with REF_02 for the highest resolution your
+	 * CSI interface can handle. The driver will adjust the number of CSI
+	 * lanes in use according to the pixel clock.
+	 *
+	 * The values in brackets are calculated with REF_02 when the number of
+	 * bps pr lane is 823.5 MHz, and can serve as a starting point.
+	 */
+	u32 lineinitcnt;	/* (0x00001770) */
+	u32 lptxtimecnt;	/* (0x00000005) */
+	u32 tclk_headercnt;	/* (0x00001d04) */
+	u32 tclk_trailcnt;	/* (0x00000000) */
+	u32 ths_headercnt;	/* (0x00000505) */
+	u32 twakeup;		/* (0x00004650) */
+	u32 tclk_postcnt;	/* (0x00000000) */
+	u32 ths_trailcnt;	/* (0x00000004) */
+	u32 hstxvregcnt;	/* (0x00000005) */
+
+	/* DVI->HDMI detection delay to avoid unnecessary switching between DVI
+	 * and HDMI mode.
+	 * Sets HDMI_DET_V in register HDMI_DET.
+	 * Default: HDMI_MODE_DELAY_0_MS
+	 */
+	enum tc358743_hdmi_detection_delay hdmi_detection_delay;
+
+	/* Reset PHY automatically when TMDS clock goes from DC to AC.
+	 * Sets PHY_AUTO_RST2 in register PHY_CTL2.
+	 * Default: false
+	 */
+	bool hdmi_phy_auto_reset_tmds_detected;
+
+	/* Reset PHY automatically when TMDS clock passes 21 MHz.
+	 * Sets PHY_AUTO_RST3 in register PHY_CTL2.
+	 * Default: false
+	 */
+	bool hdmi_phy_auto_reset_tmds_in_range;
+
+	/* Reset PHY automatically when TMDS clock is detected.
+	 * Sets PHY_AUTO_RST4 in register PHY_CTL2.
+	 * Default: false
+	 */
+	bool hdmi_phy_auto_reset_tmds_valid;
+
+	/* Reset HDMI PHY automatically when hsync period is out of range.
+	 * Sets H_PI_RST in register HV_RST.
+	 * Default: false
+	 */
+	bool hdmi_phy_auto_reset_hsync_out_of_range;
+
+	/* Reset HDMI PHY automatically when vsync period is out of range.
+	 * Sets V_PI_RST in register HV_RST.
+	 * Default: false
+	 */
+	bool hdmi_phy_auto_reset_vsync_out_of_range;
+};
+
+/* custom controls */
+/* Audio sample rate in Hz */
+#define TC358743_CID_AUDIO_SAMPLING_RATE (V4L2_CID_USER_TC358743_BASE + 0)
+/* Audio present status */
+#define TC358743_CID_AUDIO_PRESENT       (V4L2_CID_USER_TC358743_BASE + 1)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/tda1997x.h b/include/media/i2c/tda1997x.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c6c2a8ae4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/tda1997x.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+/*
+ * tda1997x - NXP HDMI receiver
+ *
+ * Copyright 2017 Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TDA1997X_
+#define _TDA1997X_
+
+/* Platform Data */
+struct tda1997x_platform_data {
+	enum v4l2_mbus_type vidout_bus_type;
+	u32 vidout_bus_width;
+	u8 vidout_port_cfg[9];
+	/* pin polarity (1=invert) */
+	bool vidout_inv_de;
+	bool vidout_inv_hs;
+	bool vidout_inv_vs;
+	bool vidout_inv_pclk;
+	/* clock delays (0=-8, 1=-7 ... 15=+7 pixels) */
+	u8 vidout_delay_hs;
+	u8 vidout_delay_vs;
+	u8 vidout_delay_de;
+	u8 vidout_delay_pclk;
+	/* sync selections (controls how sync pins are derived) */
+	u8 vidout_sel_hs;
+	u8 vidout_sel_vs;
+	u8 vidout_sel_de;
+
+	/* Audio Port Output */
+	int audout_format;
+	u32 audout_mclk_fs;	/* clock multiplier */
+	u32 audout_width;	/* 13 or 32 bit */
+	u32 audout_layout;	/* layout0=AP0 layout1=AP0,AP1,AP2,AP3 */
+	bool audout_layoutauto;	/* audio layout dictated by pkt header */
+	bool audout_invert_clk;	/* data valid on rising edge of BCLK */
+	bool audio_auto_mute;	/* enable hardware audio auto-mute */
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/ths7303.h b/include/media/i2c/ths7303.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7eda467b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/ths7303.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Texas Instruments Inc
+ *
+ * Copyright 2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates.
+ *
+ * Contributors:
+ *     Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@kernel.org>
+ *     Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.lad@ti.com>
+ *     Martin Bugge <marbugge@cisco.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef THS7303_H
+#define THS7303_H
+
+/**
+ * struct ths7303_platform_data - Platform dependent data
+ * @ch_1: Bias value for channel one.
+ * @ch_2: Bias value for channel two.
+ * @ch_3: Bias value for channel three.
+ */
+struct ths7303_platform_data {
+	u8 ch_1;
+	u8 ch_2;
+	u8 ch_3;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/tvaudio.h b/include/media/i2c/tvaudio.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..206f42ed4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/tvaudio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+    tvaudio.h - definition for tvaudio inputs
+
+    Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org)
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _TVAUDIO_H
+#define _TVAUDIO_H
+
+/*
+ * i2c bus addresses for the chips supported by tvaudio.c
+ */
+
+#define I2C_ADDR_TDA8425	0x82
+#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9840	0x84
+#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9874	0xb0 /* also used by 9875 */
+#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9875	0xb0
+#define I2C_ADDR_TDA8425	0x82
+#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9840	0x84 /* also used by TA8874Z */
+#define I2C_ADDR_TDA985x_L	0xb4 /* also used by 9873 */
+#define I2C_ADDR_TDA985x_H	0xb6
+#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9874	0xb0 /* also used by 9875 */
+#define I2C_ADDR_TEA6300	0x80 /* also used by 6320 */
+#define I2C_ADDR_TEA6420	0x98
+#define I2C_ADDR_PIC16C54	0x96 /* PV951 */
+
+/* The tvaudio module accepts the following inputs: */
+#define TVAUDIO_INPUT_TUNER  0
+#define TVAUDIO_INPUT_RADIO  1
+#define TVAUDIO_INPUT_EXTERN 2
+#define TVAUDIO_INPUT_INTERN 3
+
+static inline const unsigned short *tvaudio_addrs(void)
+{
+	static const unsigned short addrs[] = {
+		I2C_ADDR_TDA8425   >> 1,
+		I2C_ADDR_TEA6300   >> 1,
+		I2C_ADDR_TEA6420   >> 1,
+		I2C_ADDR_TDA9840   >> 1,
+		I2C_ADDR_TDA985x_L >> 1,
+		I2C_ADDR_TDA985x_H >> 1,
+		I2C_ADDR_TDA9874   >> 1,
+		I2C_ADDR_PIC16C54  >> 1,
+		I2C_CLIENT_END
+	};
+
+	return addrs;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/tvp514x.h b/include/media/i2c/tvp514x.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..837efff0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/tvp514x.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * drivers/media/video/tvp514x.h
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 Texas Instruments Inc
+ * Author: Vaibhav Hiremath <hvaibhav@ti.com>
+ *
+ * Contributors:
+ *     Sivaraj R <sivaraj@ti.com>
+ *     Brijesh R Jadav <brijesh.j@ti.com>
+ *     Hardik Shah <hardik.shah@ti.com>
+ *     Manjunath Hadli <mrh@ti.com>
+ *     Karicheri Muralidharan <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TVP514X_H
+#define _TVP514X_H
+
+/*
+ * Other macros
+ */
+#define TVP514X_MODULE_NAME		"tvp514x"
+
+#define TVP514X_XCLK_BT656		(27000000)
+
+/* Number of pixels and number of lines per frame for different standards */
+#define NTSC_NUM_ACTIVE_PIXELS		(720)
+#define NTSC_NUM_ACTIVE_LINES		(480)
+#define PAL_NUM_ACTIVE_PIXELS		(720)
+#define PAL_NUM_ACTIVE_LINES		(576)
+
+/* enum for different decoder input pin configuration */
+enum tvp514x_input {
+	/*
+	 * CVBS input selection
+	 */
+	INPUT_CVBS_VI1A = 0x0,
+	INPUT_CVBS_VI1B,
+	INPUT_CVBS_VI1C,
+	INPUT_CVBS_VI2A = 0x04,
+	INPUT_CVBS_VI2B,
+	INPUT_CVBS_VI2C,
+	INPUT_CVBS_VI3A = 0x08,
+	INPUT_CVBS_VI3B,
+	INPUT_CVBS_VI3C,
+	INPUT_CVBS_VI4A = 0x0C,
+	/*
+	 * S-Video input selection
+	 */
+	INPUT_SVIDEO_VI2A_VI1A = 0x44,
+	INPUT_SVIDEO_VI2B_VI1B,
+	INPUT_SVIDEO_VI2C_VI1C,
+	INPUT_SVIDEO_VI2A_VI3A = 0x54,
+	INPUT_SVIDEO_VI2B_VI3B,
+	INPUT_SVIDEO_VI2C_VI3C,
+	INPUT_SVIDEO_VI4A_VI1A = 0x4C,
+	INPUT_SVIDEO_VI4A_VI1B,
+	INPUT_SVIDEO_VI4A_VI1C,
+	INPUT_SVIDEO_VI4A_VI3A = 0x5C,
+	INPUT_SVIDEO_VI4A_VI3B,
+	INPUT_SVIDEO_VI4A_VI3C,
+
+	/* Need to add entries for
+	 * RGB, YPbPr and SCART.
+	 */
+	INPUT_INVALID
+};
+
+/* enum for output format supported. */
+enum tvp514x_output {
+	OUTPUT_10BIT_422_EMBEDDED_SYNC = 0,
+	OUTPUT_20BIT_422_SEPERATE_SYNC,
+	OUTPUT_10BIT_422_SEPERATE_SYNC = 3,
+	OUTPUT_INVALID
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct tvp514x_platform_data - Platform data values and access functions.
+ * @clk_polarity: Clock polarity of the current interface.
+ * @hs_polarity: HSYNC Polarity configuration for current interface.
+ * @vs_polarity: VSYNC Polarity configuration for current interface.
+ */
+struct tvp514x_platform_data {
+	/* Interface control params */
+	bool clk_polarity;
+	bool hs_polarity;
+	bool vs_polarity;
+};
+
+
+#endif				/* ifndef _TVP514X_H */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/tvp7002.h b/include/media/i2c/tvp7002.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c31eb0040
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/tvp7002.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/* Texas Instruments Triple 8-/10-BIT 165-/110-MSPS Video and Graphics
+ * Digitizer with Horizontal PLL registers
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 Texas Instruments Inc
+ * Author: Santiago Nunez-Corrales <santiago.nunez@ridgerun.com>
+ *
+ * This code is partially based upon the TVP5150 driver
+ * written by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org>,
+ * the TVP514x driver written by Vaibhav Hiremath <hvaibhav@ti.com>
+ * and the TVP7002 driver in the TI LSP 2.10.00.14
+ */
+#ifndef _TVP7002_H_
+#define _TVP7002_H_
+
+#define TVP7002_MODULE_NAME "tvp7002"
+
+/**
+ * struct tvp7002_config - Platform dependent data
+ *@clk_polarity: Clock polarity
+ *		0 - Data clocked out on rising edge of DATACLK signal
+ *		1 - Data clocked out on falling edge of DATACLK signal
+ *@hs_polarity:  HSYNC polarity
+ *		0 - Active low HSYNC output, 1 - Active high HSYNC output
+ *@vs_polarity: VSYNC Polarity
+ *		0 - Active low VSYNC output, 1 - Active high VSYNC output
+ *@fid_polarity: Active-high Field ID polarity.
+ *		0 - The field ID output is set to logic 1 for an odd field
+ *		    (field 1) and set to logic 0 for an even field (field 0).
+ *		1 - Operation with polarity inverted.
+ *@sog_polarity: Active high Sync on Green output polarity.
+ *		0 - Normal operation, 1 - Operation with polarity inverted
+ */
+struct tvp7002_config {
+	bool clk_polarity;
+	bool hs_polarity;
+	bool vs_polarity;
+	bool fid_polarity;
+	bool sog_polarity;
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/tw9910.h b/include/media/i2c/tw9910.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77da94f90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/tw9910.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * tw9910 Driver header
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 Renesas Solutions Corp.
+ * Kuninori Morimoto <morimoto.kuninori@renesas.com>
+ *
+ * Based on ov772x.h
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) Kuninori Morimoto <morimoto.kuninori@renesas.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __TW9910_H__
+#define __TW9910_H__
+
+/* MPOUT (multi-purpose output) pin functions */
+enum tw9910_mpout_pin {
+	TW9910_MPO_VLOSS,
+	TW9910_MPO_HLOCK,
+	TW9910_MPO_SLOCK,
+	TW9910_MPO_VLOCK,
+	TW9910_MPO_MONO,
+	TW9910_MPO_DET50,
+	TW9910_MPO_FIELD,
+	TW9910_MPO_RTCO,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct tw9910_video_info - tw9910 driver interface structure
+ * @buswidth:		Parallel data bus width (8 or 16).
+ * @mpout:		Selected function of MPOUT (multi-purpose output) pin.
+ *			See enum tw9910_mpout_pin
+ */
+struct tw9910_video_info {
+	unsigned long		buswidth;
+	enum tw9910_mpout_pin	mpout;
+};
+
+
+#endif /* __TW9910_H__ */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/uda1342.h b/include/media/i2c/uda1342.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cb412d4c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/uda1342.h
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * uda1342.h - definition for uda1342 inputs
+ *
+ * Copyright 2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UDA1342_H_
+#define _UDA1342_H_
+
+/* The UDA1342 has 2 inputs */
+
+#define UDA1342_IN1 1
+#define UDA1342_IN2 2
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/upd64031a.h b/include/media/i2c/upd64031a.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d39b2b7f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/upd64031a.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * upd64031a - NEC Electronics Ghost Reduction input defines
+ *
+ * 2006 by Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org)
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UPD64031A_H_
+#define _UPD64031A_H_
+
+/* Ghost reduction modes */
+#define UPD64031A_GR_ON		0
+#define UPD64031A_GR_OFF	1
+#define UPD64031A_GR_THROUGH	3
+
+/* Direct 3D/YCS Connection */
+#define UPD64031A_3DYCS_DISABLE   (0 << 2)
+#define UPD64031A_3DYCS_COMPOSITE (2 << 2)
+#define UPD64031A_3DYCS_SVIDEO    (3 << 2)
+
+/* Composite sync digital separation circuit */
+#define UPD64031A_COMPOSITE_EXTERNAL (1 << 4)
+
+/* Vertical sync digital separation circuit */
+#define UPD64031A_VERTICAL_EXTERNAL (1 << 5)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/upd64083.h b/include/media/i2c/upd64083.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..72cf547c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/upd64083.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * upd6408x - NEC Electronics 3-Dimensional Y/C separation input defines
+ *
+ * 2006 by Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org)
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UPD64083_H_
+#define _UPD64083_H_
+
+/* There are two bits of information that the driver needs in order
+   to select the correct routing: the operating mode and the selection
+   of the Y input (external or internal).
+
+   The first two operating modes expect a composite signal on the Y input,
+   the second two operating modes use both the Y and C inputs.
+
+   Normally YCS_MODE is used for tuner and composite inputs, and the
+   YCNR mode is used for S-Video inputs.
+
+   The external Y-ADC is selected when the composite input comes from a
+   upd64031a ghost reduction device. If this device is not present, or
+   the input is a S-Video signal, then the internal Y-ADC input should
+   be used. */
+
+/* Operating modes: */
+
+/* YCS mode: Y/C separation (burst locked clocking) */
+#define UPD64083_YCS_MODE      0
+/* YCS+ mode: 2D Y/C separation and YCNR (burst locked clocking) */
+#define UPD64083_YCS_PLUS_MODE 1
+
+/* Note: the following two modes cannot be used in combination with the
+   external Y-ADC. */
+/* MNNR mode: frame comb type YNR+C delay (line locked clocking) */
+#define UPD64083_MNNR_MODE     2
+/* YCNR mode: frame recursive YCNR (burst locked clocking) */
+#define UPD64083_YCNR_MODE     3
+
+/* Select external Y-ADC: this should be set if this device is used in
+   combination with the upd64031a ghost reduction device.
+   Otherwise leave at 0 (use internal Y-ADC). */
+#define UPD64083_EXT_Y_ADC     (1 << 2)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/wm8775.h b/include/media/i2c/wm8775.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a02695ee3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/wm8775.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+    wm8775.h - definition for wm8775 inputs and outputs
+
+    Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@kernel.org)
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _WM8775_H_
+#define _WM8775_H_
+
+/* The WM8775 has 4 inputs and one output. Zero or more inputs
+   are multiplexed together to the output. Hence there are
+   16 combinations.
+   If only one input is active (the normal case) then the
+   input values 1, 2, 4 or 8 should be used. */
+
+#define WM8775_AIN1 1
+#define WM8775_AIN2 2
+#define WM8775_AIN3 4
+#define WM8775_AIN4 8
+
+
+struct wm8775_platform_data {
+	/*
+	 * FIXME: Instead, we should parameterize the params
+	 * that need different settings between ivtv, pvrusb2, and Nova-S
+	 */
+	bool is_nova_s;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/imx.h b/include/media/imx.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5f14acdd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/imx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2014-2017 Mentor Graphics Inc.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __MEDIA_IMX_H__
+#define __MEDIA_IMX_H__
+
+#include <linux/imx-media.h>
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/ipu-bridge.h b/include/media/ipu-bridge.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..16fac7654
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/ipu-bridge.h
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+/* Author: Dan Scally <djrscally@gmail.com> */
+#ifndef __IPU_BRIDGE_H
+#define __IPU_BRIDGE_H
+
+#include <linux/mod_devicetable.h>
+#include <linux/property.h>
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-fwnode.h>
+
+#define IPU_HID				"INT343E"
+#define IPU_MAX_LANES				4
+#define IPU_MAX_PORTS				4
+#define MAX_NUM_LINK_FREQS			3
+
+/* Values are educated guesses as we don't have a spec */
+#define IPU_SENSOR_ROTATION_NORMAL		0
+#define IPU_SENSOR_ROTATION_INVERTED		1
+
+#define IPU_SENSOR_CONFIG(_HID, _NR, ...)	\
+	(const struct ipu_sensor_config) {	\
+		.hid = _HID,			\
+		.nr_link_freqs = _NR,		\
+		.link_freqs = { __VA_ARGS__ }	\
+	}
+
+#define NODE_SENSOR(_HID, _PROPS)		\
+	(const struct software_node) {		\
+		.name = _HID,			\
+		.properties = _PROPS,		\
+	}
+
+#define NODE_PORT(_PORT, _SENSOR_NODE)		\
+	(const struct software_node) {		\
+		.name = _PORT,			\
+		.parent = _SENSOR_NODE,		\
+	}
+
+#define NODE_ENDPOINT(_EP, _PORT, _PROPS)	\
+	(const struct software_node) {		\
+		.name = _EP,			\
+		.parent = _PORT,		\
+		.properties = _PROPS,		\
+	}
+
+#define NODE_VCM(_TYPE)				\
+	(const struct software_node) {		\
+		.name = _TYPE,			\
+	}
+
+enum ipu_sensor_swnodes {
+	SWNODE_SENSOR_HID,
+	SWNODE_SENSOR_PORT,
+	SWNODE_SENSOR_ENDPOINT,
+	SWNODE_IPU_PORT,
+	SWNODE_IPU_ENDPOINT,
+	/* below are optional / maybe empty */
+	SWNODE_IVSC_HID,
+	SWNODE_IVSC_SENSOR_PORT,
+	SWNODE_IVSC_SENSOR_ENDPOINT,
+	SWNODE_IVSC_IPU_PORT,
+	SWNODE_IVSC_IPU_ENDPOINT,
+	SWNODE_VCM,
+	SWNODE_COUNT
+};
+
+/* Data representation as it is in ACPI SSDB buffer */
+struct ipu_sensor_ssdb {
+	u8 version;
+	u8 sku;
+	u8 guid_csi2[16];
+	u8 devfunction;
+	u8 bus;
+	u32 dphylinkenfuses;
+	u32 clockdiv;
+	u8 link;
+	u8 lanes;
+	u32 csiparams[10];
+	u32 maxlanespeed;
+	u8 sensorcalibfileidx;
+	u8 sensorcalibfileidxInMBZ[3];
+	u8 romtype;
+	u8 vcmtype;
+	u8 platforminfo;
+	u8 platformsubinfo;
+	u8 flash;
+	u8 privacyled;
+	u8 degree;
+	u8 mipilinkdefined;
+	u32 mclkspeed;
+	u8 controllogicid;
+	u8 reserved1[3];
+	u8 mclkport;
+	u8 reserved2[13];
+} __packed;
+
+struct ipu_property_names {
+	char clock_frequency[16];
+	char rotation[9];
+	char orientation[12];
+	char bus_type[9];
+	char data_lanes[11];
+	char remote_endpoint[16];
+	char link_frequencies[17];
+};
+
+struct ipu_node_names {
+	char port[7];
+	char ivsc_sensor_port[7];
+	char ivsc_ipu_port[7];
+	char endpoint[11];
+	char remote_port[9];
+	char vcm[16];
+};
+
+struct ipu_sensor_config {
+	const char *hid;
+	const u8 nr_link_freqs;
+	const u64 link_freqs[MAX_NUM_LINK_FREQS];
+};
+
+struct ipu_sensor {
+	/* append ssdb.link(u8) in "-%u" format as suffix of HID */
+	char name[ACPI_ID_LEN + 4];
+	struct acpi_device *adev;
+
+	struct device *csi_dev;
+	struct acpi_device *ivsc_adev;
+	char ivsc_name[ACPI_ID_LEN + 4];
+
+	/* SWNODE_COUNT + 1 for terminating NULL */
+	const struct software_node *group[SWNODE_COUNT + 1];
+	struct software_node swnodes[SWNODE_COUNT];
+	struct ipu_node_names node_names;
+
+	u8 link;
+	u8 lanes;
+	u32 mclkspeed;
+	u32 rotation;
+	enum v4l2_fwnode_orientation orientation;
+	const char *vcm_type;
+
+	struct ipu_property_names prop_names;
+	struct property_entry ep_properties[5];
+	struct property_entry dev_properties[5];
+	struct property_entry ipu_properties[3];
+	struct property_entry ivsc_properties[1];
+	struct property_entry ivsc_sensor_ep_properties[4];
+	struct property_entry ivsc_ipu_ep_properties[4];
+
+	struct software_node_ref_args local_ref[1];
+	struct software_node_ref_args remote_ref[1];
+	struct software_node_ref_args vcm_ref[1];
+	struct software_node_ref_args ivsc_sensor_ref[1];
+	struct software_node_ref_args ivsc_ipu_ref[1];
+};
+
+typedef int (*ipu_parse_sensor_fwnode_t)(struct acpi_device *adev,
+					 struct ipu_sensor *sensor);
+
+struct ipu_bridge {
+	struct device *dev;
+	ipu_parse_sensor_fwnode_t parse_sensor_fwnode;
+	char ipu_node_name[ACPI_ID_LEN];
+	struct software_node ipu_hid_node;
+	u32 data_lanes[4];
+	unsigned int n_sensors;
+	struct ipu_sensor sensors[IPU_MAX_PORTS];
+};
+
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPU_BRIDGE)
+int ipu_bridge_init(struct device *dev,
+		    ipu_parse_sensor_fwnode_t parse_sensor_fwnode);
+int ipu_bridge_parse_ssdb(struct acpi_device *adev, struct ipu_sensor *sensor);
+int ipu_bridge_instantiate_vcm(struct device *sensor);
+#else
+/* Use a define to avoid the @parse_sensor_fwnode argument getting evaluated */
+#define ipu_bridge_init(dev, parse_sensor_fwnode)	(0)
+static inline int ipu_bridge_instantiate_vcm(struct device *s) { return 0; }
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/ipu6-pci-table.h b/include/media/ipu6-pci-table.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0899d9d2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/ipu6-pci-table.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2024 Intel Corporation
+ */
+
+#ifndef __IPU6_PCI_TBL_H__
+#define __IPU6_PCI_TBL_H__
+
+#include <linux/pci.h>
+
+#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6		0x9a19
+#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6SE		0x4e19
+#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6EP_ADLP		0x465d
+#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6EP_ADLN		0x462e
+#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6EP_RPLP		0xa75d
+#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6EP_MTL		0x7d19
+
+static const struct pci_device_id ipu6_pci_tbl[] = {
+	{ PCI_VDEVICE(INTEL, PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6) },
+	{ PCI_VDEVICE(INTEL, PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6SE) },
+	{ PCI_VDEVICE(INTEL, PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6EP_ADLP) },
+	{ PCI_VDEVICE(INTEL, PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6EP_ADLN) },
+	{ PCI_VDEVICE(INTEL, PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6EP_RPLP) },
+	{ PCI_VDEVICE(INTEL, PCI_DEVICE_ID_INTEL_IPU6EP_MTL) },
+	{ }
+};
+
+#endif /* __IPU6_PCI_TBL_H__ */
diff --git a/include/media/jpeg.h b/include/media/jpeg.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a01e142e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/jpeg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_JPEG_H_
+#define _MEDIA_JPEG_H_
+
+/* JPEG markers */
+#define JPEG_MARKER_TEM		0x01
+#define JPEG_MARKER_SOF0	0xc0
+#define JPEG_MARKER_DHT		0xc4
+#define JPEG_MARKER_RST		0xd0
+#define JPEG_MARKER_SOI		0xd8
+#define JPEG_MARKER_EOI		0xd9
+#define JPEG_MARKER_SOS		0xda
+#define JPEG_MARKER_DQT		0xdb
+#define JPEG_MARKER_DRI		0xdd
+#define JPEG_MARKER_DHP		0xde
+#define JPEG_MARKER_APP0	0xe0
+#define JPEG_MARKER_COM		0xfe
+
+#endif /* _MEDIA_JPEG_H_ */
diff --git a/include/media/media-dev-allocator.h b/include/media/media-dev-allocator.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2ab54d426
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/media-dev-allocator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ */
+/*
+ * media-dev-allocator.h - Media Controller Device Allocator API
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 Shuah Khan <shuah@kernel.org>
+ *
+ * Credits: Suggested by Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This file adds a global ref-counted Media Controller Device Instance API.
+ * A system wide global media device list is managed and each media device
+ * includes a kref count. The last put on the media device releases the media
+ * device instance.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_DEV_ALLOCATOR_H
+#define _MEDIA_DEV_ALLOCATOR_H
+
+struct usb_device;
+
+#if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER) && IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_USB)
+/**
+ * media_device_usb_allocate() - Allocate and return struct &media device
+ *
+ * @udev:		struct &usb_device pointer
+ * @module_name:	should be filled with %KBUILD_MODNAME
+ * @owner:		struct module pointer %THIS_MODULE for the driver.
+ *			%THIS_MODULE is null for a built-in driver.
+ *			It is safe even when %THIS_MODULE is null.
+ *
+ * This interface should be called to allocate a Media Device when multiple
+ * drivers share usb_device and the media device. This interface allocates
+ * &media_device structure and calls media_device_usb_init() to initialize
+ * it.
+ *
+ */
+struct media_device *media_device_usb_allocate(struct usb_device *udev,
+					       const char *module_name,
+					       struct module *owner);
+/**
+ * media_device_delete() - Release media device. Calls kref_put().
+ *
+ * @mdev:		struct &media_device pointer
+ * @module_name:	should be filled with %KBUILD_MODNAME
+ * @owner:		struct module pointer %THIS_MODULE for the driver.
+ *			%THIS_MODULE is null for a built-in driver.
+ *			It is safe even when %THIS_MODULE is null.
+ *
+ * This interface should be called to put Media Device Instance kref.
+ */
+void media_device_delete(struct media_device *mdev, const char *module_name,
+			 struct module *owner);
+#else
+static inline struct media_device *media_device_usb_allocate(
+			struct usb_device *udev, const char *module_name,
+			struct module *owner)
+			{ return NULL; }
+static inline void media_device_delete(
+			struct media_device *mdev, const char *module_name,
+			struct module *owner) { }
+#endif /* CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER && CONFIG_USB */
+#endif /* _MEDIA_DEV_ALLOCATOR_H */
diff --git a/include/media/media-device.h b/include/media/media-device.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..749c327e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/media-device.h
@@ -0,0 +1,527 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Media device
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation
+ *
+ * Contacts: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+ *	     Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_DEVICE_H
+#define _MEDIA_DEVICE_H
+
+#include <linux/atomic.h>
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+#include <linux/pci.h>
+#include <linux/platform_device.h>
+
+#include <media/media-devnode.h>
+#include <media/media-entity.h>
+
+struct ida;
+struct media_device;
+
+/**
+ * struct media_entity_notify - Media Entity Notify
+ *
+ * @list: List head
+ * @notify_data: Input data to invoke the callback
+ * @notify: Callback function pointer
+ *
+ * Drivers may register a callback to take action when new entities get
+ * registered with the media device. This handler is intended for creating
+ * links between existing entities and should not create entities and register
+ * them.
+ */
+struct media_entity_notify {
+	struct list_head list;
+	void *notify_data;
+	void (*notify)(struct media_entity *entity, void *notify_data);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_device_ops - Media device operations
+ * @link_notify: Link state change notification callback. This callback is
+ *		 called with the graph_mutex held.
+ * @req_alloc: Allocate a request. Set this if you need to allocate a struct
+ *	       larger then struct media_request. @req_alloc and @req_free must
+ *	       either both be set or both be NULL.
+ * @req_free: Free a request. Set this if @req_alloc was set as well, leave
+ *	      to NULL otherwise.
+ * @req_validate: Validate a request, but do not queue yet. The req_queue_mutex
+ *	          lock is held when this op is called.
+ * @req_queue: Queue a validated request, cannot fail. If something goes
+ *	       wrong when queueing this request then it should be marked
+ *	       as such internally in the driver and any related buffers
+ *	       must eventually return to vb2 with state VB2_BUF_STATE_ERROR.
+ *	       The req_queue_mutex lock is held when this op is called.
+ *	       It is important that vb2 buffer objects are queued last after
+ *	       all other object types are queued: queueing a buffer kickstarts
+ *	       the request processing, so all other objects related to the
+ *	       request (and thus the buffer) must be available to the driver.
+ *	       And once a buffer is queued, then the driver can complete
+ *	       or delete objects from the request before req_queue exits.
+ */
+struct media_device_ops {
+	int (*link_notify)(struct media_link *link, u32 flags,
+			   unsigned int notification);
+	struct media_request *(*req_alloc)(struct media_device *mdev);
+	void (*req_free)(struct media_request *req);
+	int (*req_validate)(struct media_request *req);
+	void (*req_queue)(struct media_request *req);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_device - Media device
+ * @dev:	Parent device
+ * @devnode:	Media device node
+ * @driver_name: Optional device driver name. If not set, calls to
+ *		%MEDIA_IOC_DEVICE_INFO will return ``dev->driver->name``.
+ *		This is needed for USB drivers for example, as otherwise
+ *		they'll all appear as if the driver name was "usb".
+ * @model:	Device model name
+ * @serial:	Device serial number (optional)
+ * @bus_info:	Unique and stable device location identifier
+ * @hw_revision: Hardware device revision
+ * @topology_version: Monotonic counter for storing the version of the graph
+ *		topology. Should be incremented each time the topology changes.
+ * @id:		Unique ID used on the last registered graph object
+ * @entity_internal_idx: Unique internal entity ID used by the graph traversal
+ *		algorithms
+ * @entity_internal_idx_max: Allocated internal entity indices
+ * @entities:	List of registered entities
+ * @interfaces:	List of registered interfaces
+ * @pads:	List of registered pads
+ * @links:	List of registered links
+ * @entity_notify: List of registered entity_notify callbacks
+ * @graph_mutex: Protects access to struct media_device data
+ * @pm_count_walk: Graph walk for power state walk. Access serialised using
+ *		   graph_mutex.
+ *
+ * @source_priv: Driver Private data for enable/disable source handlers
+ * @enable_source: Enable Source Handler function pointer
+ * @disable_source: Disable Source Handler function pointer
+ *
+ * @ops:	Operation handler callbacks
+ * @req_queue_mutex: Serialise the MEDIA_REQUEST_IOC_QUEUE ioctl w.r.t.
+ *		     other operations that stop or start streaming.
+ * @num_requests: number of associated requests
+ * @num_request_objects: number of associated request objects
+ * @media_dir:	DebugFS media directory
+ * @request_id: Used to generate unique request IDs
+ *
+ * This structure represents an abstract high-level media device. It allows easy
+ * access to entities and provides basic media device-level support. The
+ * structure can be allocated directly or embedded in a larger structure.
+ *
+ * The parent @dev is a physical device. It must be set before registering the
+ * media device.
+ *
+ * @model is a descriptive model name exported through sysfs. It doesn't have to
+ * be unique.
+ *
+ * @enable_source is a handler to find source entity for the
+ * sink entity  and activate the link between them if source
+ * entity is free. Drivers should call this handler before
+ * accessing the source.
+ *
+ * @disable_source is a handler to find source entity for the
+ * sink entity  and deactivate the link between them. Drivers
+ * should call this handler to release the source.
+ *
+ * Use-case: find tuner entity connected to the decoder
+ * entity and check if it is available, and activate the
+ * link between them from @enable_source and deactivate
+ * from @disable_source.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    Bridge driver is expected to implement and set the
+ *    handler when &media_device is registered or when
+ *    bridge driver finds the media_device during probe.
+ *    Bridge driver sets source_priv with information
+ *    necessary to run @enable_source and @disable_source handlers.
+ *    Callers should hold graph_mutex to access and call @enable_source
+ *    and @disable_source handlers.
+ */
+struct media_device {
+	/* dev->driver_data points to this struct. */
+	struct device *dev;
+	struct media_devnode *devnode;
+
+	char model[32];
+	char driver_name[32];
+	char serial[40];
+	char bus_info[32];
+	u32 hw_revision;
+
+	u64 topology_version;
+
+	u32 id;
+	struct ida entity_internal_idx;
+	int entity_internal_idx_max;
+
+	struct list_head entities;
+	struct list_head interfaces;
+	struct list_head pads;
+	struct list_head links;
+
+	/* notify callback list invoked when a new entity is registered */
+	struct list_head entity_notify;
+
+	/* Serializes graph operations. */
+	struct mutex graph_mutex;
+	struct media_graph pm_count_walk;
+
+	void *source_priv;
+	int (*enable_source)(struct media_entity *entity,
+			     struct media_pipeline *pipe);
+	void (*disable_source)(struct media_entity *entity);
+
+	const struct media_device_ops *ops;
+
+	struct mutex req_queue_mutex;
+	atomic_t num_requests;
+	atomic_t num_request_objects;
+
+	/* debugfs */
+	struct dentry *media_dir;
+	atomic_t request_id;
+};
+
+/* We don't need to include usb.h here */
+struct usb_device;
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER
+
+/* Supported link_notify @notification values. */
+#define MEDIA_DEV_NOTIFY_PRE_LINK_CH	0
+#define MEDIA_DEV_NOTIFY_POST_LINK_CH	1
+
+/**
+ * media_device_init() - Initializes a media device element
+ *
+ * @mdev:	pointer to struct &media_device
+ *
+ * This function initializes the media device prior to its registration.
+ * The media device initialization and registration is split in two functions
+ * to avoid race conditions and make the media device available to user-space
+ * before the media graph has been completed.
+ *
+ * So drivers need to first initialize the media device, register any entity
+ * within the media device, create pad to pad links and then finally register
+ * the media device by calling media_device_register() as a final step.
+ *
+ * The caller is responsible for initializing the media device before
+ * registration. The following fields must be set:
+ *
+ * - dev must point to the parent device
+ * - model must be filled with the device model name
+ *
+ * The bus_info field is set by media_device_init() for PCI and platform devices
+ * if the field begins with '\0'.
+ */
+void media_device_init(struct media_device *mdev);
+
+/**
+ * media_device_cleanup() - Cleanups a media device element
+ *
+ * @mdev:	pointer to struct &media_device
+ *
+ * This function that will destroy the graph_mutex that is
+ * initialized in media_device_init().
+ */
+void media_device_cleanup(struct media_device *mdev);
+
+/**
+ * __media_device_register() - Registers a media device element
+ *
+ * @mdev:	pointer to struct &media_device
+ * @owner:	should be filled with %THIS_MODULE
+ *
+ * Users, should, instead, call the media_device_register() macro.
+ *
+ * The caller is responsible for initializing the &media_device structure
+ * before registration. The following fields of &media_device must be set:
+ *
+ *  - &media_device.model must be filled with the device model name as a
+ *    NUL-terminated UTF-8 string. The device/model revision must not be
+ *    stored in this field.
+ *
+ * The following fields are optional:
+ *
+ *  - &media_device.serial is a unique serial number stored as a
+ *    NUL-terminated ASCII string. The field is big enough to store a GUID
+ *    in text form. If the hardware doesn't provide a unique serial number
+ *    this field must be left empty.
+ *
+ *  - &media_device.bus_info represents the location of the device in the
+ *    system as a NUL-terminated ASCII string. For PCI/PCIe devices
+ *    &media_device.bus_info must be set to "PCI:" (or "PCIe:") followed by
+ *    the value of pci_name(). For USB devices,the usb_make_path() function
+ *    must be used. This field is used by applications to distinguish between
+ *    otherwise identical devices that don't provide a serial number.
+ *
+ *  - &media_device.hw_revision is the hardware device revision in a
+ *    driver-specific format. When possible the revision should be formatted
+ *    with the KERNEL_VERSION() macro.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    #) Upon successful registration a character device named media[0-9]+ is created. The device major and minor numbers are dynamic. The model name is exported as a sysfs attribute.
+ *
+ *    #) Unregistering a media device that hasn't been registered is **NOT** safe.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success or a negative error code.
+ */
+int __must_check __media_device_register(struct media_device *mdev,
+					 struct module *owner);
+
+
+/**
+ * media_device_register() - Registers a media device element
+ *
+ * @mdev:	pointer to struct &media_device
+ *
+ * This macro calls __media_device_register() passing %THIS_MODULE as
+ * the __media_device_register() second argument (**owner**).
+ */
+#define media_device_register(mdev) __media_device_register(mdev, THIS_MODULE)
+
+/**
+ * media_device_unregister() - Unregisters a media device element
+ *
+ * @mdev:	pointer to struct &media_device
+ *
+ * It is safe to call this function on an unregistered (but initialised)
+ * media device.
+ */
+void media_device_unregister(struct media_device *mdev);
+
+/**
+ * media_device_register_entity() - registers a media entity inside a
+ *	previously registered media device.
+ *
+ * @mdev:	pointer to struct &media_device
+ * @entity:	pointer to struct &media_entity to be registered
+ *
+ * Entities are identified by a unique positive integer ID. The media
+ * controller framework will such ID automatically. IDs are not guaranteed
+ * to be contiguous, and the ID number can change on newer Kernel versions.
+ * So, neither the driver nor userspace should hardcode ID numbers to refer
+ * to the entities, but, instead, use the framework to find the ID, when
+ * needed.
+ *
+ * The media_entity name, type and flags fields should be initialized before
+ * calling media_device_register_entity(). Entities embedded in higher-level
+ * standard structures can have some of those fields set by the higher-level
+ * framework.
+ *
+ * If the device has pads, media_entity_pads_init() should be called before
+ * this function. Otherwise, the &media_entity.pad and &media_entity.num_pads
+ * should be zeroed before calling this function.
+ *
+ * Entities have flags that describe the entity capabilities and state:
+ *
+ * %MEDIA_ENT_FL_DEFAULT
+ *    indicates the default entity for a given type.
+ *    This can be used to report the default audio and video devices or the
+ *    default camera sensor.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    Drivers should set the entity function before calling this function.
+ *    Please notice that the values %MEDIA_ENT_F_V4L2_SUBDEV_UNKNOWN and
+ *    %MEDIA_ENT_F_UNKNOWN should not be used by the drivers.
+ */
+int __must_check media_device_register_entity(struct media_device *mdev,
+					      struct media_entity *entity);
+
+/**
+ * media_device_unregister_entity() - unregisters a media entity.
+ *
+ * @entity:	pointer to struct &media_entity to be unregistered
+ *
+ * All links associated with the entity and all PADs are automatically
+ * unregistered from the media_device when this function is called.
+ *
+ * Unregistering an entity will not change the IDs of the other entities and
+ * the previoully used ID will never be reused for a newly registered entities.
+ *
+ * When a media device is unregistered, all its entities are unregistered
+ * automatically. No manual entities unregistration is then required.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    The media_entity instance itself must be freed explicitly by
+ *    the driver if required.
+ */
+void media_device_unregister_entity(struct media_entity *entity);
+
+/**
+ * media_device_register_entity_notify() - Registers a media entity_notify
+ *					   callback
+ *
+ * @mdev:      The media device
+ * @nptr:      The media_entity_notify
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    When a new entity is registered, all the registered
+ *    media_entity_notify callbacks are invoked.
+ */
+
+void media_device_register_entity_notify(struct media_device *mdev,
+					struct media_entity_notify *nptr);
+
+/**
+ * media_device_unregister_entity_notify() - Unregister a media entity notify
+ *					     callback
+ *
+ * @mdev:      The media device
+ * @nptr:      The media_entity_notify
+ *
+ */
+void media_device_unregister_entity_notify(struct media_device *mdev,
+					struct media_entity_notify *nptr);
+
+/* Iterate over all entities. */
+#define media_device_for_each_entity(entity, mdev)			\
+	list_for_each_entry(entity, &(mdev)->entities, graph_obj.list)
+
+/* Iterate over all interfaces. */
+#define media_device_for_each_intf(intf, mdev)			\
+	list_for_each_entry(intf, &(mdev)->interfaces, graph_obj.list)
+
+/* Iterate over all pads. */
+#define media_device_for_each_pad(pad, mdev)			\
+	list_for_each_entry(pad, &(mdev)->pads, graph_obj.list)
+
+/* Iterate over all links. */
+#define media_device_for_each_link(link, mdev)			\
+	list_for_each_entry(link, &(mdev)->links, graph_obj.list)
+
+/**
+ * media_device_pci_init() - create and initialize a
+ *	struct &media_device from a PCI device.
+ *
+ * @mdev:	pointer to struct &media_device
+ * @pci_dev:	pointer to struct pci_dev
+ * @name:	media device name. If %NULL, the routine will use the default
+ *		name for the pci device, given by pci_name() macro.
+ */
+void media_device_pci_init(struct media_device *mdev,
+			   struct pci_dev *pci_dev,
+			   const char *name);
+/**
+ * __media_device_usb_init() - create and initialize a
+ *	struct &media_device from a PCI device.
+ *
+ * @mdev:	pointer to struct &media_device
+ * @udev:	pointer to struct usb_device
+ * @board_name:	media device name. If %NULL, the routine will use the usb
+ *		product name, if available.
+ * @driver_name: name of the driver. if %NULL, the routine will use the name
+ *		given by ``udev->dev->driver->name``, with is usually the wrong
+ *		thing to do.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    It is better to call media_device_usb_init() instead, as
+ *    such macro fills driver_name with %KBUILD_MODNAME.
+ */
+void __media_device_usb_init(struct media_device *mdev,
+			     struct usb_device *udev,
+			     const char *board_name,
+			     const char *driver_name);
+
+#else
+static inline void media_device_init(struct media_device *mdev)
+{
+}
+static inline int media_device_register(struct media_device *mdev)
+{
+	return 0;
+}
+static inline void media_device_unregister(struct media_device *mdev)
+{
+}
+static inline void media_device_cleanup(struct media_device *mdev)
+{
+}
+static inline int media_device_register_entity(struct media_device *mdev,
+						struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+	return 0;
+}
+static inline void media_device_unregister_entity(struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+}
+static inline void media_device_register_entity_notify(
+					struct media_device *mdev,
+					struct media_entity_notify *nptr)
+{
+}
+static inline void media_device_unregister_entity_notify(
+					struct media_device *mdev,
+					struct media_entity_notify *nptr)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void media_device_pci_init(struct media_device *mdev,
+					 struct pci_dev *pci_dev,
+					 char *name)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void __media_device_usb_init(struct media_device *mdev,
+					   struct usb_device *udev,
+					   char *board_name,
+					   char *driver_name)
+{
+}
+
+#endif /* CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER */
+
+/**
+ * media_device_usb_init() - create and initialize a
+ *	struct &media_device from a PCI device.
+ *
+ * @mdev:	pointer to struct &media_device
+ * @udev:	pointer to struct usb_device
+ * @name:	media device name. If %NULL, the routine will use the usb
+ *		product name, if available.
+ *
+ * This macro calls media_device_usb_init() passing the
+ * media_device_usb_init() **driver_name** parameter filled with
+ * %KBUILD_MODNAME.
+ */
+#define media_device_usb_init(mdev, udev, name) \
+	__media_device_usb_init(mdev, udev, name, KBUILD_MODNAME)
+
+/**
+ * media_set_bus_info() - Set bus_info field
+ *
+ * @bus_info:		Variable where to write the bus info (char array)
+ * @bus_info_size:	Length of the bus_info
+ * @dev:		Related struct device
+ *
+ * Sets bus information based on &dev. This is currently done for PCI and
+ * platform devices. dev is required to be non-NULL for this to happen.
+ *
+ * This function is not meant to be called from drivers.
+ */
+static inline void
+media_set_bus_info(char *bus_info, size_t bus_info_size, struct device *dev)
+{
+	if (!dev)
+		strscpy(bus_info, "no bus info", bus_info_size);
+	else if (dev_is_platform(dev))
+		snprintf(bus_info, bus_info_size, "platform:%s", dev_name(dev));
+	else if (dev_is_pci(dev))
+		snprintf(bus_info, bus_info_size, "PCI:%s", dev_name(dev));
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/media-devnode.h b/include/media/media-devnode.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dbcabeffc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/media-devnode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Media device node
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation
+ *
+ * Contacts: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+ *	     Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
+ *
+ * --
+ *
+ * Common functions for media-related drivers to register and unregister media
+ * device nodes.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_DEVNODE_H
+#define _MEDIA_DEVNODE_H
+
+#include <linux/poll.h>
+#include <linux/fs.h>
+#include <linux/device.h>
+#include <linux/cdev.h>
+#include <linux/debugfs.h>
+
+struct media_device;
+
+/* debugfs top-level media directory */
+extern struct dentry *media_debugfs_root;
+
+/*
+ * Flag to mark the media_devnode struct as registered. Drivers must not touch
+ * this flag directly, it will be set and cleared by media_devnode_register and
+ * media_devnode_unregister.
+ */
+#define MEDIA_FLAG_REGISTERED	0
+
+/**
+ * struct media_file_operations - Media device file operations
+ *
+ * @owner: should be filled with %THIS_MODULE
+ * @read: pointer to the function that implements read() syscall
+ * @write: pointer to the function that implements write() syscall
+ * @poll: pointer to the function that implements poll() syscall
+ * @ioctl: pointer to the function that implements ioctl() syscall
+ * @compat_ioctl: pointer to the function that will handle 32 bits userspace
+ *	calls to the ioctl() syscall on a Kernel compiled with 64 bits.
+ * @open: pointer to the function that implements open() syscall
+ * @release: pointer to the function that will release the resources allocated
+ *	by the @open function.
+ */
+struct media_file_operations {
+	struct module *owner;
+	ssize_t (*read) (struct file *, char __user *, size_t, loff_t *);
+	ssize_t (*write) (struct file *, const char __user *, size_t, loff_t *);
+	__poll_t (*poll) (struct file *, struct poll_table_struct *);
+	long (*ioctl) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long);
+	long (*compat_ioctl) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long);
+	int (*open) (struct file *);
+	int (*release) (struct file *);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_devnode - Media device node
+ * @media_dev:	pointer to struct &media_device
+ * @fops:	pointer to struct &media_file_operations with media device ops
+ * @dev:	pointer to struct &device containing the media controller device
+ * @cdev:	struct cdev pointer character device
+ * @parent:	parent device
+ * @minor:	device node minor number
+ * @flags:	flags, combination of the ``MEDIA_FLAG_*`` constants
+ * @release:	release callback called at the end of ``media_devnode_release()``
+ *		routine at media-device.c.
+ *
+ * This structure represents a media-related device node.
+ *
+ * The @parent is a physical device. It must be set by core or device drivers
+ * before registering the node.
+ */
+struct media_devnode {
+	struct media_device *media_dev;
+
+	/* device ops */
+	const struct media_file_operations *fops;
+
+	/* sysfs */
+	struct device dev;		/* media device */
+	struct cdev cdev;		/* character device */
+	struct device *parent;		/* device parent */
+
+	/* device info */
+	int minor;
+	unsigned long flags;		/* Use bitops to access flags */
+
+	/* callbacks */
+	void (*release)(struct media_devnode *devnode);
+};
+
+/* dev to media_devnode */
+#define to_media_devnode(cd) container_of(cd, struct media_devnode, dev)
+
+/**
+ * media_devnode_register - register a media device node
+ *
+ * @mdev: struct media_device we want to register a device node
+ * @devnode: media device node structure we want to register
+ * @owner: should be filled with %THIS_MODULE
+ *
+ * The registration code assigns minor numbers and registers the new device node
+ * with the kernel. An error is returned if no free minor number can be found,
+ * or if the registration of the device node fails.
+ *
+ * Zero is returned on success.
+ *
+ * Note that if the media_devnode_register call fails, the release() callback of
+ * the media_devnode structure is *not* called, so the caller is responsible for
+ * freeing any data.
+ */
+int __must_check media_devnode_register(struct media_device *mdev,
+					struct media_devnode *devnode,
+					struct module *owner);
+
+/**
+ * media_devnode_unregister_prepare - clear the media device node register bit
+ * @devnode: the device node to prepare for unregister
+ *
+ * This clears the passed device register bit. Future open calls will be met
+ * with errors. Should be called before media_devnode_unregister() to avoid
+ * races with unregister and device file open calls.
+ *
+ * This function can safely be called if the device node has never been
+ * registered or has already been unregistered.
+ */
+void media_devnode_unregister_prepare(struct media_devnode *devnode);
+
+/**
+ * media_devnode_unregister - unregister a media device node
+ * @devnode: the device node to unregister
+ *
+ * This unregisters the passed device. Future open calls will be met with
+ * errors.
+ *
+ * Should be called after media_devnode_unregister_prepare()
+ */
+void media_devnode_unregister(struct media_devnode *devnode);
+
+/**
+ * media_devnode_data - returns a pointer to the &media_devnode
+ *
+ * @filp: pointer to struct &file
+ */
+static inline struct media_devnode *media_devnode_data(struct file *filp)
+{
+	return filp->private_data;
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_devnode_is_registered - returns true if &media_devnode is registered;
+ *	false otherwise.
+ *
+ * @devnode: pointer to struct &media_devnode.
+ *
+ * Note: If mdev is NULL, it also returns false.
+ */
+static inline int media_devnode_is_registered(struct media_devnode *devnode)
+{
+	if (!devnode)
+		return false;
+
+	return test_bit(MEDIA_FLAG_REGISTERED, &devnode->flags);
+}
+
+#endif /* _MEDIA_DEVNODE_H */
diff --git a/include/media/media-entity.h b/include/media/media-entity.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fa393e840
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/media-entity.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1449 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Media entity
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation
+ *
+ * Contacts: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+ *	     Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_ENTITY_H
+#define _MEDIA_ENTITY_H
+
+#include <linux/bitmap.h>
+#include <linux/bug.h>
+#include <linux/container_of.h>
+#include <linux/fwnode.h>
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <linux/media.h>
+#include <linux/minmax.h>
+#include <linux/types.h>
+
+/* Enums used internally at the media controller to represent graphs */
+
+/**
+ * enum media_gobj_type - type of a graph object
+ *
+ * @MEDIA_GRAPH_ENTITY:		Identify a media entity
+ * @MEDIA_GRAPH_PAD:		Identify a media pad
+ * @MEDIA_GRAPH_LINK:		Identify a media link
+ * @MEDIA_GRAPH_INTF_DEVNODE:	Identify a media Kernel API interface via
+ *				a device node
+ */
+enum media_gobj_type {
+	MEDIA_GRAPH_ENTITY,
+	MEDIA_GRAPH_PAD,
+	MEDIA_GRAPH_LINK,
+	MEDIA_GRAPH_INTF_DEVNODE,
+};
+
+#define MEDIA_BITS_PER_TYPE		8
+#define MEDIA_BITS_PER_ID		(32 - MEDIA_BITS_PER_TYPE)
+#define MEDIA_ID_MASK			 GENMASK_ULL(MEDIA_BITS_PER_ID - 1, 0)
+
+/* Structs to represent the objects that belong to a media graph */
+
+/**
+ * struct media_gobj - Define a graph object.
+ *
+ * @mdev:	Pointer to the struct &media_device that owns the object
+ * @id:		Non-zero object ID identifier. The ID should be unique
+ *		inside a media_device, as it is composed by
+ *		%MEDIA_BITS_PER_TYPE to store the type plus
+ *		%MEDIA_BITS_PER_ID to store the ID
+ * @list:	List entry stored in one of the per-type mdev object lists
+ *
+ * All objects on the media graph should have this struct embedded
+ */
+struct media_gobj {
+	struct media_device	*mdev;
+	u32			id;
+	struct list_head	list;
+};
+
+#define MEDIA_ENTITY_ENUM_MAX_DEPTH	16
+
+/**
+ * struct media_entity_enum - An enumeration of media entities.
+ *
+ * @bmap:	Bit map in which each bit represents one entity at struct
+ *		media_entity->internal_idx.
+ * @idx_max:	Number of bits in bmap
+ */
+struct media_entity_enum {
+	unsigned long *bmap;
+	int idx_max;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_graph - Media graph traversal state
+ *
+ * @stack:		Graph traversal stack; the stack contains information
+ *			on the path the media entities to be walked and the
+ *			links through which they were reached.
+ * @stack.entity:	pointer to &struct media_entity at the graph.
+ * @stack.link:		pointer to &struct list_head.
+ * @ent_enum:		Visited entities
+ * @top:		The top of the stack
+ */
+struct media_graph {
+	struct {
+		struct media_entity *entity;
+		struct list_head *link;
+	} stack[MEDIA_ENTITY_ENUM_MAX_DEPTH];
+
+	struct media_entity_enum ent_enum;
+	int top;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_pipeline - Media pipeline related information
+ *
+ * @allocated:		Media pipeline allocated and freed by the framework
+ * @mdev:		The media device the pipeline is part of
+ * @pads:		List of media_pipeline_pad
+ * @start_count:	Media pipeline start - stop count
+ */
+struct media_pipeline {
+	bool allocated;
+	struct media_device *mdev;
+	struct list_head pads;
+	int start_count;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_pipeline_pad - A pad part of a media pipeline
+ *
+ * @list:		Entry in the media_pad pads list
+ * @pipe:		The media_pipeline that the pad is part of
+ * @pad:		The media pad
+ *
+ * This structure associate a pad with a media pipeline. Instances of
+ * media_pipeline_pad are created by media_pipeline_start() when it builds the
+ * pipeline, and stored in the &media_pad.pads list. media_pipeline_stop()
+ * removes the entries from the list and deletes them.
+ */
+struct media_pipeline_pad {
+	struct list_head list;
+	struct media_pipeline *pipe;
+	struct media_pad *pad;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_pipeline_pad_iter - Iterator for media_pipeline_for_each_pad
+ *
+ * @cursor: The current element
+ */
+struct media_pipeline_pad_iter {
+	struct list_head *cursor;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_pipeline_entity_iter - Iterator for media_pipeline_for_each_entity
+ *
+ * @ent_enum: The entity enumeration tracker
+ * @cursor: The current element
+ */
+struct media_pipeline_entity_iter {
+	struct media_entity_enum ent_enum;
+	struct list_head *cursor;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_link - A link object part of a media graph.
+ *
+ * @graph_obj:	Embedded structure containing the media object common data
+ * @list:	Linked list associated with an entity or an interface that
+ *		owns the link.
+ * @gobj0:	Part of a union. Used to get the pointer for the first
+ *		graph_object of the link.
+ * @source:	Part of a union. Used only if the first object (gobj0) is
+ *		a pad. In that case, it represents the source pad.
+ * @intf:	Part of a union. Used only if the first object (gobj0) is
+ *		an interface.
+ * @gobj1:	Part of a union. Used to get the pointer for the second
+ *		graph_object of the link.
+ * @sink:	Part of a union. Used only if the second object (gobj1) is
+ *		a pad. In that case, it represents the sink pad.
+ * @entity:	Part of a union. Used only if the second object (gobj1) is
+ *		an entity.
+ * @reverse:	Pointer to the link for the reverse direction of a pad to pad
+ *		link.
+ * @flags:	Link flags, as defined in uapi/media.h (MEDIA_LNK_FL_*)
+ * @is_backlink: Indicate if the link is a backlink.
+ */
+struct media_link {
+	struct media_gobj graph_obj;
+	struct list_head list;
+	union {
+		struct media_gobj *gobj0;
+		struct media_pad *source;
+		struct media_interface *intf;
+	};
+	union {
+		struct media_gobj *gobj1;
+		struct media_pad *sink;
+		struct media_entity *entity;
+	};
+	struct media_link *reverse;
+	unsigned long flags;
+	bool is_backlink;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum media_pad_signal_type - type of the signal inside a media pad
+ *
+ * @PAD_SIGNAL_DEFAULT:
+ *	Default signal. Use this when all inputs or all outputs are
+ *	uniquely identified by the pad number.
+ * @PAD_SIGNAL_ANALOG:
+ *	The pad contains an analog signal. It can be Radio Frequency,
+ *	Intermediate Frequency, a baseband signal or sub-carriers.
+ *	Tuner inputs, IF-PLL demodulators, composite and s-video signals
+ *	should use it.
+ * @PAD_SIGNAL_DV:
+ *	Contains a digital video signal, with can be a bitstream of samples
+ *	taken from an analog TV video source. On such case, it usually
+ *	contains the VBI data on it.
+ * @PAD_SIGNAL_AUDIO:
+ *	Contains an Intermediate Frequency analog signal from an audio
+ *	sub-carrier or an audio bitstream. IF signals are provided by tuners
+ *	and consumed by	audio AM/FM decoders. Bitstream audio is provided by
+ *	an audio decoder.
+ */
+enum media_pad_signal_type {
+	PAD_SIGNAL_DEFAULT = 0,
+	PAD_SIGNAL_ANALOG,
+	PAD_SIGNAL_DV,
+	PAD_SIGNAL_AUDIO,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_pad - A media pad graph object.
+ *
+ * @graph_obj:	Embedded structure containing the media object common data
+ * @entity:	Entity this pad belongs to
+ * @index:	Pad index in the entity pads array, numbered from 0 to n
+ * @num_links:	Number of links connected to this pad
+ * @sig_type:	Type of the signal inside a media pad
+ * @flags:	Pad flags, as defined in
+ *		:ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>`
+ *		(seek for ``MEDIA_PAD_FL_*``)
+ * @pipe:	Pipeline this pad belongs to. Use media_entity_pipeline() to
+ *		access this field.
+ */
+struct media_pad {
+	struct media_gobj graph_obj;	/* must be first field in struct */
+	struct media_entity *entity;
+	u16 index;
+	u16 num_links;
+	enum media_pad_signal_type sig_type;
+	unsigned long flags;
+
+	/*
+	 * The fields below are private, and should only be accessed via
+	 * appropriate functions.
+	 */
+	struct media_pipeline *pipe;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_entity_operations - Media entity operations
+ * @get_fwnode_pad:	Return the pad number based on a fwnode endpoint or
+ *			a negative value on error. This operation can be used
+ *			to map a fwnode to a media pad number. Optional.
+ * @link_setup:		Notify the entity of link changes. The operation can
+ *			return an error, in which case link setup will be
+ *			cancelled. Optional.
+ * @link_validate:	Return whether a link is valid from the entity point of
+ *			view. The media_pipeline_start() function
+ *			validates all links by calling this operation. Optional.
+ * @has_pad_interdep:	Return whether two pads of the entity are
+ *			interdependent. If two pads are interdependent they are
+ *			part of the same pipeline and enabling one of the pads
+ *			means that the other pad will become "locked" and
+ *			doesn't allow configuration changes. pad0 and pad1 are
+ *			guaranteed to not both be sinks or sources. Never call
+ *			the .has_pad_interdep() operation directly, always use
+ *			media_entity_has_pad_interdep().
+ *			Optional: If the operation isn't implemented all pads
+ *			will be considered as interdependent.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    Those these callbacks are called with struct &media_device.graph_mutex
+ *    mutex held.
+ */
+struct media_entity_operations {
+	int (*get_fwnode_pad)(struct media_entity *entity,
+			      struct fwnode_endpoint *endpoint);
+	int (*link_setup)(struct media_entity *entity,
+			  const struct media_pad *local,
+			  const struct media_pad *remote, u32 flags);
+	int (*link_validate)(struct media_link *link);
+	bool (*has_pad_interdep)(struct media_entity *entity, unsigned int pad0,
+				 unsigned int pad1);
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum media_entity_type - Media entity type
+ *
+ * @MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_BASE:
+ *	The entity isn't embedded in another subsystem structure.
+ * @MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_VIDEO_DEVICE:
+ *	The entity is embedded in a struct video_device instance.
+ * @MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_V4L2_SUBDEV:
+ *	The entity is embedded in a struct v4l2_subdev instance.
+ *
+ * Media entity objects are often not instantiated directly, but the media
+ * entity structure is inherited by (through embedding) other subsystem-specific
+ * structures. The media entity type identifies the type of the subclass
+ * structure that implements a media entity instance.
+ *
+ * This allows runtime type identification of media entities and safe casting to
+ * the correct object type. For instance, a media entity structure instance
+ * embedded in a v4l2_subdev structure instance will have the type
+ * %MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_V4L2_SUBDEV and can safely be cast to a &v4l2_subdev
+ * structure using the container_of() macro.
+ */
+enum media_entity_type {
+	MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_BASE,
+	MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_VIDEO_DEVICE,
+	MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_V4L2_SUBDEV,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_entity - A media entity graph object.
+ *
+ * @graph_obj:	Embedded structure containing the media object common data.
+ * @name:	Entity name.
+ * @obj_type:	Type of the object that implements the media_entity.
+ * @function:	Entity main function, as defined in
+ *		:ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>`
+ *		(seek for ``MEDIA_ENT_F_*``)
+ * @flags:	Entity flags, as defined in
+ *		:ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>`
+ *		(seek for ``MEDIA_ENT_FL_*``)
+ * @num_pads:	Number of sink and source pads.
+ * @num_links:	Total number of links, forward and back, enabled and disabled.
+ * @num_backlinks: Number of backlinks
+ * @internal_idx: An unique internal entity specific number. The numbers are
+ *		re-used if entities are unregistered or registered again.
+ * @pads:	Pads array with the size defined by @num_pads.
+ * @links:	List of data links.
+ * @ops:	Entity operations.
+ * @use_count:	Use count for the entity.
+ * @info:	Union with devnode information.  Kept just for backward
+ *		compatibility.
+ * @info.dev:	Contains device major and minor info.
+ * @info.dev.major: device node major, if the device is a devnode.
+ * @info.dev.minor: device node minor, if the device is a devnode.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    The @use_count reference count must never be negative, but is a signed
+ *    integer on purpose: a simple ``WARN_ON(<0)`` check can be used to detect
+ *    reference count bugs that would make it negative.
+ */
+struct media_entity {
+	struct media_gobj graph_obj;	/* must be first field in struct */
+	const char *name;
+	enum media_entity_type obj_type;
+	u32 function;
+	unsigned long flags;
+
+	u16 num_pads;
+	u16 num_links;
+	u16 num_backlinks;
+	int internal_idx;
+
+	struct media_pad *pads;
+	struct list_head links;
+
+	const struct media_entity_operations *ops;
+
+	int use_count;
+
+	union {
+		struct {
+			u32 major;
+			u32 minor;
+		} dev;
+	} info;
+};
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_for_each_pad - Iterate on all pads in an entity
+ * @entity: The entity the pads belong to
+ * @iter: The iterator pad
+ *
+ * Iterate on all pads in a media entity.
+ */
+#define media_entity_for_each_pad(entity, iter)			\
+	for (iter = (entity)->pads;				\
+	     iter < &(entity)->pads[(entity)->num_pads];	\
+	     ++iter)
+
+/**
+ * struct media_interface - A media interface graph object.
+ *
+ * @graph_obj:		embedded graph object
+ * @links:		List of links pointing to graph entities
+ * @type:		Type of the interface as defined in
+ *			:ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>`
+ *			(seek for ``MEDIA_INTF_T_*``)
+ * @flags:		Interface flags as defined in
+ *			:ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>`
+ *			(seek for ``MEDIA_INTF_FL_*``)
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    Currently, no flags for &media_interface is defined.
+ */
+struct media_interface {
+	struct media_gobj		graph_obj;
+	struct list_head		links;
+	u32				type;
+	u32				flags;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_intf_devnode - A media interface via a device node.
+ *
+ * @intf:	embedded interface object
+ * @major:	Major number of a device node
+ * @minor:	Minor number of a device node
+ */
+struct media_intf_devnode {
+	struct media_interface		intf;
+
+	/* Should match the fields at media_v2_intf_devnode */
+	u32				major;
+	u32				minor;
+};
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_id() - return the media entity graph object id
+ *
+ * @entity:	pointer to &media_entity
+ */
+static inline u32 media_entity_id(struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+	return entity->graph_obj.id;
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_type() - return the media object type
+ *
+ * @gobj:	Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object
+ */
+static inline enum media_gobj_type media_type(struct media_gobj *gobj)
+{
+	return gobj->id >> MEDIA_BITS_PER_ID;
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_id() - return the media object ID
+ *
+ * @gobj:	Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object
+ */
+static inline u32 media_id(struct media_gobj *gobj)
+{
+	return gobj->id & MEDIA_ID_MASK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_gobj_gen_id() - encapsulates type and ID on at the object ID
+ *
+ * @type:	object type as define at enum &media_gobj_type.
+ * @local_id:	next ID, from struct &media_device.id.
+ */
+static inline u32 media_gobj_gen_id(enum media_gobj_type type, u64 local_id)
+{
+	u32 id;
+
+	id = type << MEDIA_BITS_PER_ID;
+	id |= local_id & MEDIA_ID_MASK;
+
+	return id;
+}
+
+/**
+ * is_media_entity_v4l2_video_device() - Check if the entity is a video_device
+ * @entity:	pointer to entity
+ *
+ * Return: %true if the entity is an instance of a video_device object and can
+ * safely be cast to a struct video_device using the container_of() macro, or
+ * %false otherwise.
+ */
+static inline bool is_media_entity_v4l2_video_device(struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+	return entity && entity->obj_type == MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_VIDEO_DEVICE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * is_media_entity_v4l2_subdev() - Check if the entity is a v4l2_subdev
+ * @entity:	pointer to entity
+ *
+ * Return: %true if the entity is an instance of a &v4l2_subdev object and can
+ * safely be cast to a struct &v4l2_subdev using the container_of() macro, or
+ * %false otherwise.
+ */
+static inline bool is_media_entity_v4l2_subdev(struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+	return entity && entity->obj_type == MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_V4L2_SUBDEV;
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_enum_init - Initialise an entity enumeration
+ *
+ * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration to be initialised
+ * @mdev: The related media device
+ *
+ * Return: zero on success or a negative error code.
+ */
+__must_check int media_entity_enum_init(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum,
+					struct media_device *mdev);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_enum_cleanup - Release resources of an entity enumeration
+ *
+ * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration to be released
+ */
+void media_entity_enum_cleanup(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_enum_zero - Clear the entire enum
+ *
+ * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration to be cleared
+ */
+static inline void media_entity_enum_zero(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum)
+{
+	bitmap_zero(ent_enum->bmap, ent_enum->idx_max);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_enum_set - Mark a single entity in the enum
+ *
+ * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration
+ * @entity: Entity to be marked
+ */
+static inline void media_entity_enum_set(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum,
+					 struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+	if (WARN_ON(entity->internal_idx >= ent_enum->idx_max))
+		return;
+
+	__set_bit(entity->internal_idx, ent_enum->bmap);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_enum_clear - Unmark a single entity in the enum
+ *
+ * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration
+ * @entity: Entity to be unmarked
+ */
+static inline void media_entity_enum_clear(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum,
+					   struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+	if (WARN_ON(entity->internal_idx >= ent_enum->idx_max))
+		return;
+
+	__clear_bit(entity->internal_idx, ent_enum->bmap);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_enum_test - Test whether the entity is marked
+ *
+ * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration
+ * @entity: Entity to be tested
+ *
+ * Returns %true if the entity was marked.
+ */
+static inline bool media_entity_enum_test(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum,
+					  struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+	if (WARN_ON(entity->internal_idx >= ent_enum->idx_max))
+		return true;
+
+	return test_bit(entity->internal_idx, ent_enum->bmap);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_enum_test_and_set - Test whether the entity is marked,
+ *	and mark it
+ *
+ * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration
+ * @entity: Entity to be tested
+ *
+ * Returns %true if the entity was marked, and mark it before doing so.
+ */
+static inline bool
+media_entity_enum_test_and_set(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum,
+			       struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+	if (WARN_ON(entity->internal_idx >= ent_enum->idx_max))
+		return true;
+
+	return __test_and_set_bit(entity->internal_idx, ent_enum->bmap);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_enum_empty - Test whether the entire enum is empty
+ *
+ * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration
+ *
+ * Return: %true if the entity was empty.
+ */
+static inline bool media_entity_enum_empty(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum)
+{
+	return bitmap_empty(ent_enum->bmap, ent_enum->idx_max);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_enum_intersects - Test whether two enums intersect
+ *
+ * @ent_enum1: First entity enumeration
+ * @ent_enum2: Second entity enumeration
+ *
+ * Return: %true if entity enumerations @ent_enum1 and @ent_enum2 intersect,
+ * otherwise %false.
+ */
+static inline bool media_entity_enum_intersects(
+	struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum1,
+	struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum2)
+{
+	WARN_ON(ent_enum1->idx_max != ent_enum2->idx_max);
+
+	return bitmap_intersects(ent_enum1->bmap, ent_enum2->bmap,
+				 min(ent_enum1->idx_max, ent_enum2->idx_max));
+}
+
+/**
+ * gobj_to_entity - returns the struct &media_entity pointer from the
+ *	@gobj contained on it.
+ *
+ * @gobj: Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object
+ */
+#define gobj_to_entity(gobj) \
+		container_of_const(gobj, struct media_entity, graph_obj)
+
+/**
+ * gobj_to_pad - returns the struct &media_pad pointer from the
+ *	@gobj contained on it.
+ *
+ * @gobj: Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object
+ */
+#define gobj_to_pad(gobj) \
+		container_of_const(gobj, struct media_pad, graph_obj)
+
+/**
+ * gobj_to_link - returns the struct &media_link pointer from the
+ *	@gobj contained on it.
+ *
+ * @gobj: Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object
+ */
+#define gobj_to_link(gobj) \
+		container_of_const(gobj, struct media_link, graph_obj)
+
+/**
+ * gobj_to_intf - returns the struct &media_interface pointer from the
+ *	@gobj contained on it.
+ *
+ * @gobj: Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object
+ */
+#define gobj_to_intf(gobj) \
+		container_of_const(gobj, struct media_interface, graph_obj)
+
+/**
+ * intf_to_devnode - returns the struct media_intf_devnode pointer from the
+ *	@intf contained on it.
+ *
+ * @intf: Pointer to struct &media_intf_devnode
+ */
+#define intf_to_devnode(intf) \
+		container_of_const(intf, struct media_intf_devnode, intf)
+
+/**
+ *  media_gobj_create - Initialize a graph object
+ *
+ * @mdev:	Pointer to the &media_device that contains the object
+ * @type:	Type of the object
+ * @gobj:	Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object
+ *
+ * This routine initializes the embedded struct &media_gobj inside a
+ * media graph object. It is called automatically if ``media_*_create``
+ * function calls are used. However, if the object (entity, link, pad,
+ * interface) is embedded on some other object, this function should be
+ * called before registering the object at the media controller.
+ */
+void media_gobj_create(struct media_device *mdev,
+		    enum media_gobj_type type,
+		    struct media_gobj *gobj);
+
+/**
+ *  media_gobj_destroy - Stop using a graph object on a media device
+ *
+ * @gobj:	Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object
+ *
+ * This should be called by all routines like media_device_unregister()
+ * that remove/destroy media graph objects.
+ */
+void media_gobj_destroy(struct media_gobj *gobj);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_pads_init() - Initialize the entity pads
+ *
+ * @entity:	entity where the pads belong
+ * @num_pads:	total number of sink and source pads
+ * @pads:	Array of @num_pads pads.
+ *
+ * The pads array is managed by the entity driver and passed to
+ * media_entity_pads_init() where its pointer will be stored in the
+ * &media_entity structure.
+ *
+ * If no pads are needed, drivers could either directly fill
+ * &media_entity->num_pads with 0 and &media_entity->pads with %NULL or call
+ * this function that will do the same.
+ *
+ * As the number of pads is known in advance, the pads array is not allocated
+ * dynamically but is managed by the entity driver. Most drivers will embed the
+ * pads array in a driver-specific structure, avoiding dynamic allocation.
+ *
+ * Drivers must set the direction of every pad in the pads array before calling
+ * media_entity_pads_init(). The function will initialize the other pads fields.
+ */
+int media_entity_pads_init(struct media_entity *entity, u16 num_pads,
+		      struct media_pad *pads);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_cleanup() - free resources associated with an entity
+ *
+ * @entity:	entity where the pads belong
+ *
+ * This function must be called during the cleanup phase after unregistering
+ * the entity (currently, it does nothing).
+ *
+ * Calling media_entity_cleanup() on a media_entity whose memory has been
+ * zeroed but that has not been initialized with media_entity_pads_init() is
+ * valid and is a no-op.
+ */
+static inline void media_entity_cleanup(struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_get_pad_index() - retrieves a pad index from an entity
+ *
+ * @entity:	entity where the pads belong
+ * @pad_type:	the type of the pad, one of MEDIA_PAD_FL_* pad types
+ * @sig_type:	type of signal of the pad to be search
+ *
+ * This helper function finds the first pad index inside an entity that
+ * satisfies both @is_sink and @sig_type conditions.
+ *
+ * Return:
+ *
+ * On success, return the pad number. If the pad was not found or the media
+ * entity is a NULL pointer, return -EINVAL.
+ */
+int media_get_pad_index(struct media_entity *entity, u32 pad_type,
+			enum media_pad_signal_type sig_type);
+
+/**
+ * media_create_pad_link() - creates a link between two entities.
+ *
+ * @source:	pointer to &media_entity of the source pad.
+ * @source_pad:	number of the source pad in the pads array
+ * @sink:	pointer to &media_entity of the sink pad.
+ * @sink_pad:	number of the sink pad in the pads array.
+ * @flags:	Link flags, as defined in
+ *		:ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>`
+ *		( seek for ``MEDIA_LNK_FL_*``)
+ *
+ * Valid values for flags:
+ *
+ * %MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED
+ *   Indicates that the link is enabled and can be used to transfer media data.
+ *   When two or more links target a sink pad, only one of them can be
+ *   enabled at a time.
+ *
+ * %MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE
+ *   Indicates that the link enabled state can't be modified at runtime. If
+ *   %MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE is set, then %MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED must also be
+ *   set, since an immutable link is always enabled.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    Before calling this function, media_entity_pads_init() and
+ *    media_device_register_entity() should be called previously for both ends.
+ */
+__must_check int media_create_pad_link(struct media_entity *source,
+			u16 source_pad, struct media_entity *sink,
+			u16 sink_pad, u32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * media_create_pad_links() - creates a link between two entities.
+ *
+ * @mdev: Pointer to the media_device that contains the object
+ * @source_function: Function of the source entities. Used only if @source is
+ *	NULL.
+ * @source: pointer to &media_entity of the source pad. If NULL, it will use
+ *	all entities that matches the @sink_function.
+ * @source_pad: number of the source pad in the pads array
+ * @sink_function: Function of the sink entities. Used only if @sink is NULL.
+ * @sink: pointer to &media_entity of the sink pad. If NULL, it will use
+ *	all entities that matches the @sink_function.
+ * @sink_pad: number of the sink pad in the pads array.
+ * @flags: Link flags, as defined in include/uapi/linux/media.h.
+ * @allow_both_undefined: if %true, then both @source and @sink can be NULL.
+ *	In such case, it will create a crossbar between all entities that
+ *	matches @source_function to all entities that matches @sink_function.
+ *	If %false, it will return 0 and won't create any link if both @source
+ *	and @sink are NULL.
+ *
+ * Valid values for flags:
+ *
+ * A %MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED flag indicates that the link is enabled and can be
+ *	used to transfer media data. If multiple links are created and this
+ *	flag is passed as an argument, only the first created link will have
+ *	this flag.
+ *
+ * A %MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the link enabled state can't
+ *	be modified at runtime. If %MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE is set, then
+ *	%MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED must also be set since an immutable link is
+ *	always enabled.
+ *
+ * It is common for some devices to have multiple source and/or sink entities
+ * of the same type that should be linked. While media_create_pad_link()
+ * creates link by link, this function is meant to allow 1:n, n:1 and even
+ * cross-bar (n:n) links.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    Before calling this function, media_entity_pads_init() and
+ *    media_device_register_entity() should be called previously for the
+ *    entities to be linked.
+ */
+int media_create_pad_links(const struct media_device *mdev,
+			   const u32 source_function,
+			   struct media_entity *source,
+			   const u16 source_pad,
+			   const u32 sink_function,
+			   struct media_entity *sink,
+			   const u16 sink_pad,
+			   u32 flags,
+			   const bool allow_both_undefined);
+
+void __media_entity_remove_links(struct media_entity *entity);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_remove_links() - remove all links associated with an entity
+ *
+ * @entity:	pointer to &media_entity
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    This is called automatically when an entity is unregistered via
+ *    media_device_register_entity().
+ */
+void media_entity_remove_links(struct media_entity *entity);
+
+/**
+ * __media_entity_setup_link - Configure a media link without locking
+ * @link: The link being configured
+ * @flags: Link configuration flags
+ *
+ * The bulk of link setup is handled by the two entities connected through the
+ * link. This function notifies both entities of the link configuration change.
+ *
+ * If the link is immutable or if the current and new configuration are
+ * identical, return immediately.
+ *
+ * The user is expected to hold link->source->parent->mutex. If not,
+ * media_entity_setup_link() should be used instead.
+ */
+int __media_entity_setup_link(struct media_link *link, u32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_setup_link() - changes the link flags properties in runtime
+ *
+ * @link:	pointer to &media_link
+ * @flags:	the requested new link flags
+ *
+ * The only configurable property is the %MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED link flag
+ * to enable/disable a link. Links marked with the
+ * %MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE link flag can not be enabled or disabled.
+ *
+ * When a link is enabled or disabled, the media framework calls the
+ * link_setup operation for the two entities at the source and sink of the
+ * link, in that order. If the second link_setup call fails, another
+ * link_setup call is made on the first entity to restore the original link
+ * flags.
+ *
+ * Media device drivers can be notified of link setup operations by setting the
+ * &media_device.link_notify pointer to a callback function. If provided, the
+ * notification callback will be called before enabling and after disabling
+ * links.
+ *
+ * Entity drivers must implement the link_setup operation if any of their links
+ * is non-immutable. The operation must either configure the hardware or store
+ * the configuration information to be applied later.
+ *
+ * Link configuration must not have any side effect on other links. If an
+ * enabled link at a sink pad prevents another link at the same pad from
+ * being enabled, the link_setup operation must return %-EBUSY and can't
+ * implicitly disable the first enabled link.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    The valid values of the flags for the link is the same as described
+ *    on media_create_pad_link(), for pad to pad links or the same as described
+ *    on media_create_intf_link(), for interface to entity links.
+ */
+int media_entity_setup_link(struct media_link *link, u32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_find_link - Find a link between two pads
+ * @source: Source pad
+ * @sink: Sink pad
+ *
+ * Return: returns a pointer to the link between the two entities. If no
+ * such link exists, return %NULL.
+ */
+struct media_link *media_entity_find_link(struct media_pad *source,
+		struct media_pad *sink);
+
+/**
+ * media_pad_remote_pad_first - Find the first pad at the remote end of a link
+ * @pad: Pad at the local end of the link
+ *
+ * Search for a remote pad connected to the given pad by iterating over all
+ * links originating or terminating at that pad until an enabled link is found.
+ *
+ * Return: returns a pointer to the pad at the remote end of the first found
+ * enabled link, or %NULL if no enabled link has been found.
+ */
+struct media_pad *media_pad_remote_pad_first(const struct media_pad *pad);
+
+/**
+ * media_pad_remote_pad_unique - Find a remote pad connected to a pad
+ * @pad: The pad
+ *
+ * Search for and return a remote pad connected to @pad through an enabled
+ * link. If multiple (or no) remote pads are found, an error is returned.
+ *
+ * The uniqueness constraint makes this helper function suitable for entities
+ * that support a single active source at a time on a given pad.
+ *
+ * Return: A pointer to the remote pad, or one of the following error pointers
+ * if an error occurs:
+ *
+ * * -ENOTUNIQ - Multiple links are enabled
+ * * -ENOLINK - No connected pad found
+ */
+struct media_pad *media_pad_remote_pad_unique(const struct media_pad *pad);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_remote_pad_unique - Find a remote pad connected to an entity
+ * @entity: The entity
+ * @type: The type of pad to find (MEDIA_PAD_FL_SINK or MEDIA_PAD_FL_SOURCE)
+ *
+ * Search for and return a remote pad of @type connected to @entity through an
+ * enabled link. If multiple (or no) remote pads match these criteria, an error
+ * is returned.
+ *
+ * The uniqueness constraint makes this helper function suitable for entities
+ * that support a single active source or sink at a time.
+ *
+ * Return: A pointer to the remote pad, or one of the following error pointers
+ * if an error occurs:
+ *
+ * * -ENOTUNIQ - Multiple links are enabled
+ * * -ENOLINK - No connected pad found
+ */
+struct media_pad *
+media_entity_remote_pad_unique(const struct media_entity *entity,
+			       unsigned int type);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_remote_source_pad_unique - Find a remote source pad connected to
+ *	an entity
+ * @entity: The entity
+ *
+ * Search for and return a remote source pad connected to @entity through an
+ * enabled link. If multiple (or no) remote pads match these criteria, an error
+ * is returned.
+ *
+ * The uniqueness constraint makes this helper function suitable for entities
+ * that support a single active source at a time.
+ *
+ * Return: A pointer to the remote pad, or one of the following error pointers
+ * if an error occurs:
+ *
+ * * -ENOTUNIQ - Multiple links are enabled
+ * * -ENOLINK - No connected pad found
+ */
+static inline struct media_pad *
+media_entity_remote_source_pad_unique(const struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+	return media_entity_remote_pad_unique(entity, MEDIA_PAD_FL_SOURCE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_pad_is_streaming - Test if a pad is part of a streaming pipeline
+ * @pad: The pad
+ *
+ * Return: True if the pad is part of a pipeline started with the
+ * media_pipeline_start() function, false otherwise.
+ */
+static inline bool media_pad_is_streaming(const struct media_pad *pad)
+{
+	return pad->pipe;
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_is_streaming - Test if an entity is part of a streaming pipeline
+ * @entity: The entity
+ *
+ * Return: True if the entity is part of a pipeline started with the
+ * media_pipeline_start() function, false otherwise.
+ */
+static inline bool media_entity_is_streaming(const struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+	struct media_pad *pad;
+
+	media_entity_for_each_pad(entity, pad) {
+		if (media_pad_is_streaming(pad))
+			return true;
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_pipeline - Get the media pipeline an entity is part of
+ * @entity: The entity
+ *
+ * DEPRECATED: use media_pad_pipeline() instead.
+ *
+ * This function returns the media pipeline that an entity has been associated
+ * with when constructing the pipeline with media_pipeline_start(). The pointer
+ * remains valid until media_pipeline_stop() is called.
+ *
+ * In general, entities can be part of multiple pipelines, when carrying
+ * multiple streams (either on different pads, or on the same pad using
+ * multiplexed streams). This function is to be used only for entities that
+ * do not support multiple pipelines.
+ *
+ * Return: The media_pipeline the entity is part of, or NULL if the entity is
+ * not part of any pipeline.
+ */
+struct media_pipeline *media_entity_pipeline(struct media_entity *entity);
+
+/**
+ * media_pad_pipeline - Get the media pipeline a pad is part of
+ * @pad: The pad
+ *
+ * This function returns the media pipeline that a pad has been associated
+ * with when constructing the pipeline with media_pipeline_start(). The pointer
+ * remains valid until media_pipeline_stop() is called.
+ *
+ * Return: The media_pipeline the pad is part of, or NULL if the pad is
+ * not part of any pipeline.
+ */
+struct media_pipeline *media_pad_pipeline(struct media_pad *pad);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_get_fwnode_pad - Get pad number from fwnode
+ *
+ * @entity: The entity
+ * @fwnode: Pointer to the fwnode_handle which should be used to find the pad
+ * @direction_flags: Expected direction of the pad, as defined in
+ *		     :ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>`
+ *		     (seek for ``MEDIA_PAD_FL_*``)
+ *
+ * This function can be used to resolve the media pad number from
+ * a fwnode. This is useful for devices which use more complex
+ * mappings of media pads.
+ *
+ * If the entity does not implement the get_fwnode_pad() operation
+ * then this function searches the entity for the first pad that
+ * matches the @direction_flags.
+ *
+ * Return: returns the pad number on success or a negative error code.
+ */
+int media_entity_get_fwnode_pad(struct media_entity *entity,
+				const struct fwnode_handle *fwnode,
+				unsigned long direction_flags);
+
+/**
+ * media_graph_walk_init - Allocate resources used by graph walk.
+ *
+ * @graph: Media graph structure that will be used to walk the graph
+ * @mdev: Pointer to the &media_device that contains the object
+ *
+ * This function is deprecated, use media_pipeline_for_each_pad() instead.
+ *
+ * The caller is required to hold the media_device graph_mutex during the graph
+ * walk until the graph state is released.
+ *
+ * Returns zero on success or a negative error code otherwise.
+ */
+__must_check int media_graph_walk_init(
+	struct media_graph *graph, struct media_device *mdev);
+
+/**
+ * media_graph_walk_cleanup - Release resources used by graph walk.
+ *
+ * @graph: Media graph structure that will be used to walk the graph
+ *
+ * This function is deprecated, use media_pipeline_for_each_pad() instead.
+ */
+void media_graph_walk_cleanup(struct media_graph *graph);
+
+/**
+ * media_graph_walk_start - Start walking the media graph at a
+ *	given entity
+ *
+ * @graph: Media graph structure that will be used to walk the graph
+ * @entity: Starting entity
+ *
+ * This function is deprecated, use media_pipeline_for_each_pad() instead.
+ *
+ * Before using this function, media_graph_walk_init() must be
+ * used to allocate resources used for walking the graph. This
+ * function initializes the graph traversal structure to walk the
+ * entities graph starting at the given entity. The traversal
+ * structure must not be modified by the caller during graph
+ * traversal. After the graph walk, the resources must be released
+ * using media_graph_walk_cleanup().
+ */
+void media_graph_walk_start(struct media_graph *graph,
+			    struct media_entity *entity);
+
+/**
+ * media_graph_walk_next - Get the next entity in the graph
+ * @graph: Media graph structure
+ *
+ * This function is deprecated, use media_pipeline_for_each_pad() instead.
+ *
+ * Perform a depth-first traversal of the given media entities graph.
+ *
+ * The graph structure must have been previously initialized with a call to
+ * media_graph_walk_start().
+ *
+ * Return: returns the next entity in the graph or %NULL if the whole graph
+ * have been traversed.
+ */
+struct media_entity *media_graph_walk_next(struct media_graph *graph);
+
+/**
+ * media_pipeline_start - Mark a pipeline as streaming
+ * @origin: Starting pad
+ * @pipe: Media pipeline to be assigned to all pads in the pipeline.
+ *
+ * Mark all pads connected to pad @origin through enabled links, either
+ * directly or indirectly, as streaming. The given pipeline object is assigned
+ * to every pad in the pipeline and stored in the media_pad pipe field.
+ *
+ * Calls to this function can be nested, in which case the same number of
+ * media_pipeline_stop() calls will be required to stop streaming. The
+ * pipeline pointer must be identical for all nested calls to
+ * media_pipeline_start().
+ */
+__must_check int media_pipeline_start(struct media_pad *origin,
+				      struct media_pipeline *pipe);
+/**
+ * __media_pipeline_start - Mark a pipeline as streaming
+ *
+ * @origin: Starting pad
+ * @pipe: Media pipeline to be assigned to all pads in the pipeline.
+ *
+ * ..note:: This is the non-locking version of media_pipeline_start()
+ */
+__must_check int __media_pipeline_start(struct media_pad *origin,
+					struct media_pipeline *pipe);
+
+/**
+ * media_pipeline_stop - Mark a pipeline as not streaming
+ * @pad: Starting pad
+ *
+ * Mark all pads connected to a given pad through enabled links, either
+ * directly or indirectly, as not streaming. The media_pad pipe field is
+ * reset to %NULL.
+ *
+ * If multiple calls to media_pipeline_start() have been made, the same
+ * number of calls to this function are required to mark the pipeline as not
+ * streaming.
+ */
+void media_pipeline_stop(struct media_pad *pad);
+
+/**
+ * __media_pipeline_stop - Mark a pipeline as not streaming
+ *
+ * @pad: Starting pad
+ *
+ * .. note:: This is the non-locking version of media_pipeline_stop()
+ */
+void __media_pipeline_stop(struct media_pad *pad);
+
+struct media_pad *
+__media_pipeline_pad_iter_next(struct media_pipeline *pipe,
+			       struct media_pipeline_pad_iter *iter,
+			       struct media_pad *pad);
+
+/**
+ * media_pipeline_for_each_pad - Iterate on all pads in a media pipeline
+ * @pipe: The pipeline
+ * @iter: The iterator (struct media_pipeline_pad_iter)
+ * @pad: The iterator pad
+ *
+ * Iterate on all pads in a media pipeline. This is only valid after the
+ * pipeline has been built with media_pipeline_start() and before it gets
+ * destroyed with media_pipeline_stop().
+ */
+#define media_pipeline_for_each_pad(pipe, iter, pad)			\
+	for (pad = __media_pipeline_pad_iter_next((pipe), iter, NULL);	\
+	     pad != NULL;						\
+	     pad = __media_pipeline_pad_iter_next((pipe), iter, pad))
+
+/**
+ * media_pipeline_entity_iter_init - Initialize a pipeline entity iterator
+ * @pipe: The pipeline
+ * @iter: The iterator
+ *
+ * This function must be called to initialize the iterator before using it in a
+ * media_pipeline_for_each_entity() loop. The iterator must be destroyed by a
+ * call to media_pipeline_entity_iter_cleanup after the loop (including in code
+ * paths that break from the loop).
+ *
+ * The same iterator can be used in multiple consecutive loops without being
+ * destroyed and reinitialized.
+ *
+ * Return: 0 on success or a negative error code otherwise.
+ */
+int media_pipeline_entity_iter_init(struct media_pipeline *pipe,
+				    struct media_pipeline_entity_iter *iter);
+
+/**
+ * media_pipeline_entity_iter_cleanup - Destroy a pipeline entity iterator
+ * @iter: The iterator
+ *
+ * This function must be called to destroy iterators initialized with
+ * media_pipeline_entity_iter_init().
+ */
+void media_pipeline_entity_iter_cleanup(struct media_pipeline_entity_iter *iter);
+
+struct media_entity *
+__media_pipeline_entity_iter_next(struct media_pipeline *pipe,
+				  struct media_pipeline_entity_iter *iter,
+				  struct media_entity *entity);
+
+/**
+ * media_pipeline_for_each_entity - Iterate on all entities in a media pipeline
+ * @pipe: The pipeline
+ * @iter: The iterator (struct media_pipeline_entity_iter)
+ * @entity: The iterator entity
+ *
+ * Iterate on all entities in a media pipeline. This is only valid after the
+ * pipeline has been built with media_pipeline_start() and before it gets
+ * destroyed with media_pipeline_stop(). The iterator must be initialized with
+ * media_pipeline_entity_iter_init() before iteration, and destroyed with
+ * media_pipeline_entity_iter_cleanup() after (including in code paths that
+ * break from the loop).
+ */
+#define media_pipeline_for_each_entity(pipe, iter, entity)			\
+	for (entity = __media_pipeline_entity_iter_next((pipe), iter, NULL);	\
+	     entity != NULL;							\
+	     entity = __media_pipeline_entity_iter_next((pipe), iter, entity))
+
+/**
+ * media_pipeline_alloc_start - Mark a pipeline as streaming
+ * @pad: Starting pad
+ *
+ * media_pipeline_alloc_start() is similar to media_pipeline_start() but instead
+ * of working on a given pipeline the function will use an existing pipeline if
+ * the pad is already part of a pipeline, or allocate a new pipeline.
+ *
+ * Calls to media_pipeline_alloc_start() must be matched with
+ * media_pipeline_stop().
+ */
+__must_check int media_pipeline_alloc_start(struct media_pad *pad);
+
+/**
+ * media_devnode_create() - creates and initializes a device node interface
+ *
+ * @mdev:	pointer to struct &media_device
+ * @type:	type of the interface, as given by
+ *		:ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>`
+ *		( seek for ``MEDIA_INTF_T_*``) macros.
+ * @flags:	Interface flags, as defined in
+ *		:ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>`
+ *		( seek for ``MEDIA_INTF_FL_*``)
+ * @major:	Device node major number.
+ * @minor:	Device node minor number.
+ *
+ * Return: if succeeded, returns a pointer to the newly allocated
+ *	&media_intf_devnode pointer.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    Currently, no flags for &media_interface is defined.
+ */
+struct media_intf_devnode *
+__must_check media_devnode_create(struct media_device *mdev,
+				  u32 type, u32 flags,
+				  u32 major, u32 minor);
+/**
+ * media_devnode_remove() - removes a device node interface
+ *
+ * @devnode:	pointer to &media_intf_devnode to be freed.
+ *
+ * When a device node interface is removed, all links to it are automatically
+ * removed.
+ */
+void media_devnode_remove(struct media_intf_devnode *devnode);
+
+/**
+ * media_create_intf_link() - creates a link between an entity and an interface
+ *
+ * @entity:	pointer to %media_entity
+ * @intf:	pointer to %media_interface
+ * @flags:	Link flags, as defined in
+ *		:ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>`
+ *		( seek for ``MEDIA_LNK_FL_*``)
+ *
+ *
+ * Valid values for flags:
+ *
+ * %MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED
+ *   Indicates that the interface is connected to the entity hardware.
+ *   That's the default value for interfaces. An interface may be disabled if
+ *   the hardware is busy due to the usage of some other interface that it is
+ *   currently controlling the hardware.
+ *
+ *   A typical example is an hybrid TV device that handle only one type of
+ *   stream on a given time. So, when the digital TV is streaming,
+ *   the V4L2 interfaces won't be enabled, as such device is not able to
+ *   also stream analog TV or radio.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    Before calling this function, media_devnode_create() should be called for
+ *    the interface and media_device_register_entity() should be called for the
+ *    interface that will be part of the link.
+ */
+struct media_link *
+__must_check media_create_intf_link(struct media_entity *entity,
+				    struct media_interface *intf,
+				    u32 flags);
+/**
+ * __media_remove_intf_link() - remove a single interface link
+ *
+ * @link:	pointer to &media_link.
+ *
+ * .. note:: This is an unlocked version of media_remove_intf_link()
+ */
+void __media_remove_intf_link(struct media_link *link);
+
+/**
+ * media_remove_intf_link() - remove a single interface link
+ *
+ * @link:	pointer to &media_link.
+ *
+ * .. note:: Prefer to use this one, instead of __media_remove_intf_link()
+ */
+void media_remove_intf_link(struct media_link *link);
+
+/**
+ * __media_remove_intf_links() - remove all links associated with an interface
+ *
+ * @intf:	pointer to &media_interface
+ *
+ * .. note:: This is an unlocked version of media_remove_intf_links().
+ */
+void __media_remove_intf_links(struct media_interface *intf);
+
+/**
+ * media_remove_intf_links() - remove all links associated with an interface
+ *
+ * @intf:	pointer to &media_interface
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *   #) This is called automatically when an entity is unregistered via
+ *      media_device_register_entity() and by media_devnode_remove().
+ *
+ *   #) Prefer to use this one, instead of __media_remove_intf_links().
+ */
+void media_remove_intf_links(struct media_interface *intf);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_call - Calls a struct media_entity_operations operation on
+ *	an entity
+ *
+ * @entity: entity where the @operation will be called
+ * @operation: type of the operation. Should be the name of a member of
+ *	struct &media_entity_operations.
+ * @args: arguments for the operation.
+ *
+ * This helper function will check if @operation is not %NULL. On such case,
+ * it will issue a call to @operation\(@entity, @args\).
+ */
+
+#define media_entity_call(entity, operation, args...)			\
+	(((entity)->ops && (entity)->ops->operation) ?			\
+	 (entity)->ops->operation((entity) , ##args) : -ENOIOCTLCMD)
+
+/**
+ * media_create_ancillary_link() - create an ancillary link between two
+ *				   instances of &media_entity
+ *
+ * @primary:	pointer to the primary &media_entity
+ * @ancillary:	pointer to the ancillary &media_entity
+ *
+ * Create an ancillary link between two entities, indicating that they
+ * represent two connected pieces of hardware that form a single logical unit.
+ * A typical example is a camera lens controller being linked to the sensor that
+ * it is supporting.
+ *
+ * The function sets both MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED and MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE for
+ * the new link.
+ */
+struct media_link *
+media_create_ancillary_link(struct media_entity *primary,
+			    struct media_entity *ancillary);
+
+/**
+ * __media_entity_next_link() - Iterate through a &media_entity's links
+ *
+ * @entity:	pointer to the &media_entity
+ * @link:	pointer to a &media_link to hold the iterated values
+ * @link_type:	one of the MEDIA_LNK_FL_LINK_TYPE flags
+ *
+ * Return the next link against an entity matching a specific link type. This
+ * allows iteration through an entity's links whilst guaranteeing all of the
+ * returned links are of the given type.
+ */
+struct media_link *__media_entity_next_link(struct media_entity *entity,
+					    struct media_link *link,
+					    unsigned long link_type);
+
+/**
+ * for_each_media_entity_data_link() - Iterate through an entity's data links
+ *
+ * @entity:	pointer to the &media_entity
+ * @link:	pointer to a &media_link to hold the iterated values
+ *
+ * Iterate over a &media_entity's data links
+ */
+#define for_each_media_entity_data_link(entity, link)			\
+	for (link = __media_entity_next_link(entity, NULL,		\
+					     MEDIA_LNK_FL_DATA_LINK);	\
+	     link;							\
+	     link = __media_entity_next_link(entity, link,		\
+					     MEDIA_LNK_FL_DATA_LINK))
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/media-request.h b/include/media/media-request.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..43ed18c11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/media-request.h
@@ -0,0 +1,480 @@
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+/*
+ * Media device request objects
+ *
+ * Copyright 2018 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * Author: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@kernel.org>
+ * Author: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@linux.intel.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef MEDIA_REQUEST_H
+#define MEDIA_REQUEST_H
+
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <linux/slab.h>
+#include <linux/spinlock.h>
+#include <linux/refcount.h>
+
+#include <media/media-device.h>
+
+/**
+ * enum media_request_state - media request state
+ *
+ * @MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_IDLE:		Idle
+ * @MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_VALIDATING:	Validating the request, no state changes
+ *					allowed
+ * @MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_QUEUED:		Queued
+ * @MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_COMPLETE:	Completed, the request is done
+ * @MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_CLEANING:	Cleaning, the request is being re-inited
+ * @MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_UPDATING:	The request is being updated, i.e.
+ *					request objects are being added,
+ *					modified or removed
+ * @NR_OF_MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE:		The number of media request states, used
+ *					internally for sanity check purposes
+ */
+enum media_request_state {
+	MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_IDLE,
+	MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_VALIDATING,
+	MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_QUEUED,
+	MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_COMPLETE,
+	MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_CLEANING,
+	MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_UPDATING,
+	NR_OF_MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE,
+};
+
+struct media_request_object;
+
+/**
+ * struct media_request - Media device request
+ * @mdev: Media device this request belongs to
+ * @kref: Reference count
+ * @debug_str: Prefix for debug messages (process name:fd)
+ * @state: The state of the request
+ * @updating_count: count the number of request updates that are in progress
+ * @access_count: count the number of request accesses that are in progress
+ * @objects: List of @struct media_request_object request objects
+ * @num_incomplete_objects: The number of incomplete objects in the request
+ * @manual_completion: if true, then the request won't be marked as completed
+ * when @num_incomplete_objects reaches 0. Call media_request_manual_complete()
+ * to complete the request after @num_incomplete_objects == 0.
+ * @poll_wait: Wait queue for poll
+ * @lock: Serializes access to this struct
+ */
+struct media_request {
+	struct media_device *mdev;
+	struct kref kref;
+	char debug_str[TASK_COMM_LEN + 11];
+	enum media_request_state state;
+	unsigned int updating_count;
+	unsigned int access_count;
+	struct list_head objects;
+	unsigned int num_incomplete_objects;
+	bool manual_completion;
+	wait_queue_head_t poll_wait;
+	spinlock_t lock;
+};
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER
+
+/**
+ * media_request_lock_for_access - Lock the request to access its objects
+ *
+ * @req: The media request
+ *
+ * Use before accessing a completed request. A reference to the request must
+ * be held during the access. This usually takes place automatically through
+ * a file handle. Use @media_request_unlock_for_access when done.
+ */
+static inline int __must_check
+media_request_lock_for_access(struct media_request *req)
+{
+	unsigned long flags;
+	int ret = -EBUSY;
+
+	spin_lock_irqsave(&req->lock, flags);
+	if (req->state == MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_COMPLETE) {
+		req->access_count++;
+		ret = 0;
+	}
+	spin_unlock_irqrestore(&req->lock, flags);
+
+	return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_request_unlock_for_access - Unlock a request previously locked for
+ *				     access
+ *
+ * @req: The media request
+ *
+ * Unlock a request that has previously been locked using
+ * @media_request_lock_for_access.
+ */
+static inline void media_request_unlock_for_access(struct media_request *req)
+{
+	unsigned long flags;
+
+	spin_lock_irqsave(&req->lock, flags);
+	if (!WARN_ON(!req->access_count))
+		req->access_count--;
+	spin_unlock_irqrestore(&req->lock, flags);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_request_lock_for_update - Lock the request for updating its objects
+ *
+ * @req: The media request
+ *
+ * Use before updating a request, i.e. adding, modifying or removing a request
+ * object in it. A reference to the request must be held during the update. This
+ * usually takes place automatically through a file handle. Use
+ * @media_request_unlock_for_update when done.
+ */
+static inline int __must_check
+media_request_lock_for_update(struct media_request *req)
+{
+	unsigned long flags;
+	int ret = 0;
+
+	spin_lock_irqsave(&req->lock, flags);
+	if (req->state == MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_IDLE ||
+	    req->state == MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_UPDATING) {
+		req->state = MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_UPDATING;
+		req->updating_count++;
+	} else {
+		ret = -EBUSY;
+	}
+	spin_unlock_irqrestore(&req->lock, flags);
+
+	return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_request_unlock_for_update - Unlock a request previously locked for
+ *				     update
+ *
+ * @req: The media request
+ *
+ * Unlock a request that has previously been locked using
+ * @media_request_lock_for_update.
+ */
+static inline void media_request_unlock_for_update(struct media_request *req)
+{
+	unsigned long flags;
+
+	spin_lock_irqsave(&req->lock, flags);
+	WARN_ON(req->updating_count <= 0);
+	if (!--req->updating_count)
+		req->state = MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_IDLE;
+	spin_unlock_irqrestore(&req->lock, flags);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_request_get - Get the media request
+ *
+ * @req: The media request
+ *
+ * Get the media request.
+ */
+static inline void media_request_get(struct media_request *req)
+{
+	kref_get(&req->kref);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_request_put - Put the media request
+ *
+ * @req: The media request
+ *
+ * Put the media request. The media request will be released
+ * when the refcount reaches 0.
+ */
+void media_request_put(struct media_request *req);
+
+/**
+ * media_request_get_by_fd - Get a media request by fd
+ *
+ * @mdev: Media device this request belongs to
+ * @request_fd: The file descriptor of the request
+ *
+ * Get the request represented by @request_fd that is owned
+ * by the media device.
+ *
+ * Return a -EBADR error pointer if requests are not supported
+ * by this driver. Return -EINVAL if the request was not found.
+ * Return the pointer to the request if found: the caller will
+ * have to call @media_request_put when it finished using the
+ * request.
+ */
+struct media_request *
+media_request_get_by_fd(struct media_device *mdev, int request_fd);
+
+/**
+ * media_request_alloc - Allocate the media request
+ *
+ * @mdev: Media device this request belongs to
+ * @alloc_fd: Store the request's file descriptor in this int
+ *
+ * Allocated the media request and put the fd in @alloc_fd.
+ */
+int media_request_alloc(struct media_device *mdev,
+			int *alloc_fd);
+
+/**
+ * media_request_mark_manual_completion - Enable manual completion
+ *
+ * @req: The request
+ *
+ * Mark that the request has to be manually completed by calling
+ * media_request_manual_complete().
+ *
+ * This function shall be called in the req_queue callback.
+ */
+static inline void
+media_request_mark_manual_completion(struct media_request *req)
+{
+	req->manual_completion = true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_request_manual_complete - Mark the request as completed
+ *
+ * @req: The request
+ *
+ * This function completes a request that was marked for manual completion by an
+ * earlier call to media_request_mark_manual_completion(). The request's
+ * @manual_completion field is reset to false.
+ *
+ * All objects contained in the request must have been completed previously. It
+ * is an error to call this function otherwise. If such an error occurred, the
+ * function will WARN and the object completion will be delayed until
+ * @num_incomplete_objects is 0.
+ */
+void media_request_manual_complete(struct media_request *req);
+
+#else
+
+static inline void media_request_get(struct media_request *req)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void media_request_put(struct media_request *req)
+{
+}
+
+static inline struct media_request *
+media_request_get_by_fd(struct media_device *mdev, int request_fd)
+{
+	return ERR_PTR(-EBADR);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * struct media_request_object_ops - Media request object operations
+ * @prepare: Validate and prepare the request object, optional.
+ * @unprepare: Unprepare the request object, optional.
+ * @queue: Queue the request object, optional.
+ * @unbind: Unbind the request object, optional.
+ * @release: Release the request object, required.
+ */
+struct media_request_object_ops {
+	int (*prepare)(struct media_request_object *object);
+	void (*unprepare)(struct media_request_object *object);
+	void (*queue)(struct media_request_object *object);
+	void (*unbind)(struct media_request_object *object);
+	void (*release)(struct media_request_object *object);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_request_object - An opaque object that belongs to a media
+ *				 request
+ *
+ * @mdev: Media device this object belongs to
+ * @ops: object's operations
+ * @priv: object's priv pointer
+ * @req: the request this object belongs to (can be NULL)
+ * @list: List entry of the object for @struct media_request
+ * @kref: Reference count of the object, acquire before releasing req->lock
+ * @completed: If true, then this object was completed.
+ *
+ * An object related to the request. This struct is always embedded in
+ * another struct that contains the actual data for this request object.
+ */
+struct media_request_object {
+	struct media_device *mdev;
+	const struct media_request_object_ops *ops;
+	void *priv;
+	struct media_request *req;
+	struct list_head list;
+	struct kref kref;
+	bool completed;
+};
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER
+
+/**
+ * media_request_object_get - Get a media request object
+ *
+ * @obj: The object
+ *
+ * Get a media request object.
+ */
+static inline void media_request_object_get(struct media_request_object *obj)
+{
+	kref_get(&obj->kref);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_request_object_put - Put a media request object
+ *
+ * @obj: The object
+ *
+ * Put a media request object. Once all references are gone, the
+ * object's memory is released.
+ */
+void media_request_object_put(struct media_request_object *obj);
+
+/**
+ * media_request_object_find - Find an object in a request
+ *
+ * @req: The media request
+ * @ops: Find an object with this ops value
+ * @priv: Find an object with this priv value
+ *
+ * Both @ops and @priv must be non-NULL.
+ *
+ * Returns the object pointer or NULL if not found. The caller must
+ * call media_request_object_put() once it finished using the object.
+ *
+ * Since this function needs to walk the list of objects it takes
+ * the @req->lock spin lock to make this safe.
+ */
+struct media_request_object *
+media_request_object_find(struct media_request *req,
+			  const struct media_request_object_ops *ops,
+			  void *priv);
+
+/**
+ * media_request_object_init - Initialise a media request object
+ *
+ * @obj: The object
+ *
+ * Initialise a media request object. The object will be released using the
+ * release callback of the ops once it has no references (this function
+ * initialises references to one).
+ */
+void media_request_object_init(struct media_request_object *obj);
+
+/**
+ * media_request_object_bind - Bind a media request object to a request
+ *
+ * @req: The media request
+ * @ops: The object ops for this object
+ * @priv: A driver-specific priv pointer associated with this object
+ * @is_buffer: Set to true if the object is a buffer object.
+ * @obj: The object
+ *
+ * Bind this object to the request and set the ops and priv values of
+ * the object so it can be found later with media_request_object_find().
+ *
+ * Every bound object must be unbound or completed by the kernel at some
+ * point in time, otherwise the request will never complete. When the
+ * request is released all completed objects will be unbound by the
+ * request core code.
+ *
+ * Buffer objects will be added to the end of the request's object
+ * list, non-buffer objects will be added to the front of the list.
+ * This ensures that all buffer objects are at the end of the list
+ * and that all non-buffer objects that they depend on are processed
+ * first.
+ */
+int media_request_object_bind(struct media_request *req,
+			      const struct media_request_object_ops *ops,
+			      void *priv, bool is_buffer,
+			      struct media_request_object *obj);
+
+/**
+ * media_request_object_unbind - Unbind a media request object
+ *
+ * @obj: The object
+ *
+ * Unbind the media request object from the request.
+ */
+void media_request_object_unbind(struct media_request_object *obj);
+
+/**
+ * media_request_object_complete - Mark the media request object as complete
+ *
+ * @obj: The object
+ *
+ * Mark the media request object as complete. Only bound objects can
+ * be completed.
+ */
+void media_request_object_complete(struct media_request_object *obj);
+
+#else
+
+static inline int __must_check
+media_request_lock_for_access(struct media_request *req)
+{
+	return -EINVAL;
+}
+
+static inline void media_request_unlock_for_access(struct media_request *req)
+{
+}
+
+static inline int __must_check
+media_request_lock_for_update(struct media_request *req)
+{
+	return -EINVAL;
+}
+
+static inline void media_request_unlock_for_update(struct media_request *req)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void media_request_object_get(struct media_request_object *obj)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void media_request_object_put(struct media_request_object *obj)
+{
+}
+
+static inline struct media_request_object *
+media_request_object_find(struct media_request *req,
+			  const struct media_request_object_ops *ops,
+			  void *priv)
+{
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline void media_request_object_init(struct media_request_object *obj)
+{
+	obj->ops = NULL;
+	obj->req = NULL;
+}
+
+static inline int media_request_object_bind(struct media_request *req,
+			       const struct media_request_object_ops *ops,
+			       void *priv, bool is_buffer,
+			       struct media_request_object *obj)
+{
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static inline void media_request_object_unbind(struct media_request_object *obj)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void media_request_object_complete(struct media_request_object *obj)
+{
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/mipi-csi2.h b/include/media/mipi-csi2.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..40fc02642
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/mipi-csi2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * MIPI CSI-2 Data Types
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2022 Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_MIPI_CSI2_H
+#define _MEDIA_MIPI_CSI2_H
+
+/* Short packet data types */
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_FS			0x00
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_FE			0x01
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_LS			0x02
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_LE			0x03
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_GENERIC_SHORT(n)	(0x08 + (n))	/* 0..7 */
+
+/* Long packet data types */
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_NULL		0x10
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_BLANKING		0x11
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_EMBEDDED_8B	0x12
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_GENERIC_LONG(n)	(0x13 + (n) - 1)	/* 1..4 */
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_YUV420_8B		0x18
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_YUV420_10B		0x19
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_YUV420_8B_LEGACY	0x1a
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_YUV420_8B_CS	0x1c
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_YUV420_10B_CS	0x1d
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_YUV422_8B		0x1e
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_YUV422_10B		0x1f
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RGB444		0x20
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RGB555		0x21
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RGB565		0x22
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RGB666		0x23
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RGB888		0x24
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW28		0x26
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW24		0x27
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW6		0x28
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW7		0x29
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW8		0x2a
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW10		0x2b
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW12		0x2c
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW14		0x2d
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW16		0x2e
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW20		0x2f
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_USER_DEFINED(n)	(0x30 + (n))	/* 0..7 */
+
+#endif /* _MEDIA_MIPI_CSI2_H */
diff --git a/include/media/rc-core.h b/include/media/rc-core.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d37fffc5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/rc-core.h
@@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Remote Controller core header
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2009-2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RC_CORE
+#define _RC_CORE
+
+#include <linux/spinlock.h>
+#include <linux/cdev.h>
+#include <linux/kfifo.h>
+#include <linux/time.h>
+#include <linux/timer.h>
+#include <media/rc-map.h>
+
+/**
+ * enum rc_driver_type - type of the RC driver.
+ *
+ * @RC_DRIVER_SCANCODE:	 Driver or hardware generates a scancode.
+ * @RC_DRIVER_IR_RAW:	 Driver or hardware generates pulse/space sequences.
+ *			 It needs a Infra-Red pulse/space decoder
+ * @RC_DRIVER_IR_RAW_TX: Device transmitter only,
+ *			 driver requires pulse/space data sequence.
+ */
+enum rc_driver_type {
+	RC_DRIVER_SCANCODE = 0,
+	RC_DRIVER_IR_RAW,
+	RC_DRIVER_IR_RAW_TX,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct rc_scancode_filter - Filter scan codes.
+ * @data:	Scancode data to match.
+ * @mask:	Mask of bits of scancode to compare.
+ */
+struct rc_scancode_filter {
+	u32 data;
+	u32 mask;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum rc_filter_type - Filter type constants.
+ * @RC_FILTER_NORMAL:	Filter for normal operation.
+ * @RC_FILTER_WAKEUP:	Filter for waking from suspend.
+ * @RC_FILTER_MAX:	Number of filter types.
+ */
+enum rc_filter_type {
+	RC_FILTER_NORMAL = 0,
+	RC_FILTER_WAKEUP,
+
+	RC_FILTER_MAX
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct lirc_fh - represents an open lirc file
+ * @list: list of open file handles
+ * @rc: rcdev for this lirc chardev
+ * @rawir: queue for incoming raw IR
+ * @scancodes: queue for incoming decoded scancodes
+ * @wait_poll: poll struct for lirc device
+ * @carrier_low: when setting the carrier range, first the low end must be
+ *	set with an ioctl and then the high end with another ioctl
+ * @send_mode: lirc mode for sending, either LIRC_MODE_SCANCODE or
+ *	LIRC_MODE_PULSE
+ * @rec_mode: lirc mode for receiving, either LIRC_MODE_SCANCODE or
+ *	LIRC_MODE_MODE2
+ */
+struct lirc_fh {
+	struct list_head list;
+	struct rc_dev *rc;
+	DECLARE_KFIFO_PTR(rawir, unsigned int);
+	DECLARE_KFIFO_PTR(scancodes, struct lirc_scancode);
+	wait_queue_head_t		wait_poll;
+	u32				carrier_low;
+	u8				send_mode;
+	u8				rec_mode;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct rc_dev - represents a remote control device
+ * @dev: driver model's view of this device
+ * @registered: set to true by rc_register_device(), false by
+ *	rc_unregister_device
+ * @idle: used to keep track of RX state
+ * @encode_wakeup: wakeup filtering uses IR encode API, therefore the allowed
+ *	wakeup protocols is the set of all raw encoders
+ * @minor: unique minor remote control device number
+ * @sysfs_groups: sysfs attribute groups
+ * @device_name: name of the rc child device
+ * @input_phys: physical path to the input child device
+ * @input_id: id of the input child device (struct input_id)
+ * @driver_name: name of the hardware driver which registered this device
+ * @map_name: name of the default keymap
+ * @rc_map: current scan/key table
+ * @lock: used to ensure we've filled in all protocol details before
+ *	anyone can call show_protocols or store_protocols
+ * @raw: additional data for raw pulse/space devices
+ * @input_dev: the input child device used to communicate events to userspace
+ * @driver_type: specifies if protocol decoding is done in hardware or software
+ * @users: number of current users of the device
+ * @allowed_protocols: bitmask with the supported RC_PROTO_BIT_* protocols
+ * @enabled_protocols: bitmask with the enabled RC_PROTO_BIT_* protocols
+ * @allowed_wakeup_protocols: bitmask with the supported RC_PROTO_BIT_* wakeup
+ *	protocols
+ * @wakeup_protocol: the enabled RC_PROTO_* wakeup protocol or
+ *	RC_PROTO_UNKNOWN if disabled.
+ * @scancode_filter: scancode filter
+ * @scancode_wakeup_filter: scancode wakeup filters
+ * @scancode_mask: some hardware decoders are not capable of providing the full
+ *	scancode to the application. As this is a hardware limit, we can't do
+ *	anything with it. Yet, as the same keycode table can be used with other
+ *	devices, a mask is provided to allow its usage. Drivers should generally
+ *	leave this field in blank
+ * @priv: driver-specific data
+ * @keylock: protects the remaining members of the struct
+ * @keypressed: whether a key is currently pressed
+ * @last_toggle: toggle value of last command
+ * @last_keycode: keycode of last keypress
+ * @last_protocol: protocol of last keypress
+ * @last_scancode: scancode of last keypress
+ * @keyup_jiffies: time (in jiffies) when the current keypress should be released
+ * @timer_keyup: timer for releasing a keypress
+ * @timer_repeat: timer for autorepeat events. This is needed for CEC, which
+ *	has non-standard repeats.
+ * @timeout: optional time after which device stops sending data
+ * @min_timeout: minimum timeout supported by device
+ * @max_timeout: maximum timeout supported by device
+ * @rx_resolution : resolution (in us) of input sampler
+ * @lirc_dev: lirc device
+ * @lirc_cdev: lirc char cdev
+ * @gap_start: start time for gap after timeout if non-zero
+ * @lirc_fh_lock: protects lirc_fh list
+ * @lirc_fh: list of open files
+ * @change_protocol: allow changing the protocol used on hardware decoders
+ * @open: callback to allow drivers to enable polling/irq when IR input device
+ *	is opened.
+ * @close: callback to allow drivers to disable polling/irq when IR input device
+ *	is opened.
+ * @s_tx_mask: set transmitter mask (for devices with multiple tx outputs)
+ * @s_tx_carrier: set transmit carrier frequency
+ * @s_tx_duty_cycle: set transmit duty cycle (0% - 100%)
+ * @s_rx_carrier_range: inform driver about carrier it is expected to handle
+ * @tx_ir: transmit IR
+ * @s_idle: enable/disable hardware idle mode, upon which,
+ *	device doesn't interrupt host until it sees IR pulses
+ * @s_wideband_receiver: enable wide band receiver used for learning
+ * @s_carrier_report: enable carrier reports
+ * @s_filter: set the scancode filter
+ * @s_wakeup_filter: set the wakeup scancode filter. If the mask is zero
+ *	then wakeup should be disabled. wakeup_protocol will be set to
+ *	a valid protocol if mask is nonzero.
+ * @s_timeout: set hardware timeout in us
+ */
+struct rc_dev {
+	struct device			dev;
+	bool				registered;
+	bool				idle;
+	bool				encode_wakeup;
+	unsigned int			minor;
+	const struct attribute_group	*sysfs_groups[5];
+	const char			*device_name;
+	const char			*input_phys;
+	struct input_id			input_id;
+	const char			*driver_name;
+	const char			*map_name;
+	struct rc_map			rc_map;
+	struct mutex			lock;
+	struct ir_raw_event_ctrl	*raw;
+	struct input_dev		*input_dev;
+	enum rc_driver_type		driver_type;
+	u32				users;
+	u64				allowed_protocols;
+	u64				enabled_protocols;
+	u64				allowed_wakeup_protocols;
+	enum rc_proto			wakeup_protocol;
+	struct rc_scancode_filter	scancode_filter;
+	struct rc_scancode_filter	scancode_wakeup_filter;
+	u32				scancode_mask;
+	void				*priv;
+	spinlock_t			keylock;
+	bool				keypressed;
+	u8				last_toggle;
+	u32				last_keycode;
+	enum rc_proto			last_protocol;
+	u64				last_scancode;
+	unsigned long			keyup_jiffies;
+	struct timer_list		timer_keyup;
+	struct timer_list		timer_repeat;
+	u32				timeout;
+	u32				min_timeout;
+	u32				max_timeout;
+	u32				rx_resolution;
+#ifdef CONFIG_LIRC
+	struct device			lirc_dev;
+	struct cdev			lirc_cdev;
+	ktime_t				gap_start;
+	spinlock_t			lirc_fh_lock;
+	struct list_head		lirc_fh;
+#endif
+	int				(*change_protocol)(struct rc_dev *dev, u64 *rc_proto);
+	int				(*open)(struct rc_dev *dev);
+	void				(*close)(struct rc_dev *dev);
+	int				(*s_tx_mask)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 mask);
+	int				(*s_tx_carrier)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 carrier);
+	int				(*s_tx_duty_cycle)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 duty_cycle);
+	int				(*s_rx_carrier_range)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 min, u32 max);
+	int				(*tx_ir)(struct rc_dev *dev, unsigned *txbuf, unsigned n);
+	void				(*s_idle)(struct rc_dev *dev, bool enable);
+	int				(*s_wideband_receiver)(struct rc_dev *dev, int enable);
+	int				(*s_carrier_report) (struct rc_dev *dev, int enable);
+	int				(*s_filter)(struct rc_dev *dev,
+						    struct rc_scancode_filter *filter);
+	int				(*s_wakeup_filter)(struct rc_dev *dev,
+							   struct rc_scancode_filter *filter);
+	int				(*s_timeout)(struct rc_dev *dev,
+						     unsigned int timeout);
+};
+
+#define to_rc_dev(d) container_of(d, struct rc_dev, dev)
+
+/*
+ * From rc-main.c
+ * Those functions can be used on any type of Remote Controller. They
+ * basically creates an input_dev and properly reports the device as a
+ * Remote Controller, at sys/class/rc.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * rc_allocate_device - Allocates a RC device
+ *
+ * @rc_driver_type: specifies the type of the RC output to be allocated
+ * returns a pointer to struct rc_dev.
+ */
+struct rc_dev *rc_allocate_device(enum rc_driver_type);
+
+/**
+ * devm_rc_allocate_device - Managed RC device allocation
+ *
+ * @dev: pointer to struct device
+ * @rc_driver_type: specifies the type of the RC output to be allocated
+ * returns a pointer to struct rc_dev.
+ */
+struct rc_dev *devm_rc_allocate_device(struct device *dev, enum rc_driver_type);
+
+/**
+ * rc_free_device - Frees a RC device
+ *
+ * @dev: pointer to struct rc_dev.
+ */
+void rc_free_device(struct rc_dev *dev);
+
+/**
+ * rc_register_device - Registers a RC device
+ *
+ * @dev: pointer to struct rc_dev.
+ */
+int rc_register_device(struct rc_dev *dev);
+
+/**
+ * devm_rc_register_device - Manageded registering of a RC device
+ *
+ * @parent: pointer to struct device.
+ * @dev: pointer to struct rc_dev.
+ */
+int devm_rc_register_device(struct device *parent, struct rc_dev *dev);
+
+/**
+ * rc_unregister_device - Unregisters a RC device
+ *
+ * @dev: pointer to struct rc_dev.
+ */
+void rc_unregister_device(struct rc_dev *dev);
+
+void rc_repeat(struct rc_dev *dev);
+void rc_keydown(struct rc_dev *dev, enum rc_proto protocol, u64 scancode,
+		u8 toggle);
+void rc_keydown_notimeout(struct rc_dev *dev, enum rc_proto protocol,
+			  u64 scancode, u8 toggle);
+void rc_keyup(struct rc_dev *dev);
+u32 rc_g_keycode_from_table(struct rc_dev *dev, u64 scancode);
+
+/*
+ * From rc-raw.c
+ * The Raw interface is specific to InfraRed. It may be a good idea to
+ * split it later into a separate header.
+ */
+struct ir_raw_event {
+	union {
+		u32             duration;
+		u32             carrier;
+	};
+	u8                      duty_cycle;
+
+	unsigned                pulse:1;
+	unsigned                overflow:1;
+	unsigned                timeout:1;
+	unsigned                carrier_report:1;
+};
+
+#define US_TO_NS(usec)		((usec) * 1000)
+#define MS_TO_US(msec)		((msec) * 1000)
+#define IR_MAX_DURATION		MS_TO_US(1000)
+#define IR_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT	MS_TO_US(125)
+#define IR_MAX_TIMEOUT		LIRC_VALUE_MASK
+
+void ir_raw_event_handle(struct rc_dev *dev);
+int ir_raw_event_store(struct rc_dev *dev, struct ir_raw_event *ev);
+int ir_raw_event_store_edge(struct rc_dev *dev, bool pulse);
+int ir_raw_event_store_with_filter(struct rc_dev *dev,
+				   struct ir_raw_event *ev);
+int ir_raw_event_store_with_timeout(struct rc_dev *dev,
+				    struct ir_raw_event *ev);
+void ir_raw_event_set_idle(struct rc_dev *dev, bool idle);
+int ir_raw_encode_scancode(enum rc_proto protocol, u32 scancode,
+			   struct ir_raw_event *events, unsigned int max);
+int ir_raw_encode_carrier(enum rc_proto protocol);
+
+static inline void ir_raw_event_overflow(struct rc_dev *dev)
+{
+	ir_raw_event_store(dev, &((struct ir_raw_event) { .overflow = true }));
+	dev->idle = true;
+	ir_raw_event_handle(dev);
+}
+
+/* extract mask bits out of data and pack them into the result */
+static inline u32 ir_extract_bits(u32 data, u32 mask)
+{
+	u32 vbit = 1, value = 0;
+
+	do {
+		if (mask & 1) {
+			if (data & 1)
+				value |= vbit;
+			vbit <<= 1;
+		}
+		data >>= 1;
+	} while (mask >>= 1);
+
+	return value;
+}
+
+/* Get NEC scancode and protocol type from address and command bytes */
+static inline u32 ir_nec_bytes_to_scancode(u8 address, u8 not_address,
+					   u8 command, u8 not_command,
+					   enum rc_proto *protocol)
+{
+	u32 scancode;
+
+	if ((command ^ not_command) != 0xff) {
+		/* NEC transport, but modified protocol, used by at
+		 * least Apple and TiVo remotes
+		 */
+		scancode = not_address << 24 |
+			address     << 16 |
+			not_command <<  8 |
+			command;
+		*protocol = RC_PROTO_NEC32;
+	} else if ((address ^ not_address) != 0xff) {
+		/* Extended NEC */
+		scancode = address     << 16 |
+			   not_address <<  8 |
+			   command;
+		*protocol = RC_PROTO_NECX;
+	} else {
+		/* Normal NEC */
+		scancode = address << 8 | command;
+		*protocol = RC_PROTO_NEC;
+	}
+
+	return scancode;
+}
+
+#endif /* _RC_CORE */
diff --git a/include/media/rc-map.h b/include/media/rc-map.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d95ed3e96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/rc-map.h
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * rc-map.h - define RC map names used by RC drivers
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_RC_MAP_H
+#define _MEDIA_RC_MAP_H
+
+#include <linux/input.h>
+#include <uapi/linux/lirc.h>
+
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_NONE		0ULL
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_UNKNOWN		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_UNKNOWN)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_OTHER		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_OTHER)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC5		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC5)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC5X_20		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC5X_20)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC5_SZ		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC5_SZ)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_JVC		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_JVC)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_SONY12		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_SONY12)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_SONY15		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_SONY15)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_SONY20		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_SONY20)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_NEC		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_NEC)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_NECX		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_NECX)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_NEC32		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_NEC32)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_SANYO		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_SANYO)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_MCIR2_KBD		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_MCIR2_KBD)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_MCIR2_MSE		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_MCIR2_MSE)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_0		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC6_0)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_6A_20		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC6_6A_20)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_6A_24		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC6_6A_24)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_6A_32		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC6_6A_32)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_MCE		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC6_MCE)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_SHARP		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_SHARP)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_XMP		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_XMP)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_CEC		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_CEC)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_IMON		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_IMON)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RCMM12		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RCMM12)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RCMM24		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RCMM24)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RCMM32		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RCMM32)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_XBOX_DVD		BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_XBOX_DVD)
+
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_RC5_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_RC5_CODEC \
+	(RC_PROTO_BIT_RC5 | RC_PROTO_BIT_RC5X_20 |  RC_PROTO_BIT_RC5_SZ)
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_RC5_CODEC 0
+#endif
+
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_JVC_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_JVC_CODEC RC_PROTO_BIT_JVC
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_JVC_CODEC 0
+#endif
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_SONY_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_SONY_CODEC \
+	(RC_PROTO_BIT_SONY12 | RC_PROTO_BIT_SONY15 |  RC_PROTO_BIT_SONY20)
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_SONY_CODEC 0
+#endif
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_NEC_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_NEC_CODEC \
+	(RC_PROTO_BIT_NEC | RC_PROTO_BIT_NECX | RC_PROTO_BIT_NEC32)
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_NEC_CODEC 0
+#endif
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_SANYO_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_SANYO_CODEC RC_PROTO_BIT_SANYO
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_SANYO_CODEC 0
+#endif
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_MCE_KBD_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_MCE_KBD_CODEC \
+	(RC_PROTO_BIT_MCIR2_KBD |  RC_PROTO_BIT_MCIR2_MSE)
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_MCE_KBD_CODEC 0
+#endif
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_RC6_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_RC6_CODEC \
+	(RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_0 | RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_6A_20 | \
+	 RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_6A_24 |  RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_6A_32 | \
+	 RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_MCE)
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_RC6_CODEC 0
+#endif
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_SHARP_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_SHARP_CODEC RC_PROTO_BIT_SHARP
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_SHARP_CODEC 0
+#endif
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_XMP_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_XMP_CODEC RC_PROTO_BIT_XMP
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_XMP_CODEC 0
+#endif
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_IMON_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_IMON_CODEC RC_PROTO_BIT_IMON
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_IMON_CODEC 0
+#endif
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_RCMM_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_RCMM_CODEC \
+	(RC_PROTO_BIT_RCMM12 | RC_PROTO_BIT_RCMM24 | RC_PROTO_BIT_RCMM32)
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_RCMM_CODEC 0
+#endif
+
+/* All kernel-based codecs have encoders and decoders */
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_ALL_IR_DECODER \
+	(__RC_PROTO_RC5_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_JVC_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_SONY_CODEC | \
+	 __RC_PROTO_NEC_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_SANYO_CODEC | \
+	 __RC_PROTO_MCE_KBD_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_RC6_CODEC | \
+	 __RC_PROTO_SHARP_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_XMP_CODEC | \
+	 __RC_PROTO_IMON_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_RCMM_CODEC)
+
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_ALL_IR_ENCODER \
+	(__RC_PROTO_RC5_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_JVC_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_SONY_CODEC | \
+	 __RC_PROTO_NEC_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_SANYO_CODEC | \
+	 __RC_PROTO_MCE_KBD_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_RC6_CODEC | \
+	 __RC_PROTO_SHARP_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_XMP_CODEC | \
+	 __RC_PROTO_IMON_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_RCMM_CODEC)
+
+#define RC_SCANCODE_UNKNOWN(x)			(x)
+#define RC_SCANCODE_OTHER(x)			(x)
+#define RC_SCANCODE_NEC(addr, cmd)		(((addr) << 8) | (cmd))
+#define RC_SCANCODE_NECX(addr, cmd)		(((addr) << 8) | (cmd))
+#define RC_SCANCODE_NEC32(data)			((data) & 0xffffffff)
+#define RC_SCANCODE_RC5(sys, cmd)		(((sys) << 8) | (cmd))
+#define RC_SCANCODE_RC5_SZ(sys, cmd)		(((sys) << 8) | (cmd))
+#define RC_SCANCODE_RC6_0(sys, cmd)		(((sys) << 8) | (cmd))
+#define RC_SCANCODE_RC6_6A(vendor, sys, cmd)	(((vendor) << 16) | ((sys) << 8) | (cmd))
+
+/**
+ * struct rc_map_table - represents a scancode/keycode pair
+ *
+ * @scancode: scan code (u64)
+ * @keycode: Linux input keycode
+ */
+struct rc_map_table {
+	u64	scancode;
+	u32	keycode;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct rc_map - represents a keycode map table
+ *
+ * @scan: pointer to struct &rc_map_table
+ * @size: Max number of entries
+ * @len: Number of entries that are in use
+ * @alloc: size of \*scan, in bytes
+ * @rc_proto: type of the remote controller protocol, as defined at
+ *	     enum &rc_proto
+ * @name: name of the key map table
+ * @lock: lock to protect access to this structure
+ */
+struct rc_map {
+	struct rc_map_table	*scan;
+	unsigned int		size;
+	unsigned int		len;
+	unsigned int		alloc;
+	enum rc_proto		rc_proto;
+	const char		*name;
+	spinlock_t		lock;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct rc_map_list - list of the registered &rc_map maps
+ *
+ * @list: pointer to struct &list_head
+ * @map: pointer to struct &rc_map
+ */
+struct rc_map_list {
+	struct list_head	 list;
+	struct rc_map map;
+};
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CEC_RC
+/*
+ * rc_map_list from rc-cec.c
+ */
+extern struct rc_map_list cec_map;
+#endif
+
+/* Routines from rc-map.c */
+
+/**
+ * rc_map_register() - Registers a Remote Controller scancode map
+ *
+ * @map:	pointer to struct rc_map_list
+ */
+int rc_map_register(struct rc_map_list *map);
+
+/**
+ * rc_map_unregister() - Unregisters a Remote Controller scancode map
+ *
+ * @map:	pointer to struct rc_map_list
+ */
+void rc_map_unregister(struct rc_map_list *map);
+
+/**
+ * rc_map_get - gets an RC map from its name
+ * @name: name of the RC scancode map
+ */
+struct rc_map *rc_map_get(const char *name);
+
+/* Names of the several keytables defined in-kernel */
+
+#define RC_MAP_ADSTECH_DVB_T_PCI         "rc-adstech-dvb-t-pci"
+#define RC_MAP_ALINK_DTU_M               "rc-alink-dtu-m"
+#define RC_MAP_ANYSEE                    "rc-anysee"
+#define RC_MAP_APAC_VIEWCOMP             "rc-apac-viewcomp"
+#define RC_MAP_ASTROMETA_T2HYBRID        "rc-astrometa-t2hybrid"
+#define RC_MAP_ASUS_PC39                 "rc-asus-pc39"
+#define RC_MAP_ASUS_PS3_100              "rc-asus-ps3-100"
+#define RC_MAP_ATI_TV_WONDER_HD_600      "rc-ati-tv-wonder-hd-600"
+#define RC_MAP_ATI_X10                   "rc-ati-x10"
+#define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA                 "rc-avermedia"
+#define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA_A16D            "rc-avermedia-a16d"
+#define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA_CARDBUS         "rc-avermedia-cardbus"
+#define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA_DVBT            "rc-avermedia-dvbt"
+#define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA_M135A           "rc-avermedia-m135a"
+#define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA_M733A_RM_K6     "rc-avermedia-m733a-rm-k6"
+#define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA_RM_KS           "rc-avermedia-rm-ks"
+#define RC_MAP_AVERTV_303                "rc-avertv-303"
+#define RC_MAP_AZUREWAVE_AD_TU700        "rc-azurewave-ad-tu700"
+#define RC_MAP_BEELINK_GS1               "rc-beelink-gs1"
+#define RC_MAP_BEELINK_MXIII             "rc-beelink-mxiii"
+#define RC_MAP_BEHOLD                    "rc-behold"
+#define RC_MAP_BEHOLD_COLUMBUS           "rc-behold-columbus"
+#define RC_MAP_BUDGET_CI_OLD             "rc-budget-ci-old"
+#define RC_MAP_CEC                       "rc-cec"
+#define RC_MAP_CINERGY                   "rc-cinergy"
+#define RC_MAP_CINERGY_1400              "rc-cinergy-1400"
+#define RC_MAP_CT_90405                  "rc-ct-90405"
+#define RC_MAP_D680_DMB                  "rc-d680-dmb"
+#define RC_MAP_DELOCK_61959              "rc-delock-61959"
+#define RC_MAP_DIB0700_NEC_TABLE         "rc-dib0700-nec"
+#define RC_MAP_DIB0700_RC5_TABLE         "rc-dib0700-rc5"
+#define RC_MAP_DIGITALNOW_TINYTWIN       "rc-digitalnow-tinytwin"
+#define RC_MAP_DIGITTRADE                "rc-digittrade"
+#define RC_MAP_DM1105_NEC                "rc-dm1105-nec"
+#define RC_MAP_DNTV_LIVE_DVB_T           "rc-dntv-live-dvb-t"
+#define RC_MAP_DNTV_LIVE_DVBT_PRO        "rc-dntv-live-dvbt-pro"
+#define RC_MAP_DREAMBOX                  "rc-dreambox"
+#define RC_MAP_DTT200U                   "rc-dtt200u"
+#define RC_MAP_DVBSKY                    "rc-dvbsky"
+#define RC_MAP_DVICO_MCE		 "rc-dvico-mce"
+#define RC_MAP_DVICO_PORTABLE		 "rc-dvico-portable"
+#define RC_MAP_EMPTY                     "rc-empty"
+#define RC_MAP_EM_TERRATEC               "rc-em-terratec"
+#define RC_MAP_ENCORE_ENLTV              "rc-encore-enltv"
+#define RC_MAP_ENCORE_ENLTV2             "rc-encore-enltv2"
+#define RC_MAP_ENCORE_ENLTV_FM53         "rc-encore-enltv-fm53"
+#define RC_MAP_EVGA_INDTUBE              "rc-evga-indtube"
+#define RC_MAP_EZTV                      "rc-eztv"
+#define RC_MAP_FLYDVB                    "rc-flydvb"
+#define RC_MAP_FLYVIDEO                  "rc-flyvideo"
+#define RC_MAP_FUSIONHDTV_MCE            "rc-fusionhdtv-mce"
+#define RC_MAP_GADMEI_RM008Z             "rc-gadmei-rm008z"
+#define RC_MAP_GEEKBOX                   "rc-geekbox"
+#define RC_MAP_GENIUS_TVGO_A11MCE        "rc-genius-tvgo-a11mce"
+#define RC_MAP_GOTVIEW7135               "rc-gotview7135"
+#define RC_MAP_HAUPPAUGE                 "rc-hauppauge"
+#define RC_MAP_HISI_POPLAR               "rc-hisi-poplar"
+#define RC_MAP_HISI_TV_DEMO              "rc-hisi-tv-demo"
+#define RC_MAP_IMON_MCE                  "rc-imon-mce"
+#define RC_MAP_IMON_PAD                  "rc-imon-pad"
+#define RC_MAP_IMON_RSC                  "rc-imon-rsc"
+#define RC_MAP_IODATA_BCTV7E             "rc-iodata-bctv7e"
+#define RC_MAP_IT913X_V1                 "rc-it913x-v1"
+#define RC_MAP_IT913X_V2                 "rc-it913x-v2"
+#define RC_MAP_KAIOMY                    "rc-kaiomy"
+#define RC_MAP_KHADAS                    "rc-khadas"
+#define RC_MAP_KHAMSIN                   "rc-khamsin"
+#define RC_MAP_KWORLD_315U               "rc-kworld-315u"
+#define RC_MAP_KWORLD_PC150U             "rc-kworld-pc150u"
+#define RC_MAP_KWORLD_PLUS_TV_ANALOG     "rc-kworld-plus-tv-analog"
+#define RC_MAP_LEADTEK_Y04G0051          "rc-leadtek-y04g0051"
+#define RC_MAP_LME2510                   "rc-lme2510"
+#define RC_MAP_MANLI                     "rc-manli"
+#define RC_MAP_MECOOL_KII_PRO            "rc-mecool-kii-pro"
+#define RC_MAP_MECOOL_KIII_PRO           "rc-mecool-kiii-pro"
+#define RC_MAP_MEDION_X10                "rc-medion-x10"
+#define RC_MAP_MEDION_X10_DIGITAINER     "rc-medion-x10-digitainer"
+#define RC_MAP_MEDION_X10_OR2X           "rc-medion-x10-or2x"
+#define RC_MAP_MINIX_NEO                 "rc-minix-neo"
+#define RC_MAP_MSI_DIGIVOX_II            "rc-msi-digivox-ii"
+#define RC_MAP_MSI_DIGIVOX_III           "rc-msi-digivox-iii"
+#define RC_MAP_MSI_TVANYWHERE            "rc-msi-tvanywhere"
+#define RC_MAP_MSI_TVANYWHERE_PLUS       "rc-msi-tvanywhere-plus"
+#define RC_MAP_MYGICA_UTV3               "rc-mygica-utv3"
+#define RC_MAP_NEBULA                    "rc-nebula"
+#define RC_MAP_NEC_TERRATEC_CINERGY_XS   "rc-nec-terratec-cinergy-xs"
+#define RC_MAP_NORWOOD                   "rc-norwood"
+#define RC_MAP_NPGTECH                   "rc-npgtech"
+#define RC_MAP_ODROID                    "rc-odroid"
+#define RC_MAP_PCTV_SEDNA                "rc-pctv-sedna"
+#define RC_MAP_PINE64                    "rc-pine64"
+#define RC_MAP_PINNACLE_COLOR            "rc-pinnacle-color"
+#define RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY             "rc-pinnacle-grey"
+#define RC_MAP_PINNACLE_PCTV_HD          "rc-pinnacle-pctv-hd"
+#define RC_MAP_PIXELVIEW                 "rc-pixelview"
+#define RC_MAP_PIXELVIEW_002T            "rc-pixelview-002t"
+#define RC_MAP_PIXELVIEW_MK12            "rc-pixelview-mk12"
+#define RC_MAP_PIXELVIEW_NEW             "rc-pixelview-new"
+#define RC_MAP_POWERCOLOR_REAL_ANGEL     "rc-powercolor-real-angel"
+#define RC_MAP_PROTEUS_2309              "rc-proteus-2309"
+#define RC_MAP_PURPLETV                  "rc-purpletv"
+#define RC_MAP_PV951                     "rc-pv951"
+#define RC_MAP_RC6_MCE                   "rc-rc6-mce"
+#define RC_MAP_REAL_AUDIO_220_32_KEYS    "rc-real-audio-220-32-keys"
+#define RC_MAP_REDDO                     "rc-reddo"
+#define RC_MAP_SIEMENS_GIGASET_RC20      "rc-siemens-gigaset-rc20"
+#define RC_MAP_SNAPSTREAM_FIREFLY        "rc-snapstream-firefly"
+#define RC_MAP_STREAMZAP                 "rc-streamzap"
+#define RC_MAP_SU3000                    "rc-su3000"
+#define RC_MAP_TANIX_TX3MINI             "rc-tanix-tx3mini"
+#define RC_MAP_TANIX_TX5MAX              "rc-tanix-tx5max"
+#define RC_MAP_TBS_NEC                   "rc-tbs-nec"
+#define RC_MAP_TECHNISAT_TS35            "rc-technisat-ts35"
+#define RC_MAP_TECHNISAT_USB2            "rc-technisat-usb2"
+#define RC_MAP_TERRATEC_CINERGY_C_PCI    "rc-terratec-cinergy-c-pci"
+#define RC_MAP_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_HD    "rc-terratec-cinergy-s2-hd"
+#define RC_MAP_TERRATEC_CINERGY_XS       "rc-terratec-cinergy-xs"
+#define RC_MAP_TERRATEC_SLIM             "rc-terratec-slim"
+#define RC_MAP_TERRATEC_SLIM_2           "rc-terratec-slim-2"
+#define RC_MAP_TEVII_NEC                 "rc-tevii-nec"
+#define RC_MAP_TIVO                      "rc-tivo"
+#define RC_MAP_TOTAL_MEDIA_IN_HAND       "rc-total-media-in-hand"
+#define RC_MAP_TOTAL_MEDIA_IN_HAND_02    "rc-total-media-in-hand-02"
+#define RC_MAP_TREKSTOR                  "rc-trekstor"
+#define RC_MAP_TT_1500                   "rc-tt-1500"
+#define RC_MAP_TWINHAN_DTV_CAB_CI        "rc-twinhan-dtv-cab-ci"
+#define RC_MAP_TWINHAN_VP1027_DVBS       "rc-twinhan1027"
+#define RC_MAP_VEGA_S9X                  "rc-vega-s9x"
+#define RC_MAP_VIDEOMATE_K100            "rc-videomate-k100"
+#define RC_MAP_VIDEOMATE_S350            "rc-videomate-s350"
+#define RC_MAP_VIDEOMATE_TV_PVR          "rc-videomate-tv-pvr"
+#define RC_MAP_KII_PRO                   "rc-videostrong-kii-pro"
+#define RC_MAP_WETEK_HUB                 "rc-wetek-hub"
+#define RC_MAP_WETEK_PLAY2               "rc-wetek-play2"
+#define RC_MAP_WINFAST                   "rc-winfast"
+#define RC_MAP_WINFAST_USBII_DELUXE      "rc-winfast-usbii-deluxe"
+#define RC_MAP_X96MAX                    "rc-x96max"
+#define RC_MAP_XBOX_360                  "rc-xbox-360"
+#define RC_MAP_XBOX_DVD                  "rc-xbox-dvd"
+#define RC_MAP_ZX_IRDEC                  "rc-zx-irdec"
+
+/*
+ * Please, do not just append newer Remote Controller names at the end.
+ * The names should be ordered in alphabetical order
+ */
+
+#endif /* _MEDIA_RC_MAP_H */
diff --git a/include/media/rcar-fcp.h b/include/media/rcar-fcp.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6ac9be9f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/rcar-fcp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ */
+/*
+ * rcar-fcp.h  --  R-Car Frame Compression Processor Driver
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2016 Renesas Electronics Corporation
+ *
+ * Contact: Laurent Pinchart (laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com)
+ */
+#ifndef __MEDIA_RCAR_FCP_H__
+#define __MEDIA_RCAR_FCP_H__
+
+struct device_node;
+struct rcar_fcp_device;
+
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_VIDEO_RENESAS_FCP)
+struct rcar_fcp_device *rcar_fcp_get(const struct device_node *np);
+void rcar_fcp_put(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp);
+struct device *rcar_fcp_get_device(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp);
+int rcar_fcp_enable(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp);
+void rcar_fcp_disable(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp);
+int rcar_fcp_soft_reset(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp);
+#else
+static inline struct rcar_fcp_device *rcar_fcp_get(const struct device_node *np)
+{
+	return ERR_PTR(-ENOENT);
+}
+static inline void rcar_fcp_put(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp) { }
+static inline struct device *rcar_fcp_get_device(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp)
+{
+	return NULL;
+}
+static inline int rcar_fcp_enable(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp)
+{
+	return 0;
+}
+static inline void rcar_fcp_disable(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp) { }
+static inline int rcar_fcp_soft_reset(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp)
+{
+	return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __MEDIA_RCAR_FCP_H__ */
diff --git a/include/media/rppx1.h b/include/media/rppx1.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2e761046d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/rppx1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2026 Renesas Electronics Corp.
+ * Copyright (C) 2026 Ideas on Board Oy
+ * Copyright (C) 2026 Ragnatech AB
+ */
+
+#ifndef __MEDIA_DCT_RPPX1_H__
+#define __MEDIA_DCT_RPPX1_H__
+
+#include <linux/v4l2-mediabus.h>
+#include <linux/media/dreamchip/rppx1-config.h>
+
+#include <media/videobuf2-core.h>
+
+struct rppx1;
+
+struct rppx1 *rppx1_create(void __iomem *base, struct device *dev);
+
+void rppx1_destroy(struct rppx1 *rpp);
+
+int rppx1_start(struct rppx1 *rpp, const struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *input,
+		const struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *hv,
+		const struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *mv);
+
+int rppx1_stop(struct rppx1 *rpp);
+
+bool rppx1_interrupt(struct rppx1 *rpp, u32 *isc);
+
+typedef int (*rppx1_reg_write)(void *priv, u32 offset, u32 value);
+int rppx1_params(struct rppx1 *rpp, struct vb2_buffer *vb, size_t max_size,
+		 rppx1_reg_write write, void *priv);
+
+void rppx1_stats_fill_isr(struct rppx1 *rpp, u32 isc, void *buf);
+
+#endif /* __MEDIA_DCT_RPPX1_H__ */
diff --git a/include/media/tpg/v4l2-tpg.h b/include/media/tpg/v4l2-tpg.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a55088921
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/tpg/v4l2-tpg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,668 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * v4l2-tpg.h - Test Pattern Generator
+ *
+ * Copyright 2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V4L2_TPG_H_
+#define _V4L2_TPG_H_
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <linux/errno.h>
+#include <linux/random.h>
+#include <linux/slab.h>
+#include <linux/vmalloc.h>
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+
+struct tpg_rbg_color8 {
+	unsigned char r, g, b;
+};
+
+struct tpg_rbg_color16 {
+	__u16 r, g, b;
+};
+
+enum tpg_color {
+	TPG_COLOR_CSC_WHITE,
+	TPG_COLOR_CSC_YELLOW,
+	TPG_COLOR_CSC_CYAN,
+	TPG_COLOR_CSC_GREEN,
+	TPG_COLOR_CSC_MAGENTA,
+	TPG_COLOR_CSC_RED,
+	TPG_COLOR_CSC_BLUE,
+	TPG_COLOR_CSC_BLACK,
+	TPG_COLOR_75_YELLOW,
+	TPG_COLOR_75_CYAN,
+	TPG_COLOR_75_GREEN,
+	TPG_COLOR_75_MAGENTA,
+	TPG_COLOR_75_RED,
+	TPG_COLOR_75_BLUE,
+	TPG_COLOR_100_WHITE,
+	TPG_COLOR_100_YELLOW,
+	TPG_COLOR_100_CYAN,
+	TPG_COLOR_100_GREEN,
+	TPG_COLOR_100_MAGENTA,
+	TPG_COLOR_100_RED,
+	TPG_COLOR_100_BLUE,
+	TPG_COLOR_100_BLACK,
+	TPG_COLOR_TEXTFG,
+	TPG_COLOR_TEXTBG,
+	TPG_COLOR_RANDOM,
+	TPG_COLOR_RAMP,
+	TPG_COLOR_MAX = TPG_COLOR_RAMP + 256
+};
+
+extern const struct tpg_rbg_color8 tpg_colors[TPG_COLOR_MAX];
+extern const unsigned short tpg_rec709_to_linear[255 * 16 + 1];
+extern const unsigned short tpg_linear_to_rec709[255 * 16 + 1];
+extern const struct tpg_rbg_color16 tpg_csc_colors[V4L2_COLORSPACE_DCI_P3 + 1]
+					  [V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SMPTE2084 + 1]
+					  [TPG_COLOR_CSC_BLACK + 1];
+enum tpg_pattern {
+	TPG_PAT_75_COLORBAR,
+	TPG_PAT_100_COLORBAR,
+	TPG_PAT_CSC_COLORBAR,
+	TPG_PAT_100_HCOLORBAR,
+	TPG_PAT_100_COLORSQUARES,
+	TPG_PAT_BLACK,
+	TPG_PAT_WHITE,
+	TPG_PAT_RED,
+	TPG_PAT_GREEN,
+	TPG_PAT_BLUE,
+	TPG_PAT_CHECKERS_16X16,
+	TPG_PAT_CHECKERS_2X2,
+	TPG_PAT_CHECKERS_1X1,
+	TPG_PAT_COLOR_CHECKERS_2X2,
+	TPG_PAT_COLOR_CHECKERS_1X1,
+	TPG_PAT_ALTERNATING_HLINES,
+	TPG_PAT_ALTERNATING_VLINES,
+	TPG_PAT_CROSS_1_PIXEL,
+	TPG_PAT_CROSS_2_PIXELS,
+	TPG_PAT_CROSS_10_PIXELS,
+	TPG_PAT_GRAY_RAMP,
+
+	/* Must be the last pattern */
+	TPG_PAT_NOISE,
+};
+
+extern const char * const tpg_pattern_strings[];
+
+enum tpg_quality {
+	TPG_QUAL_COLOR,
+	TPG_QUAL_GRAY,
+	TPG_QUAL_NOISE
+};
+
+enum tpg_video_aspect {
+	TPG_VIDEO_ASPECT_IMAGE,
+	TPG_VIDEO_ASPECT_4X3,
+	TPG_VIDEO_ASPECT_14X9_CENTRE,
+	TPG_VIDEO_ASPECT_16X9_CENTRE,
+	TPG_VIDEO_ASPECT_16X9_ANAMORPHIC,
+};
+
+enum tpg_pixel_aspect {
+	TPG_PIXEL_ASPECT_SQUARE,
+	TPG_PIXEL_ASPECT_NTSC,
+	TPG_PIXEL_ASPECT_PAL,
+};
+
+enum tpg_move_mode {
+	TPG_MOVE_NEG_FAST,
+	TPG_MOVE_NEG,
+	TPG_MOVE_NEG_SLOW,
+	TPG_MOVE_NONE,
+	TPG_MOVE_POS_SLOW,
+	TPG_MOVE_POS,
+	TPG_MOVE_POS_FAST,
+};
+
+enum tgp_color_enc {
+	TGP_COLOR_ENC_RGB,
+	TGP_COLOR_ENC_YCBCR,
+	TGP_COLOR_ENC_HSV,
+	TGP_COLOR_ENC_LUMA,
+};
+
+extern const char * const tpg_aspect_strings[];
+
+#define TPG_MAX_PLANES 3
+#define TPG_MAX_PAT_LINES 8
+
+struct tpg_data {
+	/* Source frame size */
+	unsigned			src_width, src_height;
+	/* Buffer height */
+	unsigned			buf_height;
+	/* Scaled output frame size */
+	unsigned			scaled_width;
+	u32				field;
+	bool				field_alternate;
+	/* crop coordinates are frame-based */
+	struct v4l2_rect		crop;
+	/* compose coordinates are format-based */
+	struct v4l2_rect		compose;
+	/* border and square coordinates are frame-based */
+	struct v4l2_rect		border;
+	struct v4l2_rect		square;
+
+	/* Color-related fields */
+	enum tpg_quality		qual;
+	unsigned			qual_offset;
+	u8				alpha_component;
+	bool				alpha_red_only;
+	u8				brightness;
+	u8				contrast;
+	u8				saturation;
+	s16				hue;
+	u32				fourcc;
+	enum tgp_color_enc		color_enc;
+	u32				colorspace;
+	u32				xfer_func;
+	u32				ycbcr_enc;
+	u32				hsv_enc;
+	/*
+	 * Stores the actual transfer function, i.e. will never be
+	 * V4L2_XFER_FUNC_DEFAULT.
+	 */
+	u32				real_xfer_func;
+	/*
+	 * Stores the actual Y'CbCr encoding, i.e. will never be
+	 * V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_DEFAULT.
+	 */
+	u32				real_hsv_enc;
+	u32				real_ycbcr_enc;
+	u32				quantization;
+	/*
+	 * Stores the actual quantization, i.e. will never be
+	 * V4L2_QUANTIZATION_DEFAULT.
+	 */
+	u32				real_quantization;
+	enum tpg_video_aspect		vid_aspect;
+	enum tpg_pixel_aspect		pix_aspect;
+	unsigned			rgb_range;
+	unsigned			real_rgb_range;
+	unsigned			buffers;
+	unsigned			planes;
+	bool				interleaved;
+	u8				vdownsampling[TPG_MAX_PLANES];
+	u8				hdownsampling[TPG_MAX_PLANES];
+	/*
+	 * horizontal positions must be ANDed with this value to enforce
+	 * correct boundaries for packed YUYV values.
+	 */
+	unsigned			hmask[TPG_MAX_PLANES];
+	/* Used to store the colors in native format, either RGB or YUV */
+	u8				colors[TPG_COLOR_MAX][3];
+	u8				textfg[TPG_MAX_PLANES][8], textbg[TPG_MAX_PLANES][8];
+	/* size in bytes for two pixels in each plane */
+	unsigned			twopixelsize[TPG_MAX_PLANES];
+	unsigned			bytesperline[TPG_MAX_PLANES];
+
+	/* Configuration */
+	enum tpg_pattern		pattern;
+	bool				hflip;
+	bool				vflip;
+	unsigned			perc_fill;
+	bool				perc_fill_blank;
+	bool				show_border;
+	bool				show_square;
+	bool				insert_sav;
+	bool				insert_eav;
+	bool				insert_hdmi_video_guard_band;
+
+	/* Test pattern movement */
+	enum tpg_move_mode		mv_hor_mode;
+	int				mv_hor_count;
+	int				mv_hor_step;
+	enum tpg_move_mode		mv_vert_mode;
+	int				mv_vert_count;
+	int				mv_vert_step;
+
+	bool				recalc_colors;
+	bool				recalc_lines;
+	bool				recalc_square_border;
+
+	/* Used to store TPG_MAX_PAT_LINES lines, each with up to two planes */
+	unsigned			max_line_width;
+	u8				*lines[TPG_MAX_PAT_LINES][TPG_MAX_PLANES];
+	u8				*downsampled_lines[TPG_MAX_PAT_LINES][TPG_MAX_PLANES];
+	u8				*random_line[TPG_MAX_PLANES];
+	u8				*contrast_line[TPG_MAX_PLANES];
+	u8				*black_line[TPG_MAX_PLANES];
+};
+
+void tpg_init(struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned w, unsigned h);
+int tpg_alloc(struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned max_w);
+void tpg_free(struct tpg_data *tpg);
+void tpg_reset_source(struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned width, unsigned height,
+		       u32 field);
+void tpg_log_status(struct tpg_data *tpg);
+
+void tpg_set_font(const u8 *f);
+void tpg_gen_text(const struct tpg_data *tpg,
+		u8 *basep[TPG_MAX_PLANES][2], int y, int x, const char *text);
+void tpg_calc_text_basep(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+		u8 *basep[TPG_MAX_PLANES][2], unsigned p, u8 *vbuf);
+unsigned tpg_g_interleaved_plane(const struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned buf_line);
+void tpg_fill_plane_buffer(struct tpg_data *tpg, v4l2_std_id std,
+			   unsigned p, u8 *vbuf);
+void tpg_fillbuffer(struct tpg_data *tpg, v4l2_std_id std,
+		    unsigned p, u8 *vbuf);
+bool tpg_s_fourcc(struct tpg_data *tpg, u32 fourcc);
+void tpg_s_crop_compose(struct tpg_data *tpg, const struct v4l2_rect *crop,
+		const struct v4l2_rect *compose);
+const char *tpg_g_color_order(const struct tpg_data *tpg);
+
+static inline void tpg_s_pattern(struct tpg_data *tpg, enum tpg_pattern pattern)
+{
+	if (tpg->pattern == pattern)
+		return;
+	tpg->pattern = pattern;
+	tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_quality(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+				    enum tpg_quality qual, unsigned qual_offset)
+{
+	if (tpg->qual == qual && tpg->qual_offset == qual_offset)
+		return;
+	tpg->qual = qual;
+	tpg->qual_offset = qual_offset;
+	tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline enum tpg_quality tpg_g_quality(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+	return tpg->qual;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_alpha_component(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+					    u8 alpha_component)
+{
+	if (tpg->alpha_component == alpha_component)
+		return;
+	tpg->alpha_component = alpha_component;
+	tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_alpha_mode(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+					    bool red_only)
+{
+	if (tpg->alpha_red_only == red_only)
+		return;
+	tpg->alpha_red_only = red_only;
+	tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_brightness(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+					u8 brightness)
+{
+	if (tpg->brightness == brightness)
+		return;
+	tpg->brightness = brightness;
+	tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_contrast(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+					u8 contrast)
+{
+	if (tpg->contrast == contrast)
+		return;
+	tpg->contrast = contrast;
+	tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_saturation(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+					u8 saturation)
+{
+	if (tpg->saturation == saturation)
+		return;
+	tpg->saturation = saturation;
+	tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_hue(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+					s16 hue)
+{
+	hue = clamp_t(s16, hue, -128, 128);
+	if (tpg->hue == hue)
+		return;
+	tpg->hue = hue;
+	tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_rgb_range(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+					unsigned rgb_range)
+{
+	if (tpg->rgb_range == rgb_range)
+		return;
+	tpg->rgb_range = rgb_range;
+	tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_real_rgb_range(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+					unsigned rgb_range)
+{
+	if (tpg->real_rgb_range == rgb_range)
+		return;
+	tpg->real_rgb_range = rgb_range;
+	tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_colorspace(struct tpg_data *tpg, u32 colorspace)
+{
+	if (tpg->colorspace == colorspace)
+		return;
+	tpg->colorspace = colorspace;
+	tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline u32 tpg_g_colorspace(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+	return tpg->colorspace;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_ycbcr_enc(struct tpg_data *tpg, u32 ycbcr_enc)
+{
+	if (tpg->ycbcr_enc == ycbcr_enc)
+		return;
+	tpg->ycbcr_enc = ycbcr_enc;
+	tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline u32 tpg_g_ycbcr_enc(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+	return tpg->ycbcr_enc;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_hsv_enc(struct tpg_data *tpg, u32 hsv_enc)
+{
+	if (tpg->hsv_enc == hsv_enc)
+		return;
+	tpg->hsv_enc = hsv_enc;
+	tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline u32 tpg_g_hsv_enc(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+	return tpg->hsv_enc;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_xfer_func(struct tpg_data *tpg, u32 xfer_func)
+{
+	if (tpg->xfer_func == xfer_func)
+		return;
+	tpg->xfer_func = xfer_func;
+	tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline u32 tpg_g_xfer_func(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+	return tpg->xfer_func;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_quantization(struct tpg_data *tpg, u32 quantization)
+{
+	if (tpg->quantization == quantization)
+		return;
+	tpg->quantization = quantization;
+	tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline u32 tpg_g_quantization(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+	return tpg->quantization;
+}
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_g_buffers(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+	return tpg->buffers;
+}
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_g_planes(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+	return tpg->interleaved ? 1 : tpg->planes;
+}
+
+static inline bool tpg_g_interleaved(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+	return tpg->interleaved;
+}
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_g_twopixelsize(const struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned plane)
+{
+	return tpg->twopixelsize[plane];
+}
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_hdiv(const struct tpg_data *tpg,
+				  unsigned plane, unsigned x)
+{
+	return ((x / tpg->hdownsampling[plane]) & tpg->hmask[plane]) *
+		tpg->twopixelsize[plane] / 2;
+}
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_hscale(const struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned x)
+{
+	return (x * tpg->scaled_width) / tpg->src_width;
+}
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_hscale_div(const struct tpg_data *tpg,
+				      unsigned plane, unsigned x)
+{
+	return tpg_hdiv(tpg, plane, tpg_hscale(tpg, x));
+}
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_g_bytesperline(const struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned plane)
+{
+	return tpg->bytesperline[plane];
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_bytesperline(struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned plane, unsigned bpl)
+{
+	unsigned p;
+
+	if (tpg->buffers > 1) {
+		tpg->bytesperline[plane] = bpl;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	for (p = 0; p < tpg_g_planes(tpg); p++) {
+		unsigned plane_w = bpl * tpg->twopixelsize[p] / tpg->twopixelsize[0];
+
+		tpg->bytesperline[p] = plane_w / tpg->hdownsampling[p];
+	}
+	if (tpg_g_interleaved(tpg))
+		tpg->bytesperline[1] = tpg->bytesperline[0];
+}
+
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_g_line_width(const struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned plane)
+{
+	unsigned w = 0;
+	unsigned p;
+
+	if (tpg->buffers > 1)
+		return tpg_g_bytesperline(tpg, plane);
+	for (p = 0; p < tpg_g_planes(tpg); p++) {
+		unsigned plane_w = tpg_g_bytesperline(tpg, p);
+
+		w += plane_w / tpg->vdownsampling[p];
+	}
+	return w;
+}
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_calc_line_width(const struct tpg_data *tpg,
+					   unsigned plane, unsigned bpl)
+{
+	unsigned w = 0;
+	unsigned p;
+
+	if (tpg->buffers > 1)
+		return bpl;
+	for (p = 0; p < tpg_g_planes(tpg); p++) {
+		unsigned plane_w = bpl * tpg->twopixelsize[p] / tpg->twopixelsize[0];
+
+		plane_w /= tpg->hdownsampling[p];
+		w += plane_w / tpg->vdownsampling[p];
+	}
+	return w;
+}
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_calc_plane_size(const struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned plane)
+{
+	if (plane >= tpg_g_planes(tpg))
+		return 0;
+
+	return tpg_g_bytesperline(tpg, plane) * tpg->buf_height /
+	       tpg->vdownsampling[plane];
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_buf_height(struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned h)
+{
+	tpg->buf_height = h;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_field(struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned field, bool alternate)
+{
+	tpg->field = field;
+	tpg->field_alternate = alternate;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_perc_fill(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+				      unsigned perc_fill)
+{
+	tpg->perc_fill = perc_fill;
+}
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_g_perc_fill(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+	return tpg->perc_fill;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_perc_fill_blank(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+					 bool perc_fill_blank)
+{
+	tpg->perc_fill_blank = perc_fill_blank;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_video_aspect(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+					enum tpg_video_aspect vid_aspect)
+{
+	if (tpg->vid_aspect == vid_aspect)
+		return;
+	tpg->vid_aspect = vid_aspect;
+	tpg->recalc_square_border = true;
+}
+
+static inline enum tpg_video_aspect tpg_g_video_aspect(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+	return tpg->vid_aspect;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_pixel_aspect(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+					enum tpg_pixel_aspect pix_aspect)
+{
+	if (tpg->pix_aspect == pix_aspect)
+		return;
+	tpg->pix_aspect = pix_aspect;
+	tpg->recalc_square_border = true;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_show_border(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+					bool show_border)
+{
+	tpg->show_border = show_border;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_show_square(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+					bool show_square)
+{
+	tpg->show_square = show_square;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_insert_sav(struct tpg_data *tpg, bool insert_sav)
+{
+	tpg->insert_sav = insert_sav;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_insert_eav(struct tpg_data *tpg, bool insert_eav)
+{
+	tpg->insert_eav = insert_eav;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This inserts 4 pixels of the RGB color 0xab55ab at the left hand side of the
+ * image. This is only done for 3 or 4 byte RGB pixel formats. This pixel value
+ * equals the Video Guard Band value as defined by HDMI (see section 5.2.2.1
+ * in the HDMI 1.3 Specification) that preceeds the first actual pixel. If the
+ * HDMI receiver doesn't handle this correctly, then it might keep skipping
+ * these Video Guard Band patterns and end up with a shorter video line. So this
+ * is a nice pattern to test with.
+ */
+static inline void tpg_s_insert_hdmi_video_guard_band(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+						      bool insert_hdmi_video_guard_band)
+{
+	tpg->insert_hdmi_video_guard_band = insert_hdmi_video_guard_band;
+}
+
+void tpg_update_mv_step(struct tpg_data *tpg);
+
+static inline void tpg_s_mv_hor_mode(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+				enum tpg_move_mode mv_hor_mode)
+{
+	tpg->mv_hor_mode = mv_hor_mode;
+	tpg_update_mv_step(tpg);
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_mv_vert_mode(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+				enum tpg_move_mode mv_vert_mode)
+{
+	tpg->mv_vert_mode = mv_vert_mode;
+	tpg_update_mv_step(tpg);
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_init_mv_count(struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+	tpg->mv_hor_count = tpg->mv_vert_count = 0;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_update_mv_count(struct tpg_data *tpg, bool frame_is_field)
+{
+	tpg->mv_hor_count += tpg->mv_hor_step * (frame_is_field ? 1 : 2);
+	tpg->mv_vert_count += tpg->mv_vert_step * (frame_is_field ? 1 : 2);
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_hflip(struct tpg_data *tpg, bool hflip)
+{
+	if (tpg->hflip == hflip)
+		return;
+	tpg->hflip = hflip;
+	tpg_update_mv_step(tpg);
+	tpg->recalc_lines = true;
+}
+
+static inline bool tpg_g_hflip(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+	return tpg->hflip;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_vflip(struct tpg_data *tpg, bool vflip)
+{
+	tpg->vflip = vflip;
+}
+
+static inline bool tpg_g_vflip(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+	return tpg->vflip;
+}
+
+static inline bool tpg_pattern_is_static(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+	return tpg->pattern != TPG_PAT_NOISE &&
+	       tpg->mv_hor_mode == TPG_MOVE_NONE &&
+	       tpg->mv_vert_mode == TPG_MOVE_NONE;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/tuner-types.h b/include/media/tuner-types.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c79b773f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/tuner-types.h
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+/*
+ * descriptions for simple tuners.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __TUNER_TYPES_H__
+#define __TUNER_TYPES_H__
+
+/**
+ * enum param_type - type of the tuner pameters
+ *
+ * @TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_RADIO:	Tuner params are for FM and/or AM radio
+ * @TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_PAL:	Tuner params are for PAL color TV standard
+ * @TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_SECAM:	Tuner params are for SECAM color TV standard
+ * @TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_NTSC:	Tuner params are for NTSC color TV standard
+ * @TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_DIGITAL:	Tuner params are for digital TV
+ */
+enum param_type {
+	TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_RADIO,
+	TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_PAL,
+	TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_SECAM,
+	TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_NTSC,
+	TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_DIGITAL,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct tuner_range - define the frequencies supported by the tuner
+ *
+ * @limit:		Max frequency supported by that range, in 62.5 kHz
+ *			(TV) or 62.5 Hz (Radio), as defined by
+ *			V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW.
+ * @config:		Value of the band switch byte (BB) to setup this mode.
+ * @cb:			Value of the CB byte to setup this mode.
+ *
+ * Please notice that digital tuners like xc3028/xc4000/xc5000 don't use
+ * those ranges, as they're defined inside the driver. This is used by
+ * analog tuners that are compatible with the "Philips way" to setup the
+ * tuners. On those devices, the tuner set is done via 4 bytes:
+ *
+ *	#) divider byte1 (DB1)
+ *	#) divider byte 2 (DB2)
+ *	#) Control byte (CB)
+ *	#) band switch byte (BB)
+ *
+ * Some tuners also have an additional optional Auxiliary byte (AB).
+ */
+struct tuner_range {
+	unsigned short limit;
+	unsigned char config;
+	unsigned char cb;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct tuner_params - Parameters to be used to setup the tuner. Those
+ *			 are used by drivers/media/tuners/tuner-types.c in
+ *			 order to specify the tuner properties. Most of
+ *			 the parameters are for tuners based on tda9887 IF-PLL
+ *			 multi-standard analog TV/Radio demodulator, with is
+ *			 very common on legacy analog tuners.
+ *
+ * @type:			Type of the tuner parameters, as defined at
+ *				enum param_type. If the tuner supports multiple
+ *				standards, an array should be used, with one
+ *				row per different standard.
+ * @cb_first_if_lower_freq:	Many Philips-based tuners have a comment in
+ *				their datasheet like
+ *				"For channel selection involving band
+ *				switching, and to ensure smooth tuning to the
+ *				desired channel without causing unnecessary
+ *				charge pump action, it is recommended to
+ *				consider the difference between wanted channel
+ *				frequency and the current channel frequency.
+ *				Unnecessary charge pump action will result
+ *				in very low tuning voltage which may drive the
+ *				oscillator to extreme conditions".
+ *				Set cb_first_if_lower_freq to 1, if this check
+ *				is required for this tuner. I tested this for
+ *				PAL by first setting the TV frequency to
+ *				203 MHz and then switching to 96.6 MHz FM
+ *				radio. The result was static unless the
+ *				control byte was sent first.
+ * @has_tda9887:		Set to 1 if this tuner uses a tda9887
+ * @port1_fm_high_sensitivity:	Many Philips tuners use tda9887 PORT1 to select
+ *				the FM radio sensitivity. If this setting is 1,
+ *				then set PORT1 to 1 to get proper FM reception.
+ * @port2_fm_high_sensitivity:	Some Philips tuners use tda9887 PORT2 to select
+ *				the FM radio sensitivity. If this setting is 1,
+ *				then set PORT2 to 1 to get proper FM reception.
+ * @fm_gain_normal:		Some Philips tuners use tda9887 cGainNormal to
+ *				select the FM radio sensitivity. If this
+ *				setting is 1, e register will use cGainNormal
+ *				instead of cGainLow.
+ * @intercarrier_mode:		Most tuners with a tda9887 use QSS mode.
+ *				Some (cheaper) tuners use Intercarrier mode.
+ *				If this setting is 1, then the tuner needs to
+ *				be set to intercarrier mode.
+ * @port1_active:		This setting sets the default value for PORT1.
+ *				0 means inactive, 1 means active. Note: the
+ *				actual bit value written to the tda9887 is
+ *				inverted. So a 0 here means a 1 in the B6 bit.
+ * @port2_active:		This setting sets the default value for PORT2.
+ *				0 means inactive, 1 means active. Note: the
+ *				actual bit value written to the tda9887 is
+ *				inverted. So a 0 here means a 1 in the B7 bit.
+ * @port1_invert_for_secam_lc:	Sometimes PORT1 is inverted when the SECAM-L'
+ *				standard is selected. Set this bit to 1 if this
+ *				is needed.
+ * @port2_invert_for_secam_lc:	Sometimes PORT2 is inverted when the SECAM-L'
+ *				standard is selected. Set this bit to 1 if this
+ *				is needed.
+ * @port1_set_for_fm_mono:	Some cards require PORT1 to be 1 for mono Radio
+ *				FM and 0 for stereo.
+ * @default_pll_gating_18:	Select 18% (or according to datasheet 0%)
+ *				L standard PLL gating, vs the driver default
+ *				of 36%.
+ * @radio_if:			IF to use in radio mode.  Tuners with a
+ *				separate radio IF filter seem to use 10.7,
+ *				while those without use 33.3 for PAL/SECAM
+ *				tuners and 41.3 for NTSC tuners.
+ *				0 = 10.7, 1 = 33.3, 2 = 41.3
+ * @default_top_low:		Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for the low
+ *				band. Default is 0. Range: -16:+15
+ * @default_top_mid:		Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for the mid
+ *				band. Default is 0. Range: -16:+15
+ * @default_top_high:		Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for the high
+ *				band. Default is 0. Range: -16:+15
+ * @default_top_secam_low:	Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for SECAM-L/L'
+ *				for the low band. Default is 0. Several tuners
+ *				require a different TOP value for the
+ *				SECAM-L/L' standards. Range: -16:+15
+ * @default_top_secam_mid:	Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for SECAM-L/L'
+ *				for the mid band. Default is 0. Several tuners
+ *				require a different TOP value for the
+ *				SECAM-L/L' standards. Range: -16:+15
+ * @default_top_secam_high:	Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for SECAM-L/L'
+ *				for the high band. Default is 0. Several tuners
+ *				require a different TOP value for the
+ *				SECAM-L/L' standards. Range: -16:+15
+ * @iffreq:			Intermediate frequency (IF) used by the tuner
+ *				on digital mode.
+ * @count:			Size of the ranges array.
+ * @ranges:			Array with the frequency ranges supported by
+ *				the tuner.
+ */
+struct tuner_params {
+	enum param_type type;
+
+	unsigned int cb_first_if_lower_freq:1;
+	unsigned int has_tda9887:1;
+	unsigned int port1_fm_high_sensitivity:1;
+	unsigned int port2_fm_high_sensitivity:1;
+	unsigned int fm_gain_normal:1;
+	unsigned int intercarrier_mode:1;
+	unsigned int port1_active:1;
+	unsigned int port2_active:1;
+	unsigned int port1_invert_for_secam_lc:1;
+	unsigned int port2_invert_for_secam_lc:1;
+	unsigned int port1_set_for_fm_mono:1;
+	unsigned int default_pll_gating_18:1;
+	unsigned int radio_if:2;
+	signed int default_top_low:5;
+	signed int default_top_mid:5;
+	signed int default_top_high:5;
+	signed int default_top_secam_low:5;
+	signed int default_top_secam_mid:5;
+	signed int default_top_secam_high:5;
+
+	u16 iffreq;
+
+	unsigned int count;
+	const struct tuner_range *ranges;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct tunertype - describes the known tuners.
+ *
+ * @name:	string with the tuner's name.
+ * @count:	size of &struct tuner_params array.
+ * @params:	pointer to &struct tuner_params array.
+ *
+ * @min:	minimal tuner frequency, in 62.5 kHz step.
+ *		should be multiplied to 16 to convert to MHz.
+ * @max:	minimal tuner frequency, in 62.5 kHz step.
+ *		Should be multiplied to 16 to convert to MHz.
+ * @stepsize:	frequency step, in Hz.
+ * @initdata:	optional byte sequence to initialize the tuner.
+ * @sleepdata:	optional byte sequence to power down the tuner.
+ */
+struct tunertype {
+	char *name;
+	unsigned int count;
+	const struct tuner_params *params;
+
+	u16 min;
+	u16 max;
+	u32 stepsize;
+
+	u8 *initdata;
+	u8 *sleepdata;
+};
+
+extern const struct tunertype tuners[];
+extern unsigned const int tuner_count;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/tuner.h b/include/media/tuner.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c5fd6faab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/tuner.h
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * tuner.h - definition for different tuners
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1997 Markus Schroeder (schroedm@uni-duesseldorf.de)
+ * minor modifications by Ralph Metzler (rjkm@thp.uni-koeln.de)
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TUNER_H
+#define _TUNER_H
+#ifdef __KERNEL__
+
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-mc.h>
+
+#define ADDR_UNSET (255)
+
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_PAL			0        /* 4002 FH5 (3X 7756, 9483) */
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_PAL_I		1
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_NTSC		2
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_SECAM		3	/* you must actively select B/G, L, L` */
+
+#define TUNER_ABSENT			4
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_PAL		5
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_NTSC		6	/* 4032 FY5 (3X 7004, 9498, 9789)  */
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_PAL_I		7	/* 4062 FY5 (3X 8501, 9957) */
+
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4036FY5_NTSC	8	/* 4036 FY5 (3X 1223, 1981, 7686) */
+#define TUNER_ALPS_TSBH1_NTSC		9
+#define TUNER_ALPS_TSBE1_PAL		10
+#define TUNER_ALPS_TSBB5_PAL_I		11
+
+#define TUNER_ALPS_TSBE5_PAL		12
+#define TUNER_ALPS_TSBC5_PAL		13
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4006FH5_PAL		14	/* 4006 FH5 (3X 9500, 9501, 7291) */
+#define TUNER_ALPS_TSHC6_NTSC		15
+
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_PAL_DK		16	/* 4016 FY5 (3X 1392, 1393) */
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_NTSC_M		17
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4066FY5_PAL_I	18	/* 4066 FY5 (3X 7032, 7035) */
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4006FN5_MULTI_PAL	19	/* B/G, I and D/K autodetected (3X 7595, 7606, 7657) */
+
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4009FR5_PAL		20	/* incl. FM radio (3X 7607, 7488, 7711) */
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4039FR5_NTSC	21	/* incl. FM radio (3X 7246, 7578, 7732) */
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4046FM5		22	/* you must actively select B/G, D/K, I, L, L` !  (3X 7804, 7806, 8103, 8104) */
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_PAL_DK		23
+
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FQ1216ME		24	/* you must actively select B/G/D/K, I, L, L` */
+#define TUNER_LG_PAL_I_FM		25
+#define TUNER_LG_PAL_I			26
+#define TUNER_LG_NTSC_FM		27
+
+#define TUNER_LG_PAL_FM			28
+#define TUNER_LG_PAL			29
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4009FN5_MULTI_PAL_FM 30	/* B/G, I and D/K autodetected (3X 8155, 8160, 8163) */
+#define TUNER_SHARP_2U5JF5540_NTSC	31
+
+#define TUNER_Samsung_PAL_TCPM9091PD27	32
+#define TUNER_MT2032			33
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4106FH5		34	/* 4106 FH5 (3X 7808, 7865) */
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4012FY5		35	/* 4012 FY5 (3X 0971, 1099) */
+
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4136FY5		36	/* 4136 FY5 (3X 7708, 7746) */
+#define TUNER_LG_PAL_NEW_TAPC		37
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FM1216ME_MK3	38
+#define TUNER_LG_NTSC_NEW_TAPC		39
+
+#define TUNER_HITACHI_NTSC		40
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_PAL_MK		41
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FCV1236D		42
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FM1236_MK3	43
+
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_4IN1		44	/* ATI TV Wonder Pro - Conexant */
+	/*
+	 * Microtune merged with Temic 12/31/1999 partially financed by Alps.
+	 * these may be similar to Temic
+	 */
+#define TUNER_MICROTUNE_4049FM5		45
+#define TUNER_PANASONIC_VP27		46
+#define TUNER_LG_NTSC_TAPE		47
+
+#define TUNER_TNF_8831BGFF		48
+#define TUNER_MICROTUNE_4042FI5		49	/* DViCO FusionHDTV 3 Gold-Q - 4042 FI5 (3X 8147) */
+#define TUNER_TCL_2002N			50
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FM1256_IH3	51
+
+#define TUNER_THOMSON_DTT7610		52
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FQ1286		53
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_TDA8290		54
+#define TUNER_TCL_2002MB		55	/* Hauppauge PVR-150 PAL */
+
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FQ1216AME_MK4	56	/* Hauppauge PVR-150 PAL */
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FQ1236A_MK4	57	/* Hauppauge PVR-500MCE NTSC */
+#define TUNER_YMEC_TVF_8531MF		58
+#define TUNER_YMEC_TVF_5533MF		59	/* Pixelview Pro Ultra NTSC */
+
+#define TUNER_THOMSON_DTT761X		60	/* DTT 7611 7611A 7612 7613 7613A 7614 7615 7615A */
+#define TUNER_TENA_9533_DI		61
+#define TUNER_TEA5767			62	/* Only FM Radio Tuner */
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FMD1216ME_MK3	63
+
+#define TUNER_LG_TDVS_H06XF		64	/* TDVS H061F, H062F, H064F */
+#define TUNER_YMEC_TVF66T5_B_DFF	65	/* Acorp Y878F */
+#define TUNER_LG_TALN			66
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_TD1316		67
+
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_TUV1236D		68	/* ATI HDTV Wonder */
+#define TUNER_TNF_5335MF                69	/* Sabrent Bt848   */
+#define TUNER_SAMSUNG_TCPN_2121P30A     70	/* Hauppauge PVR-500MCE NTSC */
+#define TUNER_XC2028			71
+
+#define TUNER_THOMSON_FE6600		72	/* DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T Hybrid */
+#define TUNER_SAMSUNG_TCPG_6121P30A     73	/* Hauppauge PVR-500 PAL */
+#define TUNER_TDA9887                   74      /* This tuner should be used only internally */
+#define TUNER_TEA5761			75	/* Only FM Radio Tuner */
+#define TUNER_XC5000			76	/* Xceive Silicon Tuner */
+#define TUNER_TCL_MF02GIP_5N		77	/* TCL MF02GIP_5N */
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FMD1216MEX_MK3	78
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FM1216MK5		79
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FQ1216LME_MK3	80	/* Active loopthrough, no FM */
+
+#define TUNER_PARTSNIC_PTI_5NF05	81
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_CU1216L           82
+#define TUNER_NXP_TDA18271		83
+#define TUNER_SONY_BTF_PXN01Z		84
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FQ1236_MK5	85	/* NTSC, TDA9885, no FM radio */
+#define TUNER_TENA_TNF_5337		86
+
+#define TUNER_XC4000			87	/* Xceive Silicon Tuner */
+#define TUNER_XC5000C			88	/* Xceive Silicon Tuner */
+
+#define TUNER_SONY_BTF_PG472Z		89	/* PAL+SECAM */
+#define TUNER_SONY_BTF_PK467Z		90	/* NTSC_JP */
+#define TUNER_SONY_BTF_PB463Z		91	/* NTSC */
+#define TUNER_SI2157			92
+#define TUNER_TENA_TNF_931D_DFDR1	93
+
+/* tv card specific */
+#define TDA9887_PRESENT			(1<<0)
+#define TDA9887_PORT1_INACTIVE		(1<<1)
+#define TDA9887_PORT2_INACTIVE		(1<<2)
+#define TDA9887_QSS			(1<<3)
+#define TDA9887_INTERCARRIER		(1<<4)
+#define TDA9887_PORT1_ACTIVE		(1<<5)
+#define TDA9887_PORT2_ACTIVE		(1<<6)
+#define TDA9887_INTERCARRIER_NTSC	(1<<7)
+/* Tuner takeover point adjustment, in dB, -16 <= top <= 15 */
+#define TDA9887_TOP_MASK		(0x3f << 8)
+#define TDA9887_TOP_SET			(1 << 13)
+#define TDA9887_TOP(top)		(TDA9887_TOP_SET | \
+					 (((16 + (top)) & 0x1f) << 8))
+
+/* config options */
+#define TDA9887_DEEMPHASIS_MASK		(3<<16)
+#define TDA9887_DEEMPHASIS_NONE		(1<<16)
+#define TDA9887_DEEMPHASIS_50		(2<<16)
+#define TDA9887_DEEMPHASIS_75		(3<<16)
+#define TDA9887_AUTOMUTE		(1<<18)
+#define TDA9887_GATING_18		(1<<19)
+#define TDA9887_GAIN_NORMAL		(1<<20)
+#define TDA9887_RIF_41_3		(1<<21)  /* radio IF1 41.3 vs 33.3 */
+
+/**
+ * enum tuner_mode      - Mode of the tuner
+ *
+ * @T_RADIO:        Tuner core will work in radio mode
+ * @T_ANALOG_TV:    Tuner core will work in analog TV mode
+ *
+ * Older boards only had a single tuner device, but some devices have a
+ * separate tuner for radio. In any case, the tuner-core needs to know if
+ * the tuner chip(s) will be used in radio mode or analog TV mode, as, on
+ * radio mode, frequencies are specified on a different range than on TV
+ * mode. This enum is used by the tuner core in order to work with the
+ * proper tuner range and eventually use a different tuner chip while in
+ * radio mode.
+ */
+enum tuner_mode {
+	T_RADIO		= 1 << V4L2_TUNER_RADIO,
+	T_ANALOG_TV     = 1 << V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV,
+	/* Don't map V4L2_TUNER_DIGITAL_TV, as tuner-core won't use it */
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct tuner_setup   - setup the tuner chipsets
+ *
+ * @addr:		I2C address used to control the tuner device/chipset
+ * @type:		Type of the tuner, as defined at the TUNER_* macros.
+ *			Each different tuner model should have an unique
+ *			identifier.
+ * @mode_mask:		Mask with the allowed tuner modes: V4L2_TUNER_RADIO,
+ *			V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV and/or V4L2_TUNER_DIGITAL_TV,
+ *			describing if the tuner should be used to support
+ *			Radio, analog TV and/or digital TV.
+ * @config:		Used to send tuner-specific configuration for complex
+ *			tuners that require extra parameters to be set.
+ *			Only a very few tuners require it and its usage on
+ *			newer tuners should be avoided.
+ * @tuner_callback:	Some tuners require to call back the bridge driver,
+ *			in order to do some tasks like rising a GPIO at the
+ *			bridge chipset, in order to do things like resetting
+ *			the device.
+ *
+ * Older boards only had a single tuner device. Nowadays multiple tuner
+ * devices may be present on a single board. Using TUNER_SET_TYPE_ADDR
+ * to pass the tuner_setup structure it is possible to setup each tuner
+ * device in turn.
+ *
+ * Since multiple devices may be present it is no longer sufficient to
+ * send a command to a single i2c device. Instead you should broadcast
+ * the command to all i2c devices.
+ *
+ * By setting the mode_mask correctly you can select which commands are
+ * accepted by a specific tuner device. For example, set mode_mask to
+ * T_RADIO if the device is a radio-only tuner. That specific tuner will
+ * only accept commands when the tuner is in radio mode and ignore them
+ * when the tuner is set to TV mode.
+ */
+
+struct tuner_setup {
+	unsigned short	addr;
+	unsigned int	type;
+	unsigned int	mode_mask;
+	void		*config;
+	int (*tuner_callback)(void *dev, int component, int cmd, int arg);
+};
+
+#endif /* __KERNEL__ */
+
+#endif /* _TUNER_H */
diff --git a/include/media/tveeprom.h b/include/media/tveeprom.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f37c9b15f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/tveeprom.h
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+
+/*
+ * tveeprom - Contains structures and functions to work with Hauppauge
+ *	      eeproms.
+ */
+
+#include <uapi/linux/if_ether.h>
+
+/**
+ * enum tveeprom_audio_processor - Specifies the type of audio processor
+ *				   used on a Hauppauge device.
+ *
+ * @TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_NONE:	No audio processor present
+ * @TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_INTERNAL:	The audio processor is internal to the
+ *				video processor
+ * @TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_MSP:	The audio processor is a MSPXXXX device
+ * @TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_OTHER:	The audio processor is another device
+ */
+enum tveeprom_audio_processor {
+	TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_NONE,
+	TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_INTERNAL,
+	TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_MSP,
+	TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_OTHER,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct tveeprom - Contains the fields parsed from Hauppauge eeproms
+ *
+ * @has_radio:			1 if the device has radio; 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * @has_ir:			If has_ir == 0, then it is unknown what the IR
+ *				capabilities are. Otherwise:
+ *				bit 0) 1 (= IR capabilities are known);
+ *				bit 1) IR receiver present;
+ *				bit 2) IR transmitter (blaster) present.
+ *
+ * @has_MAC_address:		0: no MAC, 1: MAC present, 2: unknown.
+ * @tuner_type:			type of the tuner (TUNER_*, as defined at
+ *				include/media/tuner.h).
+ *
+ * @tuner_formats:		Supported analog TV standards (V4L2_STD_*).
+ * @tuner_hauppauge_model:	Hauppauge's code for the device model number.
+ * @tuner2_type:		type of the second tuner (TUNER_*, as defined
+ *				at include/media/tuner.h).
+ *
+ * @tuner2_formats:		Tuner 2 supported analog TV standards
+ *				(V4L2_STD_*).
+ *
+ * @tuner2_hauppauge_model:	tuner 2 Hauppauge's code for the device model
+ *				number.
+ *
+ * @audio_processor:		analog audio decoder, as defined by enum
+ *				tveeprom_audio_processor.
+ *
+ * @decoder_processor:		Hauppauge's code for the decoder chipset.
+ *				Unused by the drivers, as they probe the
+ *				decoder based on the PCI or USB ID.
+ *
+ * @model:			Hauppauge's model number
+ *
+ * @revision:			Card revision number
+ *
+ * @serial_number:		Card's serial number
+ *
+ * @rev_str:			Card revision converted to number
+ *
+ * @MAC_address:		MAC address for the network interface
+ */
+struct tveeprom {
+	u32 has_radio;
+	u32 has_ir;
+	u32 has_MAC_address;
+
+	u32 tuner_type;
+	u32 tuner_formats;
+	u32 tuner_hauppauge_model;
+
+	u32 tuner2_type;
+	u32 tuner2_formats;
+	u32 tuner2_hauppauge_model;
+
+	u32 audio_processor;
+	u32 decoder_processor;
+
+	u32 model;
+	u32 revision;
+	u32 serial_number;
+	char rev_str[5];
+	u8 MAC_address[ETH_ALEN];
+};
+
+/**
+ * tveeprom_hauppauge_analog - Fill struct tveeprom using the contents
+ *			       of the eeprom previously filled at
+ *			       @eeprom_data field.
+ *
+ * @tvee:		Struct to where the eeprom parsed data will be filled;
+ * @eeprom_data:	Array with the contents of the eeprom_data. It should
+ *			contain 256 bytes filled with the contents of the
+ *			eeprom read from the Hauppauge device.
+ */
+void tveeprom_hauppauge_analog(struct tveeprom *tvee,
+			       unsigned char *eeprom_data);
+
+/**
+ * tveeprom_read - Reads the contents of the eeprom found at the Hauppauge
+ *		   devices.
+ *
+ * @c:		I2C client struct
+ * @eedata:	Array where the eeprom content will be stored.
+ * @len:	Size of @eedata array. If the eeprom content will be latter
+ *		be parsed by tveeprom_hauppauge_analog(), len should be, at
+ *		least, 256.
+ */
+int tveeprom_read(struct i2c_client *c, unsigned char *eedata, int len);
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-async.h b/include/media/v4l2-async.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..54a2d9620
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-async.h
@@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * V4L2 asynchronous subdevice registration API
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2012-2013, Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
+ */
+
+#ifndef V4L2_ASYNC_H
+#define V4L2_ASYNC_H
+
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+
+struct dentry;
+struct device;
+struct device_node;
+struct v4l2_device;
+struct v4l2_subdev;
+struct v4l2_async_notifier;
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_async_match_type - type of asynchronous subdevice logic to be used
+ *	in order to identify a match
+ *
+ * @V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_TYPE_I2C: Match will check for I2C adapter ID and address
+ * @V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_TYPE_FWNODE: Match will use firmware node
+ *
+ * This enum is used by the asynchronous connection logic to define the
+ * algorithm that will be used to match an asynchronous device.
+ */
+enum v4l2_async_match_type {
+	V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_TYPE_I2C,
+	V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_TYPE_FWNODE,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_async_match_desc - async connection match information
+ *
+ * @type:	type of match that will be used
+ * @fwnode:	pointer to &struct fwnode_handle to be matched.
+ *		Used if @match_type is %V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_TYPE_FWNODE.
+ * @i2c:	embedded struct with I2C parameters to be matched.
+ *		Both @match.i2c.adapter_id and @match.i2c.address
+ *		should be matched.
+ *		Used if @match_type is %V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_TYPE_I2C.
+ * @i2c.adapter_id:
+ *		I2C adapter ID to be matched.
+ *		Used if @match_type is %V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_TYPE_I2C.
+ * @i2c.address:
+ *		I2C address to be matched.
+ *		Used if @match_type is %V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_TYPE_I2C.
+ */
+struct v4l2_async_match_desc {
+	enum v4l2_async_match_type type;
+	union {
+		struct fwnode_handle *fwnode;
+		struct {
+			int adapter_id;
+			unsigned short address;
+		} i2c;
+	};
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_async_connection - sub-device connection descriptor, as known to
+ *				  a bridge
+ *
+ * @match:	struct of match type and per-bus type matching data sets
+ * @notifier:	the async notifier the connection is related to
+ * @asc_entry:	used to add struct v4l2_async_connection objects to the
+ *		notifier @waiting_list or @done_list
+ * @asc_subdev_entry:	entry in struct v4l2_async_subdev.asc_list list
+ * @sd:		the related sub-device
+ *
+ * When this struct is used as a member in a driver specific struct, the driver
+ * specific struct shall contain the &struct v4l2_async_connection as its first
+ * member.
+ */
+struct v4l2_async_connection {
+	struct v4l2_async_match_desc match;
+	struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier;
+	struct list_head asc_entry;
+	struct list_head asc_subdev_entry;
+	struct v4l2_subdev *sd;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_async_notifier_operations - Asynchronous V4L2 notifier operations
+ * @bound:	a sub-device has been bound by the given connection
+ * @complete:	All connections have been bound successfully. The complete
+ *		callback is only executed for the root notifier.
+ * @unbind:	a subdevice is leaving
+ * @destroy:	the asc is about to be freed
+ */
+struct v4l2_async_notifier_operations {
+	int (*bound)(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier,
+		     struct v4l2_subdev *subdev,
+		     struct v4l2_async_connection *asc);
+	int (*complete)(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier);
+	void (*unbind)(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier,
+		       struct v4l2_subdev *subdev,
+		       struct v4l2_async_connection *asc);
+	void (*destroy)(struct v4l2_async_connection *asc);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_async_notifier - v4l2_device notifier data
+ *
+ * @ops:	notifier operations
+ * @v4l2_dev:	v4l2_device of the root notifier, NULL otherwise
+ * @sd:		sub-device that registered the notifier, NULL otherwise
+ * @parent:	parent notifier
+ * @waiting_list: list of struct v4l2_async_connection, waiting for their
+ *		  drivers
+ * @done_list:	list of struct v4l2_subdev, already probed
+ * @notifier_entry: member in a global list of notifiers
+ */
+struct v4l2_async_notifier {
+	const struct v4l2_async_notifier_operations *ops;
+	struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev;
+	struct v4l2_subdev *sd;
+	struct v4l2_async_notifier *parent;
+	struct list_head waiting_list;
+	struct list_head done_list;
+	struct list_head notifier_entry;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_async_subdev_endpoint - Entry in sub-device's fwnode list
+ *
+ * @async_subdev_endpoint_entry: An entry in async_subdev_endpoint_list of
+ *				 &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @endpoint: Endpoint fwnode agains which to match the sub-device
+ */
+struct v4l2_async_subdev_endpoint {
+	struct list_head async_subdev_endpoint_entry;
+	struct fwnode_handle *endpoint;
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_debug_init - Initialize debugging tools.
+ *
+ * @debugfs_dir: pointer to the parent debugfs &struct dentry
+ */
+void v4l2_async_debug_init(struct dentry *debugfs_dir);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_nf_init - Initialize a notifier.
+ *
+ * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to &struct v4l2_device
+ *
+ * This function initializes the notifier @asc_entry. It must be called
+ * before adding a subdevice to a notifier, using one of:
+ * v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode_remote(),
+ * v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode() or
+ * v4l2_async_nf_add_i2c().
+ */
+void v4l2_async_nf_init(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier,
+			struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_subdev_nf_init - Initialize a sub-device notifier.
+ *
+ * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ *
+ * This function initializes the notifier @asc_list. It must be called
+ * before adding a subdevice to a notifier, using one of:
+ * v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode_remote(), v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode() or
+ * v4l2_async_nf_add_i2c().
+ */
+void v4l2_async_subdev_nf_init(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier,
+			       struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+
+struct v4l2_async_connection *
+__v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier,
+			   struct fwnode_handle *fwnode,
+			   unsigned int asc_struct_size);
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode - Allocate and add a fwnode async
+ *				subdev to the notifier's master asc_list.
+ *
+ * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier
+ * @fwnode: fwnode handle of the sub-device to be matched, pointer to
+ *	    &struct fwnode_handle
+ * @type: Type of the driver's async sub-device or connection struct. The
+ *	  &struct v4l2_async_connection shall be the first member of the
+ *	  driver's async struct, i.e. both begin at the same memory address.
+ *
+ * Allocate a fwnode-matched asc of size asc_struct_size, and add it to the
+ * notifiers @asc_list. The function also gets a reference of the fwnode which
+ * is released later at notifier cleanup time.
+ */
+#define v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode(notifier, fwnode, type)		\
+	((type *)__v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode(notifier, fwnode, sizeof(type)))
+
+struct v4l2_async_connection *
+__v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode_remote(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notif,
+				  struct fwnode_handle *endpoint,
+				  unsigned int asc_struct_size);
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode_remote - Allocate and add a fwnode
+ *						  remote async subdev to the
+ *						  notifier's master asc_list.
+ *
+ * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier
+ * @ep: local endpoint pointing to the remote connection to be matched,
+ *	pointer to &struct fwnode_handle
+ * @type: Type of the driver's async connection struct. The &struct
+ *	  v4l2_async_connection shall be the first member of the driver's async
+ *	  connection struct, i.e. both begin at the same memory address.
+ *
+ * Gets the remote endpoint of a given local endpoint, set it up for fwnode
+ * matching and adds the async connection to the notifier's @asc_list. The
+ * function also gets a reference of the fwnode which is released later at
+ * notifier cleanup time.
+ *
+ * This is just like v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode(), but with the
+ * exception that the fwnode refers to a local endpoint, not the remote one.
+ */
+#define v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode_remote(notifier, ep, type) \
+	((type *)__v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode_remote(notifier, ep, sizeof(type)))
+
+struct v4l2_async_connection *
+__v4l2_async_nf_add_i2c(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier,
+			int adapter_id, unsigned short address,
+			unsigned int asc_struct_size);
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_nf_add_i2c - Allocate and add an i2c async
+ *				subdev to the notifier's master asc_list.
+ *
+ * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier
+ * @adapter: I2C adapter ID to be matched
+ * @address: I2C address of connection to be matched
+ * @type: Type of the driver's async connection struct. The &struct
+ *	  v4l2_async_connection shall be the first member of the driver's async
+ *	  connection struct, i.e. both begin at the same memory address.
+ *
+ * Same as v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode() but for I2C matched
+ * connections.
+ */
+#define v4l2_async_nf_add_i2c(notifier, adapter, address, type) \
+	((type *)__v4l2_async_nf_add_i2c(notifier, adapter, address, \
+					 sizeof(type)))
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_subdev_endpoint_add - Add an endpoint fwnode to async sub-device
+ *				    matching list
+ *
+ * @sd: the sub-device
+ * @fwnode: the endpoint fwnode to match
+ *
+ * Add a fwnode to the async sub-device's matching list. This allows registering
+ * multiple async sub-devices from a single device.
+ *
+ * Note that calling v4l2_subdev_cleanup() as part of the sub-device's cleanup
+ * if endpoints have been added to the sub-device's fwnode matching list.
+ *
+ * Returns an error on failure, 0 on success.
+ */
+int v4l2_async_subdev_endpoint_add(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+				   struct fwnode_handle *fwnode);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_connection_unique - return a unique &struct v4l2_async_connection
+ *				  for a sub-device
+ * @sd: the sub-device
+ *
+ * Return an async connection for a sub-device, when there is a single
+ * one only.
+ */
+struct v4l2_async_connection *
+v4l2_async_connection_unique(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_nf_register - registers a subdevice asynchronous notifier
+ *
+ * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier
+ */
+int v4l2_async_nf_register(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_nf_unregister - unregisters a subdevice
+ *	asynchronous notifier
+ *
+ * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier
+ */
+void v4l2_async_nf_unregister(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_nf_cleanup - clean up notifier resources
+ * @notifier: the notifier the resources of which are to be cleaned up
+ *
+ * Release memory resources related to a notifier, including the async
+ * connections allocated for the purposes of the notifier but not the notifier
+ * itself. The user is responsible for calling this function to clean up the
+ * notifier after calling v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode_remote(),
+ * v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode() or v4l2_async_nf_add_i2c().
+ *
+ * There is no harm from calling v4l2_async_nf_cleanup() in other
+ * cases as long as its memory has been zeroed after it has been
+ * allocated.
+ */
+void v4l2_async_nf_cleanup(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_register_subdev - registers a sub-device to the asynchronous
+ *	subdevice framework
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ */
+#define v4l2_async_register_subdev(sd) \
+	__v4l2_async_register_subdev(sd, THIS_MODULE)
+int __v4l2_async_register_subdev(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct module *module);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_register_subdev_sensor - registers a sensor sub-device to the
+ *				       asynchronous sub-device framework and
+ *				       parse set up common sensor related
+ *				       devices
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to struct &v4l2_subdev
+ *
+ * This function is just like v4l2_async_register_subdev() with the exception
+ * that calling it will also parse firmware interfaces for remote references
+ * using v4l2_async_nf_parse_fwnode_sensor() and registers the
+ * async sub-devices. The sub-device is similarly unregistered by calling
+ * v4l2_async_unregister_subdev().
+ *
+ * While registered, the subdev module is marked as in-use.
+ *
+ * An error is returned if the module is no longer loaded on any attempts
+ * to register it.
+ */
+#define v4l2_async_register_subdev_sensor(sd) \
+	__v4l2_async_register_subdev_sensor(sd, THIS_MODULE)
+int __must_check
+__v4l2_async_register_subdev_sensor(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct module *module);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_unregister_subdev - unregisters a sub-device to the asynchronous
+ *	subdevice framework
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ */
+void v4l2_async_unregister_subdev(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-cci.h b/include/media/v4l2-cci.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4e96e90ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-cci.h
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+/*
+ * MIPI Camera Control Interface (CCI) register access helpers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2023 Hans de Goede <hansg@kernel.org>
+ */
+#ifndef _V4L2_CCI_H
+#define _V4L2_CCI_H
+
+#include <linux/bitfield.h>
+#include <linux/bits.h>
+#include <linux/types.h>
+
+struct i2c_client;
+struct regmap;
+
+/**
+ * struct cci_reg_sequence - An individual write from a sequence of CCI writes
+ *
+ * @reg: Register address, use CCI_REG#() macros to encode reg width
+ * @val: Register value
+ *
+ * Register/value pairs for sequences of writes.
+ */
+struct cci_reg_sequence {
+	u32 reg;
+	u64 val;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Macros to define register address with the register width encoded
+ * into the higher bits.
+ */
+#define CCI_REG_ADDR_MASK		GENMASK(15, 0)
+#define CCI_REG_WIDTH_SHIFT		16
+#define CCI_REG_WIDTH_MASK		GENMASK(19, 16)
+/*
+ * Private CCI register flags, for the use of drivers.
+ */
+#define CCI_REG_PRIVATE_SHIFT		28U
+#define CCI_REG_PRIVATE_MASK		GENMASK(31U, CCI_REG_PRIVATE_SHIFT)
+
+#define CCI_REG_WIDTH_BYTES(x)		FIELD_GET(CCI_REG_WIDTH_MASK, x)
+#define CCI_REG_WIDTH(x)		(CCI_REG_WIDTH_BYTES(x) << 3)
+#define CCI_REG_ADDR(x)			FIELD_GET(CCI_REG_ADDR_MASK, x)
+#define CCI_REG_LE			BIT(20)
+
+#define CCI_REG8(x)			((1 << CCI_REG_WIDTH_SHIFT) | (x))
+#define CCI_REG16(x)			((2 << CCI_REG_WIDTH_SHIFT) | (x))
+#define CCI_REG24(x)			((3 << CCI_REG_WIDTH_SHIFT) | (x))
+#define CCI_REG32(x)			((4 << CCI_REG_WIDTH_SHIFT) | (x))
+#define CCI_REG64(x)			((8 << CCI_REG_WIDTH_SHIFT) | (x))
+#define CCI_REG16_LE(x)			(CCI_REG_LE | (2U << CCI_REG_WIDTH_SHIFT) | (x))
+#define CCI_REG24_LE(x)			(CCI_REG_LE | (3U << CCI_REG_WIDTH_SHIFT) | (x))
+#define CCI_REG32_LE(x)			(CCI_REG_LE | (4U << CCI_REG_WIDTH_SHIFT) | (x))
+#define CCI_REG64_LE(x)			(CCI_REG_LE | (8U << CCI_REG_WIDTH_SHIFT) | (x))
+
+/**
+ * cci_read() - Read a value from a single CCI register
+ *
+ * @map: Register map to read from
+ * @reg: Register address to read, use CCI_REG#() macros to encode reg width
+ * @val: Pointer to store read value
+ * @err: Optional pointer to store errors, if a previous error is set
+ *       then the read will be skipped
+ *
+ * Return: %0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int cci_read(struct regmap *map, u32 reg, u64 *val, int *err);
+
+/**
+ * cci_write() - Write a value to a single CCI register
+ *
+ * @map: Register map to write to
+ * @reg: Register address to write, use CCI_REG#() macros to encode reg width
+ * @val: Value to be written
+ * @err: Optional pointer to store errors, if a previous error is set
+ *       then the write will be skipped
+ *
+ * Return: %0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int cci_write(struct regmap *map, u32 reg, u64 val, int *err);
+
+/**
+ * cci_update_bits() - Perform a read/modify/write cycle on
+ *                     a single CCI register
+ *
+ * @map: Register map to update
+ * @reg: Register address to update, use CCI_REG#() macros to encode reg width
+ * @mask: Bitmask to change
+ * @val: New value for bitmask
+ * @err: Optional pointer to store errors, if a previous error is set
+ *       then the update will be skipped
+ *
+ * Note this uses read-modify-write to update the bits, atomicity with regards
+ * to other cci_*() register access functions is NOT guaranteed.
+ *
+ * Return: %0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int cci_update_bits(struct regmap *map, u32 reg, u64 mask, u64 val, int *err);
+
+/**
+ * cci_multi_reg_write() - Write multiple registers to the device
+ *
+ * @map: Register map to write to
+ * @regs: Array of structures containing register-address, -value pairs to be
+ *        written, register-addresses use CCI_REG#() macros to encode reg width
+ * @num_regs: Number of registers to write
+ * @err: Optional pointer to store errors, if a previous error is set
+ *       then the write will be skipped
+ *
+ * Write multiple registers to the device where the set of register, value
+ * pairs are supplied in any order, possibly not all in a single range.
+ *
+ * Use of the CCI_REG#() macros to encode reg width is mandatory.
+ *
+ * For raw lists of register-address, -value pairs with only 8 bit
+ * wide writes regmap_multi_reg_write() can be used instead.
+ *
+ * Return: %0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int cci_multi_reg_write(struct regmap *map, const struct cci_reg_sequence *regs,
+			unsigned int num_regs, int *err);
+
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_V4L2_CCI_I2C)
+/**
+ * devm_cci_regmap_init_i2c() - Create regmap to use with cci_*() register
+ *                              access functions
+ *
+ * @client: i2c_client to create the regmap for
+ * @reg_addr_bits: register address width to use (8 or 16)
+ *
+ * Note the memory for the created regmap is devm() managed, tied to the client.
+ *
+ * Return: %0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
+ */
+struct regmap *devm_cci_regmap_init_i2c(struct i2c_client *client,
+					int reg_addr_bits);
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-common.h b/include/media/v4l2-common.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..edd416178
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-common.h
@@ -0,0 +1,763 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+    v4l2 common internal API header
+
+    This header contains internal shared ioctl definitions for use by the
+    internal low-level v4l2 drivers.
+    Each ioctl begins with VIDIOC_INT_ to clearly mark that it is an internal
+    define,
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005  Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@kernel.org>
+
+ */
+
+#ifndef V4L2_COMMON_H_
+#define V4L2_COMMON_H_
+
+#include <linux/time.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-dev.h>
+
+/* Common printk constructs for v4l-i2c drivers. These macros create a unique
+   prefix consisting of the driver name, the adapter number and the i2c
+   address. */
+#define v4l_printk(level, name, adapter, addr, fmt, arg...) \
+	printk(level "%s %d-%04x: " fmt, name, i2c_adapter_id(adapter), addr , ## arg)
+
+#define v4l_client_printk(level, client, fmt, arg...)			    \
+	v4l_printk(level, (client)->dev.driver->name, (client)->adapter, \
+		   (client)->addr, fmt , ## arg)
+
+#define v4l_err(client, fmt, arg...) \
+	v4l_client_printk(KERN_ERR, client, fmt , ## arg)
+
+#define v4l_warn(client, fmt, arg...) \
+	v4l_client_printk(KERN_WARNING, client, fmt , ## arg)
+
+#define v4l_info(client, fmt, arg...) \
+	v4l_client_printk(KERN_INFO, client, fmt , ## arg)
+
+/* These three macros assume that the debug level is set with a module
+   parameter called 'debug'. */
+#define v4l_dbg(level, debug, client, fmt, arg...)			     \
+	do {								     \
+		if (debug >= (level))					     \
+			v4l_client_printk(KERN_DEBUG, client, fmt , ## arg); \
+	} while (0)
+
+/* Add a version of v4l_dbg to be used on drivers using dev_foo() macros */
+#define dev_dbg_lvl(__dev, __level, __debug, __fmt, __arg...)		\
+	do {								\
+		if (__debug >= (__level))				\
+			dev_printk(KERN_DEBUG, __dev, __fmt, ##__arg);	\
+	} while (0)
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* These printk constructs can be used with v4l2_device and v4l2_subdev */
+#define v4l2_printk(level, dev, fmt, arg...) \
+	printk(level "%s: " fmt, (dev)->name , ## arg)
+
+#define v4l2_err(dev, fmt, arg...) \
+	v4l2_printk(KERN_ERR, dev, fmt , ## arg)
+
+#define v4l2_warn(dev, fmt, arg...) \
+	v4l2_printk(KERN_WARNING, dev, fmt , ## arg)
+
+#define v4l2_info(dev, fmt, arg...) \
+	v4l2_printk(KERN_INFO, dev, fmt , ## arg)
+
+/* These three macros assume that the debug level is set with a module
+   parameter called 'debug'. */
+#define v4l2_dbg(level, debug, dev, fmt, arg...)			\
+	do {								\
+		if (debug >= (level))					\
+			v4l2_printk(KERN_DEBUG, dev, fmt , ## arg);	\
+	} while (0)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_query_fill- Fill in a struct v4l2_queryctrl
+ *
+ * @qctrl: pointer to the &struct v4l2_queryctrl to be filled
+ * @min: minimum value for the control
+ * @max: maximum value for the control
+ * @step: control step
+ * @def: default value for the control
+ *
+ * Fills the &struct v4l2_queryctrl fields for the query control.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    This function assumes that the @qctrl->id field is filled.
+ *
+ * Returns -EINVAL if the control is not known by the V4L2 core, 0 on success.
+ */
+
+int v4l2_ctrl_query_fill(struct v4l2_queryctrl *qctrl,
+			 s32 min, s32 max, s32 step, s32 def);
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+struct clk;
+struct v4l2_device;
+struct v4l2_subdev;
+struct v4l2_subdev_ops;
+
+/* I2C Helper functions */
+#include <linux/i2c.h>
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_i2c_tuner_type - specifies the range of tuner address that
+ *	should be used when seeking for I2C devices.
+ *
+ * @ADDRS_RADIO:		Radio tuner addresses.
+ *				Represent the following I2C addresses:
+ *				0x10 (if compiled with tea5761 support)
+ *				and 0x60.
+ * @ADDRS_DEMOD:		Demod tuner addresses.
+ *				Represent the following I2C addresses:
+ *				0x42, 0x43, 0x4a and 0x4b.
+ * @ADDRS_TV:			TV tuner addresses.
+ *				Represent the following I2C addresses:
+ *				0x42, 0x43, 0x4a, 0x4b, 0x60, 0x61, 0x62,
+ *				0x63 and 0x64.
+ * @ADDRS_TV_WITH_DEMOD:	TV tuner addresses if demod is present, this
+ *				excludes addresses used by the demodulator
+ *				from the list of candidates.
+ *				Represent the following I2C addresses:
+ *				0x60, 0x61, 0x62, 0x63 and 0x64.
+ *
+ * NOTE: All I2C addresses above use the 7-bit notation.
+ */
+enum v4l2_i2c_tuner_type {
+	ADDRS_RADIO,
+	ADDRS_DEMOD,
+	ADDRS_TV,
+	ADDRS_TV_WITH_DEMOD,
+};
+
+#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2_I2C)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_i2c_new_subdev - Load an i2c module and return an initialized
+ *	&struct v4l2_subdev.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to &struct v4l2_device
+ * @adapter: pointer to struct i2c_adapter
+ * @client_type:  name of the chip that's on the adapter.
+ * @addr: I2C address. If zero, it will use @probe_addrs
+ * @probe_addrs: array with a list of address. The last entry at such
+ *	array should be %I2C_CLIENT_END.
+ *
+ * returns a &struct v4l2_subdev pointer.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev *v4l2_i2c_new_subdev(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev,
+		struct i2c_adapter *adapter, const char *client_type,
+		u8 addr, const unsigned short *probe_addrs);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_i2c_new_subdev_board - Load an i2c module and return an initialized
+ *	&struct v4l2_subdev.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to &struct v4l2_device
+ * @adapter: pointer to struct i2c_adapter
+ * @info: pointer to struct i2c_board_info used to replace the irq,
+ *	 platform_data and addr arguments.
+ * @probe_addrs: array with a list of address. The last entry at such
+ *	array should be %I2C_CLIENT_END.
+ *
+ * returns a &struct v4l2_subdev pointer.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev *v4l2_i2c_new_subdev_board(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev,
+		struct i2c_adapter *adapter, struct i2c_board_info *info,
+		const unsigned short *probe_addrs);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_i2c_subdev_set_name - Set name for an I²C sub-device
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @client: pointer to struct i2c_client
+ * @devname: the name of the device; if NULL, the I²C device drivers's name
+ *           will be used
+ * @postfix: sub-device specific string to put right after the I²C device name;
+ *	     may be NULL
+ */
+void v4l2_i2c_subdev_set_name(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct i2c_client *client,
+			      const char *devname, const char *postfix);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_i2c_subdev_init - Initializes a &struct v4l2_subdev with data from
+ *	an i2c_client struct.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @client: pointer to struct i2c_client
+ * @ops: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_ops
+ */
+void v4l2_i2c_subdev_init(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct i2c_client *client,
+		const struct v4l2_subdev_ops *ops);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_i2c_subdev_addr - returns i2c client address of &struct v4l2_subdev.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ *
+ * Returns the address of an I2C sub-device
+ */
+unsigned short v4l2_i2c_subdev_addr(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_i2c_tuner_addrs - Return a list of I2C tuner addresses to probe.
+ *
+ * @type: type of the tuner to seek, as defined by
+ *	  &enum v4l2_i2c_tuner_type.
+ *
+ * NOTE: Use only if the tuner addresses are unknown.
+ */
+const unsigned short *v4l2_i2c_tuner_addrs(enum v4l2_i2c_tuner_type type);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_i2c_subdev_unregister - Unregister a v4l2_subdev
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ */
+void v4l2_i2c_subdev_unregister(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+
+#else
+
+static inline struct v4l2_subdev *
+v4l2_i2c_new_subdev(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev,
+		    struct i2c_adapter *adapter, const char *client_type,
+		    u8 addr, const unsigned short *probe_addrs)
+{
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct v4l2_subdev *
+v4l2_i2c_new_subdev_board(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev,
+			  struct i2c_adapter *adapter, struct i2c_board_info *info,
+			  const unsigned short *probe_addrs)
+{
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline void
+v4l2_i2c_subdev_set_name(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct i2c_client *client,
+			 const char *devname, const char *postfix)
+{}
+
+static inline void
+v4l2_i2c_subdev_init(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct i2c_client *client,
+		     const struct v4l2_subdev_ops *ops)
+{}
+
+static inline unsigned short v4l2_i2c_subdev_addr(struct v4l2_subdev *sd)
+{
+	return I2C_CLIENT_END;
+}
+
+static inline const unsigned short *
+v4l2_i2c_tuner_addrs(enum v4l2_i2c_tuner_type type)
+{
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline void v4l2_i2c_subdev_unregister(struct v4l2_subdev *sd)
+{}
+
+#endif
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* SPI Helper functions */
+
+#include <linux/spi/spi.h>
+
+#if defined(CONFIG_SPI)
+
+/**
+ *  v4l2_spi_new_subdev - Load an spi module and return an initialized
+ *	&struct v4l2_subdev.
+ *
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to &struct v4l2_device.
+ * @ctlr: pointer to struct spi_controller.
+ * @info: pointer to struct spi_board_info.
+ *
+ * returns a &struct v4l2_subdev pointer.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev *v4l2_spi_new_subdev(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev,
+		struct spi_controller *ctlr, struct spi_board_info *info);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_spi_subdev_init - Initialize a v4l2_subdev with data from an
+ *	spi_device struct.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @spi: pointer to struct spi_device.
+ * @ops: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_ops
+ */
+void v4l2_spi_subdev_init(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct spi_device *spi,
+		const struct v4l2_subdev_ops *ops);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_spi_subdev_unregister - Unregister a v4l2_subdev
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ */
+void v4l2_spi_subdev_unregister(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+
+#else
+
+static inline struct v4l2_subdev *
+v4l2_spi_new_subdev(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev,
+		    struct spi_controller *ctlr, struct spi_board_info *info)
+{
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline void
+v4l2_spi_subdev_init(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct spi_device *spi,
+		     const struct v4l2_subdev_ops *ops)
+{}
+
+static inline void v4l2_spi_subdev_unregister(struct v4l2_subdev *sd)
+{}
+#endif
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/*
+ * FIXME: these remaining ioctls/structs should be removed as well, but they
+ * are still used in tuner-simple.c (TUNER_SET_CONFIG) and cx18/ivtv (RESET).
+ * To remove these ioctls some more cleanup is needed in those modules.
+ *
+ * It doesn't make much sense on documenting them, as what we really want is
+ * to get rid of them.
+ */
+
+/* s_config */
+struct v4l2_priv_tun_config {
+	int tuner;
+	void *priv;
+};
+#define TUNER_SET_CONFIG           _IOW('d', 92, struct v4l2_priv_tun_config)
+
+#define VIDIOC_INT_RESET		_IOW ('d', 102, u32)
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Miscellaneous helper functions */
+
+/**
+ * v4l_bound_align_image - adjust video dimensions according to
+ *	a given constraints.
+ *
+ * @width:	pointer to width that will be adjusted if needed.
+ * @wmin:	minimum width.
+ * @wmax:	maximum width.
+ * @walign:	least significant bit on width.
+ * @height:	pointer to height that will be adjusted if needed.
+ * @hmin:	minimum height.
+ * @hmax:	maximum height.
+ * @halign:	least significant bit on height.
+ * @salign:	least significant bit for the image size (e. g.
+ *		:math:`width * height`).
+ *
+ * Clip an image to have @width between @wmin and @wmax, and @height between
+ * @hmin and @hmax, inclusive.
+ *
+ * Additionally, the @width will be a multiple of :math:`2^{walign}`,
+ * the @height will be a multiple of :math:`2^{halign}`, and the overall
+ * size :math:`width * height` will be a multiple of :math:`2^{salign}`.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    #. The clipping rectangle may be shrunk or enlarged to fit the alignment
+ *       constraints.
+ *    #. @wmax must not be smaller than @wmin.
+ *    #. @hmax must not be smaller than @hmin.
+ *    #. The alignments must not be so high there are no possible image
+ *       sizes within the allowed bounds.
+ *    #. @wmin and @hmin must be at least 1 (don't use 0).
+ *    #. For @walign, @halign and @salign, if you don't care about a certain
+ *       alignment, specify ``0``, as :math:`2^0 = 1` and one byte alignment
+ *       is equivalent to no alignment.
+ *    #. If you only want to adjust downward, specify a maximum that's the
+ *       same as the initial value.
+ */
+void v4l_bound_align_image(unsigned int *width, unsigned int wmin,
+			   unsigned int wmax, unsigned int walign,
+			   unsigned int *height, unsigned int hmin,
+			   unsigned int hmax, unsigned int halign,
+			   unsigned int salign);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_find_nearest_size_conditional - Find the nearest size among a discrete
+ *	set of resolutions contained in an array of a driver specific struct,
+ *	with conditionally exlusion of certain modes
+ *
+ * @array: a driver specific array of image sizes
+ * @array_size: the length of the driver specific array of image sizes
+ * @width_field: the name of the width field in the driver specific struct
+ * @height_field: the name of the height field in the driver specific struct
+ * @width: desired width
+ * @height: desired height
+ * @func: ignores mode if returns false
+ * @context: context for the function
+ *
+ * Finds the closest resolution to minimize the width and height differences
+ * between what requested and the supported resolutions. The size of the width
+ * and height fields in the driver specific must equal to that of u32, i.e. four
+ * bytes. @func is called for each mode considered, a mode is ignored if @func
+ * returns false for it.
+ *
+ * Returns the best match or NULL if the length of the array is zero.
+ */
+#define v4l2_find_nearest_size_conditional(array, array_size, width_field, \
+					   height_field, width, height, \
+					   func, context) \
+	({								\
+		BUILD_BUG_ON(sizeof((array)->width_field) != sizeof(u32) || \
+			     sizeof((array)->height_field) != sizeof(u32)); \
+		(typeof(&(array)[0]))__v4l2_find_nearest_size_conditional( \
+			(array), array_size, sizeof(*(array)),		\
+			offsetof(typeof(*(array)), width_field),	\
+			offsetof(typeof(*(array)), height_field),	\
+			width, height, func, context);			\
+	})
+const void *
+__v4l2_find_nearest_size_conditional(const void *array, size_t array_size,
+				     size_t entry_size, size_t width_offset,
+				     size_t height_offset, s32 width,
+				     s32 height,
+				     bool (*func)(const void *array,
+						  size_t index,
+						  const void *context),
+				     const void *context);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_find_nearest_size - Find the nearest size among a discrete set of
+ *	resolutions contained in an array of a driver specific struct
+ *
+ * @array: a driver specific array of image sizes
+ * @array_size: the length of the driver specific array of image sizes
+ * @width_field: the name of the width field in the driver specific struct
+ * @height_field: the name of the height field in the driver specific struct
+ * @width: desired width
+ * @height: desired height
+ *
+ * Finds the closest resolution to minimize the width and height differences
+ * between what requested and the supported resolutions. The size of the width
+ * and height fields in the driver specific must equal to that of u32, i.e. four
+ * bytes.
+ *
+ * Returns the best match or NULL if the length of the array is zero.
+ */
+#define v4l2_find_nearest_size(array, array_size, width_field,		\
+			       height_field, width, height)		\
+	v4l2_find_nearest_size_conditional(array, array_size, width_field, \
+					   height_field, width, height, NULL, \
+					   NULL)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_g_parm_cap - helper routine for vidioc_g_parm to fill this in by
+ *      calling the get_frame_interval op of the given subdev. It only works
+ *      for V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE(_MPLANE), hence the _cap in the
+ *      function name.
+ *
+ * @vdev: the struct video_device pointer. Used to determine the device caps.
+ * @sd: the sub-device pointer.
+ * @a: the VIDIOC_G_PARM argument.
+ */
+int v4l2_g_parm_cap(struct video_device *vdev,
+		    struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_streamparm *a);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_s_parm_cap - helper routine for vidioc_s_parm to fill this in by
+ *      calling the set_frame_interval op of the given subdev. It only works
+ *      for V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE(_MPLANE), hence the _cap in the
+ *      function name.
+ *
+ * @vdev: the struct video_device pointer. Used to determine the device caps.
+ * @sd: the sub-device pointer.
+ * @a: the VIDIOC_S_PARM argument.
+ */
+int v4l2_s_parm_cap(struct video_device *vdev,
+		    struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_streamparm *a);
+
+/* Compare two v4l2_fract structs */
+#define V4L2_FRACT_COMPARE(a, OP, b)			\
+	((u64)(a).numerator * (b).denominator OP	\
+	(u64)(b).numerator * (a).denominator)
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Pixel format and FourCC helpers */
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_pixel_encoding - specifies the pixel encoding value
+ *
+ * @V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_UNKNOWN:	Pixel encoding is unknown/un-initialized
+ * @V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_YUV:		Pixel encoding is YUV
+ * @V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_RGB:		Pixel encoding is RGB
+ * @V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_BAYER:	Pixel encoding is Bayer
+ */
+enum v4l2_pixel_encoding {
+	V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_UNKNOWN = 0,
+	V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_YUV = 1,
+	V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_RGB = 2,
+	V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_BAYER = 3,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_format_info - information about a V4L2 format
+ * @format: 4CC format identifier (V4L2_PIX_FMT_*)
+ * @pixel_enc: Pixel encoding (see enum v4l2_pixel_encoding above)
+ * @mem_planes: Number of memory planes, which includes the alpha plane (1 to 4).
+ * @comp_planes: Number of component planes, which includes the alpha plane (1 to 4).
+ * @bpp: Array of per-plane bytes per pixel
+ * @bpp_div: Array of per-plane bytes per pixel divisors to support fractional pixel sizes.
+ * @hdiv: Horizontal chroma subsampling factor
+ * @vdiv: Vertical chroma subsampling factor
+ * @block_w: Per-plane macroblock pixel width (optional)
+ * @block_h: Per-plane macroblock pixel height (optional)
+ * @has_alpha: Does the format embeds an alpha component?
+ */
+struct v4l2_format_info {
+	u32 format;
+	u8 pixel_enc;
+	u8 mem_planes;
+	u8 comp_planes;
+	u8 bpp[4];
+	u8 bpp_div[4];
+	u8 hdiv;
+	u8 vdiv;
+	u8 block_w[4];
+	u8 block_h[4];
+	bool has_alpha;
+};
+
+static inline bool v4l2_is_format_rgb(const struct v4l2_format_info *f)
+{
+	return f && f->pixel_enc == V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_RGB;
+}
+
+static inline bool v4l2_is_format_yuv(const struct v4l2_format_info *f)
+{
+	return f && f->pixel_enc == V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_YUV;
+}
+
+static inline bool v4l2_is_format_bayer(const struct v4l2_format_info *f)
+{
+	return f && f->pixel_enc == V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_BAYER;
+}
+
+const struct v4l2_format_info *v4l2_format_info(u32 format);
+void v4l2_apply_frmsize_constraints(u32 *width, u32 *height,
+				    const struct v4l2_frmsize_stepwise *frmsize);
+int v4l2_fill_pixfmt(struct v4l2_pix_format *pixfmt, u32 pixelformat,
+		     u32 width, u32 height);
+int v4l2_fill_pixfmt_mp(struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane *pixfmt, u32 pixelformat,
+			u32 width, u32 height);
+/* @stride_alignment is a power of 2 value in bytes */
+int v4l2_fill_pixfmt_mp_aligned(struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane *pixfmt,
+				u32 pixelformat, u32 width, u32 height,
+				u8 stride_alignment);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_get_link_freq - Get link rate from transmitter
+ *
+ * @pad: The transmitter's media pad
+ * @mul: The multiplier between pixel rate and link frequency. Bits per pixel on
+ *	 D-PHY, samples per clock on parallel. 0 otherwise.
+ * @div: The divisor between pixel rate and link frequency. Number of data lanes
+ *	 times two on D-PHY, 1 on parallel. 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * This function obtains and returns the link frequency from the transmitter
+ * sub-device's pad. The link frequency is retrieved using the get_mbus_config
+ * sub-device pad operation. If this fails, the function falls back to obtaining
+ * the frequency either directly from the V4L2_CID_LINK_FREQ control if
+ * implemented by the transmitter, or by calculating it from the pixel rate
+ * obtained from the V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE control.
+ *
+ * Return:
+ * * >0: Link frequency
+ * * %-ENOENT: Link frequency or pixel rate control not found
+ * * %-EINVAL: Invalid link frequency value
+ */
+#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER
+s64 v4l2_get_link_freq(const struct media_pad *pad, unsigned int mul,
+		       unsigned int div);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_get_active_data_lanes - Get number of active data lanes from driver
+ *
+ * @pad: The transmitter's media pad.
+ * @max_data_lanes: The maximum number of active data lanes supported by
+ *		    the MIPI CSI link in hardware.
+ *
+ * This function is intended for obtaining the number of data lanes that are
+ * actively being used by the driver for a MIPI CSI-2 device on a given media pad.
+ * This information is derived from a mbus_config fetched from a device driver
+ * using the get_mbus_config v4l2_subdev pad op.
+ *
+ * Return:
+ * * >0: Number of active data lanes
+ * * %-EINVAL: Number of active data lanes is invalid, as it exceeds the maximum
+ *	       supported data lanes.
+ */
+int v4l2_get_active_data_lanes(const struct media_pad *pad,
+			       unsigned int max_data_lanes);
+#endif
+
+void v4l2_simplify_fraction(u32 *numerator, u32 *denominator,
+		unsigned int n_terms, unsigned int threshold);
+u32 v4l2_fraction_to_interval(u32 numerator, u32 denominator);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_link_freq_to_bitmap - Figure out platform-supported link frequencies
+ * @dev: The struct device
+ * @fw_link_freqs: Array of link frequencies from firmware
+ * @num_of_fw_link_freqs: Number of entries in @fw_link_freqs
+ * @driver_link_freqs: Array of link frequencies supported by the driver
+ * @num_of_driver_link_freqs: Number of entries in @driver_link_freqs
+ * @bitmap: Bitmap of driver-supported link frequencies found in @fw_link_freqs
+ *
+ * This function checks which driver-supported link frequencies are enabled in
+ * system firmware and sets the corresponding bits in @bitmap (after first
+ * zeroing it).
+ *
+ * Return:
+ * * %0: Success
+ * * %-ENOENT: No match found between driver-supported link frequencies and
+ *   those available in firmware.
+ * * %-ENODATA: No link frequencies were specified in firmware.
+ */
+int v4l2_link_freq_to_bitmap(struct device *dev, const u64 *fw_link_freqs,
+			     unsigned int num_of_fw_link_freqs,
+			     const s64 *driver_link_freqs,
+			     unsigned int num_of_driver_link_freqs,
+			     unsigned long *bitmap);
+
+struct clk *__devm_v4l2_sensor_clk_get(struct device *dev, const char *id,
+				       bool legacy, bool fixed_rate,
+				       unsigned long clk_rate);
+
+/**
+ * devm_v4l2_sensor_clk_get - lookup and obtain a reference to a clock producer
+ *	for a camera sensor
+ *
+ * @dev: device for v4l2 sensor clock "consumer"
+ * @id: clock consumer ID
+ *
+ * This function behaves the same way as devm_clk_get() except where there
+ * is no clock producer like in ACPI-based platforms.
+ *
+ * For ACPI-based platforms, the function will read the "clock-frequency"
+ * ACPI _DSD property and register a fixed-clock with the frequency indicated
+ * in the property.
+ *
+ * This function also handles the special ACPI-based system case where:
+ *
+ * * The clock-frequency _DSD property is present.
+ * * A reference to the clock producer is present, where the clock is provided
+ *   by a camera sensor PMIC driver (e.g. int3472/tps68470.c)
+ *
+ * In this case try to set the clock-frequency value to the provided clock.
+ *
+ * As the name indicates, this function may only be used on camera sensor
+ * devices. This is because generally only camera sensors do need a clock to
+ * query the frequency from, due to the requirement to configure the PLL for a
+ * given CSI-2 interface frequency where the sensor's external clock frequency
+ * is a factor. Additionally, the clock frequency tends to be available on ACPI
+ * firmware based systems for camera sensors specifically (if e.g. DisCo for
+ * Imaging compliant).
+ *
+ * Returns a pointer to a struct clk on success or an error pointer on failure.
+ */
+static inline struct clk *
+devm_v4l2_sensor_clk_get(struct device *dev, const char *id)
+{
+	return __devm_v4l2_sensor_clk_get(dev, id, false, false, 0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * devm_v4l2_sensor_clk_get_legacy - lookup and obtain a reference to a clock
+ *	producer for a camera sensor.
+ *
+ * @dev: device for v4l2 sensor clock "consumer"
+ * @id: clock consumer ID
+ * @fixed_rate: interpret the @clk_rate as a fixed rate or default rate
+ * @clk_rate: the clock rate
+ *
+ * This function behaves the same way as devm_v4l2_sensor_clk_get() except that
+ * it extends the behaviour on ACPI platforms to all platforms.
+ *
+ * The function also provides the ability to set the clock rate to a fixed
+ * frequency by setting @fixed_rate to true and specifying the fixed frequency
+ * in @clk_rate, or to use a default clock rate when the "clock-frequency"
+ * property is absent by setting @fixed_rate to false and specifying the default
+ * frequency in @clk_rate. Setting @fixed_rate to true and @clk_rate to 0 is an
+ * error.
+ *
+ * This function is meant to support legacy behaviour in existing drivers only.
+ * It must not be used in any new driver.
+ *
+ * Returns a pointer to a struct clk on success or an error pointer on failure.
+ */
+static inline struct clk *
+devm_v4l2_sensor_clk_get_legacy(struct device *dev, const char *id,
+				bool fixed_rate, unsigned long clk_rate)
+{
+	return __devm_v4l2_sensor_clk_get(dev, id, true, fixed_rate, clk_rate);
+}
+
+static inline u64 v4l2_buffer_get_timestamp(const struct v4l2_buffer *buf)
+{
+	/*
+	 * When the timestamp comes from 32-bit user space, there may be
+	 * uninitialized data in tv_usec, so cast it to u32.
+	 * Otherwise allow invalid input for backwards compatibility.
+	 */
+	return buf->timestamp.tv_sec * NSEC_PER_SEC +
+		(u32)buf->timestamp.tv_usec * NSEC_PER_USEC;
+}
+
+static inline void v4l2_buffer_set_timestamp(struct v4l2_buffer *buf,
+					     u64 timestamp)
+{
+	struct timespec64 ts = ns_to_timespec64(timestamp);
+
+	buf->timestamp.tv_sec  = ts.tv_sec;
+	buf->timestamp.tv_usec = ts.tv_nsec / NSEC_PER_USEC;
+}
+
+static inline bool v4l2_is_colorspace_valid(__u32 colorspace)
+{
+	return colorspace > V4L2_COLORSPACE_DEFAULT &&
+	       colorspace < V4L2_COLORSPACE_LAST;
+}
+
+static inline bool v4l2_is_xfer_func_valid(__u32 xfer_func)
+{
+	return xfer_func > V4L2_XFER_FUNC_DEFAULT &&
+	       xfer_func < V4L2_XFER_FUNC_LAST;
+}
+
+static inline bool v4l2_is_ycbcr_enc_valid(__u8 ycbcr_enc)
+{
+	return ycbcr_enc > V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_DEFAULT &&
+	       ycbcr_enc < V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_LAST;
+}
+
+static inline bool v4l2_is_hsv_enc_valid(__u8 hsv_enc)
+{
+	return hsv_enc == V4L2_HSV_ENC_180 || hsv_enc == V4L2_HSV_ENC_256;
+}
+
+static inline bool v4l2_is_quant_valid(__u8 quantization)
+{
+	return quantization == V4L2_QUANTIZATION_FULL_RANGE ||
+	       quantization == V4L2_QUANTIZATION_LIM_RANGE;
+}
+
+#endif /* V4L2_COMMON_H_ */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h b/include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..327976b14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1636 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ *  V4L2 controls support header.
+ *
+ *  Copyright (C) 2010  Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@kernel.org>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V4L2_CTRLS_H
+#define _V4L2_CTRLS_H
+
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+#include <media/media-request.h>
+
+/* forward references */
+struct file;
+struct poll_table_struct;
+struct v4l2_ctrl;
+struct v4l2_ctrl_handler;
+struct v4l2_ctrl_helper;
+struct v4l2_fh;
+struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties;
+struct v4l2_subdev;
+struct v4l2_subscribed_event;
+struct video_device;
+
+/**
+ * union v4l2_ctrl_ptr - A pointer to a control value.
+ * @p_s32:			Pointer to a 32-bit signed value.
+ * @p_s64:			Pointer to a 64-bit signed value.
+ * @p_u8:			Pointer to a 8-bit unsigned value.
+ * @p_u16:			Pointer to a 16-bit unsigned value.
+ * @p_u32:			Pointer to a 32-bit unsigned value.
+ * @p_char:			Pointer to a string.
+ * @p_mpeg2_sequence:		Pointer to a MPEG2 sequence structure.
+ * @p_mpeg2_picture:		Pointer to a MPEG2 picture structure.
+ * @p_mpeg2_quantisation:	Pointer to a MPEG2 quantisation data structure.
+ * @p_fwht_params:		Pointer to a FWHT stateless parameters structure.
+ * @p_h264_sps:			Pointer to a struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_sps.
+ * @p_h264_pps:			Pointer to a struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_pps.
+ * @p_h264_scaling_matrix:	Pointer to a struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_scaling_matrix.
+ * @p_h264_slice_params:	Pointer to a struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_slice_params.
+ * @p_h264_decode_params:	Pointer to a struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_decode_params.
+ * @p_h264_pred_weights:	Pointer to a struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_pred_weights.
+ * @p_vp8_frame:		Pointer to a VP8 frame params structure.
+ * @p_vp9_compressed_hdr_probs:	Pointer to a VP9 frame compressed header probs structure.
+ * @p_vp9_frame:		Pointer to a VP9 frame params structure.
+ * @p_hevc_sps:			Pointer to an HEVC sequence parameter set structure.
+ * @p_hevc_pps:			Pointer to an HEVC picture parameter set structure.
+ * @p_hevc_slice_params:	Pointer to an HEVC slice parameters structure.
+ * @p_hdr10_cll:		Pointer to an HDR10 Content Light Level structure.
+ * @p_hdr10_mastering:		Pointer to an HDR10 Mastering Display structure.
+ * @p_area:			Pointer to an area.
+ * @p_av1_sequence:		Pointer to an AV1 sequence structure.
+ * @p_av1_tile_group_entry:	Pointer to an AV1 tile group entry structure.
+ * @p_av1_frame:		Pointer to an AV1 frame structure.
+ * @p_av1_film_grain:		Pointer to an AV1 film grain structure.
+ * @p_rect:			Pointer to a rectangle.
+ * @p:				Pointer to a compound value.
+ * @p_const:			Pointer to a constant compound value.
+ */
+union v4l2_ctrl_ptr {
+	s32 *p_s32;
+	s64 *p_s64;
+	u8 *p_u8;
+	u16 *p_u16;
+	u32 *p_u32;
+	char *p_char;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_mpeg2_sequence *p_mpeg2_sequence;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_mpeg2_picture *p_mpeg2_picture;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_mpeg2_quantisation *p_mpeg2_quantisation;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_fwht_params *p_fwht_params;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_sps *p_h264_sps;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_pps *p_h264_pps;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_scaling_matrix *p_h264_scaling_matrix;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_slice_params *p_h264_slice_params;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_decode_params *p_h264_decode_params;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_pred_weights *p_h264_pred_weights;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_vp8_frame *p_vp8_frame;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_hevc_sps *p_hevc_sps;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_hevc_pps *p_hevc_pps;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_hevc_slice_params *p_hevc_slice_params;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_vp9_compressed_hdr *p_vp9_compressed_hdr_probs;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_vp9_frame *p_vp9_frame;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_hdr10_cll_info *p_hdr10_cll;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_hdr10_mastering_display *p_hdr10_mastering;
+	struct v4l2_area *p_area;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_av1_sequence *p_av1_sequence;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_av1_tile_group_entry *p_av1_tile_group_entry;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_av1_frame *p_av1_frame;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_av1_film_grain *p_av1_film_grain;
+	struct v4l2_rect *p_rect;
+	void *p;
+	const void *p_const;
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_ptr_create() - Helper function to return a v4l2_ctrl_ptr from a
+ * void pointer
+ * @ptr:	The void pointer
+ */
+static inline union v4l2_ctrl_ptr v4l2_ctrl_ptr_create(void *ptr)
+{
+	union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p = { .p = ptr };
+
+	return p;
+}
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_ctrl_ops - The control operations that the driver has to provide.
+ *
+ * @g_volatile_ctrl: Get a new value for this control. Generally only relevant
+ *		for volatile (and usually read-only) controls such as a control
+ *		that returns the current signal strength which changes
+ *		continuously.
+ *		If not set, then the currently cached value will be returned.
+ * @try_ctrl:	Test whether the control's value is valid. Only relevant when
+ *		the usual min/max/step checks are not sufficient.
+ * @s_ctrl:	Actually set the new control value. s_ctrl is compulsory. The
+ *		ctrl->handler->lock is held when these ops are called, so no
+ *		one else can access controls owned by that handler.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl_ops {
+	int (*g_volatile_ctrl)(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl);
+	int (*try_ctrl)(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl);
+	int (*s_ctrl)(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_ctrl_type_ops - The control type operations that the driver
+ *			       has to provide.
+ *
+ * @equal: return true if all ctrl->elems array elements are equal.
+ * @init: initialize the value for array elements from from_idx to ctrl->elems.
+ * @minimum: set the value to the minimum value of the control.
+ * @maximum: set the value to the maximum value of the control.
+ * @log: log the value.
+ * @validate: validate the value for ctrl->new_elems array elements.
+ *	Return 0 on success and a negative value otherwise.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl_type_ops {
+	bool (*equal)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
+		      union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr1, union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr2);
+	void (*init)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, u32 from_idx,
+		     union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr);
+	void (*minimum)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, u32 idx,
+			union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr);
+	void (*maximum)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, u32 idx,
+			union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr);
+	void (*log)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl);
+	int (*validate)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr);
+};
+
+/**
+ * typedef v4l2_ctrl_notify_fnc - typedef for a notify argument with a function
+ *	that should be called when a control value has changed.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: pointer to struct &v4l2_ctrl
+ * @priv: control private data
+ *
+ * This typedef definition is used as an argument to v4l2_ctrl_notify()
+ * and as an argument at struct &v4l2_ctrl_handler.
+ */
+typedef void (*v4l2_ctrl_notify_fnc)(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, void *priv);
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_ctrl - The control structure.
+ *
+ * @node:	The list node.
+ * @ev_subs:	The list of control event subscriptions.
+ * @handler:	The handler that owns the control.
+ * @cluster:	Point to start of cluster array.
+ * @ncontrols:	Number of controls in cluster array.
+ * @done:	Internal flag: set for each processed control.
+ * @is_new:	Set when the user specified a new value for this control. It
+ *		is also set when called from v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup(). Drivers
+ *		should never set this flag.
+ * @has_changed: Set when the current value differs from the new value. Drivers
+ *		should never use this flag.
+ * @is_private: If set, then this control is private to its handler and it
+ *		will not be added to any other handlers. Drivers can set
+ *		this flag.
+ * @is_auto:   If set, then this control selects whether the other cluster
+ *		members are in 'automatic' mode or 'manual' mode. This is
+ *		used for autogain/gain type clusters. Drivers should never
+ *		set this flag directly.
+ * @is_int:    If set, then this control has a simple integer value (i.e. it
+ *		uses ctrl->val).
+ * @is_string: If set, then this control has type %V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING.
+ * @is_ptr:	If set, then this control is an array and/or has type >=
+ *		%V4L2_CTRL_COMPOUND_TYPES
+ *		and/or has type %V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING. In other words, &struct
+ *		v4l2_ext_control uses field p to point to the data.
+ * @is_array: If set, then this control contains an N-dimensional array.
+ * @is_dyn_array: If set, then this control contains a dynamically sized 1-dimensional array.
+ *		If this is set, then @is_array is also set.
+ * @has_volatiles: If set, then one or more members of the cluster are volatile.
+ *		Drivers should never touch this flag.
+ * @call_notify: If set, then call the handler's notify function whenever the
+ *		control's value changes.
+ * @manual_mode_value: If the is_auto flag is set, then this is the value
+ *		of the auto control that determines if that control is in
+ *		manual mode. So if the value of the auto control equals this
+ *		value, then the whole cluster is in manual mode. Drivers should
+ *		never set this flag directly.
+ * @ops:	The control ops.
+ * @type_ops:	The control type ops.
+ * @id:	The control ID.
+ * @name:	The control name.
+ * @type:	The control type.
+ * @minimum:	The control's minimum value.
+ * @maximum:	The control's maximum value.
+ * @default_value: The control's default value.
+ * @step:	The control's step value for non-menu controls.
+ * @elems:	The number of elements in the N-dimensional array.
+ * @elem_size:	The size in bytes of the control.
+ * @new_elems:	The number of elements in p_new. This is the same as @elems,
+ *		except for dynamic arrays. In that case it is in the range of
+ *		1 to @p_array_alloc_elems.
+ * @dims:	The size of each dimension.
+ * @nr_of_dims:The number of dimensions in @dims.
+ * @menu_skip_mask: The control's skip mask for menu controls. This makes it
+ *		easy to skip menu items that are not valid. If bit X is set,
+ *		then menu item X is skipped. Of course, this only works for
+ *		menus with <= 32 menu items. There are no menus that come
+ *		close to that number, so this is OK. Should we ever need more,
+ *		then this will have to be extended to a u64 or a bit array.
+ * @qmenu:	A const char * array for all menu items. Array entries that are
+ *		empty strings ("") correspond to non-existing menu items (this
+ *		is in addition to the menu_skip_mask above). The last entry
+ *		must be NULL.
+ *		Used only if the @type is %V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU.
+ * @qmenu_int:	A 64-bit integer array for with integer menu items.
+ *		The size of array must be equal to the menu size, e. g.:
+ *		:math:`ceil(\frac{maximum - minimum}{step}) + 1`.
+ *		Used only if the @type is %V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU.
+ * @flags:	The control's flags.
+ * @priv:	The control's private pointer. For use by the driver. It is
+ *		untouched by the control framework. Note that this pointer is
+ *		not freed when the control is deleted. Should this be needed
+ *		then a new internal bitfield can be added to tell the framework
+ *		to free this pointer.
+ * @p_array:	Pointer to the allocated array. Only valid if @is_array is true.
+ * @p_array_alloc_elems: The number of elements in the allocated
+ *		array for both the cur and new values. So @p_array is actually
+ *		sized for 2 * @p_array_alloc_elems * @elem_size. Only valid if
+ *		@is_array is true.
+ * @cur:	Structure to store the current value.
+ * @cur.val:	The control's current value, if the @type is represented via
+ *		a u32 integer (see &enum v4l2_ctrl_type).
+ * @val:	The control's new s32 value.
+ * @p_def:	The control's default value represented via a union which
+ *		provides a standard way of accessing control types
+ *		through a pointer (for compound controls only).
+ * @p_min:	The control's minimum value represented via a union which
+ *		provides a standard way of accessing control types
+ *		through a pointer (for compound controls only).
+ * @p_max:	The control's maximum value represented via a union which
+ *		provides a standard way of accessing control types
+ *		through a pointer (for compound controls only).
+ * @p_cur:	The control's current value represented via a union which
+ *		provides a standard way of accessing control types
+ *		through a pointer.
+ * @p_new:	The control's new value represented via a union which provides
+ *		a standard way of accessing control types
+ *		through a pointer.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl {
+	/* Administrative fields */
+	struct list_head node;
+	struct list_head ev_subs;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *handler;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl **cluster;
+	unsigned int ncontrols;
+
+	unsigned int done:1;
+
+	unsigned int is_new:1;
+	unsigned int has_changed:1;
+	unsigned int is_private:1;
+	unsigned int is_auto:1;
+	unsigned int is_int:1;
+	unsigned int is_string:1;
+	unsigned int is_ptr:1;
+	unsigned int is_array:1;
+	unsigned int is_dyn_array:1;
+	unsigned int has_volatiles:1;
+	unsigned int call_notify:1;
+	unsigned int manual_mode_value:8;
+
+	const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops;
+	const struct v4l2_ctrl_type_ops *type_ops;
+	u32 id;
+	const char *name;
+	enum v4l2_ctrl_type type;
+	s64 minimum, maximum, default_value;
+	u32 elems;
+	u32 elem_size;
+	u32 new_elems;
+	u32 dims[V4L2_CTRL_MAX_DIMS];
+	u32 nr_of_dims;
+	union {
+		u64 step;
+		u64 menu_skip_mask;
+	};
+	union {
+		const char * const *qmenu;
+		const s64 *qmenu_int;
+	};
+	unsigned long flags;
+	void *priv;
+	void *p_array;
+	u32 p_array_alloc_elems;
+	s32 val;
+	struct {
+		s32 val;
+	} cur;
+
+	union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_def;
+	union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_min;
+	union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_max;
+	union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_new;
+	union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_cur;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_ctrl_ref - The control reference.
+ *
+ * @node:	List node for the sorted list.
+ * @next:	Single-link list node for the hash.
+ * @ctrl:	The actual control information.
+ * @helper:	Pointer to helper struct. Used internally in
+ *		``prepare_ext_ctrls`` function at ``v4l2-ctrl.c``.
+ * @from_other_dev: If true, then @ctrl was defined in another
+ *		device than the &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.
+ * @req_done:	Internal flag: if the control handler containing this control
+ *		reference is bound to a media request, then this is set when
+ *		the control has been applied. This prevents applying controls
+ *		from a cluster with multiple controls twice (when the first
+ *		control of a cluster is applied, they all are).
+ * @p_req_valid: If set, then p_req contains the control value for the request.
+ * @p_req_array_enomem: If set, then p_req is invalid since allocating space for
+ *		an array failed. Attempting to read this value shall
+ *		result in ENOMEM. Only valid if ctrl->is_array is true.
+ * @p_req_array_alloc_elems: The number of elements allocated for the
+ *		array. Only valid if @p_req_valid and ctrl->is_array are
+ *		true.
+ * @p_req_elems: The number of elements in @p_req. This is the same as
+ *		ctrl->elems, except for dynamic arrays. In that case it is in
+ *		the range of 1 to @p_req_array_alloc_elems. Only valid if
+ *		@p_req_valid is true.
+ * @p_req:	If the control handler containing this control reference
+ *		is bound to a media request, then this points to the
+ *		value of the control that must be applied when the request
+ *		is executed, or to the value of the control at the time
+ *		that the request was completed. If @p_req_valid is false,
+ *		then this control was never set for this request and the
+ *		control will not be updated when this request is applied.
+ *
+ * Each control handler has a list of these refs. The list_head is used to
+ * keep a sorted-by-control-ID list of all controls, while the next pointer
+ * is used to link the control in the hash's bucket.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl_ref {
+	struct list_head node;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *next;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_helper *helper;
+	bool from_other_dev;
+	bool req_done;
+	bool p_req_valid;
+	bool p_req_array_enomem;
+	u32 p_req_array_alloc_elems;
+	u32 p_req_elems;
+	union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_req;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_ctrl_handler - The control handler keeps track of all the
+ *	controls: both the controls owned by the handler and those inherited
+ *	from other handlers.
+ *
+ * @_lock:	Default for "lock".
+ * @lock:	Lock to control access to this handler and its controls.
+ *		May be replaced by the user right after init.
+ * @ctrls:	The list of controls owned by this handler.
+ * @ctrl_refs:	The list of control references.
+ * @cached:	The last found control reference. It is common that the same
+ *		control is needed multiple times, so this is a simple
+ *		optimization.
+ * @buckets:	Buckets for the hashing. Allows for quick control lookup.
+ * @notify:	A notify callback that is called whenever the control changes
+ *		value.
+ *		Note that the handler's lock is held when the notify function
+ *		is called!
+ * @notify_priv: Passed as argument to the v4l2_ctrl notify callback.
+ * @nr_of_buckets: Total number of buckets in the array.
+ * @error:	The error code of the first failed control addition.
+ * @request_is_queued: True if the request was queued.
+ * @requests:	List to keep track of open control handler request objects.
+ *		For the parent control handler (@req_obj.ops == NULL) this
+ *		is the list header. When the parent control handler is
+ *		removed, it has to unbind and put all these requests since
+ *		they refer to the parent.
+ * @requests_queued: List of the queued requests. This determines the order
+ *		in which these controls are applied. Once the request is
+ *		completed it is removed from this list.
+ * @req_obj:	The &struct media_request_object, used to link into a
+ *		&struct media_request. This request object has a refcount.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl_handler {
+	struct mutex _lock;
+	struct mutex *lock;
+	struct list_head ctrls;
+	struct list_head ctrl_refs;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *cached;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_ref **buckets;
+	v4l2_ctrl_notify_fnc notify;
+	void *notify_priv;
+	u16 nr_of_buckets;
+	int error;
+	bool request_is_queued;
+	struct list_head requests;
+	struct list_head requests_queued;
+	struct media_request_object req_obj;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_ctrl_config - Control configuration structure.
+ *
+ * @ops:	The control ops.
+ * @type_ops:	The control type ops. Only needed for compound controls.
+ * @id:	The control ID.
+ * @name:	The control name.
+ * @type:	The control type.
+ * @min:	The control's minimum value.
+ * @max:	The control's maximum value.
+ * @step:	The control's step value for non-menu controls.
+ * @def:	The control's default value.
+ * @p_def:	The control's default value for compound controls.
+ * @p_min:	The control's minimum value for compound controls.
+ * @p_max:	The control's maximum value for compound controls.
+ * @dims:	The size of each dimension.
+ * @elem_size:	The size in bytes of the control.
+ * @flags:	The control's flags.
+ * @menu_skip_mask: The control's skip mask for menu controls. This makes it
+ *		easy to skip menu items that are not valid. If bit X is set,
+ *		then menu item X is skipped. Of course, this only works for
+ *		menus with <= 64 menu items. There are no menus that come
+ *		close to that number, so this is OK. Should we ever need more,
+ *		then this will have to be extended to a bit array.
+ * @qmenu:	A const char * array for all menu items. Array entries that are
+ *		empty strings ("") correspond to non-existing menu items (this
+ *		is in addition to the menu_skip_mask above). The last entry
+ *		must be NULL.
+ * @qmenu_int:	A const s64 integer array for all menu items of the type
+ *		V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU.
+ * @is_private: If set, then this control is private to its handler and it
+ *		will not be added to any other handlers.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl_config {
+	const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops;
+	const struct v4l2_ctrl_type_ops *type_ops;
+	u32 id;
+	const char *name;
+	enum v4l2_ctrl_type type;
+	s64 min;
+	s64 max;
+	u64 step;
+	s64 def;
+	union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_def;
+	union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_min;
+	union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_max;
+	u32 dims[V4L2_CTRL_MAX_DIMS];
+	u32 elem_size;
+	u32 flags;
+	u64 menu_skip_mask;
+	const char * const *qmenu;
+	const s64 *qmenu_int;
+	unsigned int is_private:1;
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_fill - Fill in the control fields based on the control ID.
+ *
+ * @id: ID of the control
+ * @name: pointer to be filled with a string with the name of the control
+ * @type: pointer for storing the type of the control
+ * @min: pointer for storing the minimum value for the control
+ * @max: pointer for storing the maximum value for the control
+ * @step: pointer for storing the control step
+ * @def: pointer for storing the default value for the control
+ * @flags: pointer for storing the flags to be used on the control
+ *
+ * This works for all standard V4L2 controls.
+ * For non-standard controls it will only fill in the given arguments
+ * and @name content will be set to %NULL.
+ *
+ * This function will overwrite the contents of @name, @type and @flags.
+ * The contents of @min, @max, @step and @def may be modified depending on
+ * the type.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    Do not use in drivers! It is used internally for backwards compatibility
+ *    control handling only. Once all drivers are converted to use the new
+ *    control framework this function will no longer be exported.
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_fill(u32 id, const char **name, enum v4l2_ctrl_type *type,
+		    s64 *min, s64 *max, u64 *step, s64 *def, u32 *flags);
+
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class() - Initialize the control handler.
+ * @hdl:	The control handler.
+ * @nr_of_controls_hint: A hint of how many controls this handler is
+ *		expected to refer to. This is the total number, so including
+ *		any inherited controls. It doesn't have to be precise, but if
+ *		it is way off, then you either waste memory (too many buckets
+ *		are allocated) or the control lookup becomes slower (not enough
+ *		buckets are allocated, so there are more slow list lookups).
+ *		It will always work, though.
+ * @key:	Used by the lock validator if CONFIG_LOCKDEP is set.
+ * @name:	Used by the lock validator if CONFIG_LOCKDEP is set.
+ *
+ * .. attention::
+ *
+ *    Never use this call directly, always use the v4l2_ctrl_handler_init()
+ *    macro that hides the @key and @name arguments.
+ *
+ * Return: returns an error if the buckets could not be allocated. This
+ * error will also be stored in @hdl->error.
+ */
+int v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+				 unsigned int nr_of_controls_hint,
+				 struct lock_class_key *key, const char *name);
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_LOCKDEP
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_handler_init - helper function to create a static struct
+ *	 &lock_class_key and calls v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class()
+ *
+ * @hdl:	The control handler.
+ * @nr_of_controls_hint: A hint of how many controls this handler is
+ *		expected to refer to. This is the total number, so including
+ *		any inherited controls. It doesn't have to be precise, but if
+ *		it is way off, then you either waste memory (too many buckets
+ *		are allocated) or the control lookup becomes slower (not enough
+ *		buckets are allocated, so there are more slow list lookups).
+ *		It will always work, though.
+ *
+ * This helper function creates a static struct &lock_class_key and
+ * calls v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class(), providing a proper name for the lock
+ * validador.
+ *
+ * Use this helper function to initialize a control handler.
+ */
+#define v4l2_ctrl_handler_init(hdl, nr_of_controls_hint)		\
+(									\
+	({								\
+		static struct lock_class_key _key;			\
+		v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class(hdl, nr_of_controls_hint,	\
+					&_key,				\
+					KBUILD_BASENAME ":"		\
+					__stringify(__LINE__) ":"	\
+					"(" #hdl ")->_lock");		\
+	})								\
+)
+#else
+#define v4l2_ctrl_handler_init(hdl, nr_of_controls_hint)		\
+	v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class(hdl, nr_of_controls_hint, NULL, NULL)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_handler_free() - Free all controls owned by the handler and free
+ * the control list.
+ * @hdl:	The control handler.
+ *
+ * Does nothing if @hdl == NULL.
+ *
+ * Return: @hdl's error field or 0 if @hdl is NULL.
+ */
+int v4l2_ctrl_handler_free(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_lock() - Helper function to lock the handler
+ * associated with the control.
+ * @ctrl:	The control to lock.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_ctrl_lock(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
+{
+	mutex_lock(ctrl->handler->lock);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_unlock() - Helper function to unlock the handler
+ * associated with the control.
+ * @ctrl:	The control to unlock.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_ctrl_unlock(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
+{
+	mutex_unlock(ctrl->handler->lock);
+}
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup() - Call the s_ctrl op for all controls belonging
+ * to the handler to initialize the hardware to the current control values. The
+ * caller is responsible for acquiring the control handler mutex on behalf of
+ * __v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup().
+ * @hdl:	The control handler.
+ *
+ * Button controls will be skipped, as are read-only controls.
+ *
+ * If @hdl == NULL, then this just returns 0.
+ */
+int __v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup() - Call the s_ctrl op for all controls belonging
+ * to the handler to initialize the hardware to the current control values.
+ * @hdl:	The control handler.
+ *
+ * Button controls will be skipped, as are read-only controls.
+ *
+ * If @hdl == NULL, then this just returns 0.
+ */
+int v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_handler_log_status() - Log all controls owned by the handler.
+ * @hdl:	The control handler.
+ * @prefix:	The prefix to use when logging the control values. If the
+ *		prefix does not end with a space, then ": " will be added
+ *		after the prefix. If @prefix == NULL, then no prefix will be
+ *		used.
+ *
+ * For use with VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS.
+ *
+ * Does nothing if @hdl == NULL.
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_handler_log_status(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+				  const char *prefix);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_new_custom() - Allocate and initialize a new custom V4L2
+ *	control.
+ *
+ * @hdl:	The control handler.
+ * @cfg:	The control's configuration data.
+ * @priv:	The control's driver-specific private data.
+ *
+ * If the &v4l2_ctrl struct could not be allocated then NULL is returned
+ * and @hdl->error is set to the error code (if it wasn't set already).
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_custom(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+				       const struct v4l2_ctrl_config *cfg,
+				       void *priv);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_new_std() - Allocate and initialize a new standard V4L2 non-menu
+ *	control.
+ *
+ * @hdl:	The control handler.
+ * @ops:	The control ops.
+ * @id:		The control ID.
+ * @min:	The control's minimum value.
+ * @max:	The control's maximum value.
+ * @step:	The control's step value
+ * @def:	The control's default value.
+ *
+ * If the &v4l2_ctrl struct could not be allocated, or the control
+ * ID is not known, then NULL is returned and @hdl->error is set to the
+ * appropriate error code (if it wasn't set already).
+ *
+ * If @id refers to a menu control, then this function will return NULL.
+ *
+ * Use v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu() when adding menu controls.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+				    const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops,
+				    u32 id, s64 min, s64 max, u64 step,
+				    s64 def);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu() - Allocate and initialize a new standard V4L2
+ *	menu control.
+ *
+ * @hdl:	The control handler.
+ * @ops:	The control ops.
+ * @id:		The control ID.
+ * @max:	The control's maximum value.
+ * @mask:	The control's skip mask for menu controls. This makes it
+ *		easy to skip menu items that are not valid. If bit X is set,
+ *		then menu item X is skipped. Of course, this only works for
+ *		menus with <= 64 menu items. There are no menus that come
+ *		close to that number, so this is OK. Should we ever need more,
+ *		then this will have to be extended to a bit array.
+ * @def:	The control's default value.
+ *
+ * Same as v4l2_ctrl_new_std(), but @min is set to 0 and the @mask value
+ * determines which menu items are to be skipped.
+ *
+ * If @id refers to a non-menu control, then this function will return NULL.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+					 const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops,
+					 u32 id, u8 max, u64 mask, u8 def);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items() - Create a new standard V4L2 menu control
+ *	with driver specific menu.
+ *
+ * @hdl:	The control handler.
+ * @ops:	The control ops.
+ * @id:	The control ID.
+ * @max:	The control's maximum value.
+ * @mask:	The control's skip mask for menu controls. This makes it
+ *		easy to skip menu items that are not valid. If bit X is set,
+ *		then menu item X is skipped. Of course, this only works for
+ *		menus with <= 64 menu items. There are no menus that come
+ *		close to that number, so this is OK. Should we ever need more,
+ *		then this will have to be extended to a bit array.
+ * @def:	The control's default value.
+ * @qmenu:	The new menu.
+ *
+ * Same as v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu(), but @qmenu will be the driver specific
+ * menu of this control.
+ *
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+					       const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops,
+					       u32 id, u8 max,
+					       u64 mask, u8 def,
+					       const char * const *qmenu);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_new_std_compound() - Allocate and initialize a new standard V4L2
+ *      compound control.
+ *
+ * @hdl:       The control handler.
+ * @ops:       The control ops.
+ * @id:        The control ID.
+ * @p_def:     The control's default value.
+ * @p_min:     The control's minimum value.
+ * @p_max:     The control's maximum value.
+ *
+ * Same as v4l2_ctrl_new_std(), but with support for compound controls.
+ * To fill in the @p_def, @p_min and @p_max fields, use v4l2_ctrl_ptr_create()
+ * to convert a pointer to a const union v4l2_ctrl_ptr.
+ * Use v4l2_ctrl_ptr_create(NULL) if you want the default, minimum or maximum
+ * value of the compound control to be all zeroes.
+ * If the compound control does not set the ``V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_WHICH_MIN_MAX``
+ * flag, then it does not has minimum and maximum values. In that case just use
+ * v4l2_ctrl_ptr_create(NULL) for the @p_min and @p_max arguments.
+ *
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std_compound(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+					     const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops,
+					     u32 id,
+					     const union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_def,
+					     const union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_min,
+					     const union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_max);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_new_int_menu() - Create a new standard V4L2 integer menu control.
+ *
+ * @hdl:	The control handler.
+ * @ops:	The control ops.
+ * @id:	The control ID.
+ * @max:	The control's maximum value.
+ * @def:	The control's default value.
+ * @qmenu_int:	The control's menu entries.
+ *
+ * Same as v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu(), but @mask is set to 0 and it additionally
+ * takes as an argument an array of integers determining the menu items.
+ *
+ * If @id refers to a non-integer-menu control, then this function will
+ * return %NULL.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_int_menu(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+					 const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops,
+					 u32 id, u8 max, u8 def,
+					 const s64 *qmenu_int);
+
+/**
+ * typedef v4l2_ctrl_filter - Typedef to define the filter function to be
+ *	used when adding a control handler.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: pointer to struct &v4l2_ctrl.
+ */
+
+typedef bool (*v4l2_ctrl_filter)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_add_handler() - Add all controls from handler @add to
+ *	handler @hdl.
+ *
+ * @hdl:	The control handler.
+ * @add:	The control handler whose controls you want to add to
+ *		the @hdl control handler.
+ * @filter:	This function will filter which controls should be added.
+ * @from_other_dev: If true, then the controls in @add were defined in another
+ *		device than @hdl.
+ *
+ * Does nothing if either of the two handlers is a NULL pointer.
+ * If @filter is NULL, then all controls are added. Otherwise only those
+ * controls for which @filter returns true will be added.
+ * In case of an error @hdl->error will be set to the error code (if it
+ * wasn't set already).
+ */
+int v4l2_ctrl_add_handler(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+			  struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *add,
+			  v4l2_ctrl_filter filter,
+			  bool from_other_dev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_radio_filter() - Standard filter for radio controls.
+ *
+ * @ctrl:	The control that is filtered.
+ *
+ * This will return true for any controls that are valid for radio device
+ * nodes. Those are all of the V4L2_CID_AUDIO_* user controls and all FM
+ * transmitter class controls.
+ *
+ * This function is to be used with v4l2_ctrl_add_handler().
+ */
+bool v4l2_ctrl_radio_filter(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_cluster() - Mark all controls in the cluster as belonging
+ *	to that cluster.
+ *
+ * @ncontrols:	The number of controls in this cluster.
+ * @controls:	The cluster control array of size @ncontrols.
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_cluster(unsigned int ncontrols, struct v4l2_ctrl **controls);
+
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster() - Mark all controls in the cluster as belonging
+ *	to that cluster and set it up for autofoo/foo-type handling.
+ *
+ * @ncontrols:	The number of controls in this cluster.
+ * @controls:	The cluster control array of size @ncontrols. The first control
+ *		must be the 'auto' control (e.g. autogain, autoexposure, etc.)
+ * @manual_val: The value for the first control in the cluster that equals the
+ *		manual setting.
+ * @set_volatile: If true, then all controls except the first auto control will
+ *		be volatile.
+ *
+ * Use for control groups where one control selects some automatic feature and
+ * the other controls are only active whenever the automatic feature is turned
+ * off (manual mode). Typical examples: autogain vs gain, auto-whitebalance vs
+ * red and blue balance, etc.
+ *
+ * The behavior of such controls is as follows:
+ *
+ * When the autofoo control is set to automatic, then any manual controls
+ * are set to inactive and any reads will call g_volatile_ctrl (if the control
+ * was marked volatile).
+ *
+ * When the autofoo control is set to manual, then any manual controls will
+ * be marked active, and any reads will just return the current value without
+ * going through g_volatile_ctrl.
+ *
+ * In addition, this function will set the %V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE flag
+ * on the autofoo control and %V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE on the foo control(s)
+ * if autofoo is in auto mode.
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster(unsigned int ncontrols,
+			    struct v4l2_ctrl **controls,
+			    u8 manual_val, bool set_volatile);
+
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_find() - Find a control with the given ID.
+ *
+ * @hdl:	The control handler.
+ * @id:	The control ID to find.
+ *
+ * If @hdl == NULL this will return NULL as well. Will lock the handler so
+ * do not use from inside &v4l2_ctrl_ops.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_find(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, u32 id);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_activate() - Make the control active or inactive.
+ * @ctrl:	The control to (de)activate.
+ * @active:	True if the control should become active.
+ *
+ * This sets or clears the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE flag atomically.
+ * Does nothing if @ctrl == NULL.
+ * This will usually be called from within the s_ctrl op.
+ * The V4L2_EVENT_CTRL event will be generated afterwards.
+ *
+ * This function assumes that the control handler is locked.
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_activate(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, bool active);
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_ctrl_grab() - Unlocked variant of v4l2_ctrl_grab.
+ *
+ * @ctrl:	The control to (de)activate.
+ * @grabbed:	True if the control should become grabbed.
+ *
+ * This sets or clears the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED flag atomically.
+ * Does nothing if @ctrl == NULL.
+ * The V4L2_EVENT_CTRL event will be generated afterwards.
+ * This will usually be called when starting or stopping streaming in the
+ * driver.
+ *
+ * This function assumes that the control handler is locked by the caller.
+ */
+void __v4l2_ctrl_grab(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, bool grabbed);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_grab() - Mark the control as grabbed or not grabbed.
+ *
+ * @ctrl:	The control to (de)activate.
+ * @grabbed:	True if the control should become grabbed.
+ *
+ * This sets or clears the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED flag atomically.
+ * Does nothing if @ctrl == NULL.
+ * The V4L2_EVENT_CTRL event will be generated afterwards.
+ * This will usually be called when starting or stopping streaming in the
+ * driver.
+ *
+ * This function assumes that the control handler is not locked and will
+ * take the lock itself.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_ctrl_grab(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, bool grabbed)
+{
+	if (!ctrl)
+		return;
+
+	v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
+	__v4l2_ctrl_grab(ctrl, grabbed);
+	v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
+}
+
+/**
+ *__v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() - Unlocked variant of v4l2_ctrl_modify_range()
+ *
+ * @ctrl:	The control to update.
+ * @min:	The control's minimum value.
+ * @max:	The control's maximum value.
+ * @step:	The control's step value
+ * @def:	The control's default value.
+ *
+ * Update the range of a control on the fly. This works for control types
+ * INTEGER, BOOLEAN, MENU, INTEGER MENU and BITMASK. For menu controls the
+ * @step value is interpreted as a menu_skip_mask.
+ *
+ * An error is returned if one of the range arguments is invalid for this
+ * control type.
+ *
+ * The caller is responsible for acquiring the control handler mutex on behalf
+ * of __v4l2_ctrl_modify_range().
+ */
+int __v4l2_ctrl_modify_range(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
+			     s64 min, s64 max, u64 step, s64 def);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() - Update the range of a control.
+ *
+ * @ctrl:	The control to update.
+ * @min:	The control's minimum value.
+ * @max:	The control's maximum value.
+ * @step:	The control's step value
+ * @def:	The control's default value.
+ *
+ * Update the range of a control on the fly. This works for control types
+ * INTEGER, BOOLEAN, MENU, INTEGER MENU and BITMASK. For menu controls the
+ * @step value is interpreted as a menu_skip_mask.
+ *
+ * An error is returned if one of the range arguments is invalid for this
+ * control type.
+ *
+ * This function assumes that the control handler is not locked and will
+ * take the lock itself.
+ */
+static inline int v4l2_ctrl_modify_range(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
+					 s64 min, s64 max, u64 step, s64 def)
+{
+	int rval;
+
+	v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
+	rval = __v4l2_ctrl_modify_range(ctrl, min, max, step, def);
+	v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
+
+	return rval;
+}
+
+/**
+ *__v4l2_ctrl_modify_dimensions() - Unlocked variant of v4l2_ctrl_modify_dimensions()
+ *
+ * @ctrl:	The control to update.
+ * @dims:	The control's new dimensions.
+ *
+ * Update the dimensions of an array control on the fly. The elements of the
+ * array are reset to their default value, even if the dimensions are
+ * unchanged.
+ *
+ * An error is returned if @dims is invalid for this control.
+ *
+ * The caller is responsible for acquiring the control handler mutex on behalf
+ * of __v4l2_ctrl_modify_dimensions().
+ *
+ * Note: calling this function when the same control is used in pending requests
+ * is untested. It should work (a request with the wrong size of the control
+ * will drop that control silently), but it will be very confusing.
+ */
+int __v4l2_ctrl_modify_dimensions(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
+				  u32 dims[V4L2_CTRL_MAX_DIMS]);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_modify_dimensions() - Update the dimensions of an array control.
+ *
+ * @ctrl:	The control to update.
+ * @dims:	The control's new dimensions.
+ *
+ * Update the dimensions of an array control on the fly. The elements of the
+ * array are reset to their default value, even if the dimensions are
+ * unchanged.
+ *
+ * An error is returned if @dims is invalid for this control type.
+ *
+ * This function assumes that the control handler is not locked and will
+ * take the lock itself.
+ *
+ * Note: calling this function when the same control is used in pending requests
+ * is untested. It should work (a request with the wrong size of the control
+ * will drop that control silently), but it will be very confusing.
+ */
+static inline int v4l2_ctrl_modify_dimensions(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
+					      u32 dims[V4L2_CTRL_MAX_DIMS])
+{
+	int rval;
+
+	v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
+	rval = __v4l2_ctrl_modify_dimensions(ctrl, dims);
+	v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
+
+	return rval;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_notify() - Function to set a notify callback for a control.
+ *
+ * @ctrl:	The control.
+ * @notify:	The callback function.
+ * @priv:	The callback private handle, passed as argument to the callback.
+ *
+ * This function sets a callback function for the control. If @ctrl is NULL,
+ * then it will do nothing. If @notify is NULL, then the notify callback will
+ * be removed.
+ *
+ * There can be only one notify. If another already exists, then a WARN_ON
+ * will be issued and the function will do nothing.
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_notify(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, v4l2_ctrl_notify_fnc notify,
+		      void *priv);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_get_name() - Get the name of the control
+ *
+ * @id:		The control ID.
+ *
+ * This function returns the name of the given control ID or NULL if it isn't
+ * a known control.
+ */
+const char *v4l2_ctrl_get_name(u32 id);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_get_menu() - Get the menu string array of the control
+ *
+ * @id:		The control ID.
+ *
+ * This function returns the NULL-terminated menu string array name of the
+ * given control ID or NULL if it isn't a known menu control.
+ */
+const char * const *v4l2_ctrl_get_menu(u32 id);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_get_int_menu() - Get the integer menu array of the control
+ *
+ * @id:		The control ID.
+ * @len:	The size of the integer array.
+ *
+ * This function returns the integer array of the given control ID or NULL if it
+ * if it isn't a known integer menu control.
+ */
+const s64 *v4l2_ctrl_get_int_menu(u32 id, u32 *len);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl() - Helper function to get the control's value from
+ *	within a driver.
+ *
+ * @ctrl:	The control.
+ *
+ * This returns the control's value safely by going through the control
+ * framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it cannot be
+ * used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions.
+ *
+ * This function is for integer type controls only.
+ */
+s32 v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl);
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl() - Unlocked variant of v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl().
+ *
+ * @ctrl:	The control.
+ * @val:	The new value.
+ *
+ * This sets the control's new value safely by going through the control
+ * framework. This function assumes the control's handler is already locked,
+ * allowing it to be used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions.
+ *
+ * This function is for integer type controls only.
+ */
+int __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, s32 val);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl() - Helper function to set the control's value from
+ *	within a driver.
+ * @ctrl:	The control.
+ * @val:	The new value.
+ *
+ * This sets the control's new value safely by going through the control
+ * framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it cannot be
+ * used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions.
+ *
+ * This function is for integer type controls only.
+ */
+static inline int v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, s32 val)
+{
+	int rval;
+
+	v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
+	rval = __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl(ctrl, val);
+	v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
+
+	return rval;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl_int64() - Helper function to get a 64-bit control's value
+ *	from within a driver.
+ *
+ * @ctrl:	The control.
+ *
+ * This returns the control's value safely by going through the control
+ * framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it cannot be
+ * used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions.
+ *
+ * This function is for 64-bit integer type controls only.
+ */
+s64 v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl_int64(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl);
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64() - Unlocked variant of v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64().
+ *
+ * @ctrl:	The control.
+ * @val:	The new value.
+ *
+ * This sets the control's new value safely by going through the control
+ * framework. This function assumes the control's handler is already locked,
+ * allowing it to be used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions.
+ *
+ * This function is for 64-bit integer type controls only.
+ */
+int __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, s64 val);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64() - Helper function to set a 64-bit control's value
+ *	from within a driver.
+ *
+ * @ctrl:	The control.
+ * @val:	The new value.
+ *
+ * This sets the control's new value safely by going through the control
+ * framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it cannot be
+ * used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions.
+ *
+ * This function is for 64-bit integer type controls only.
+ */
+static inline int v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, s64 val)
+{
+	int rval;
+
+	v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
+	rval = __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64(ctrl, val);
+	v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
+
+	return rval;
+}
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_string() - Unlocked variant of v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_string().
+ *
+ * @ctrl:	The control.
+ * @s:		The new string.
+ *
+ * This sets the control's new string safely by going through the control
+ * framework. This function assumes the control's handler is already locked,
+ * allowing it to be used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions.
+ *
+ * This function is for string type controls only.
+ */
+int __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_string(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_string() - Helper function to set a control's string value
+ *	 from within a driver.
+ *
+ * @ctrl:	The control.
+ * @s:		The new string.
+ *
+ * This sets the control's new string safely by going through the control
+ * framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it cannot be
+ * used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions.
+ *
+ * This function is for string type controls only.
+ */
+static inline int v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_string(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, const char *s)
+{
+	int rval;
+
+	v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
+	rval = __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_string(ctrl, s);
+	v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
+
+	return rval;
+}
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_compound() - Unlocked variant to set a compound control
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The control.
+ * @type: The type of the data.
+ * @p:    The new compound payload.
+ *
+ * This sets the control's new compound payload safely by going through the
+ * control framework. This function assumes the control's handler is already
+ * locked, allowing it to be used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions.
+ *
+ * This function is for compound type controls only.
+ */
+int __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_compound(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
+				enum v4l2_ctrl_type type, const void *p);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_compound() - Helper function to set a compound control
+ *	from within a driver.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The control.
+ * @type: The type of the data.
+ * @p:    The new compound payload.
+ *
+ * This sets the control's new compound payload safely by going through the
+ * control framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it
+ * cannot be used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions.
+ *
+ * This function is for compound type controls only.
+ */
+static inline int v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_compound(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
+					    enum v4l2_ctrl_type type,
+					    const void *p)
+{
+	int rval;
+
+	v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
+	rval = __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_compound(ctrl, type, p);
+	v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
+
+	return rval;
+}
+
+/* Helper defines for area type controls */
+#define __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_area(ctrl, area) \
+	__v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_compound((ctrl), V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_AREA, (area))
+#define v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_area(ctrl, area) \
+	v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_compound((ctrl), V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_AREA, (area))
+
+/* Internal helper functions that deal with control events. */
+extern const struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops v4l2_ctrl_sub_ev_ops;
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_replace - Function to be used as a callback to
+ *	&struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops replace\(\)
+ *
+ * @old: pointer to struct &v4l2_event with the reported
+ *	 event;
+ * @new: pointer to struct &v4l2_event with the modified
+ *	 event;
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_replace(struct v4l2_event *old, const struct v4l2_event *new);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_merge - Function to be used as a callback to
+ *	&struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops merge(\)
+ *
+ * @old: pointer to struct &v4l2_event with the reported
+ *	 event;
+ * @new: pointer to struct &v4l2_event with the merged
+ *	 event;
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_merge(const struct v4l2_event *old, struct v4l2_event *new);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_log_status - helper function to implement %VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS ioctl
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct file
+ * @priv: unused. Kept just to be compatible to the arguments expected by
+ *	&struct v4l2_ioctl_ops.vidioc_log_status.
+ *
+ * Can be used as a vidioc_log_status function that just dumps all controls
+ * associated with the filehandle.
+ */
+int v4l2_ctrl_log_status(struct file *file, void *priv);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_subscribe_event - Subscribes to an event
+ *
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to struct v4l2_fh
+ * @sub: pointer to &struct v4l2_event_subscription
+ *
+ * Can be used as a vidioc_subscribe_event function that just subscribes
+ * control events.
+ */
+int v4l2_ctrl_subscribe_event(struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+				const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_poll - function to be used as a callback to the poll()
+ *	That just polls for control events.
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct file
+ * @wait: pointer to struct poll_table_struct
+ */
+__poll_t v4l2_ctrl_poll(struct file *file, struct poll_table_struct *wait);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_request_setup - helper function to apply control values in a request
+ *
+ * @req: The request
+ * @parent: The parent control handler ('priv' in media_request_object_find())
+ *
+ * This is a helper function to call the control handler's s_ctrl callback with
+ * the control values contained in the request. Do note that this approach of
+ * applying control values in a request is only applicable to memory-to-memory
+ * devices.
+ */
+int v4l2_ctrl_request_setup(struct media_request *req,
+			     struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *parent);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_request_complete - Complete a control handler request object
+ *
+ * @req: The request
+ * @parent: The parent control handler ('priv' in media_request_object_find())
+ *
+ * This function is to be called on each control handler that may have had a
+ * request object associated with it, i.e. control handlers of a driver that
+ * supports requests.
+ *
+ * The function first obtains the values of any volatile controls in the control
+ * handler and attach them to the request. Then, the function completes the
+ * request object.
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_request_complete(struct media_request *req,
+				struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *parent);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_find - Find the control handler in the request
+ *
+ * @req: The request
+ * @parent: The parent control handler ('priv' in media_request_object_find())
+ *
+ * This function finds the control handler in the request. It may return
+ * NULL if not found. When done, you must call v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_put()
+ * with the returned handler pointer.
+ *
+ * If the request is not in state VALIDATING or QUEUED, then this function
+ * will always return NULL.
+ *
+ * Note that in state VALIDATING the req_queue_mutex is held, so
+ * no objects can be added or deleted from the request.
+ *
+ * In state QUEUED it is the driver that will have to ensure this.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_find(struct media_request *req,
+					struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *parent);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_put - Put the control handler
+ *
+ * @hdl: Put this control handler
+ *
+ * This function released the control handler previously obtained from'
+ * v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_find().
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_put(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl)
+{
+	if (hdl)
+		media_request_object_put(&hdl->req_obj);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_ctrl_find() - Find a control with the given ID.
+ *
+ * @hdl: The control handler from the request.
+ * @id: The ID of the control to find.
+ *
+ * This function returns a pointer to the control if this control is
+ * part of the request or NULL otherwise.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl *
+v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_ctrl_find(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, u32 id);
+
+/* Helpers for ioctl_ops */
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_queryctrl - Helper function to implement
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL <vidioc_queryctrl>` ioctl
+ *
+ * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler
+ * @qc: pointer to &struct v4l2_queryctrl
+ *
+ * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL.
+ */
+int v4l2_queryctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_queryctrl *qc);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_query_ext_ctrl_to_v4l2_queryctrl - Convert a qec to qe.
+ *
+ * @to: The v4l2_queryctrl to write to.
+ * @from: The v4l2_query_ext_ctrl to read from.
+ *
+ * This function is a helper to convert a v4l2_query_ext_ctrl into a
+ * v4l2_queryctrl.
+ */
+void v4l2_query_ext_ctrl_to_v4l2_queryctrl(struct v4l2_queryctrl *to,
+					   const struct v4l2_query_ext_ctrl *from);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_query_ext_ctrl - Helper function to implement
+ *	 :ref:`VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL <vidioc_queryctrl>` ioctl
+ *
+ * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler
+ * @qc: pointer to &struct v4l2_query_ext_ctrl
+ *
+ * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL.
+ */
+int v4l2_query_ext_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+			struct v4l2_query_ext_ctrl *qc);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_querymenu - Helper function to implement
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_QUERYMENU <vidioc_queryctrl>` ioctl
+ *
+ * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler
+ * @qm: pointer to &struct v4l2_querymenu
+ *
+ * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL.
+ */
+int v4l2_querymenu(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_querymenu *qm);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_g_ctrl - Helper function to implement
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_CTRL <vidioc_g_ctrl>` ioctl
+ *
+ * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler
+ * @ctrl: pointer to &struct v4l2_control
+ *
+ * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL.
+ */
+int v4l2_g_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_control *ctrl);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_s_ctrl - Helper function to implement
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_CTRL <vidioc_g_ctrl>` ioctl
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler
+ *
+ * @ctrl: pointer to &struct v4l2_control
+ *
+ * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL.
+ */
+int v4l2_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+		struct v4l2_control *ctrl);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_g_ext_ctrls - Helper function to implement
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS <vidioc_g_ext_ctrls>` ioctl
+ *
+ * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ * @mdev: pointer to &struct media_device
+ * @c: pointer to &struct v4l2_ext_controls
+ *
+ * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL.
+ */
+int v4l2_g_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct video_device *vdev,
+		     struct media_device *mdev, struct v4l2_ext_controls *c);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_try_ext_ctrls - Helper function to implement
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS <vidioc_g_ext_ctrls>` ioctl
+ *
+ * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ * @mdev: pointer to &struct media_device
+ * @c: pointer to &struct v4l2_ext_controls
+ *
+ * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL.
+ */
+int v4l2_try_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+		       struct video_device *vdev,
+		       struct media_device *mdev,
+		       struct v4l2_ext_controls *c);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_s_ext_ctrls - Helper function to implement
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS <vidioc_g_ext_ctrls>` ioctl
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ * @mdev: pointer to &struct media_device
+ * @c: pointer to &struct v4l2_ext_controls
+ *
+ * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL.
+ */
+int v4l2_s_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+		     struct video_device *vdev,
+		     struct media_device *mdev,
+		     struct v4l2_ext_controls *c);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_subdev_subscribe_event - Helper function to implement
+ *	as a &struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops subscribe_event function
+ *	that just subscribes control events.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @sub: pointer to &struct v4l2_event_subscription
+ */
+int v4l2_ctrl_subdev_subscribe_event(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+				     struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_subdev_log_status - Log all controls owned by subdev's control
+ *	 handler.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ */
+int v4l2_ctrl_subdev_log_status(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_new_fwnode_properties() - Register controls for the device
+ *				       properties
+ *
+ * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler to register controls on
+ * @ctrl_ops: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_ops to register controls with
+ * @p: pointer to &struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties
+ *
+ * This function registers controls associated to device properties, using the
+ * property values contained in @p parameter, if the property has been set to
+ * a value.
+ *
+ * Currently the following v4l2 controls are parsed and registered:
+ * - V4L2_CID_CAMERA_ORIENTATION
+ * - V4L2_CID_CAMERA_SENSOR_ROTATION;
+ *
+ * Controls already registered by the caller with the @hdl control handler are
+ * not overwritten. Callers should register the controls they want to handle
+ * themselves before calling this function.
+ *
+ * This function will set the control handler's error field on failure, just as
+ * other functions adding controls to the handler.
+ *
+ * Return: 0 on success, a negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int v4l2_ctrl_new_fwnode_properties(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+				    const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ctrl_ops,
+				    const struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties *p);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_type_op_equal - Default v4l2_ctrl_type_ops equal callback.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The v4l2_ctrl pointer.
+ * @ptr1: A v4l2 control value.
+ * @ptr2: A v4l2 control value.
+ *
+ * Return: true if values are equal, otherwise false.
+ */
+bool v4l2_ctrl_type_op_equal(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
+			     union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr1, union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr2);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_type_op_init - Default v4l2_ctrl_type_ops init callback.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The v4l2_ctrl pointer.
+ * @from_idx: Starting element index.
+ * @ptr: The v4l2 control value.
+ *
+ * Return: void
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_type_op_init(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, u32 from_idx,
+			    union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_type_op_log - Default v4l2_ctrl_type_ops log callback.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The v4l2_ctrl pointer.
+ *
+ * Return: void
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_type_op_log(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_type_op_validate - Default v4l2_ctrl_type_ops validate callback.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The v4l2_ctrl pointer.
+ * @ptr: The v4l2 control value.
+ *
+ * Return: 0 on success, a negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int v4l2_ctrl_type_op_validate(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-dev.h b/include/media/v4l2-dev.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2e0f6d2e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-dev.h
@@ -0,0 +1,665 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+/*
+ *
+ *	V 4 L 2   D R I V E R   H E L P E R   A P I
+ *
+ * Moved from videodev2.h
+ *
+ *	Some commonly needed functions for drivers (v4l2-common.o module)
+ */
+#ifndef _V4L2_DEV_H
+#define _V4L2_DEV_H
+
+#include <linux/poll.h>
+#include <linux/fs.h>
+#include <linux/device.h>
+#include <linux/cdev.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+
+#include <media/media-entity.h>
+
+#define VIDEO_MAJOR	81
+
+/**
+ * enum vfl_devnode_type - type of V4L2 device node
+ *
+ * @VFL_TYPE_VIDEO:	for video input/output devices
+ * @VFL_TYPE_VBI:	for vertical blank data (i.e. closed captions, teletext)
+ * @VFL_TYPE_RADIO:	for radio tuners
+ * @VFL_TYPE_SUBDEV:	for V4L2 subdevices
+ * @VFL_TYPE_SDR:	for Software Defined Radio tuners
+ * @VFL_TYPE_TOUCH:	for touch sensors
+ * @VFL_TYPE_MAX:	number of VFL types, must always be last in the enum
+ */
+enum vfl_devnode_type {
+	VFL_TYPE_VIDEO,
+	VFL_TYPE_VBI,
+	VFL_TYPE_RADIO,
+	VFL_TYPE_SUBDEV,
+	VFL_TYPE_SDR,
+	VFL_TYPE_TOUCH,
+	VFL_TYPE_MAX /* Shall be the last one */
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum  vfl_devnode_direction - Identifies if a &struct video_device
+ * 	corresponds to a receiver, a transmitter or a mem-to-mem device.
+ *
+ * @VFL_DIR_RX:		device is a receiver.
+ * @VFL_DIR_TX:		device is a transmitter.
+ * @VFL_DIR_M2M:	device is a memory to memory device.
+ *
+ * Note: Ignored if &enum vfl_devnode_type is %VFL_TYPE_SUBDEV.
+ */
+enum vfl_devnode_direction {
+	VFL_DIR_RX,
+	VFL_DIR_TX,
+	VFL_DIR_M2M,
+};
+
+struct v4l2_ioctl_callbacks;
+struct video_device;
+struct v4l2_device;
+struct v4l2_ctrl_handler;
+struct dentry;
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_video_device_flags - Flags used by &struct video_device
+ *
+ * @V4L2_FL_REGISTERED:
+ *	indicates that a &struct video_device is registered.
+ *	Drivers can clear this flag if they want to block all future
+ *	device access. It is cleared by video_unregister_device.
+ * @V4L2_FL_USES_V4L2_FH:
+ *	indicates that file->private_data points to &struct v4l2_fh.
+ *	This flag is set by the core when v4l2_fh_init() is called.
+ *	All drivers must use it.
+ * @V4L2_FL_QUIRK_INVERTED_CROP:
+ *	some old M2M drivers use g/s_crop/cropcap incorrectly: crop and
+ *	compose are swapped. If this flag is set, then the selection
+ *	targets are swapped in the g/s_crop/cropcap functions in v4l2-ioctl.c.
+ *	This allows those drivers to correctly implement the selection API,
+ *	but the old crop API will still work as expected in order to preserve
+ *	backwards compatibility.
+ *	Never set this flag for new drivers.
+ * @V4L2_FL_SUBDEV_RO_DEVNODE:
+ *	indicates that the video device node is registered in read-only mode.
+ *	The flag only applies to device nodes registered for sub-devices, it is
+ *	set by the core when the sub-devices device nodes are registered with
+ *	v4l2_device_register_ro_subdev_nodes() and used by the sub-device ioctl
+ *	handler to restrict access to some ioctl calls.
+ */
+enum v4l2_video_device_flags {
+	V4L2_FL_REGISTERED		= 0,
+	V4L2_FL_USES_V4L2_FH		= 1,
+	V4L2_FL_QUIRK_INVERTED_CROP	= 2,
+	V4L2_FL_SUBDEV_RO_DEVNODE	= 3,
+};
+
+/* Priority helper functions */
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_prio_state - stores the priority states
+ *
+ * @prios: array with elements to store the array priorities
+ *
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *    The size of @prios array matches the number of priority types defined
+ *    by enum &v4l2_priority.
+ */
+struct v4l2_prio_state {
+	atomic_t prios[4];
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_prio_init - initializes a struct v4l2_prio_state
+ *
+ * @global: pointer to &struct v4l2_prio_state
+ */
+void v4l2_prio_init(struct v4l2_prio_state *global);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_prio_change - changes the v4l2 file handler priority
+ *
+ * @global: pointer to the &struct v4l2_prio_state of the device node.
+ * @local: pointer to the desired priority, as defined by enum &v4l2_priority
+ * @new: Priority type requested, as defined by enum &v4l2_priority.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *	This function should be used only by the V4L2 core.
+ */
+int v4l2_prio_change(struct v4l2_prio_state *global, enum v4l2_priority *local,
+		     enum v4l2_priority new);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_prio_open - Implements the priority logic for a file handler open
+ *
+ * @global: pointer to the &struct v4l2_prio_state of the device node.
+ * @local: pointer to the desired priority, as defined by enum &v4l2_priority
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *	This function should be used only by the V4L2 core.
+ */
+void v4l2_prio_open(struct v4l2_prio_state *global, enum v4l2_priority *local);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_prio_close - Implements the priority logic for a file handler close
+ *
+ * @global: pointer to the &struct v4l2_prio_state of the device node.
+ * @local: priority to be released, as defined by enum &v4l2_priority
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *	This function should be used only by the V4L2 core.
+ */
+void v4l2_prio_close(struct v4l2_prio_state *global, enum v4l2_priority local);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_prio_max - Return the maximum priority, as stored at the @global array.
+ *
+ * @global: pointer to the &struct v4l2_prio_state of the device node.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *	This function should be used only by the V4L2 core.
+ */
+enum v4l2_priority v4l2_prio_max(struct v4l2_prio_state *global);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_prio_check - Implements the priority logic for a file handler close
+ *
+ * @global: pointer to the &struct v4l2_prio_state of the device node.
+ * @local: desired priority, as defined by enum &v4l2_priority local
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *	This function should be used only by the V4L2 core.
+ */
+int v4l2_prio_check(struct v4l2_prio_state *global, enum v4l2_priority local);
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_file_operations - fs operations used by a V4L2 device
+ *
+ * @owner: pointer to struct module
+ * @read: operations needed to implement the read() syscall
+ * @write: operations needed to implement the write() syscall
+ * @poll: operations needed to implement the poll() syscall
+ * @unlocked_ioctl: operations needed to implement the ioctl() syscall
+ * @compat_ioctl32: operations needed to implement the ioctl() syscall for
+ *	the special case where the Kernel uses 64 bits instructions, but
+ *	the userspace uses 32 bits.
+ * @get_unmapped_area: called by the mmap() syscall, used when %!CONFIG_MMU
+ * @mmap: operations needed to implement the mmap() syscall
+ * @open: operations needed to implement the open() syscall
+ * @release: operations needed to implement the release() syscall
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *	Those operations are used to implemente the fs struct file_operations
+ *	at the V4L2 drivers. The V4L2 core overrides the fs ops with some
+ *	extra logic needed by the subsystem.
+ */
+struct v4l2_file_operations {
+	struct module *owner;
+	ssize_t (*read) (struct file *, char __user *, size_t, loff_t *);
+	ssize_t (*write) (struct file *, const char __user *, size_t, loff_t *);
+	__poll_t (*poll) (struct file *, struct poll_table_struct *);
+	long (*unlocked_ioctl) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long);
+#ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT
+	long (*compat_ioctl32) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long);
+#endif
+	unsigned long (*get_unmapped_area) (struct file *, unsigned long,
+				unsigned long, unsigned long, unsigned long);
+	int (*mmap) (struct file *, struct vm_area_struct *);
+	int (*open) (struct file *);
+	int (*release) (struct file *);
+};
+
+/*
+ * Newer version of video_device, handled by videodev2.c
+ *	This version moves redundant code from video device code to
+ *	the common handler
+ */
+
+/**
+ * struct video_device - Structure used to create and manage the V4L2 device
+ *	nodes.
+ *
+ * @entity: &struct media_entity
+ * @intf_devnode: pointer to &struct media_intf_devnode
+ * @pipe: &struct media_pipeline
+ * @fops: pointer to &struct v4l2_file_operations for the video device
+ * @device_caps: device capabilities as used in v4l2_capabilities
+ * @dev: &struct device for the video device
+ * @cdev: character device
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to &struct v4l2_device parent
+ * @dev_parent: pointer to &struct device parent
+ * @ctrl_handler: Control handler associated with this device node.
+ *	 May be NULL.
+ * @queue: &struct vb2_queue associated with this device node. May be NULL.
+ * @prio: pointer to &struct v4l2_prio_state with device's Priority state.
+ *	 If NULL, then v4l2_dev->prio will be used.
+ * @name: video device name
+ * @vfl_type: V4L device type, as defined by &enum vfl_devnode_type
+ * @vfl_dir: V4L receiver, transmitter or m2m
+ * @minor: device node 'minor'. It is set to -1 if the registration failed
+ * @num: number of the video device node
+ * @flags: video device flags. Use bitops to set/clear/test flags.
+ *	   Contains a set of &enum v4l2_video_device_flags.
+ * @index: attribute to differentiate multiple indices on one physical device
+ * @fh_lock: Lock for all v4l2_fhs
+ * @fh_list: List of &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @dev_debug: Internal device debug flags, not for use by drivers
+ * @tvnorms: Supported tv norms
+ *
+ * @release: video device release() callback
+ * @ioctl_ops: pointer to &struct v4l2_ioctl_ops with ioctl callbacks
+ *
+ * @valid_ioctls: bitmap with the valid ioctls for this device
+ * @lock: pointer to &struct mutex serialization lock
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *	Only set @dev_parent if that can't be deduced from @v4l2_dev.
+ */
+
+struct video_device {
+#if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER)
+	struct media_entity entity;
+	struct media_intf_devnode *intf_devnode;
+	struct media_pipeline pipe;
+#endif
+	const struct v4l2_file_operations *fops;
+
+	u32 device_caps;
+
+	/* sysfs */
+	struct device dev;
+	struct cdev *cdev;
+
+	struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev;
+	struct device *dev_parent;
+
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *ctrl_handler;
+
+	struct vb2_queue *queue;
+
+	struct v4l2_prio_state *prio;
+
+	/* device info */
+	char name[64];
+	enum vfl_devnode_type vfl_type;
+	enum vfl_devnode_direction vfl_dir;
+	int minor;
+	u16 num;
+	unsigned long flags;
+	int index;
+
+	/* V4L2 file handles */
+	spinlock_t		fh_lock;
+	struct list_head	fh_list;
+
+	int dev_debug;
+
+	v4l2_std_id tvnorms;
+
+	/* callbacks */
+	void (*release)(struct video_device *vdev);
+	const struct v4l2_ioctl_ops *ioctl_ops;
+	DECLARE_BITMAP(valid_ioctls, BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE);
+
+	struct mutex *lock;
+};
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_to_video_device - Returns a &struct video_device from
+ *	the &struct media_entity embedded on it.
+ *
+ * @__entity: pointer to &struct media_entity, may be NULL
+ */
+#define media_entity_to_video_device(__entity)				\
+({									\
+	typeof(__entity) __me_vdev_ent = __entity;			\
+									\
+	__me_vdev_ent ?							\
+		container_of_const(__me_vdev_ent,  struct video_device, \
+				   entity) : NULL;			\
+})
+
+/**
+ * to_video_device - Returns a &struct video_device from the
+ *	&struct device embedded on it.
+ *
+ * @cd: pointer to &struct device
+ */
+#define to_video_device(cd) container_of_const(cd, struct video_device, dev)
+
+/**
+ * __video_register_device - register video4linux devices
+ *
+ * @vdev: struct video_device to register
+ * @type: type of device to register, as defined by &enum vfl_devnode_type
+ * @nr:   which device node number is desired:
+ *	(0 == /dev/video0, 1 == /dev/video1, ..., -1 == first free)
+ * @warn_if_nr_in_use: warn if the desired device node number
+ *        was already in use and another number was chosen instead.
+ * @owner: module that owns the video device node
+ *
+ * The registration code assigns minor numbers and device node numbers
+ * based on the requested type and registers the new device node with
+ * the kernel.
+ *
+ * This function assumes that struct video_device was zeroed when it
+ * was allocated and does not contain any stale date.
+ *
+ * An error is returned if no free minor or device node number could be
+ * found, or if the registration of the device node failed.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *	This function is meant to be used only inside the V4L2 core.
+ *	Drivers should use video_register_device() or
+ *	video_register_device_no_warn().
+ */
+int __must_check __video_register_device(struct video_device *vdev,
+					 enum vfl_devnode_type type,
+					 int nr, int warn_if_nr_in_use,
+					 struct module *owner);
+
+/**
+ *  video_register_device - register video4linux devices
+ *
+ * @vdev: struct video_device to register
+ * @type: type of device to register, as defined by &enum vfl_devnode_type
+ * @nr:   which device node number is desired:
+ *	(0 == /dev/video0, 1 == /dev/video1, ..., -1 == first free)
+ *
+ * Internally, it calls __video_register_device(). Please see its
+ * documentation for more details.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *	if video_register_device fails, the release() callback of
+ *	&struct video_device structure is *not* called, so the caller
+ *	is responsible for freeing any data. Usually that means that
+ *	you video_device_release() should be called on failure.
+ */
+static inline int __must_check video_register_device(struct video_device *vdev,
+						     enum vfl_devnode_type type,
+						     int nr)
+{
+	return __video_register_device(vdev, type, nr, 1, vdev->fops->owner);
+}
+
+/**
+ *  video_register_device_no_warn - register video4linux devices
+ *
+ * @vdev: struct video_device to register
+ * @type: type of device to register, as defined by &enum vfl_devnode_type
+ * @nr:   which device node number is desired:
+ *	(0 == /dev/video0, 1 == /dev/video1, ..., -1 == first free)
+ *
+ * This function is identical to video_register_device() except that no
+ * warning is issued if the desired device node number was already in use.
+ *
+ * Internally, it calls __video_register_device(). Please see its
+ * documentation for more details.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *	if video_register_device fails, the release() callback of
+ *	&struct video_device structure is *not* called, so the caller
+ *	is responsible for freeing any data. Usually that means that
+ *	you video_device_release() should be called on failure.
+ */
+static inline int __must_check
+video_register_device_no_warn(struct video_device *vdev,
+			      enum vfl_devnode_type type, int nr)
+{
+	return __video_register_device(vdev, type, nr, 0, vdev->fops->owner);
+}
+
+/**
+ * video_unregister_device - Unregister video devices.
+ *
+ * @vdev: &struct video_device to register
+ *
+ * Does nothing if vdev == NULL or if video_is_registered() returns false.
+ */
+void video_unregister_device(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+/**
+ * video_device_alloc - helper function to alloc &struct video_device
+ *
+ * Returns NULL if %-ENOMEM or a &struct video_device on success.
+ */
+struct video_device * __must_check video_device_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * video_device_release - helper function to release &struct video_device
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ *
+ * Can also be used for video_device->release\(\).
+ */
+void video_device_release(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+/**
+ * video_device_release_empty - helper function to implement the
+ *	video_device->release\(\) callback.
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ *
+ * This release function does nothing.
+ *
+ * It should be used when the video_device is a static global struct.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *	Having a static video_device is a dubious construction at best.
+ */
+void video_device_release_empty(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_disable_ioctl- mark that a given command isn't implemented.
+ *	shouldn't use core locking
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ * @cmd: ioctl command
+ *
+ * This function allows drivers to provide just one v4l2_ioctl_ops struct, but
+ * disable ioctls based on the specific card that is actually found.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    This must be called before video_register_device.
+ *    See also the comments for determine_valid_ioctls().
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_disable_ioctl(struct video_device *vdev,
+				      unsigned int cmd)
+{
+	if (_IOC_NR(cmd) < BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE)
+		set_bit(_IOC_NR(cmd), vdev->valid_ioctls);
+}
+
+/**
+ * video_get_drvdata - gets private data from &struct video_device.
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ *
+ * returns a pointer to the private data
+ */
+static inline void *video_get_drvdata(struct video_device *vdev)
+{
+	return dev_get_drvdata(&vdev->dev);
+}
+
+/**
+ * video_set_drvdata - sets private data from &struct video_device.
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ * @data: private data pointer
+ */
+static inline void video_set_drvdata(struct video_device *vdev, void *data)
+{
+	dev_set_drvdata(&vdev->dev, data);
+}
+
+/**
+ * video_devdata - gets &struct video_device from struct file.
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct file
+ */
+struct video_device *video_devdata(struct file *file);
+
+/**
+ * video_drvdata - gets private data from &struct video_device using the
+ *	struct file.
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct file
+ *
+ * This is function combines both video_get_drvdata() and video_devdata()
+ * as this is used very often.
+ */
+static inline void *video_drvdata(struct file *file)
+{
+	return video_get_drvdata(video_devdata(file));
+}
+
+/**
+ * video_device_node_name - returns the video device name
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ *
+ * Returns the device name string
+ */
+static inline const char *video_device_node_name(struct video_device *vdev)
+{
+	return dev_name(&vdev->dev);
+}
+
+/**
+ * video_is_registered - returns true if the &struct video_device is registered.
+ *
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ */
+static inline int video_is_registered(struct video_device *vdev)
+{
+	return test_bit(V4L2_FL_REGISTERED, &vdev->flags);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_debugfs_root - returns the dentry of the top-level "v4l2" debugfs dir
+ *
+ * If this directory does not yet exist, then it will be created.
+ */
+#ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_FS
+struct dentry *v4l2_debugfs_root(void);
+#else
+static inline struct dentry *v4l2_debugfs_root(void)
+{
+	return NULL;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER)
+
+/**
+ * video_device_pipeline_start - Mark a pipeline as streaming
+ * @vdev: Starting video device
+ * @pipe: Media pipeline to be assigned to all entities in the pipeline.
+ *
+ * Mark all entities connected to a given video device through enabled links,
+ * either directly or indirectly, as streaming. The given pipeline object is
+ * assigned to every pad in the pipeline and stored in the media_pad pipe
+ * field.
+ *
+ * Calls to this function can be nested, in which case the same number of
+ * video_device_pipeline_stop() calls will be required to stop streaming. The
+ * pipeline pointer must be identical for all nested calls to
+ * video_device_pipeline_start().
+ *
+ * The video device must contain a single pad.
+ *
+ * This is a convenience wrapper around media_pipeline_start().
+ */
+__must_check int video_device_pipeline_start(struct video_device *vdev,
+					     struct media_pipeline *pipe);
+
+/**
+ * __video_device_pipeline_start - Mark a pipeline as streaming
+ * @vdev: Starting video device
+ * @pipe: Media pipeline to be assigned to all entities in the pipeline.
+ *
+ * ..note:: This is the non-locking version of video_device_pipeline_start()
+ *
+ * The video device must contain a single pad.
+ *
+ * This is a convenience wrapper around __media_pipeline_start().
+ */
+__must_check int __video_device_pipeline_start(struct video_device *vdev,
+					       struct media_pipeline *pipe);
+
+/**
+ * video_device_pipeline_stop - Mark a pipeline as not streaming
+ * @vdev: Starting video device
+ *
+ * Mark all entities connected to a given video device through enabled links,
+ * either directly or indirectly, as not streaming. The media_pad pipe field
+ * is reset to %NULL.
+ *
+ * If multiple calls to media_pipeline_start() have been made, the same
+ * number of calls to this function are required to mark the pipeline as not
+ * streaming.
+ *
+ * The video device must contain a single pad.
+ *
+ * This is a convenience wrapper around media_pipeline_stop().
+ */
+void video_device_pipeline_stop(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+/**
+ * __video_device_pipeline_stop - Mark a pipeline as not streaming
+ * @vdev: Starting video device
+ *
+ * .. note:: This is the non-locking version of media_pipeline_stop()
+ *
+ * The video device must contain a single pad.
+ *
+ * This is a convenience wrapper around __media_pipeline_stop().
+ */
+void __video_device_pipeline_stop(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+/**
+ * video_device_pipeline_alloc_start - Mark a pipeline as streaming
+ * @vdev: Starting video device
+ *
+ * video_device_pipeline_alloc_start() is similar to video_device_pipeline_start()
+ * but instead of working on a given pipeline the function will use an
+ * existing pipeline if the video device is already part of a pipeline, or
+ * allocate a new pipeline.
+ *
+ * Calls to video_device_pipeline_alloc_start() must be matched with
+ * video_device_pipeline_stop().
+ */
+__must_check int video_device_pipeline_alloc_start(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+/**
+ * video_device_pipeline - Get the media pipeline a video device is part of
+ * @vdev: The video device
+ *
+ * This function returns the media pipeline that a video device has been
+ * associated with when constructing the pipeline with
+ * video_device_pipeline_start(). The pointer remains valid until
+ * video_device_pipeline_stop() is called.
+ *
+ * Return: The media_pipeline the video device is part of, or NULL if the video
+ * device is not part of any pipeline.
+ *
+ * The video device must contain a single pad.
+ *
+ * This is a convenience wrapper around media_entity_pipeline().
+ */
+struct media_pipeline *video_device_pipeline(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+#endif /* CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER */
+
+#endif /* _V4L2_DEV_H */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-device.h b/include/media/v4l2-device.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..25f69b1b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-device.h
@@ -0,0 +1,569 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+    V4L2 device support header.
+
+    Copyright (C) 2008  Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@kernel.org>
+
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V4L2_DEVICE_H
+#define _V4L2_DEVICE_H
+
+#include <media/media-device.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-subdev.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-dev.h>
+
+struct v4l2_ctrl_handler;
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_device - main struct to for V4L2 device drivers
+ *
+ * @dev: pointer to struct device.
+ * @mdev: pointer to struct media_device, may be NULL.
+ * @subdevs: used to keep track of the registered subdevs
+ * @lock: lock this struct; can be used by the driver as well
+ *	if this struct is embedded into a larger struct.
+ * @name: unique device name, by default the driver name + bus ID
+ * @notify: notify operation called by some sub-devices.
+ * @ctrl_handler: The control handler. May be %NULL.
+ * @prio: Device's priority state
+ * @ref: Keep track of the references to this struct.
+ * @release: Release function that is called when the ref count
+ *	goes to 0.
+ *
+ * Each instance of a V4L2 device should create the v4l2_device struct,
+ * either stand-alone or embedded in a larger struct.
+ *
+ * It allows easy access to sub-devices (see v4l2-subdev.h) and provides
+ * basic V4L2 device-level support.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    #) @dev->driver_data points to this struct.
+ *    #) @dev might be %NULL if there is no parent device
+ */
+struct v4l2_device {
+	struct device *dev;
+	struct media_device *mdev;
+	struct list_head subdevs;
+	spinlock_t lock;
+	char name[36];
+	void (*notify)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+			unsigned int notification, void *arg);
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *ctrl_handler;
+	struct v4l2_prio_state prio;
+	struct kref ref;
+	void (*release)(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev);
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_get - gets a V4L2 device reference
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct &v4l2_device
+ *
+ * This is an ancillary routine meant to increment the usage for the
+ * struct &v4l2_device pointed by @v4l2_dev.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_device_get(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev)
+{
+	kref_get(&v4l2_dev->ref);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_put - puts a V4L2 device reference
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct &v4l2_device
+ *
+ * This is an ancillary routine meant to decrement the usage for the
+ * struct &v4l2_device pointed by @v4l2_dev.
+ */
+int v4l2_device_put(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_register - Initialize v4l2_dev and make @dev->driver_data
+ *	point to @v4l2_dev.
+ *
+ * @dev: pointer to struct &device
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct &v4l2_device
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *	@dev may be %NULL in rare cases (ISA devices).
+ *	In such case the caller must fill in the @v4l2_dev->name field
+ *	before calling this function.
+ */
+int __must_check v4l2_device_register(struct device *dev,
+				      struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_set_name - Optional function to initialize the
+ *	name field of struct &v4l2_device
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct &v4l2_device
+ * @basename: base name for the device name
+ * @instance: pointer to a static atomic_t var with the instance usage for
+ *	the device driver.
+ *
+ * v4l2_device_set_name() initializes the name field of struct &v4l2_device
+ * using the driver name and a driver-global atomic_t instance.
+ *
+ * This function will increment the instance counter and returns the
+ * instance value used in the name.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *
+ *   static atomic_t drv_instance = ATOMIC_INIT(0);
+ *
+ *   ...
+ *
+ *   instance = v4l2_device_set_name(&\ v4l2_dev, "foo", &\ drv_instance);
+ *
+ * The first time this is called the name field will be set to foo0 and
+ * this function returns 0. If the name ends with a digit (e.g. cx18),
+ * then the name will be set to cx18-0 since cx180 would look really odd.
+ */
+int v4l2_device_set_name(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev, const char *basename,
+			 atomic_t *instance);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_disconnect - Change V4L2 device state to disconnected.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct v4l2_device
+ *
+ * Should be called when the USB parent disconnects.
+ * Since the parent disappears, this ensures that @v4l2_dev doesn't have
+ * an invalid parent pointer.
+ *
+ * .. note:: This function sets @v4l2_dev->dev to NULL.
+ */
+void v4l2_device_disconnect(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev);
+
+/**
+ *  v4l2_device_unregister - Unregister all sub-devices and any other
+ *	 resources related to @v4l2_dev.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct v4l2_device
+ */
+void v4l2_device_unregister(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_register_subdev - Registers a subdev with a v4l2 device.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct &v4l2_device
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ *
+ * While registered, the subdev module is marked as in-use.
+ *
+ * An error is returned if the module is no longer loaded on any attempts
+ * to register it.
+ */
+#define v4l2_device_register_subdev(v4l2_dev, sd) \
+	__v4l2_device_register_subdev(v4l2_dev, sd, THIS_MODULE)
+int __must_check __v4l2_device_register_subdev(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev,
+					       struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+					       struct module *module);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_unregister_subdev - Unregisters a subdev with a v4l2 device.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ *
+ * .. note ::
+ *
+ *	Can also be called if the subdev wasn't registered. In such
+ *	case, it will do nothing.
+ */
+void v4l2_device_unregister_subdev(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes - Registers device nodes for
+ *      all subdevs of the v4l2 device that are marked with the
+ *      %V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_DEVNODE flag.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct v4l2_device
+ * @read_only: subdevices read-only flag. True to register the subdevices
+ *	device nodes in read-only mode, false to allow full access to the
+ *	subdevice userspace API.
+ */
+int __must_check
+__v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev,
+				    bool read_only);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes - Registers subdevices device nodes with
+ *	unrestricted access to the subdevice userspace operations
+ *
+ * Internally calls __v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(). See its documentation
+ * for more details.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct v4l2_device
+ */
+static inline int __must_check
+v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev)
+{
+#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2_SUBDEV_API)
+	return __v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(v4l2_dev, false);
+#else
+	return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_register_ro_subdev_nodes - Registers subdevices device nodes
+ *	in read-only mode
+ *
+ * Internally calls __v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(). See its documentation
+ * for more details.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct v4l2_device
+ */
+static inline int __must_check
+v4l2_device_register_ro_subdev_nodes(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev)
+{
+#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2_SUBDEV_API)
+	return __v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(v4l2_dev, true);
+#else
+	return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_notify - Sends a notification to v4l2_device.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @notification: type of notification. Please notice that the notification
+ *	type is driver-specific.
+ * @arg: arguments for the notification. Those are specific to each
+ *	notification type.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_subdev_notify(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+				      unsigned int notification, void *arg)
+{
+	if (sd && sd->v4l2_dev && sd->v4l2_dev->notify)
+		sd->v4l2_dev->notify(sd, notification, arg);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_supports_requests - Test if requests are supported.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct v4l2_device
+ */
+static inline bool v4l2_device_supports_requests(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev)
+{
+	return v4l2_dev->mdev && v4l2_dev->mdev->ops &&
+	       v4l2_dev->mdev->ops->req_queue;
+}
+
+/* Helper macros to iterate over all subdevs. */
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_for_each_subdev - Helper macro that interates over all
+ *	sub-devices of a given &v4l2_device.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer that will be filled by the macro with all
+ *	&struct v4l2_subdev pointer used as an iterator by the loop.
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ *
+ * This macro iterates over all sub-devices owned by the @v4l2_dev device.
+ * It acts as a for loop iterator and executes the next statement with
+ * the @sd variable pointing to each sub-device in turn.
+ */
+#define v4l2_device_for_each_subdev(sd, v4l2_dev)			\
+	list_for_each_entry(sd, &(v4l2_dev)->subdevs, list)
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_p - Calls the specified operation for
+ *	all subdevs matching the condition.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ * @sd: pointer that will be filled by the macro with all
+ *	&struct v4l2_subdev pointer used as an iterator by the loop.
+ * @cond: condition to be match
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ *     Each element there groups a set of operations functions.
+ * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches.
+ *	The operation functions are defined in groups, according to
+ *	each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * Ignore any errors.
+ *
+ * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking
+ * the subdevs list.
+ */
+#define __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_p(v4l2_dev, sd, cond, o, f, args...)	\
+	do {								\
+		list_for_each_entry((sd), &(v4l2_dev)->subdevs, list)	\
+			if ((cond) && (sd)->ops->o && (sd)->ops->o->f)	\
+				(sd)->ops->o->f((sd) , ##args);		\
+	} while (0)
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_device_call_subdevs - Calls the specified operation for
+ *	all subdevs matching the condition.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ * @cond: condition to be match
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ *     Each element there groups a set of operations functions.
+ * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches.
+ *	The operation functions are defined in groups, according to
+ *	each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * Ignore any errors.
+ *
+ * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking
+ * the subdevs list.
+ */
+#define __v4l2_device_call_subdevs(v4l2_dev, cond, o, f, args...)	\
+	do {								\
+		struct v4l2_subdev *__sd;				\
+									\
+		__v4l2_device_call_subdevs_p(v4l2_dev, __sd, cond, o,	\
+						f , ##args);		\
+	} while (0)
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_until_err_p - Calls the specified operation for
+ *	all subdevs matching the condition.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ * @sd: pointer that will be filled by the macro with all
+ *	&struct v4l2_subdev sub-devices associated with @v4l2_dev.
+ * @cond: condition to be match
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ *     Each element there groups a set of operations functions.
+ * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches.
+ *	The operation functions are defined in groups, according to
+ *	each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * Return:
+ *
+ * If the operation returns an error other than 0 or ``-ENOIOCTLCMD``
+ * for any subdevice, then abort and return with that error code, zero
+ * otherwise.
+ *
+ * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking
+ * the subdevs list.
+ */
+#define __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_until_err_p(v4l2_dev, sd, cond, o, f, args...) \
+({									\
+	long __err = 0;							\
+									\
+	list_for_each_entry((sd), &(v4l2_dev)->subdevs, list) {		\
+		if ((cond) && (sd)->ops->o && (sd)->ops->o->f)		\
+			__err = (sd)->ops->o->f((sd) , ##args);		\
+		if (__err && __err != -ENOIOCTLCMD)			\
+			break;						\
+	}								\
+	(__err == -ENOIOCTLCMD) ? 0 : __err;				\
+})
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_until_err - Calls the specified operation for
+ *	all subdevs matching the condition.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ * @cond: condition to be match
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ *     Each element there groups a set of operations functions.
+ * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches.
+ *	The operation functions are defined in groups, according to
+ *	each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * Return:
+ *
+ * If the operation returns an error other than 0 or ``-ENOIOCTLCMD``
+ * for any subdevice, then abort and return with that error code,
+ * zero otherwise.
+ *
+ * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking
+ * the subdevs list.
+ */
+#define __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_until_err(v4l2_dev, cond, o, f, args...) \
+({									\
+	struct v4l2_subdev *__sd;					\
+	__v4l2_device_call_subdevs_until_err_p(v4l2_dev, __sd, cond, o,	\
+						f , ##args);		\
+})
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_call_all - Calls the specified operation for
+ *	all subdevs matching the &v4l2_subdev.grp_id, as assigned
+ *	by the bridge driver.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ * @grpid: &struct v4l2_subdev->grp_id group ID to match.
+ *	    Use 0 to match them all.
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ *     Each element there groups a set of operations functions.
+ * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches.
+ *	The operation functions are defined in groups, according to
+ *	each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * Ignore any errors.
+ *
+ * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking
+ * the subdevs list.
+ */
+#define v4l2_device_call_all(v4l2_dev, grpid, o, f, args...)		\
+	do {								\
+		struct v4l2_subdev *__sd;				\
+									\
+		__v4l2_device_call_subdevs_p(v4l2_dev, __sd,		\
+			(grpid) == 0 || __sd->grp_id == (grpid), o, f ,	\
+			##args);					\
+	} while (0)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_call_until_err - Calls the specified operation for
+ *	all subdevs matching the &v4l2_subdev.grp_id, as assigned
+ *	by the bridge driver, until an error occurs.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ * @grpid: &struct v4l2_subdev->grp_id group ID to match.
+ *	   Use 0 to match them all.
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ *     Each element there groups a set of operations functions.
+ * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches.
+ *	The operation functions are defined in groups, according to
+ *	each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * Return:
+ *
+ * If the operation returns an error other than 0 or ``-ENOIOCTLCMD``
+ * for any subdevice, then abort and return with that error code,
+ * zero otherwise.
+ *
+ * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking
+ * the subdevs list.
+ */
+#define v4l2_device_call_until_err(v4l2_dev, grpid, o, f, args...)	\
+({									\
+	struct v4l2_subdev *__sd;					\
+	__v4l2_device_call_subdevs_until_err_p(v4l2_dev, __sd,		\
+			(grpid) == 0 || __sd->grp_id == (grpid), o, f ,	\
+			##args);					\
+})
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_mask_call_all - Calls the specified operation for
+ *	all subdevices where a group ID matches a specified bitmask.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ * @grpmsk: bitmask to be checked against &struct v4l2_subdev->grp_id
+ *	    group ID to be matched. Use 0 to match them all.
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ *     Each element there groups a set of operations functions.
+ * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches.
+ *	The operation functions are defined in groups, according to
+ *	each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * Ignore any errors.
+ *
+ * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking
+ * the subdevs list.
+ */
+#define v4l2_device_mask_call_all(v4l2_dev, grpmsk, o, f, args...)	\
+	do {								\
+		struct v4l2_subdev *__sd;				\
+									\
+		__v4l2_device_call_subdevs_p(v4l2_dev, __sd,		\
+			(grpmsk) == 0 || (__sd->grp_id & (grpmsk)), o,	\
+			f , ##args);					\
+	} while (0)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_mask_call_until_err - Calls the specified operation for
+ *	all subdevices where a group ID matches a specified bitmask.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ * @grpmsk: bitmask to be checked against &struct v4l2_subdev->grp_id
+ *	    group ID to be matched. Use 0 to match them all.
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ *     Each element there groups a set of operations functions.
+ * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches.
+ *	The operation functions are defined in groups, according to
+ *	each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * Return:
+ *
+ * If the operation returns an error other than 0 or ``-ENOIOCTLCMD``
+ * for any subdevice, then abort and return with that error code,
+ * zero otherwise.
+ *
+ * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking
+ * the subdevs list.
+ */
+#define v4l2_device_mask_call_until_err(v4l2_dev, grpmsk, o, f, args...) \
+({									\
+	struct v4l2_subdev *__sd;					\
+	__v4l2_device_call_subdevs_until_err_p(v4l2_dev, __sd,		\
+			(grpmsk) == 0 || (__sd->grp_id & (grpmsk)), o,	\
+			f , ##args);					\
+})
+
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_has_op - checks if any subdev with matching grpid has a
+ *	given ops.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ * @grpid: &struct v4l2_subdev->grp_id group ID to match.
+ *	   Use 0 to match them all.
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ *     Each element there groups a set of operations functions.
+ * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches.
+ *	The operation functions are defined in groups, according to
+ *	each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ */
+#define v4l2_device_has_op(v4l2_dev, grpid, o, f)			\
+({									\
+	struct v4l2_subdev *__sd;					\
+	bool __result = false;						\
+	list_for_each_entry(__sd, &(v4l2_dev)->subdevs, list) {		\
+		if ((grpid) && __sd->grp_id != (grpid))			\
+			continue;					\
+		if (v4l2_subdev_has_op(__sd, o, f)) {			\
+			__result = true;				\
+			break;						\
+		}							\
+	}								\
+	__result;							\
+})
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_mask_has_op - checks if any subdev with matching group
+ *	mask has a given ops.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ * @grpmsk: bitmask to be checked against &struct v4l2_subdev->grp_id
+ *	    group ID to be matched. Use 0 to match them all.
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ *     Each element there groups a set of operations functions.
+ * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches.
+ *	The operation functions are defined in groups, according to
+ *	each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ */
+#define v4l2_device_mask_has_op(v4l2_dev, grpmsk, o, f)			\
+({									\
+	struct v4l2_subdev *__sd;					\
+	bool __result = false;						\
+	list_for_each_entry(__sd, &(v4l2_dev)->subdevs, list) {		\
+		if ((grpmsk) && !(__sd->grp_id & (grpmsk)))		\
+			continue;					\
+		if (v4l2_subdev_has_op(__sd, o, f)) {			\
+			__result = true;				\
+			break;						\
+		}							\
+	}								\
+	__result;							\
+})
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-dv-timings.h b/include/media/v4l2-dv-timings.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2b42e5d81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-dv-timings.h
@@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * v4l2-dv-timings - Internal header with dv-timings helper functions
+ *
+ * Copyright 2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __V4L2_DV_TIMINGS_H
+#define __V4L2_DV_TIMINGS_H
+
+#include <linux/debugfs.h>
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_calc_timeperframe - helper function to calculate timeperframe based
+ *	v4l2_dv_timings fields.
+ * @t: Timings for the video mode.
+ *
+ * Calculates the expected timeperframe using the pixel clock value and
+ * horizontal/vertical measures. This means that v4l2_dv_timings structure
+ * must be correctly and fully filled.
+ */
+struct v4l2_fract v4l2_calc_timeperframe(const struct v4l2_dv_timings *t);
+
+/*
+ * v4l2_dv_timings_presets: list of all dv_timings presets.
+ */
+extern const struct v4l2_dv_timings v4l2_dv_timings_presets[];
+
+/**
+ * typedef v4l2_check_dv_timings_fnc - timings check callback
+ *
+ * @t: the v4l2_dv_timings struct.
+ * @handle: a handle from the driver.
+ *
+ * Returns true if the given timings are valid.
+ */
+typedef bool v4l2_check_dv_timings_fnc(const struct v4l2_dv_timings *t, void *handle);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_valid_dv_timings() - are these timings valid?
+ *
+ * @t:	  the v4l2_dv_timings struct.
+ * @cap: the v4l2_dv_timings_cap capabilities.
+ * @fnc: callback to check if this timing is OK. May be NULL.
+ * @fnc_handle: a handle that is passed on to @fnc.
+ *
+ * Returns true if the given dv_timings struct is supported by the
+ * hardware capabilities and the callback function (if non-NULL), returns
+ * false otherwise.
+ */
+bool v4l2_valid_dv_timings(const struct v4l2_dv_timings *t,
+			   const struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap,
+			   v4l2_check_dv_timings_fnc fnc,
+			   void *fnc_handle);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_enum_dv_timings_cap() - Helper function to enumerate possible DV
+ *	 timings based on capabilities
+ *
+ * @t:	  the v4l2_enum_dv_timings struct.
+ * @cap: the v4l2_dv_timings_cap capabilities.
+ * @fnc: callback to check if this timing is OK. May be NULL.
+ * @fnc_handle: a handle that is passed on to @fnc.
+ *
+ * This enumerates dv_timings using the full list of possible CEA-861 and DMT
+ * timings, filtering out any timings that are not supported based on the
+ * hardware capabilities and the callback function (if non-NULL).
+ *
+ * If a valid timing for the given index is found, it will fill in @t and
+ * return 0, otherwise it returns -EINVAL.
+ */
+int v4l2_enum_dv_timings_cap(struct v4l2_enum_dv_timings *t,
+			     const struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap,
+			     v4l2_check_dv_timings_fnc fnc,
+			     void *fnc_handle);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_find_dv_timings_cap() - Find the closest timings struct
+ *
+ * @t:	  the v4l2_enum_dv_timings struct.
+ * @cap: the v4l2_dv_timings_cap capabilities.
+ * @pclock_delta: maximum delta between t->pixelclock and the timing struct
+ *		under consideration.
+ * @fnc: callback to check if a given timings struct is OK. May be NULL.
+ * @fnc_handle: a handle that is passed on to @fnc.
+ *
+ * This function tries to map the given timings to an entry in the
+ * full list of possible CEA-861 and DMT timings, filtering out any timings
+ * that are not supported based on the hardware capabilities and the callback
+ * function (if non-NULL).
+ *
+ * On success it will fill in @t with the found timings and it returns true.
+ * On failure it will return false.
+ */
+bool v4l2_find_dv_timings_cap(struct v4l2_dv_timings *t,
+			      const struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap,
+			      unsigned pclock_delta,
+			      v4l2_check_dv_timings_fnc fnc,
+			      void *fnc_handle);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_find_dv_timings_cea861_vic() - find timings based on CEA-861 VIC
+ * @t:		the timings data.
+ * @vic:	CEA-861 VIC code
+ *
+ * On success it will fill in @t with the found timings and it returns true.
+ * On failure it will return false.
+ */
+bool v4l2_find_dv_timings_cea861_vic(struct v4l2_dv_timings *t, u8 vic);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_match_dv_timings() - do two timings match?
+ *
+ * @measured:	  the measured timings data.
+ * @standard:	  the timings according to the standard.
+ * @pclock_delta: maximum delta in Hz between standard->pixelclock and
+ *		the measured timings.
+ * @match_reduced_fps: if true, then fail if V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_FPS does not
+ * match.
+ *
+ * Returns true if the two timings match, returns false otherwise.
+ */
+bool v4l2_match_dv_timings(const struct v4l2_dv_timings *measured,
+			   const struct v4l2_dv_timings *standard,
+			   unsigned pclock_delta, bool match_reduced_fps);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_print_dv_timings() - log the contents of a dv_timings struct
+ * @dev_prefix:device prefix for each log line.
+ * @prefix:	additional prefix for each log line, may be NULL.
+ * @t:		the timings data.
+ * @detailed:	if true, give a detailed log.
+ */
+void v4l2_print_dv_timings(const char *dev_prefix, const char *prefix,
+			   const struct v4l2_dv_timings *t, bool detailed);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_detect_cvt - detect if the given timings follow the CVT standard
+ *
+ * @frame_height: the total height of the frame (including blanking) in lines.
+ * @hfreq: the horizontal frequency in Hz.
+ * @vsync: the height of the vertical sync in lines.
+ * @active_width: active width of image (does not include blanking). This
+ * information is needed only in case of version 2 of reduced blanking.
+ * In other cases, this parameter does not have any effect on timings.
+ * @polarities: the horizontal and vertical polarities (same as struct
+ *		v4l2_bt_timings polarities).
+ * @interlaced: if this flag is true, it indicates interlaced format
+ * @cap: the v4l2_dv_timings_cap capabilities.
+ * @fmt: the resulting timings.
+ *
+ * This function will attempt to detect if the given values correspond to a
+ * valid CVT format. If so, then it will return true, and fmt will be filled
+ * in with the found CVT timings.
+ */
+bool v4l2_detect_cvt(unsigned int frame_height, unsigned int hfreq,
+		     unsigned int vsync, unsigned int active_width,
+		     u32 polarities, bool interlaced,
+		     const struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap,
+		     struct v4l2_dv_timings *fmt);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_detect_gtf - detect if the given timings follow the GTF standard
+ *
+ * @frame_height: the total height of the frame (including blanking) in lines.
+ * @hfreq: the horizontal frequency in Hz.
+ * @vsync: the height of the vertical sync in lines.
+ * @polarities: the horizontal and vertical polarities (same as struct
+ *		v4l2_bt_timings polarities).
+ * @interlaced: if this flag is true, it indicates interlaced format
+ * @aspect: preferred aspect ratio. GTF has no method of determining the
+ *		aspect ratio in order to derive the image width from the
+ *		image height, so it has to be passed explicitly. Usually
+ *		the native screen aspect ratio is used for this. If it
+ *		is not filled in correctly, then 16:9 will be assumed.
+ * @cap: the v4l2_dv_timings_cap capabilities.
+ * @fmt: the resulting timings.
+ *
+ * This function will attempt to detect if the given values correspond to a
+ * valid GTF format. If so, then it will return true, and fmt will be filled
+ * in with the found GTF timings.
+ */
+bool v4l2_detect_gtf(unsigned int frame_height, unsigned int hfreq,
+		     unsigned int vsync, u32 polarities, bool interlaced,
+		     struct v4l2_fract aspect,
+		     const struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap,
+		     struct v4l2_dv_timings *fmt);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_calc_aspect_ratio - calculate the aspect ratio based on bytes
+ *	0x15 and 0x16 from the EDID.
+ *
+ * @hor_landscape: byte 0x15 from the EDID.
+ * @vert_portrait: byte 0x16 from the EDID.
+ *
+ * Determines the aspect ratio from the EDID.
+ * See VESA Enhanced EDID standard, release A, rev 2, section 3.6.2:
+ * "Horizontal and Vertical Screen Size or Aspect Ratio"
+ */
+struct v4l2_fract v4l2_calc_aspect_ratio(u8 hor_landscape, u8 vert_portrait);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_dv_timings_aspect_ratio - calculate the aspect ratio based on the
+ *	v4l2_dv_timings information.
+ *
+ * @t: the timings data.
+ */
+struct v4l2_fract v4l2_dv_timings_aspect_ratio(const struct v4l2_dv_timings *t);
+
+/**
+ * can_reduce_fps - check if conditions for reduced fps are true.
+ * @bt: v4l2 timing structure
+ *
+ * For different timings reduced fps is allowed if the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ *   - For CVT timings: if reduced blanking v2 (vsync == 8) is true.
+ *   - For CEA861 timings: if %V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS flag is true.
+ */
+static inline  bool can_reduce_fps(struct v4l2_bt_timings *bt)
+{
+	if ((bt->standards & V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT) && (bt->vsync == 8))
+		return true;
+
+	if ((bt->standards & V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861) &&
+	    (bt->flags & V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS))
+		return true;
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_hdmi_colorimetry - describes the HDMI colorimetry information
+ * @colorspace:		enum v4l2_colorspace, the colorspace
+ * @ycbcr_enc:		enum v4l2_ycbcr_encoding, Y'CbCr encoding
+ * @quantization:	enum v4l2_quantization, colorspace quantization
+ * @xfer_func:		enum v4l2_xfer_func, colorspace transfer function
+ */
+struct v4l2_hdmi_colorimetry {
+	enum v4l2_colorspace colorspace;
+	enum v4l2_ycbcr_encoding ycbcr_enc;
+	enum v4l2_quantization quantization;
+	enum v4l2_xfer_func xfer_func;
+};
+
+struct hdmi_avi_infoframe;
+struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe;
+
+struct v4l2_hdmi_colorimetry
+v4l2_hdmi_rx_colorimetry(const struct hdmi_avi_infoframe *avi,
+			 const struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe *hdmi,
+			 unsigned int height);
+
+unsigned int v4l2_num_edid_blocks(const u8 *edid, unsigned int max_blocks);
+u16 v4l2_get_edid_phys_addr(const u8 *edid, unsigned int size,
+			    unsigned int *offset);
+void v4l2_set_edid_phys_addr(u8 *edid, unsigned int size, u16 phys_addr);
+u16 v4l2_phys_addr_for_input(u16 phys_addr, u8 input);
+int v4l2_phys_addr_validate(u16 phys_addr, u16 *parent, u16 *port);
+
+/* Add support for exporting InfoFrames to debugfs */
+
+/*
+ * HDMI InfoFrames start with a 3 byte header, then a checksum,
+ * followed by the actual IF payload.
+ *
+ * The payload length is limited to 30 bytes according to the HDMI spec,
+ * but since the length is encoded in 5 bits, it can be 31 bytes theoretically.
+ * So set the max length as 31 + 3 (header) + 1 (checksum) = 35.
+ */
+#define V4L2_DEBUGFS_IF_MAX_LEN (35)
+
+#define V4L2_DEBUGFS_IF_AVI	BIT(0)
+#define V4L2_DEBUGFS_IF_AUDIO	BIT(1)
+#define V4L2_DEBUGFS_IF_SPD	BIT(2)
+#define V4L2_DEBUGFS_IF_HDMI	BIT(3)
+#define V4L2_DEBUGFS_IF_DRM	BIT(4)
+
+typedef ssize_t (*v4l2_debugfs_if_read_t)(u32 type, void *priv,
+					  struct file *filp, char __user *ubuf,
+					  size_t count, loff_t *ppos);
+
+struct v4l2_debugfs_if {
+	struct dentry *if_dir;
+	void *priv;
+
+	v4l2_debugfs_if_read_t if_read;
+};
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_FS
+struct v4l2_debugfs_if *v4l2_debugfs_if_alloc(struct dentry *root, u32 if_types,
+					      void *priv,
+					      v4l2_debugfs_if_read_t if_read);
+void v4l2_debugfs_if_free(struct v4l2_debugfs_if *infoframes);
+#else
+static inline
+struct v4l2_debugfs_if *v4l2_debugfs_if_alloc(struct dentry *root, u32 if_types,
+					      void *priv,
+					      v4l2_debugfs_if_read_t if_read)
+{
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline void v4l2_debugfs_if_free(struct v4l2_debugfs_if *infoframes)
+{
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-event.h b/include/media/v4l2-event.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3a0e25883
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-event.h
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * v4l2-event.h
+ *
+ * V4L2 events.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2009--2010 Nokia Corporation.
+ *
+ * Contact: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
+ */
+
+#ifndef V4L2_EVENT_H
+#define V4L2_EVENT_H
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+#include <linux/wait.h>
+
+struct v4l2_fh;
+struct v4l2_subdev;
+struct v4l2_subscribed_event;
+struct video_device;
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_kevent - Internal kernel event struct.
+ * @list:	List node for the v4l2_fh->available list.
+ * @sev:	Pointer to parent v4l2_subscribed_event.
+ * @event:	The event itself.
+ * @ts:		The timestamp of the event.
+ */
+struct v4l2_kevent {
+	struct list_head	list;
+	struct v4l2_subscribed_event *sev;
+	struct v4l2_event	event;
+	u64			ts;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops - Subscribed event operations.
+ *
+ * @add:	Optional callback, called when a new listener is added
+ * @del:	Optional callback, called when a listener stops listening
+ * @replace:	Optional callback that can replace event 'old' with event 'new'.
+ * @merge:	Optional callback that can merge event 'old' into event 'new'.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops {
+	int  (*add)(struct v4l2_subscribed_event *sev, unsigned int elems);
+	void (*del)(struct v4l2_subscribed_event *sev);
+	void (*replace)(struct v4l2_event *old, const struct v4l2_event *new);
+	void (*merge)(const struct v4l2_event *old, struct v4l2_event *new);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subscribed_event - Internal struct representing a subscribed
+ *		event.
+ *
+ * @list:	List node for the v4l2_fh->subscribed list.
+ * @type:	Event type.
+ * @id:	Associated object ID (e.g. control ID). 0 if there isn't any.
+ * @flags:	Copy of v4l2_event_subscription->flags.
+ * @fh:	Filehandle that subscribed to this event.
+ * @node:	List node that hooks into the object's event list
+ *		(if there is one).
+ * @ops:	v4l2_subscribed_event_ops
+ * @elems:	The number of elements in the events array.
+ * @first:	The index of the events containing the oldest available event.
+ * @in_use:	The number of queued events.
+ * @events:	An array of @elems events.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subscribed_event {
+	struct list_head	list;
+	u32			type;
+	u32			id;
+	u32			flags;
+	struct v4l2_fh		*fh;
+	struct list_head	node;
+	const struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops *ops;
+	unsigned int		elems;
+	unsigned int		first;
+	unsigned int		in_use;
+	struct v4l2_kevent	events[] __counted_by(elems);
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_event_dequeue - Dequeue events from video device.
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to struct v4l2_fh
+ * @event: pointer to struct v4l2_event
+ * @nonblocking: if not zero, waits for an event to arrive
+ */
+int v4l2_event_dequeue(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_event *event,
+		       int nonblocking);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_event_queue - Queue events to video device.
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ * @ev: pointer to &struct v4l2_event
+ *
+ * The event will be queued for all &struct v4l2_fh file handlers.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *    The driver's only responsibility is to fill in the type and the data
+ *    fields. The other fields will be filled in by V4L2.
+ */
+void v4l2_event_queue(struct video_device *vdev, const struct v4l2_event *ev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_event_queue_fh - Queue events to video device.
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @ev: pointer to &struct v4l2_event
+ *
+ *
+ * The event will be queued only for the specified &struct v4l2_fh file handler.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *    The driver's only responsibility is to fill in the type and the data
+ *    fields. The other fields will be filled in by V4L2.
+ */
+void v4l2_event_queue_fh(struct v4l2_fh *fh, const struct v4l2_event *ev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_event_wake_all - Wake all filehandles.
+ *
+ * Used when unregistering a video device.
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ */
+void v4l2_event_wake_all(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_event_pending - Check if an event is available
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ *
+ * Returns the number of pending events.
+ */
+int v4l2_event_pending(struct v4l2_fh *fh);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_event_subscribe - Subscribes to an event
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @sub: pointer to &struct v4l2_event_subscription
+ * @elems: size of the events queue
+ * @ops: pointer to &v4l2_subscribed_event_ops
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    if @elems is zero, the framework will fill in a default value,
+ *    with is currently 1 element.
+ */
+int v4l2_event_subscribe(struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+			 const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub,
+			 unsigned int elems,
+			 const struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops *ops);
+/**
+ * v4l2_event_unsubscribe - Unsubscribes to an event
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @sub: pointer to &struct v4l2_event_subscription
+ */
+int v4l2_event_unsubscribe(struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+			   const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub);
+/**
+ * v4l2_event_unsubscribe_all - Unsubscribes to all events
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ */
+void v4l2_event_unsubscribe_all(struct v4l2_fh *fh);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_event_subdev_unsubscribe - Subdev variant of v4l2_event_unsubscribe()
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @sub: pointer to &struct v4l2_event_subscription
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *	This function should be used for the &struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops
+ *	%unsubscribe_event field.
+ */
+int v4l2_event_subdev_unsubscribe(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+				  struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+				  struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub);
+/**
+ * v4l2_src_change_event_subscribe - helper function that calls
+ *	v4l2_event_subscribe() if the event is %V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE.
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to struct v4l2_fh
+ * @sub: pointer to &struct v4l2_event_subscription
+ */
+int v4l2_src_change_event_subscribe(struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+				    const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub);
+/**
+ * v4l2_src_change_event_subdev_subscribe - Variant of v4l2_event_subscribe(),
+ *	meant to subscribe only events of the type %V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @sub: pointer to &struct v4l2_event_subscription
+ */
+int v4l2_src_change_event_subdev_subscribe(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+					   struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+					   struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub);
+#endif /* V4L2_EVENT_H */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-fh.h b/include/media/v4l2-fh.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aad4b3689
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-fh.h
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * v4l2-fh.h
+ *
+ * V4L2 file handle. Store per file handle data for the V4L2
+ * framework. Using file handles is mandatory for the drivers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2009--2010 Nokia Corporation.
+ *
+ * Contact: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
+ */
+
+#ifndef V4L2_FH_H
+#define V4L2_FH_H
+
+#include <linux/fs.h>
+#include <linux/kconfig.h>
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+
+struct video_device;
+struct v4l2_ctrl_handler;
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_fh - Describes a V4L2 file handler
+ *
+ * @list: list of file handlers
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ * @ctrl_handler: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler
+ * @prio: priority of the file handler, as defined by &enum v4l2_priority
+ *
+ * @wait: event' s wait queue
+ * @subscribe_lock: serialise changes to the subscribed list; guarantee that
+ *		    the add and del event callbacks are orderly called
+ * @subscribed: list of subscribed events
+ * @available: list of events waiting to be dequeued
+ * @navailable: number of available events at @available list
+ * @sequence: event sequence number
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: pointer to &struct v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+struct v4l2_fh {
+	struct list_head	list;
+	struct video_device	*vdev;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *ctrl_handler;
+	enum v4l2_priority	prio;
+
+	/* Events */
+	wait_queue_head_t	wait;
+	struct mutex		subscribe_lock;
+	struct list_head	subscribed;
+	struct list_head	available;
+	unsigned int		navailable;
+	u32			sequence;
+
+	struct v4l2_m2m_ctx	*m2m_ctx;
+};
+
+/**
+ * file_to_v4l2_fh - Return the v4l2_fh associated with a struct file
+ *
+ * @filp: pointer to &struct file
+ *
+ * This function should be used by drivers to retrieve the &struct v4l2_fh
+ * instance pointer stored in the file private_data instead of accessing the
+ * private_data field directly.
+ */
+static inline struct v4l2_fh *file_to_v4l2_fh(struct file *filp)
+{
+	return filp->private_data;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fh_init - Initialise the file handle.
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ *
+ * Parts of the V4L2 framework using the
+ * file handles should be initialised in this function. Must be called
+ * from driver's v4l2_file_operations->open\(\) handler if the driver
+ * uses &struct v4l2_fh.
+ */
+void v4l2_fh_init(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct video_device *vdev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fh_add - Add the fh to the list of file handles on a video_device.
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @filp: pointer to &struct file associated with @fh
+ *
+ * The function sets filp->private_data to point to @fh.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *    The @fh file handle must be initialised first.
+ */
+void v4l2_fh_add(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct file *filp);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fh_open - Ancillary routine that can be used as the open\(\) op
+ *	of v4l2_file_operations.
+ *
+ * @filp: pointer to struct file
+ *
+ * It allocates a v4l2_fh and inits and adds it to the &struct video_device
+ * associated with the file pointer.
+ *
+ * On error filp->private_data will be %NULL, otherwise it will point to
+ * the &struct v4l2_fh.
+ */
+int v4l2_fh_open(struct file *filp);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fh_del - Remove file handle from the list of file handles.
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @filp: pointer to &struct file associated with @fh
+ *
+ * The function resets filp->private_data to NULL.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *    Must be called in v4l2_file_operations->release\(\) handler if the driver
+ *    uses &struct v4l2_fh.
+ */
+void v4l2_fh_del(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct file *filp);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fh_exit - Release resources related to a file handle.
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ *
+ * Parts of the V4L2 framework using the v4l2_fh must release their
+ * resources here, too.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *    Must be called in v4l2_file_operations->release\(\) handler if the
+ *    driver uses &struct v4l2_fh.
+ */
+void v4l2_fh_exit(struct v4l2_fh *fh);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fh_release - Ancillary routine that can be used as the release\(\) op
+ *	of v4l2_file_operations.
+ *
+ * @filp: pointer to struct file
+ *
+ * It deletes and exits the v4l2_fh associated with the file pointer and
+ * frees it. It will do nothing if filp->private_data (the pointer to the
+ * v4l2_fh struct) is %NULL.
+ *
+ * This function always returns 0.
+ */
+int v4l2_fh_release(struct file *filp);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fh_is_singular - Returns 1 if this filehandle is the only filehandle
+ *	 opened for the associated video_device.
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ *
+ * If @fh is NULL, then it returns 0.
+ */
+int v4l2_fh_is_singular(struct v4l2_fh *fh);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fh_is_singular_file - Returns 1 if this filehandle is the only
+ *	filehandle opened for the associated video_device.
+ *
+ * @filp: pointer to struct file
+ *
+ * This is a helper function variant of v4l2_fh_is_singular() with uses
+ * struct file as argument.
+ *
+ * If filp->private_data is %NULL, then it will return 0.
+ */
+static inline int v4l2_fh_is_singular_file(struct file *filp)
+{
+	return v4l2_fh_is_singular(filp->private_data);
+}
+
+#endif /* V4L2_EVENT_H */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-flash-led-class.h b/include/media/v4l2-flash-led-class.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b106e7a74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-flash-led-class.h
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * V4L2 flash LED sub-device registration helpers.
+ *
+ *	Copyright (C) 2015 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd
+ *	Author: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V4L2_FLASH_H
+#define _V4L2_FLASH_H
+
+#include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-subdev.h>
+
+struct led_classdev_flash;
+struct led_classdev;
+struct v4l2_flash;
+enum led_brightness;
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_flash_ctrl_data - flash control initialization data, filled
+ *				basing on the features declared by the LED flash
+ *				class driver in the v4l2_flash_config
+ * @config:	initialization data for a control
+ * @cid:	contains v4l2 flash control id if the config
+ *		field was initialized, 0 otherwise
+ */
+struct v4l2_flash_ctrl_data {
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_config config;
+	u32 cid;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_flash_ops - V4L2 flash operations
+ *
+ * @external_strobe_set: Setup strobing the flash by hardware pin state
+ *	assertion.
+ * @intensity_to_led_brightness: Convert intensity to brightness in a device
+ *	specific manner
+ * @led_brightness_to_intensity: convert brightness to intensity in a device
+ *	specific manner.
+ */
+struct v4l2_flash_ops {
+	int (*external_strobe_set)(struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash,
+					bool enable);
+	enum led_brightness (*intensity_to_led_brightness)
+		(struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash, s32 intensity);
+	s32 (*led_brightness_to_intensity)
+		(struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash, enum led_brightness);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_flash_config - V4L2 Flash sub-device initialization data
+ * @dev_name:			the name of the media entity,
+ *				unique in the system
+ * @intensity:			non-flash strobe constraints for the LED
+ * @flash_faults:		bitmask of flash faults that the LED flash class
+ *				device can report; corresponding LED_FAULT* bit
+ *				definitions are available in the header file
+ *				<linux/led-class-flash.h>
+ * @has_external_strobe:	external strobe capability
+ */
+struct v4l2_flash_config {
+	char dev_name[32];
+	struct led_flash_setting intensity;
+	u32 flash_faults;
+	unsigned int has_external_strobe:1;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_flash - Flash sub-device context
+ * @fled_cdev:		LED flash class device controlled by this sub-device
+ * @iled_cdev:		LED class device representing indicator LED associated
+ *			with the LED flash class device
+ * @ops:		V4L2 specific flash ops
+ * @sd:			V4L2 sub-device
+ * @hdl:		flash controls handler
+ * @ctrls:		array of pointers to controls, whose values define
+ *			the sub-device state
+ */
+struct v4l2_flash {
+	struct led_classdev_flash *fled_cdev;
+	struct led_classdev *iled_cdev;
+	const struct v4l2_flash_ops *ops;
+
+	struct v4l2_subdev sd;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_handler hdl;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl **ctrls;
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_to_v4l2_flash - Returns a &struct v4l2_flash from the
+ * &struct v4l2_subdev embedded on it.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ */
+static inline struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_subdev_to_v4l2_flash(
+							struct v4l2_subdev *sd)
+{
+	return container_of(sd, struct v4l2_flash, sd);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_to_v4l2_flash - Returns a &struct v4l2_flash from the
+ * &struct v4l2_ctrl embedded on it.
+ *
+ * @c: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl
+ */
+static inline struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_ctrl_to_v4l2_flash(struct v4l2_ctrl *c)
+{
+	return container_of(c->handler, struct v4l2_flash, hdl);
+}
+
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_V4L2_FLASH_LED_CLASS)
+/**
+ * v4l2_flash_init - initialize V4L2 flash led sub-device
+ * @dev:	flash device, e.g. an I2C device
+ * @fwn:	fwnode_handle of the LED, may be NULL if the same as device's
+ * @fled_cdev:	LED flash class device to wrap
+ * @ops:	V4L2 Flash device ops
+ * @config:	initialization data for V4L2 Flash sub-device
+ *
+ * Create V4L2 Flash sub-device wrapping given LED subsystem device.
+ * The ops pointer is stored by the V4L2 flash framework. No
+ * references are held to config nor its contents once this function
+ * has returned.
+ *
+ * Returns: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, the return
+ * value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to check and
+ * PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value.
+ */
+struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash_init(
+	struct device *dev, struct fwnode_handle *fwn,
+	struct led_classdev_flash *fled_cdev,
+	const struct v4l2_flash_ops *ops, struct v4l2_flash_config *config);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_flash_indicator_init - initialize V4L2 indicator sub-device
+ * @dev:	flash device, e.g. an I2C device
+ * @fwn:	fwnode_handle of the LED, may be NULL if the same as device's
+ * @iled_cdev:	LED flash class device representing the indicator LED
+ * @config:	initialization data for V4L2 Flash sub-device
+ *
+ * Create V4L2 Flash sub-device wrapping given LED subsystem device.
+ * The ops pointer is stored by the V4L2 flash framework. No
+ * references are held to config nor its contents once this function
+ * has returned.
+ *
+ * Returns: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, the return
+ * value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to check and
+ * PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value.
+ */
+struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash_indicator_init(
+	struct device *dev, struct fwnode_handle *fwn,
+	struct led_classdev *iled_cdev, struct v4l2_flash_config *config);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_flash_release - release V4L2 Flash sub-device
+ * @v4l2_flash: the V4L2 Flash sub-device to release
+ *
+ * Release V4L2 Flash sub-device.
+ */
+void v4l2_flash_release(struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash);
+
+#else
+static inline struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash_init(
+	struct device *dev, struct fwnode_handle *fwn,
+	struct led_classdev_flash *fled_cdev,
+	const struct v4l2_flash_ops *ops, struct v4l2_flash_config *config)
+{
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash_indicator_init(
+	struct device *dev, struct fwnode_handle *fwn,
+	struct led_classdev *iled_cdev, struct v4l2_flash_config *config)
+{
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline void v4l2_flash_release(struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash)
+{
+}
+#endif /* CONFIG_V4L2_FLASH_LED_CLASS */
+
+#endif /* _V4L2_FLASH_H */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-fwnode.h b/include/media/v4l2-fwnode.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d7abbd76a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-fwnode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * V4L2 fwnode binding parsing library
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Intel Corporation.
+ * Author: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@linux.intel.com>
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 - 2013 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
+ * Author: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 Renesas Electronics Corp.
+ * Author: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
+ */
+#ifndef _V4L2_FWNODE_H
+#define _V4L2_FWNODE_H
+
+#include <linux/errno.h>
+#include <linux/fwnode.h>
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <linux/types.h>
+
+#include <media/v4l2-mediabus.h>
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_fwnode_endpoint - the endpoint data structure
+ * @base: fwnode endpoint of the v4l2_fwnode
+ * @bus_type: bus type
+ * @bus: bus configuration data structure
+ * @bus.parallel: embedded &struct v4l2_mbus_config_parallel.
+ *		  Used if the bus is parallel.
+ * @bus.mipi_csi1: embedded &struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi1.
+ *		   Used if the bus is MIPI Alliance's Camera Serial
+ *		   Interface version 1 (MIPI CSI1) or Standard
+ *		   Mobile Imaging Architecture's Compact Camera Port 2
+ *		   (SMIA CCP2).
+ * @bus.mipi_csi2: embedded &struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi2.
+ *		   Used if the bus is MIPI Alliance's Camera Serial
+ *		   Interface version 2 (MIPI CSI2).
+ * @link_frequencies: array of supported link frequencies
+ * @nr_of_link_frequencies: number of elements in link_frequenccies array
+ */
+struct v4l2_fwnode_endpoint {
+	struct fwnode_endpoint base;
+	enum v4l2_mbus_type bus_type;
+	struct {
+		struct v4l2_mbus_config_parallel parallel;
+		struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi1 mipi_csi1;
+		struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi2 mipi_csi2;
+	} bus;
+	u64 *link_frequencies;
+	unsigned int nr_of_link_frequencies;
+};
+
+/**
+ * V4L2_FWNODE_PROPERTY_UNSET - identify a non initialized property
+ *
+ * All properties in &struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties are initialized
+ * to this value.
+ */
+#define V4L2_FWNODE_PROPERTY_UNSET   (-1U)
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_fwnode_orientation - possible device orientation
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_ORIENTATION_FRONT: device installed on the front side
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_ORIENTATION_BACK: device installed on the back side
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_ORIENTATION_EXTERNAL: device externally located
+ */
+enum v4l2_fwnode_orientation {
+	V4L2_FWNODE_ORIENTATION_FRONT,
+	V4L2_FWNODE_ORIENTATION_BACK,
+	V4L2_FWNODE_ORIENTATION_EXTERNAL
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties - fwnode device properties
+ * @orientation: device orientation. See &enum v4l2_fwnode_orientation
+ * @rotation: device rotation
+ */
+struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties {
+	enum v4l2_fwnode_orientation orientation;
+	unsigned int rotation;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_fwnode_link - a link between two endpoints
+ * @local_node: pointer to device_node of this endpoint
+ * @local_port: identifier of the port this endpoint belongs to
+ * @local_id: identifier of the id this endpoint belongs to
+ * @remote_node: pointer to device_node of the remote endpoint
+ * @remote_port: identifier of the port the remote endpoint belongs to
+ * @remote_id: identifier of the id the remote endpoint belongs to
+ */
+struct v4l2_fwnode_link {
+	struct fwnode_handle *local_node;
+	unsigned int local_port;
+	unsigned int local_id;
+	struct fwnode_handle *remote_node;
+	unsigned int remote_port;
+	unsigned int remote_id;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_connector_type - connector type
+ * @V4L2_CONN_UNKNOWN:   unknown connector type, no V4L2 connector configuration
+ * @V4L2_CONN_COMPOSITE: analog composite connector
+ * @V4L2_CONN_SVIDEO:    analog svideo connector
+ */
+enum v4l2_connector_type {
+	V4L2_CONN_UNKNOWN,
+	V4L2_CONN_COMPOSITE,
+	V4L2_CONN_SVIDEO,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_connector_link - connector link data structure
+ * @head: structure to be used to add the link to the
+ *        &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector
+ * @fwnode_link: &struct v4l2_fwnode_link link between the connector and the
+ *               device the connector belongs to.
+ */
+struct v4l2_connector_link {
+	struct list_head head;
+	struct v4l2_fwnode_link fwnode_link;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_fwnode_connector_analog - analog connector data structure
+ * @sdtv_stds: sdtv standards this connector supports, set to V4L2_STD_ALL
+ *             if no restrictions are specified.
+ */
+struct v4l2_fwnode_connector_analog {
+	v4l2_std_id sdtv_stds;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_fwnode_connector - the connector data structure
+ * @name: the connector device name
+ * @label: optional connector label
+ * @type: connector type
+ * @links: list of all connector &struct v4l2_connector_link links
+ * @nr_of_links: total number of links
+ * @connector: connector configuration
+ * @connector.analog: analog connector configuration
+ *                    &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector_analog
+ */
+struct v4l2_fwnode_connector {
+	const char *name;
+	const char *label;
+	enum v4l2_connector_type type;
+	struct list_head links;
+	unsigned int nr_of_links;
+
+	union {
+		struct v4l2_fwnode_connector_analog analog;
+		/* future connectors */
+	} connector;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_fwnode_bus_type - Video bus types defined by firmware properties
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_GUESS: Default value if no bus-type fwnode property
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CSI2_CPHY: MIPI CSI-2 bus, C-PHY physical layer
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CSI1: MIPI CSI-1 bus
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CCP2: SMIA Compact Camera Port 2 bus
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CSI2_DPHY: MIPI CSI-2 bus, D-PHY physical layer
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_PARALLEL: Camera Parallel Interface bus
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_BT656: BT.656 video format bus-type
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_DPI: Video Parallel Interface bus
+ * @NR_OF_V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE: Number of bus-types
+ */
+enum v4l2_fwnode_bus_type {
+	V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_GUESS = 0,
+	V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CSI2_CPHY,
+	V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CSI1,
+	V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CCP2,
+	V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CSI2_DPHY,
+	V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_PARALLEL,
+	V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_BT656,
+	V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_DPI,
+	NR_OF_V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_parse() - parse all fwnode node properties
+ * @fwnode: pointer to the endpoint's fwnode handle (may be NULL)
+ * @vep: pointer to the V4L2 fwnode data structure
+ *
+ * This function parses the V4L2 fwnode endpoint specific parameters from the
+ * firmware. There are two ways to use this function, either by letting it
+ * obtain the type of the bus (by setting the @vep.bus_type field to
+ * V4L2_MBUS_UNKNOWN) or specifying the bus type explicitly to one of the &enum
+ * v4l2_mbus_type types.
+ *
+ * When @vep.bus_type is V4L2_MBUS_UNKNOWN, the function will use the "bus-type"
+ * property to determine the type when it is available. The caller is
+ * responsible for validating the contents of @vep.bus_type field after the call
+ * returns.
+ *
+ * As a deprecated functionality to support older DT bindings without "bus-type"
+ * property for devices that support multiple types, if the "bus-type" property
+ * does not exist, the function will attempt to guess the type based on the
+ * endpoint properties available. NEVER RELY ON GUESSING THE BUS TYPE IN NEW
+ * DRIVERS OR BINDINGS.
+ *
+ * It is also possible to set @vep.bus_type corresponding to an actual bus. In
+ * this case the function will only attempt to parse properties related to this
+ * bus, and it will return an error if the value of the "bus-type" property
+ * corresponds to a different bus.
+ *
+ * The caller is required to initialise all fields of @vep, either with
+ * explicitly values, or by zeroing them.
+ *
+ * The function does not change the V4L2 fwnode endpoint state if it fails.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This function does not parse "link-frequencies" property as its size is
+ * not known in advance. Please use v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_alloc_parse() if you
+ * need properties of variable size.
+ *
+ * Return: %0 on success or a negative error code on failure:
+ *	   %-ENOMEM on memory allocation failure
+ *	   %-EINVAL on parsing failure
+ *	   %-ENXIO on mismatching bus types
+ *	   %-EPROBE_DEFER on NULL @fwnode
+ */
+int v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_parse(struct fwnode_handle *fwnode,
+			       struct v4l2_fwnode_endpoint *vep);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_free() - free the V4L2 fwnode acquired by
+ * v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_alloc_parse()
+ * @vep: the V4L2 fwnode the resources of which are to be released
+ *
+ * It is safe to call this function with NULL argument or on a V4L2 fwnode the
+ * parsing of which failed.
+ */
+void v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_free(struct v4l2_fwnode_endpoint *vep);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_alloc_parse() - parse all fwnode node properties
+ * @fwnode: pointer to the endpoint's fwnode handle (may be NULL)
+ * @vep: pointer to the V4L2 fwnode data structure
+ *
+ * This function parses the V4L2 fwnode endpoint specific parameters from the
+ * firmware. There are two ways to use this function, either by letting it
+ * obtain the type of the bus (by setting the @vep.bus_type field to
+ * V4L2_MBUS_UNKNOWN) or specifying the bus type explicitly to one of the &enum
+ * v4l2_mbus_type types.
+ *
+ * When @vep.bus_type is V4L2_MBUS_UNKNOWN, the function will use the "bus-type"
+ * property to determine the type when it is available. The caller is
+ * responsible for validating the contents of @vep.bus_type field after the call
+ * returns.
+ *
+ * As a deprecated functionality to support older DT bindings without "bus-type"
+ * property for devices that support multiple types, if the "bus-type" property
+ * does not exist, the function will attempt to guess the type based on the
+ * endpoint properties available. NEVER RELY ON GUESSING THE BUS TYPE IN NEW
+ * DRIVERS OR BINDINGS.
+ *
+ * It is also possible to set @vep.bus_type corresponding to an actual bus. In
+ * this case the function will only attempt to parse properties related to this
+ * bus, and it will return an error if the value of the "bus-type" property
+ * corresponds to a different bus.
+ *
+ * The caller is required to initialise all fields of @vep, either with
+ * explicitly values, or by zeroing them.
+ *
+ * The function does not change the V4L2 fwnode endpoint state if it fails.
+ *
+ * v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_alloc_parse() has two important differences to
+ * v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_parse():
+ *
+ * 1. It also parses variable size data.
+ *
+ * 2. The memory it has allocated to store the variable size data must be freed
+ *    using v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_free() when no longer needed.
+ *
+ * Return: %0 on success or a negative error code on failure:
+ *	   %-ENOMEM on memory allocation failure
+ *	   %-EINVAL on parsing failure
+ *	   %-ENXIO on mismatching bus types
+ *	   %-EPROBE_DEFER on NULL @fwnode
+ */
+int v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_alloc_parse(struct fwnode_handle *fwnode,
+				     struct v4l2_fwnode_endpoint *vep);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fwnode_parse_link() - parse a link between two endpoints
+ * @fwnode: pointer to the endpoint's fwnode at the local end of the link
+ * @link: pointer to the V4L2 fwnode link data structure
+ *
+ * Fill the link structure with the local and remote nodes and port numbers.
+ * The local_node and remote_node fields are set to point to the local and
+ * remote port's parent nodes respectively (the port parent node being the
+ * parent node of the port node if that node isn't a 'ports' node, or the
+ * grand-parent node of the port node otherwise).
+ *
+ * A reference is taken to both the local and remote nodes, the caller must use
+ * v4l2_fwnode_put_link() to drop the references when done with the
+ * link.
+ *
+ * Return: 0 on success, or -ENOLINK if the remote endpoint fwnode can't be
+ * found.
+ */
+int v4l2_fwnode_parse_link(struct fwnode_handle *fwnode,
+			   struct v4l2_fwnode_link *link);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fwnode_put_link() - drop references to nodes in a link
+ * @link: pointer to the V4L2 fwnode link data structure
+ *
+ * Drop references to the local and remote nodes in the link. This function
+ * must be called on every link parsed with v4l2_fwnode_parse_link().
+ */
+void v4l2_fwnode_put_link(struct v4l2_fwnode_link *link);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fwnode_connector_free() - free the V4L2 connector acquired memory
+ * @connector: the V4L2 connector resources of which are to be released
+ *
+ * Free all allocated memory and put all links acquired by
+ * v4l2_fwnode_connector_parse() and v4l2_fwnode_connector_add_link().
+ *
+ * It is safe to call this function with NULL argument or on a V4L2 connector
+ * the parsing of which failed.
+ */
+void v4l2_fwnode_connector_free(struct v4l2_fwnode_connector *connector);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fwnode_connector_parse() - initialize the 'struct v4l2_fwnode_connector'
+ * @fwnode: pointer to the subdev endpoint's fwnode handle where the connector
+ *	    is connected to or to the connector endpoint fwnode handle.
+ * @connector: pointer to the V4L2 fwnode connector data structure
+ *
+ * Fill the &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector with the connector type, label and
+ * all &enum v4l2_connector_type specific connector data. The label is optional
+ * so it is set to %NULL if no one was found. The function initialize the links
+ * to zero. Adding links to the connector is done by calling
+ * v4l2_fwnode_connector_add_link().
+ *
+ * The memory allocated for the label must be freed when no longer needed.
+ * Freeing the memory is done by v4l2_fwnode_connector_free().
+ *
+ * Return:
+ * * %0 on success or a negative error code on failure:
+ * * %-EINVAL if @fwnode is invalid
+ * * %-ENOTCONN if connector type is unknown or connector device can't be found
+ */
+int v4l2_fwnode_connector_parse(struct fwnode_handle *fwnode,
+				struct v4l2_fwnode_connector *connector);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fwnode_connector_add_link - add a link between a connector node and
+ *				    a v4l2-subdev node.
+ * @fwnode: pointer to the subdev endpoint's fwnode handle where the connector
+ *          is connected to
+ * @connector: pointer to the V4L2 fwnode connector data structure
+ *
+ * Add a new &struct v4l2_connector_link link to the
+ * &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector connector links list. The link local_node
+ * points to the connector node, the remote_node to the host v4l2 (sub)dev.
+ *
+ * The taken references to remote_node and local_node must be dropped and the
+ * allocated memory must be freed when no longer needed. Both is done by calling
+ * v4l2_fwnode_connector_free().
+ *
+ * Return:
+ * * %0 on success or a negative error code on failure:
+ * * %-EINVAL if @fwnode or @connector is invalid or @connector type is unknown
+ * * %-ENOMEM on link memory allocation failure
+ * * %-ENOTCONN if remote connector device can't be found
+ * * %-ENOLINK if link parsing between v4l2 (sub)dev and connector fails
+ */
+int v4l2_fwnode_connector_add_link(struct fwnode_handle *fwnode,
+				   struct v4l2_fwnode_connector *connector);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fwnode_device_parse() - parse fwnode device properties
+ * @dev: pointer to &struct device
+ * @props: pointer to &struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties where to store the
+ *	   parsed properties values
+ *
+ * This function parses and validates the V4L2 fwnode device properties from the
+ * firmware interface, and fills the @struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties
+ * provided by the caller.
+ *
+ * Return:
+ *	% 0 on success
+ *	%-EINVAL if a parsed property value is not valid
+ */
+int v4l2_fwnode_device_parse(struct device *dev,
+			     struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties *props);
+
+/* Helper macros to access the connector links. */
+
+/** v4l2_connector_last_link - Helper macro to get the first
+ *                             &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector link
+ * @v4l2c: &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector owning the connector links
+ *
+ * This marco returns the first added &struct v4l2_connector_link connector
+ * link or @NULL if the connector has no links.
+ */
+#define v4l2_connector_first_link(v4l2c)				       \
+	list_first_entry_or_null(&(v4l2c)->links,			       \
+				 struct v4l2_connector_link, head)
+
+/** v4l2_connector_last_link - Helper macro to get the last
+ *                             &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector link
+ * @v4l2c: &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector owning the connector links
+ *
+ * This marco returns the last &struct v4l2_connector_link added connector link.
+ */
+#define v4l2_connector_last_link(v4l2c)					       \
+	list_last_entry(&(v4l2c)->links, struct v4l2_connector_link, head)
+
+#endif /* _V4L2_FWNODE_H */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-h264.h b/include/media/v4l2-h264.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d9eaa956
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-h264.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * Helper functions for H264 codecs.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 Collabora, Ltd.
+ *
+ * Author: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@collabora.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_V4L2_H264_H
+#define _MEDIA_V4L2_H264_H
+
+#include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h>
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_h264_reflist_builder - Reference list builder object
+ *
+ * @refs.top_field_order_cnt: top field order count
+ * @refs.bottom_field_order_cnt: bottom field order count
+ * @refs.frame_num: reference frame number
+ * @refs.longterm: set to true for a long term reference
+ * @refs: array of references
+ * @cur_pic_order_count: picture order count of the frame being decoded
+ * @cur_pic_fields: fields present in the frame being decoded
+ * @unordered_reflist: unordered list of references. Will be used to generate
+ *		       ordered P/B0/B1 lists
+ * @num_valid: number of valid references in the refs array
+ *
+ * This object stores the context of the P/B0/B1 reference list builder.
+ * This procedure is described in section '8.2.4 Decoding process for reference
+ * picture lists construction' of the H264 spec.
+ */
+struct v4l2_h264_reflist_builder {
+	struct {
+		s32 top_field_order_cnt;
+		s32 bottom_field_order_cnt;
+		int frame_num;
+		u16 longterm : 1;
+	} refs[V4L2_H264_NUM_DPB_ENTRIES];
+
+	s32 cur_pic_order_count;
+	u8 cur_pic_fields;
+
+	struct v4l2_h264_reference unordered_reflist[V4L2_H264_REF_LIST_LEN];
+	u8 num_valid;
+};
+
+void
+v4l2_h264_init_reflist_builder(struct v4l2_h264_reflist_builder *b,
+		const struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_decode_params *dec_params,
+		const struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_sps *sps,
+		const struct v4l2_h264_dpb_entry dpb[V4L2_H264_NUM_DPB_ENTRIES]);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_h264_build_b_ref_lists() - Build the B0/B1 reference lists
+ *
+ * @builder: reference list builder context
+ * @b0_reflist: 32 sized array used to store the B0 reference list. Each entry
+ *		is a v4l2_h264_reference structure
+ * @b1_reflist: 32 sized array used to store the B1 reference list. Each entry
+ *		is a v4l2_h264_reference structure
+ *
+ * This functions builds the B0/B1 reference lists. This procedure is described
+ * in section '8.2.4 Decoding process for reference picture lists construction'
+ * of the H264 spec. This function can be used by H264 decoder drivers that
+ * need to pass B0/B1 reference lists to the hardware.
+ */
+void
+v4l2_h264_build_b_ref_lists(const struct v4l2_h264_reflist_builder *builder,
+			    struct v4l2_h264_reference *b0_reflist,
+			    struct v4l2_h264_reference *b1_reflist);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_h264_build_p_ref_list() - Build the P reference list
+ *
+ * @builder: reference list builder context
+ * @reflist: 32 sized array used to store the P reference list. Each entry
+ *	     is a v4l2_h264_reference structure
+ *
+ * This functions builds the P reference lists. This procedure is describe in
+ * section '8.2.4 Decoding process for reference picture lists construction'
+ * of the H264 spec. This function can be used by H264 decoder drivers that
+ * need to pass a P reference list to the hardware.
+ */
+void
+v4l2_h264_build_p_ref_list(const struct v4l2_h264_reflist_builder *builder,
+			   struct v4l2_h264_reference *reflist);
+
+#endif /* _MEDIA_V4L2_H264_H */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-image-sizes.h b/include/media/v4l2-image-sizes.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..24a7a0bb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-image-sizes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Standard image size definitions
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2013, Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com>
+ */
+#ifndef _IMAGE_SIZES_H
+#define _IMAGE_SIZES_H
+
+#define CIF_WIDTH	352
+#define CIF_HEIGHT	288
+
+#define HD_720_WIDTH	1280
+#define HD_720_HEIGHT	720
+
+#define HD_1080_WIDTH	1920
+#define HD_1080_HEIGHT	1080
+
+#define QCIF_WIDTH	176
+#define QCIF_HEIGHT	144
+
+#define QQCIF_WIDTH	88
+#define QQCIF_HEIGHT	72
+
+#define QQVGA_WIDTH	160
+#define QQVGA_HEIGHT	120
+
+#define QVGA_WIDTH	320
+#define QVGA_HEIGHT	240
+
+#define SVGA_WIDTH	800
+#define SVGA_HEIGHT	600
+
+#define SXGA_WIDTH	1280
+#define SXGA_HEIGHT	1024
+
+#define VGA_WIDTH	640
+#define VGA_HEIGHT	480
+
+#define UXGA_WIDTH	1600
+#define UXGA_HEIGHT	1200
+
+#define XGA_WIDTH	1024
+#define XGA_HEIGHT	768
+
+#endif /* _IMAGE_SIZES_H */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-ioctl.h b/include/media/v4l2-ioctl.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a13dca7c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-ioctl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,800 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+/*
+ *
+ *	V 4 L 2   D R I V E R   H E L P E R   A P I
+ *
+ * Moved from videodev2.h
+ *
+ *	Some commonly needed functions for drivers (v4l2-common.o module)
+ */
+#ifndef _V4L2_IOCTL_H
+#define _V4L2_IOCTL_H
+
+#include <linux/poll.h>
+#include <linux/fs.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+#include <linux/sched/signal.h>
+#include <linux/compiler.h> /* need __user */
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+
+struct v4l2_fh;
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_ioctl_ops - describe operations for each V4L2 ioctl
+ *
+ * @vidioc_querycap: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_QUERYCAP <vidioc_querycap>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT <vidioc_enum_fmt>` ioctl logic
+ *	for video capture in single and multi plane mode
+ * @vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_overlay: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT <vidioc_enum_fmt>` ioctl logic
+ *	for video overlay
+ * @vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT <vidioc_enum_fmt>` ioctl logic
+ *	for video output in single and multi plane mode
+ * @vidioc_enum_fmt_sdr_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT <vidioc_enum_fmt>` ioctl logic
+ *	for Software Defined Radio capture
+ * @vidioc_enum_fmt_sdr_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT <vidioc_enum_fmt>` ioctl logic
+ *	for Software Defined Radio output
+ * @vidioc_enum_fmt_meta_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT <vidioc_enum_fmt>` ioctl logic
+ *	for metadata capture
+ * @vidioc_enum_fmt_meta_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT <vidioc_enum_fmt>` ioctl logic
+ *	for metadata output
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_vid_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video capture
+ *	in single plane mode
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_vid_overlay: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video overlay
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_vid_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video out
+ *	in single plane mode
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_vid_out_overlay: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video overlay output
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_vbi_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for raw VBI capture
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_vbi_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for raw VBI output
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_sliced_vbi_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for sliced VBI capture
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_sliced_vbi_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for sliced VBI output
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_vid_cap_mplane: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video capture
+ *	in multiple plane mode
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_vid_out_mplane: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video out
+ *	in multiplane plane mode
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_sdr_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for Software Defined
+ *	Radio capture
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_sdr_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for Software Defined
+ *	Radio output
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_meta_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for metadata capture
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_meta_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for metadata output
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_vid_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video capture
+ *	in single plane mode
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_vid_overlay: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video overlay
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_vid_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video out
+ *	in single plane mode
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_vid_out_overlay: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video overlay output
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_vbi_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for raw VBI capture
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_vbi_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for raw VBI output
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_sliced_vbi_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for sliced VBI capture
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_sliced_vbi_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for sliced VBI output
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_vid_cap_mplane: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video capture
+ *	in multiple plane mode
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_vid_out_mplane: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video out
+ *	in multiplane plane mode
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_sdr_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for Software Defined
+ *	Radio capture
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_sdr_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for Software Defined
+ *	Radio output
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_meta_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for metadata capture
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_meta_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for metadata output
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_vid_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video capture
+ *	in single plane mode
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_vid_overlay: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video overlay
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_vid_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video out
+ *	in single plane mode
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_vid_out_overlay: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video overlay
+ *	output
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_vbi_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for raw VBI capture
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_vbi_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for raw VBI output
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_sliced_vbi_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for sliced VBI
+ *	capture
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_sliced_vbi_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for sliced VBI output
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_vid_cap_mplane: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video capture
+ *	in multiple plane mode
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_vid_out_mplane: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video out
+ *	in multiplane plane mode
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_sdr_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for Software Defined
+ *	Radio capture
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_sdr_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for Software Defined
+ *	Radio output
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_meta_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for metadata capture
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_meta_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for metadata output
+ * @vidioc_reqbufs: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_REQBUFS <vidioc_reqbufs>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_querybuf: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_QUERYBUF <vidioc_querybuf>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_qbuf: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_QBUF <vidioc_qbuf>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_expbuf: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_EXPBUF <vidioc_expbuf>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_dqbuf: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_DQBUF <vidioc_qbuf>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_create_bufs: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS <vidioc_create_bufs>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_prepare_buf: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUF <vidioc_prepare_buf>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_remove_bufs: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_REMOVE_BUFS <vidioc_remove_bufs>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_overlay: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_OVERLAY <vidioc_overlay>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_fbuf: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_FBUF <vidioc_g_fbuf>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_fbuf: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_FBUF <vidioc_g_fbuf>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_streamon: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_STREAMON <vidioc_streamon>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_streamoff: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_STREAMOFF <vidioc_streamon>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_std: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_STD <vidioc_g_std>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_std: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_STD <vidioc_g_std>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_querystd: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_QUERYSTD <vidioc_querystd>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_enum_input: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_INPUT <vidioc_g_input>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_input: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_INPUT <vidioc_g_input>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_input: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_INPUT <vidioc_g_input>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_enum_output: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_OUTPUT <vidioc_g_output>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_output: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_OUTPUT <vidioc_g_output>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_output: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT <vidioc_g_output>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_query_ext_ctrl: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL <vidioc_queryctrl>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_ext_ctrls: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS <vidioc_g_ext_ctrls>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_ext_ctrls: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS <vidioc_g_ext_ctrls>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_try_ext_ctrls: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS <vidioc_g_ext_ctrls>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_querymenu: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_QUERYMENU <vidioc_queryctrl>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_enumaudio: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO <vidioc_enumaudio>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_audio: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_AUDIO <vidioc_g_audio>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_audio: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_AUDIO <vidioc_g_audio>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_enumaudout: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_ENUMAUDOUT <vidioc_enumaudout>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_audout: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT <vidioc_g_audout>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_audout: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT <vidioc_g_audout>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_modulator: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR <vidioc_g_modulator>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_modulator: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR <vidioc_g_modulator>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_pixelaspect: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	the pixelaspect part of the :ref:`VIDIOC_CROPCAP <vidioc_cropcap>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_selection: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_SELECTION <vidioc_g_selection>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_selection: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_SELECTION <vidioc_g_selection>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_jpegcomp: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_JPEGCOMP <vidioc_g_jpegcomp>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_jpegcomp: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_JPEGCOMP <vidioc_g_jpegcomp>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_enc_index: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX <vidioc_g_enc_index>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_encoder_cmd: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD <vidioc_encoder_cmd>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_try_encoder_cmd: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD <vidioc_encoder_cmd>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_decoder_cmd: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_DECODER_CMD <vidioc_decoder_cmd>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_try_decoder_cmd: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_DECODER_CMD <vidioc_decoder_cmd>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_parm: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_PARM <vidioc_g_parm>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_parm: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_PARM <vidioc_g_parm>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_tuner: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_TUNER <vidioc_g_tuner>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_tuner: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_TUNER <vidioc_g_tuner>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_frequency: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY <vidioc_g_frequency>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_frequency: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY <vidioc_g_frequency>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_enum_freq_bands: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FREQ_BANDS <vidioc_enum_freq_bands>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_sliced_vbi_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP <vidioc_g_sliced_vbi_cap>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_log_status: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS <vidioc_log_status>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_hw_freq_seek: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK <vidioc_s_hw_freq_seek>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_register: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER <vidioc_dbg_g_register>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_register: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER <vidioc_dbg_g_register>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_chip_info: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_INFO <vidioc_dbg_g_chip_info>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_enum_framesizes: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES <vidioc_enum_framesizes>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_enum_frameintervals: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS <vidioc_enum_frameintervals>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_dv_timings: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS <vidioc_g_dv_timings>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_dv_timings: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS <vidioc_g_dv_timings>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_query_dv_timings: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS <vidioc_query_dv_timings>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_enum_dv_timings: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS <vidioc_enum_dv_timings>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_dv_timings_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP <vidioc_dv_timings_cap>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_edid: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_G_EDID <vidioc_g_edid>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_edid: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_S_EDID <vidioc_g_edid>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_subscribe_event: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_SUBSCRIBE_EVENT <vidioc_subscribe_event>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_unsubscribe_event: pointer to the function that implements
+ *	:ref:`VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT <vidioc_unsubscribe_event>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_default: pointed used to allow other ioctls
+ */
+struct v4l2_ioctl_ops {
+	/* ioctl callbacks */
+
+	/* VIDIOC_QUERYCAP handler */
+	int (*vidioc_querycap)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			       struct v4l2_capability *cap);
+
+	/* VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT handlers */
+	int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				       struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f);
+	int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_overlay)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					   struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f);
+	int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_out)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				       struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f);
+	int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_sdr_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				       struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f);
+	int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_sdr_out)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				       struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f);
+	int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_meta_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f);
+	int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_meta_out)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f);
+
+	/* VIDIOC_G_FMT handlers */
+	int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				    struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_overlay)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_out)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				    struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_out_overlay)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					    struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				    struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vbi_out)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				    struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_g_fmt_sliced_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					   struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_g_fmt_sliced_vbi_out)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					   struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_cap_mplane)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					   struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_out_mplane)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					   struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_g_fmt_sdr_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				    struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_g_fmt_sdr_out)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				    struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_g_fmt_meta_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				     struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_g_fmt_meta_out)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				     struct v4l2_format *f);
+
+	/* VIDIOC_S_FMT handlers */
+	int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				    struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_overlay)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_out)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				    struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_out_overlay)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					    struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				    struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vbi_out)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				    struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_s_fmt_sliced_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					   struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_s_fmt_sliced_vbi_out)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					   struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_cap_mplane)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					   struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_out_mplane)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					   struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_s_fmt_sdr_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				    struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_s_fmt_sdr_out)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				    struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_s_fmt_meta_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				     struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_s_fmt_meta_out)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				     struct v4l2_format *f);
+
+	/* VIDIOC_TRY_FMT handlers */
+	int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				      struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_overlay)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					  struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_out)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				      struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_out_overlay)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					      struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				      struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vbi_out)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				      struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_try_fmt_sliced_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					     struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_try_fmt_sliced_vbi_out)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					     struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_cap_mplane)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					     struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_out_mplane)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					     struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_try_fmt_sdr_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				      struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_try_fmt_sdr_out)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				      struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_try_fmt_meta_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				       struct v4l2_format *f);
+	int (*vidioc_try_fmt_meta_out)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				       struct v4l2_format *f);
+
+	/* Buffer handlers */
+	int (*vidioc_reqbufs)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			      struct v4l2_requestbuffers *b);
+	int (*vidioc_querybuf)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			       struct v4l2_buffer *b);
+	int (*vidioc_qbuf)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			   struct v4l2_buffer *b);
+	int (*vidioc_expbuf)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			     struct v4l2_exportbuffer *e);
+	int (*vidioc_dqbuf)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			    struct v4l2_buffer *b);
+
+	int (*vidioc_create_bufs)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				  struct v4l2_create_buffers *b);
+	int (*vidioc_prepare_buf)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				  struct v4l2_buffer *b);
+	int (*vidioc_remove_bufs)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				  struct v4l2_remove_buffers *d);
+
+	int (*vidioc_overlay)(struct file *file, void *priv, unsigned int i);
+	int (*vidioc_g_fbuf)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			     struct v4l2_framebuffer *a);
+	int (*vidioc_s_fbuf)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			     const struct v4l2_framebuffer *a);
+
+		/* Stream on/off */
+	int (*vidioc_streamon)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			       enum v4l2_buf_type i);
+	int (*vidioc_streamoff)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				enum v4l2_buf_type i);
+
+		/*
+		 * Standard handling
+		 *
+		 * Note: ENUMSTD is handled by videodev.c
+		 */
+	int (*vidioc_g_std)(struct file *file, void *priv, v4l2_std_id *norm);
+	int (*vidioc_s_std)(struct file *file, void *priv, v4l2_std_id norm);
+	int (*vidioc_querystd)(struct file *file, void *priv, v4l2_std_id *a);
+
+		/* Input handling */
+	int (*vidioc_enum_input)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				 struct v4l2_input *inp);
+	int (*vidioc_g_input)(struct file *file, void *priv, unsigned int *i);
+	int (*vidioc_s_input)(struct file *file, void *priv, unsigned int i);
+
+		/* Output handling */
+	int (*vidioc_enum_output)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				  struct v4l2_output *a);
+	int (*vidioc_g_output)(struct file *file, void *priv, unsigned int *i);
+	int (*vidioc_s_output)(struct file *file, void *priv, unsigned int i);
+
+		/* Control handling */
+	int (*vidioc_query_ext_ctrl)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				     struct v4l2_query_ext_ctrl *a);
+	int (*vidioc_g_ext_ctrls)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				  struct v4l2_ext_controls *a);
+	int (*vidioc_s_ext_ctrls)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				  struct v4l2_ext_controls *a);
+	int (*vidioc_try_ext_ctrls)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				    struct v4l2_ext_controls *a);
+	int (*vidioc_querymenu)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				struct v4l2_querymenu *a);
+
+	/* Audio ioctls */
+	int (*vidioc_enumaudio)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				struct v4l2_audio *a);
+	int (*vidioc_g_audio)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			      struct v4l2_audio *a);
+	int (*vidioc_s_audio)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			      const struct v4l2_audio *a);
+
+	/* Audio out ioctls */
+	int (*vidioc_enumaudout)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				 struct v4l2_audioout *a);
+	int (*vidioc_g_audout)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			       struct v4l2_audioout *a);
+	int (*vidioc_s_audout)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			       const struct v4l2_audioout *a);
+	int (*vidioc_g_modulator)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				  struct v4l2_modulator *a);
+	int (*vidioc_s_modulator)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				  const struct v4l2_modulator *a);
+	/* Crop ioctls */
+	int (*vidioc_g_pixelaspect)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				    int buf_type, struct v4l2_fract *aspect);
+	int (*vidioc_g_selection)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				  struct v4l2_selection *s);
+	int (*vidioc_s_selection)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				  struct v4l2_selection *s);
+	/* Compression ioctls */
+	int (*vidioc_g_jpegcomp)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				 struct v4l2_jpegcompression *a);
+	int (*vidioc_s_jpegcomp)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				 const struct v4l2_jpegcompression *a);
+	int (*vidioc_g_enc_index)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				  struct v4l2_enc_idx *a);
+	int (*vidioc_encoder_cmd)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				  struct v4l2_encoder_cmd *a);
+	int (*vidioc_try_encoder_cmd)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				      struct v4l2_encoder_cmd *a);
+	int (*vidioc_decoder_cmd)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				  struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *a);
+	int (*vidioc_try_decoder_cmd)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				      struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *a);
+
+	/* Stream type-dependent parameter ioctls */
+	int (*vidioc_g_parm)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			     struct v4l2_streamparm *a);
+	int (*vidioc_s_parm)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			     struct v4l2_streamparm *a);
+
+	/* Tuner ioctls */
+	int (*vidioc_g_tuner)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			      struct v4l2_tuner *a);
+	int (*vidioc_s_tuner)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			      const struct v4l2_tuner *a);
+	int (*vidioc_g_frequency)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				  struct v4l2_frequency *a);
+	int (*vidioc_s_frequency)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				  const struct v4l2_frequency *a);
+	int (*vidioc_enum_freq_bands)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				      struct v4l2_frequency_band *band);
+
+	/* Sliced VBI cap */
+	int (*vidioc_g_sliced_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				       struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap *a);
+
+	/* Log status ioctl */
+	int (*vidioc_log_status)(struct file *file, void *priv);
+
+	int (*vidioc_s_hw_freq_seek)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				     const struct v4l2_hw_freq_seek *a);
+
+	/* Debugging ioctls */
+#ifdef CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG
+	int (*vidioc_g_register)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				 struct v4l2_dbg_register *reg);
+	int (*vidioc_s_register)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				 const struct v4l2_dbg_register *reg);
+
+	int (*vidioc_g_chip_info)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				  struct v4l2_dbg_chip_info *chip);
+#endif
+
+	int (*vidioc_enum_framesizes)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				      struct v4l2_frmsizeenum *fsize);
+
+	int (*vidioc_enum_frameintervals)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					  struct v4l2_frmivalenum *fival);
+
+	/* DV Timings IOCTLs */
+	int (*vidioc_s_dv_timings)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				   struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings);
+	int (*vidioc_g_dv_timings)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				   struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings);
+	int (*vidioc_query_dv_timings)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				       struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings);
+	int (*vidioc_enum_dv_timings)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				      struct v4l2_enum_dv_timings *timings);
+	int (*vidioc_dv_timings_cap)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				     struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap);
+	int (*vidioc_g_edid)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			     struct v4l2_edid *edid);
+	int (*vidioc_s_edid)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			     struct v4l2_edid *edid);
+
+	int (*vidioc_subscribe_event)(struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+				      const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub);
+	int (*vidioc_unsubscribe_event)(struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+					const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub);
+
+	/* For other private ioctls */
+	long (*vidioc_default)(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			       bool valid_prio, unsigned int cmd, void *arg);
+};
+
+
+/* v4l debugging and diagnostics */
+
+/* Device debug flags to be used with the video device debug attribute */
+
+/* Just log the ioctl name + error code */
+#define V4L2_DEV_DEBUG_IOCTL		0x01
+/* Log the ioctl name arguments + error code */
+#define V4L2_DEV_DEBUG_IOCTL_ARG	0x02
+/* Log the file operations open, release, mmap and get_unmapped_area */
+#define V4L2_DEV_DEBUG_FOP		0x04
+/* Log the read and write file operations and the VIDIOC_(D)QBUF ioctls */
+#define V4L2_DEV_DEBUG_STREAMING	0x08
+/* Log poll() */
+#define V4L2_DEV_DEBUG_POLL		0x10
+/* Log controls */
+#define V4L2_DEV_DEBUG_CTRL		0x20
+
+/*  Video standard functions  */
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_norm_to_name - Ancillary routine to analog TV standard name from its ID.
+ *
+ * @id:	analog TV standard ID.
+ *
+ * Return: returns a string with the name of the analog TV standard.
+ * If the standard is not found or if @id points to multiple standard,
+ * it returns "Unknown".
+ */
+const char *v4l2_norm_to_name(v4l2_std_id id);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_video_std_frame_period - Ancillary routine that fills a
+ *	struct &v4l2_fract pointer with the default framerate fraction.
+ *
+ * @id: analog TV standard ID.
+ * @frameperiod: struct &v4l2_fract pointer to be filled
+ *
+ */
+void v4l2_video_std_frame_period(int id, struct v4l2_fract *frameperiod);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_video_std_construct - Ancillary routine that fills in the fields of
+ *	a &v4l2_standard structure according to the @id parameter.
+ *
+ * @vs: struct &v4l2_standard pointer to be filled
+ * @id: analog TV standard ID.
+ * @name: name of the standard to be used
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    This ancillary routine is obsolete. Shouldn't be used on newer drivers.
+ */
+int v4l2_video_std_construct(struct v4l2_standard *vs,
+				    int id, const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * v4l_video_std_enumstd - Ancillary routine that fills in the fields of
+ *	a &v4l2_standard structure according to the @id and @vs->index
+ *	parameters.
+ *
+ * @vs: struct &v4l2_standard pointer to be filled.
+ * @id: analog TV standard ID.
+ *
+ */
+int v4l_video_std_enumstd(struct v4l2_standard *vs, v4l2_std_id id);
+
+/**
+ * v4l_printk_ioctl - Ancillary routine that prints the ioctl in a
+ *	human-readable format.
+ *
+ * @prefix: prefix to be added at the ioctl prints.
+ * @cmd: ioctl name
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    If prefix != %NULL, then it will issue a
+ *    ``printk(KERN_DEBUG "%s: ", prefix)`` first.
+ */
+void v4l_printk_ioctl(const char *prefix, unsigned int cmd);
+
+struct video_device;
+
+/* names for fancy debug output */
+
+/**
+ * var v4l2_field_names - Helper array mapping ``V4L2_FIELD_*`` to strings.
+ *
+ * Specially when printing debug messages, it is interesting to output
+ * the field order at the V4L2 buffers. This array associates all possible
+ * values of field pix format from V4L2 API into a string.
+ */
+extern const char *v4l2_field_names[];
+
+/**
+ * var v4l2_type_names - Helper array mapping ``V4L2_BUF_TYPE_*`` to strings.
+ *
+ * When printing debug messages, it is interesting to output the V4L2 buffer
+ * type number with a name that represents its content.
+ */
+extern const char *v4l2_type_names[];
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT
+/**
+ * v4l2_compat_ioctl32 -32 Bits compatibility layer for 64 bits processors
+ *
+ * @file: Pointer to struct &file.
+ * @cmd: Ioctl name.
+ * @arg: Ioctl argument.
+ */
+long int v4l2_compat_ioctl32(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd,
+			     unsigned long arg);
+#endif
+
+unsigned int v4l2_compat_translate_cmd(unsigned int cmd);
+unsigned int v4l2_translate_cmd(unsigned int cmd);
+int v4l2_compat_get_user(void __user *arg, void *parg, unsigned int cmd);
+int v4l2_compat_put_user(void __user *arg, void *parg, unsigned int cmd);
+int v4l2_compat_get_array_args(struct file *file, void *mbuf,
+			       void __user *user_ptr, size_t array_size,
+			       unsigned int cmd, void *arg);
+int v4l2_compat_put_array_args(struct file *file, void __user *user_ptr,
+			       void *mbuf, size_t array_size,
+			       unsigned int cmd, void *arg);
+
+/**
+ * typedef v4l2_kioctl - Typedef used to pass an ioctl handler.
+ *
+ * @file: Pointer to struct &file.
+ * @cmd: Ioctl name.
+ * @arg: Ioctl argument.
+ */
+typedef long (*v4l2_kioctl)(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, void *arg);
+
+/**
+ * video_usercopy - copies data from/to userspace memory when an ioctl is
+ *	issued.
+ *
+ * @file: Pointer to struct &file.
+ * @cmd: Ioctl name.
+ * @arg: Ioctl argument.
+ * @func: function that will handle the ioctl
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    This routine should be used only inside the V4L2 core.
+ */
+long int video_usercopy(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd,
+			unsigned long int arg, v4l2_kioctl func);
+
+/**
+ * video_ioctl2 - Handles a V4L2 ioctl.
+ *
+ * @file: Pointer to struct &file.
+ * @cmd: Ioctl name.
+ * @arg: Ioctl argument.
+ *
+ * Method used to handle an ioctl. Should be used to fill the
+ * &v4l2_file_operations.unlocked_ioctl on all V4L2 drivers.
+ */
+long int video_ioctl2(struct file *file,
+		      unsigned int cmd, unsigned long int arg);
+
+/*
+ * The user space interpretation of the 'v4l2_event' differs
+ * based on the 'time_t' definition on 32-bit architectures, so
+ * the kernel has to handle both.
+ * This is the old version for 32-bit architectures.
+ */
+struct v4l2_event_time32 {
+	__u32				type;
+	union {
+		struct v4l2_event_vsync		vsync;
+		struct v4l2_event_ctrl		ctrl;
+		struct v4l2_event_frame_sync	frame_sync;
+		struct v4l2_event_src_change	src_change;
+		struct v4l2_event_motion_det	motion_det;
+		__u8				data[64];
+	} u;
+	__u32				pending;
+	__u32				sequence;
+	struct old_timespec32		timestamp;
+	__u32				id;
+	__u32				reserved[8];
+};
+
+#define	VIDIOC_DQEVENT_TIME32	 _IOR('V', 89, struct v4l2_event_time32)
+
+struct v4l2_buffer_time32 {
+	__u32			index;
+	__u32			type;
+	__u32			bytesused;
+	__u32			flags;
+	__u32			field;
+	struct old_timeval32	timestamp;
+	struct v4l2_timecode	timecode;
+	__u32			sequence;
+
+	/* memory location */
+	__u32			memory;
+	union {
+		__u32           offset;
+		unsigned long   userptr;
+		struct v4l2_plane *planes;
+		__s32		fd;
+	} m;
+	__u32			length;
+	__u32			reserved2;
+	union {
+		__s32		request_fd;
+		__u32		reserved;
+	};
+};
+#define VIDIOC_QUERYBUF_TIME32	_IOWR('V',  9, struct v4l2_buffer_time32)
+#define VIDIOC_QBUF_TIME32	_IOWR('V', 15, struct v4l2_buffer_time32)
+#define VIDIOC_DQBUF_TIME32	_IOWR('V', 17, struct v4l2_buffer_time32)
+#define VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUF_TIME32 _IOWR('V', 93, struct v4l2_buffer_time32)
+
+#endif /* _V4L2_IOCTL_H */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-isp.h b/include/media/v4l2-isp.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7a54cf98c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-isp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * Video4Linux2 generic ISP parameters and statistics support
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2025 Ideas On Board Oy
+ * Author: Jacopo Mondi <jacopo.mondi@ideasonboard.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V4L2_ISP_H_
+#define _V4L2_ISP_H_
+
+#include <linux/media/v4l2-isp.h>
+
+struct device;
+struct vb2_buffer;
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_isp_buffer_size - Calculate size of v4l2_isp_buffer
+ * @max_size: The total size of the ISP configuration or statistics blocks
+ *
+ * Users of v4l2-isp will have differing sized data arrays for parameters and
+ * statistics, depending on their specific blocks. Drivers need to be able to
+ * calculate the appropriate size of the buffer to accommodate all ISP blocks
+ * supported by the platform. This macro provides a convenient tool for the
+ * calculation.
+ *
+ * The intended users of this function are drivers initializing the size
+ * of their metadata (parameters and statistics) buffers.
+ *
+ */
+#define v4l2_isp_buffer_size(max_size)			\
+	(offsetof(struct v4l2_isp_buffer, data) + (max_size))
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_isp_params_validate_buffer_size - Validate a V4L2 ISP buffer sizes
+ * @dev: the driver's device pointer
+ * @vb: the videobuf2 buffer
+ * @max_size: the maximum allowed buffer size
+ *
+ * This function performs validation of the size of a V4L2 ISP parameters buffer
+ * before the driver can access the actual data buffer content.
+ *
+ * After the sizes validation, drivers should copy the buffer content to a
+ * kernel-only memory area to prevent userspace from modifying it,
+ * before completing validation using v4l2_isp_params_validate_buffer().
+ *
+ * The @vb buffer as received from the vb2 .buf_prepare() operation is checked
+ * against @max_size and it's validated to be large enough to accommodate at
+ * least one ISP configuration block.
+ */
+int v4l2_isp_params_validate_buffer_size(struct device *dev,
+					 struct vb2_buffer *vb,
+					 size_t max_size);
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_isp_params_block_type_info - V4L2 ISP params per-block-type info
+ * @size: the block type expected size
+ * @block_validate: driver's callback to implement per-block validation
+ *
+ * The v4l2_isp_params_block_type_info collects information of the ISP
+ * configuration block types for validation purposes. It contains the expected
+ * block type size and a function pointer where drivers can register a callback
+ * for additional per-block validation purposes. The validation function is
+ * expected to return 0 on success or a negative error number for errors.
+ *
+ * Drivers shall prepare a list of block type info, indexed by block type, one
+ * for each supported ISP block type and correctly populate them with the
+ * expected block type size and the optional callback.
+ */
+struct v4l2_isp_params_block_type_info {
+	size_t size;
+	int (*block_validate)(struct device *dev,
+			      const struct v4l2_isp_block_header *block);
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_isp_params_validate_buffer - Validate a V4L2 ISP parameters buffer
+ * @dev: the driver's device pointer
+ * @vb: the videobuf2 buffer
+ * @buffer: the V4L2 ISP parameters buffer
+ * @type_info: the array of per-block-type validation info
+ * @num_block_types: the number of block types in the type_info array
+ *
+ * This function completes the validation of a V4L2 ISP parameters buffer,
+ * verifying each configuration block correctness before the driver can use
+ * them to program the hardware.
+ *
+ * Drivers should use this function after having validated the correctness of
+ * the vb2 buffer sizes by using the v4l2_isp_params_validate_buffer_size()
+ * helper first. Once the buffer size has been validated, drivers should
+ * perform a copy of the user provided buffer into a kernel-only memory buffer
+ * to prevent userspace from modifying its content after it has been submitted
+ * to the driver, and then call this function to complete validation.
+ */
+int v4l2_isp_params_validate_buffer(struct device *dev, struct vb2_buffer *vb,
+				    const struct v4l2_isp_params_buffer *buffer,
+				    const struct v4l2_isp_params_block_type_info *type_info,
+				    size_t num_block_types);
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_isp_stats_block_type_info - V4L2 ISP stats per-block-type info
+ * @size: the block type expected size
+ *
+ * The v4l2_isp_stats_block_type_info collects information of the ISP
+ * statistics block types for validation purposes. It currently only contains
+ * the expected block size.
+ *
+ * Drivers shall prepare a list of statistics block type info, indexed by block
+ * type, one for each supported ISP statistics block type and correctly populate
+ * them with the expected block size.
+ */
+struct v4l2_isp_stats_block_type_info {
+	size_t size;
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_isp_stats_init_buffer - Initialize a statistics buffer
+ *
+ * Initialize a buffer of statistics. Only set the 'version' field and reset
+ * 'data_size' to 0.
+ *
+ * @buf: the v4l2_isp_buffer to initialize
+ * @version: the v4l2-isp serialization format version used by the driver
+ */
+void v4l2_isp_stats_init_buffer(struct v4l2_isp_buffer *buf,
+				enum v4l2_isp_version version);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_isp_stats_init_block - Create and initialize a new block in a statistics
+ *			       buffer
+ * @dev: the driver's device pointer
+ * @buf: the v4l2_isp_buffer where statistics are serialized
+ * @type_info: the array of per-block-type validation info
+ * @num_block_types: the number of block types in the type_info array
+ * @block_type: the type of the statistics block to initialize
+ * @max_size: the maximum size of the data[] member of @buf
+ *
+ * This function locates and initialize a new statistics block in @buf for the
+ * driver to populate its content. The function checks that enough space for the
+ * requested @block_type is available in @buf and increments the 'data_size'
+ * member of @buf. The newly created statistics block's header is initialized
+ * with the size and type information provided by the caller in @type_info.
+ *
+ * Drivers should call this function before populating a new statistics block
+ * content.
+ *
+ * Returns a pointer to the next available location in @buf, or an error pointer
+ * if the requested @block_size is not available in @buf or @block_type is not
+ * valid.
+ */
+struct v4l2_isp_block_header *
+v4l2_isp_stats_init_block(struct device *dev, struct v4l2_isp_buffer *buf,
+			  const struct v4l2_isp_stats_block_type_info *type_info,
+			  size_t num_block_types, unsigned int block_type,
+			  size_t max_size);
+
+#endif /* _V4L2_ISP_H_ */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-jpeg.h b/include/media/v4l2-jpeg.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..62dda1560
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-jpeg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * V4L2 JPEG helpers header
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 Pengutronix, Philipp Zabel <kernel@pengutronix.de>
+ *
+ * For reference, see JPEG ITU-T.81 (ISO/IEC 10918-1)
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V4L2_JPEG_H
+#define _V4L2_JPEG_H
+
+#include <linux/v4l2-controls.h>
+
+#define V4L2_JPEG_MAX_COMPONENTS	4
+#define V4L2_JPEG_MAX_TABLES		4
+/*
+ * Prefixes used to generate huffman table class and destination identifiers as
+ * described below:
+ *
+ * V4L2_JPEG_LUM_HT | V4L2_JPEG_DC_HT : Prefix for Luma DC coefficients
+ *					huffman table
+ * V4L2_JPEG_LUM_HT | V4L2_JPEG_AC_HT : Prefix for Luma AC coefficients
+ *					huffman table
+ * V4L2_JPEG_CHR_HT | V4L2_JPEG_DC_HT : Prefix for Chroma DC coefficients
+ *					huffman table
+ * V4L2_JPEG_CHR_HT | V4L2_JPEG_AC_HT : Prefix for Chroma AC coefficients
+ *					huffman table
+ */
+#define V4L2_JPEG_LUM_HT		0x00
+#define V4L2_JPEG_CHR_HT		0x01
+#define V4L2_JPEG_DC_HT			0x00
+#define V4L2_JPEG_AC_HT			0x10
+
+/* Length of reference huffman tables as provided in Table K.3 of ITU-T.81 */
+#define V4L2_JPEG_REF_HT_AC_LEN		178
+#define V4L2_JPEG_REF_HT_DC_LEN		28
+
+/* Array size for 8x8 block of samples or DCT coefficient */
+#define V4L2_JPEG_PIXELS_IN_BLOCK	64
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_jpeg_reference - reference into the JPEG buffer
+ * @start: pointer to the start of the referenced segment or table
+ * @length: size of the referenced segment or table
+ *
+ * Wnen referencing marker segments, start points right after the marker code,
+ * and length is the size of the segment parameters, excluding the marker code.
+ */
+struct v4l2_jpeg_reference {
+	u8 *start;
+	size_t length;
+};
+
+/* B.2.2 Frame header syntax */
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_jpeg_frame_component_spec - frame component-specification
+ * @component_identifier: C[i]
+ * @horizontal_sampling_factor: H[i]
+ * @vertical_sampling_factor: V[i]
+ * @quantization_table_selector: quantization table destination selector Tq[i]
+ */
+struct v4l2_jpeg_frame_component_spec {
+	u8 component_identifier;
+	u8 horizontal_sampling_factor;
+	u8 vertical_sampling_factor;
+	u8 quantization_table_selector;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_jpeg_frame_header - JPEG frame header
+ * @height: Y
+ * @width: X
+ * @precision: P
+ * @num_components: Nf
+ * @component: component-specification, see v4l2_jpeg_frame_component_spec
+ * @subsampling: decoded subsampling from component-specification
+ */
+struct v4l2_jpeg_frame_header {
+	u16 height;
+	u16 width;
+	u8 precision;
+	u8 num_components;
+	struct v4l2_jpeg_frame_component_spec component[V4L2_JPEG_MAX_COMPONENTS];
+	enum v4l2_jpeg_chroma_subsampling subsampling;
+};
+
+/* B.2.3 Scan header syntax */
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_jpeg_scan_component_spec - scan component-specification
+ * @component_selector: Cs[j]
+ * @dc_entropy_coding_table_selector: Td[j]
+ * @ac_entropy_coding_table_selector: Ta[j]
+ */
+struct v4l2_jpeg_scan_component_spec {
+	u8 component_selector;
+	u8 dc_entropy_coding_table_selector;
+	u8 ac_entropy_coding_table_selector;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_jpeg_scan_header - JPEG scan header
+ * @num_components: Ns
+ * @component: component-specification, see v4l2_jpeg_scan_component_spec
+ */
+struct v4l2_jpeg_scan_header {
+	u8 num_components;				/* Ns */
+	struct v4l2_jpeg_scan_component_spec component[V4L2_JPEG_MAX_COMPONENTS];
+	/* Ss, Se, Ah, and Al are not used by any driver */
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_jpeg_app14_tf - APP14 transform flag
+ * According to Rec. ITU-T T.872 (06/2012) 6.5.3
+ * APP14 segment is for color encoding, it contains a transform flag,
+ * which may have values of 0, 1 and 2 and are interpreted as follows:
+ * @V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_CMYK_RGB: CMYK for images encoded with four components
+ *                               RGB for images encoded with three components
+ * @V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_YCBCR: an image encoded with three components using YCbCr
+ * @V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_YCCK: an image encoded with four components using YCCK
+ * @V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_UNKNOWN: indicate app14 is not present
+ */
+enum v4l2_jpeg_app14_tf {
+	V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_CMYK_RGB	= 0,
+	V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_YCBCR	= 1,
+	V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_YCCK		= 2,
+	V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_UNKNOWN	= -1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_jpeg_header - parsed JPEG header
+ * @sof: pointer to frame header and size
+ * @sos: pointer to scan header and size
+ * @num_dht: number of entries in @dht
+ * @dht: pointers to huffman tables and sizes
+ * @num_dqt: number of entries in @dqt
+ * @dqt: pointers to quantization tables and sizes
+ * @frame: parsed frame header
+ * @scan: pointer to parsed scan header, optional
+ * @quantization_tables: references to four quantization tables, optional
+ * @huffman_tables: references to four Huffman tables in DC0, DC1, AC0, AC1
+ *                  order, optional
+ * @restart_interval: number of MCU per restart interval, Ri
+ * @ecs_offset: buffer offset in bytes to the entropy coded segment
+ * @app14_tf: transform flag from app14 data
+ *
+ * When this structure is passed to v4l2_jpeg_parse_header, the optional scan,
+ * quantization_tables, and huffman_tables pointers must be initialized to NULL
+ * or point at valid memory.
+ */
+struct v4l2_jpeg_header {
+	struct v4l2_jpeg_reference sof;
+	struct v4l2_jpeg_reference sos;
+	unsigned int num_dht;
+	struct v4l2_jpeg_reference dht[V4L2_JPEG_MAX_TABLES];
+	unsigned int num_dqt;
+	struct v4l2_jpeg_reference dqt[V4L2_JPEG_MAX_TABLES];
+
+	struct v4l2_jpeg_frame_header frame;
+	struct v4l2_jpeg_scan_header *scan;
+	struct v4l2_jpeg_reference *quantization_tables;
+	struct v4l2_jpeg_reference *huffman_tables;
+	u16 restart_interval;
+	size_t ecs_offset;
+	enum v4l2_jpeg_app14_tf app14_tf;
+};
+
+int v4l2_jpeg_parse_header(void *buf, size_t len, struct v4l2_jpeg_header *out);
+
+extern const u8 v4l2_jpeg_zigzag_scan_index[V4L2_JPEG_PIXELS_IN_BLOCK];
+extern const u8 v4l2_jpeg_ref_table_luma_qt[V4L2_JPEG_PIXELS_IN_BLOCK];
+extern const u8 v4l2_jpeg_ref_table_chroma_qt[V4L2_JPEG_PIXELS_IN_BLOCK];
+extern const u8 v4l2_jpeg_ref_table_luma_dc_ht[V4L2_JPEG_REF_HT_DC_LEN];
+extern const u8 v4l2_jpeg_ref_table_luma_ac_ht[V4L2_JPEG_REF_HT_AC_LEN];
+extern const u8 v4l2_jpeg_ref_table_chroma_dc_ht[V4L2_JPEG_REF_HT_DC_LEN];
+extern const u8 v4l2_jpeg_ref_table_chroma_ac_ht[V4L2_JPEG_REF_HT_AC_LEN];
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-mc.h b/include/media/v4l2-mc.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1837c9fd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-mc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * v4l2-mc.h - Media Controller V4L2 types and prototypes
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2016 Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2006-2010 Nokia Corporation
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Intel Corporation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V4L2_MC_H
+#define _V4L2_MC_H
+
+#include <media/media-device.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-dev.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-subdev.h>
+#include <linux/types.h>
+
+/* We don't need to include pci.h or usb.h here */
+struct pci_dev;
+struct usb_device;
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER
+/**
+ * v4l2_mc_create_media_graph() - create Media Controller links at the graph.
+ *
+ * @mdev:	pointer to the &media_device struct.
+ *
+ * Add links between the entities commonly found on PC customer's hardware at
+ * the V4L2 side: camera sensors, audio and video PLL-IF decoders, tuners,
+ * analog TV decoder and I/O entities (video, VBI and Software Defined Radio).
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    Webcams are modelled on a very simple way: the sensor is
+ *    connected directly to the I/O entity. All dirty details, like
+ *    scaler and crop HW are hidden. While such mapping is enough for v4l2
+ *    interface centric PC-consumer's hardware, V4L2 subdev centric camera
+ *    hardware should not use this routine, as it will not build the right graph.
+ */
+int v4l2_mc_create_media_graph(struct media_device *mdev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l_enable_media_source() -	Hold media source for exclusive use
+ *				if free
+ *
+ * @vdev:	pointer to struct video_device
+ *
+ * This interface calls enable_source handler to determine if
+ * media source is free for use. The enable_source handler is
+ * responsible for checking is the media source is free and
+ * start a pipeline between the media source and the media
+ * entity associated with the video device. This interface
+ * should be called from v4l2-core and dvb-core interfaces
+ * that change the source configuration.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success or a negative error code.
+ */
+int v4l_enable_media_source(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l_disable_media_source() -	Release media source
+ *
+ * @vdev:	pointer to struct video_device
+ *
+ * This interface calls disable_source handler to release
+ * the media source. The disable_source handler stops the
+ * active media pipeline between the media source and the
+ * media entity associated with the video device.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success or a negative error code.
+ */
+void v4l_disable_media_source(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+/*
+ * v4l_vb2q_enable_media_tuner -  Hold media source for exclusive use
+ *				  if free.
+ * @q - pointer to struct vb2_queue
+ *
+ * Wrapper for v4l_enable_media_source(). This function should
+ * be called from v4l2-core to enable the media source with
+ * pointer to struct vb2_queue as the input argument. Some
+ * v4l2-core interfaces don't have access to video device and
+ * this interface finds the struct video_device for the q and
+ * calls v4l_enable_media_source().
+ */
+int v4l_vb2q_enable_media_source(struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_create_fwnode_links_to_pad - Create fwnode-based links from a
+ *                                   source subdev to a sink pad.
+ *
+ * @src_sd: pointer to a source subdev
+ * @sink:  pointer to a sink pad
+ * @flags: the link flags
+ *
+ * This function searches for fwnode endpoint connections from a source
+ * subdevice to a single sink pad, and if suitable connections are found,
+ * translates them into media links to that pad. The function can be
+ * called by the sink, in its v4l2-async notifier bound callback, to create
+ * links from a bound source subdevice.
+ *
+ * The @flags argument specifies the link flags. The caller shall ensure that
+ * the flags are valid regardless of the number of links that may be created.
+ * For instance, setting the MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED flag will cause all created
+ * links to be enabled, which isn't valid if more than one link is created.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    Any sink subdevice that calls this function must implement the
+ *    .get_fwnode_pad media operation in order to verify endpoints passed
+ *    to the sink are owned by the sink.
+ *
+ * Return 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int v4l2_create_fwnode_links_to_pad(struct v4l2_subdev *src_sd,
+				    struct media_pad *sink, u32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_create_fwnode_links - Create fwnode-based links from a source
+ *                            subdev to a sink subdev.
+ *
+ * @src_sd: pointer to a source subdevice
+ * @sink_sd: pointer to a sink subdevice
+ *
+ * This function searches for any and all fwnode endpoint connections
+ * between source and sink subdevices, and translates them into media
+ * links. The function can be called by the sink subdevice, in its
+ * v4l2-async notifier subdev bound callback, to create all links from
+ * a bound source subdevice.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    Any sink subdevice that calls this function must implement the
+ *    .get_fwnode_pad media operation in order to verify endpoints passed
+ *    to the sink are owned by the sink.
+ *
+ * Return 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int v4l2_create_fwnode_links(struct v4l2_subdev *src_sd,
+			     struct v4l2_subdev *sink_sd);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_pipeline_pm_get - Increase the use count of a pipeline
+ * @entity: The root entity of a pipeline
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IN NEW DRIVERS. USE RUNTIME PM
+ * ON SUB-DEVICE DRIVERS INSTEAD.
+ *
+ * Update the use count of all entities in the pipeline and power entities on.
+ *
+ * This function is intended to be called in video node open. It uses
+ * struct media_entity.use_count to track the power status. The use
+ * of this function should be paired with v4l2_pipeline_link_notify().
+ *
+ * Return 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int v4l2_pipeline_pm_get(struct media_entity *entity);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_pipeline_pm_put - Decrease the use count of a pipeline
+ * @entity: The root entity of a pipeline
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IN NEW DRIVERS. USE RUNTIME PM
+ * ON SUB-DEVICE DRIVERS INSTEAD.
+ *
+ * Update the use count of all entities in the pipeline and power entities off.
+ *
+ * This function is intended to be called in video node release. It uses
+ * struct media_entity.use_count to track the power status. The use
+ * of this function should be paired with v4l2_pipeline_link_notify().
+ */
+void v4l2_pipeline_pm_put(struct media_entity *entity);
+
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_pipeline_link_notify - Link management notification callback
+ * @link: The link
+ * @flags: New link flags that will be applied
+ * @notification: The link's state change notification type (MEDIA_DEV_NOTIFY_*)
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IN NEW DRIVERS. USE RUNTIME PM
+ * ON SUB-DEVICE DRIVERS INSTEAD.
+ *
+ * React to link management on powered pipelines by updating the use count of
+ * all entities in the source and sink sides of the link. Entities are powered
+ * on or off accordingly. The use of this function should be paired
+ * with v4l2_pipeline_pm_{get,put}().
+ *
+ * Return 0 on success or a negative error code on failure. Powering entities
+ * off is assumed to never fail. This function will not fail for disconnection
+ * events.
+ */
+int v4l2_pipeline_link_notify(struct media_link *link, u32 flags,
+			      unsigned int notification);
+
+#else /* CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER */
+
+static inline int v4l2_mc_create_media_graph(struct media_device *mdev)
+{
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int v4l_enable_media_source(struct video_device *vdev)
+{
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static inline void v4l_disable_media_source(struct video_device *vdev)
+{
+}
+
+static inline int v4l_vb2q_enable_media_source(struct vb2_queue *q)
+{
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int v4l2_pipeline_pm_get(struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static inline void v4l2_pipeline_pm_put(struct media_entity *entity)
+{}
+
+static inline int v4l2_pipeline_link_notify(struct media_link *link, u32 flags,
+					    unsigned int notification)
+{
+	return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER */
+#endif /* _V4L2_MC_H */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-mediabus.h b/include/media/v4l2-mediabus.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..24c738cd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-mediabus.h
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Media Bus API header
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2009, Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
+ */
+
+#ifndef V4L2_MEDIABUS_H
+#define V4L2_MEDIABUS_H
+
+#include <linux/v4l2-mediabus.h>
+#include <linux/bitops.h>
+
+/*
+ * How to use the V4L2_MBUS_* flags:
+ * Flags are defined for each of the possible states and values of a media
+ * bus configuration parameter. One and only one bit of each group of flags
+ * shall be set by the users of the v4l2_subdev_pad_ops.get_mbus_config
+ * operation to ensure that no conflicting settings are specified when
+ * reporting the media bus configuration. For example, it is invalid to set or
+ * clear both the V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH and the
+ * V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW flag at the same time. Instead either flag
+ * V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH or flag V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW shall be set.
+ *
+ * TODO: replace the existing V4L2_MBUS_* flags with structures of fields
+ * to avoid conflicting settings.
+ *
+ * In example:
+ *     #define V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH             BIT(2)
+ *     #define V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW              BIT(3)
+ * will be replaced by a field whose value reports the intended active state of
+ * the signal:
+ *     unsigned int v4l2_mbus_hsync_active : 1;
+ */
+
+/* Parallel flags */
+/*
+ * The client runs in master or in slave mode. By "Master mode" an operation
+ * mode is meant, when the client (e.g., a camera sensor) is producing
+ * horizontal and vertical synchronisation. In "Slave mode" the host is
+ * providing these signals to the slave.
+ */
+#define V4L2_MBUS_MASTER			BIT(0)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_SLAVE				BIT(1)
+/*
+ * Signal polarity flags
+ * Note: in BT.656 mode HSYNC, FIELD, and VSYNC are unused
+ * V4L2_MBUS_[HV]SYNC* flags should be also used for specifying
+ * configuration of hardware that uses [HV]REF signals
+ */
+#define V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH		BIT(2)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW		BIT(3)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_VSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH		BIT(4)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_VSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW		BIT(5)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_PCLK_SAMPLE_RISING		BIT(6)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_PCLK_SAMPLE_FALLING		BIT(7)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_PCLK_SAMPLE_DUALEDGE		BIT(8)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_DATA_ACTIVE_HIGH		BIT(9)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_DATA_ACTIVE_LOW		BIT(10)
+/* FIELD = 0/1 - Field1 (odd)/Field2 (even) */
+#define V4L2_MBUS_FIELD_EVEN_HIGH		BIT(11)
+/* FIELD = 1/0 - Field1 (odd)/Field2 (even) */
+#define V4L2_MBUS_FIELD_EVEN_LOW		BIT(12)
+/* Active state of Sync-on-green (SoG) signal, 0/1 for LOW/HIGH respectively. */
+#define V4L2_MBUS_VIDEO_SOG_ACTIVE_HIGH		BIT(13)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_VIDEO_SOG_ACTIVE_LOW		BIT(14)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_DATA_ENABLE_HIGH		BIT(15)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_DATA_ENABLE_LOW		BIT(16)
+
+/* Serial flags */
+/* Clock non-continuous mode support. */
+#define V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_NONCONTINUOUS_CLOCK	BIT(0)
+
+#define V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_MAX_DATA_LANES		8
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_mbus_csi2_cphy_line_orders_type - CSI-2 C-PHY line order
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_ABC: C-PHY line order ABC (default)
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_ACB: C-PHY line order ACB
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_BAC: C-PHY line order BAC
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_BCA: C-PHY line order BCA
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_CAB: C-PHY line order CAB
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_CBA: C-PHY line order CBA
+ */
+enum v4l2_mbus_csi2_cphy_line_orders_type {
+	V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_ABC,
+	V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_ACB,
+	V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_BAC,
+	V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_BCA,
+	V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_CAB,
+	V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY_LINE_ORDER_CBA,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi2 - MIPI CSI-2 data bus configuration
+ * @flags: media bus (V4L2_MBUS_*) flags
+ * @data_lanes: an array of physical data lane indexes
+ * @clock_lane: physical lane index of the clock lane
+ * @num_data_lanes: number of data lanes
+ * @lane_polarities: polarity of the lanes. The order is the same of
+ *		   the physical lanes.
+ * @line_orders: line order of the data lanes. The order is the same of the
+ *		   physical lanes.
+ */
+struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi2 {
+	unsigned int flags;
+	unsigned char data_lanes[V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_MAX_DATA_LANES];
+	unsigned char clock_lane;
+	unsigned char num_data_lanes;
+	bool lane_polarities[1 + V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_MAX_DATA_LANES];
+	enum v4l2_mbus_csi2_cphy_line_orders_type line_orders[V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_MAX_DATA_LANES];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_mbus_config_parallel - parallel data bus configuration
+ * @flags: media bus (V4L2_MBUS_*) flags
+ * @bus_width: bus width in bits
+ * @data_shift: data shift in bits
+ */
+struct v4l2_mbus_config_parallel {
+	unsigned int flags;
+	unsigned char bus_width;
+	unsigned char data_shift;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi1 - CSI-1/CCP2 data bus configuration
+ * @clock_inv: polarity of clock/strobe signal
+ *	       false - not inverted, true - inverted
+ * @strobe: false - data/clock, true - data/strobe
+ * @lane_polarity: the polarities of the clock (index 0) and data lanes
+ *		   index (1)
+ * @data_lane: the number of the data lane
+ * @clock_lane: the number of the clock lane
+ */
+struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi1 {
+	unsigned char clock_inv:1;
+	unsigned char strobe:1;
+	bool lane_polarity[2];
+	unsigned char data_lane;
+	unsigned char clock_lane;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_mbus_type - media bus type
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_UNKNOWN:	unknown bus type, no V4L2 mediabus configuration
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_PARALLEL:	parallel interface with hsync and vsync
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_BT656:	parallel interface with embedded synchronisation, can
+ *			also be used for BT.1120
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI1:	MIPI CSI-1 serial interface
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_CCP2:	CCP2 (Compact Camera Port 2)
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_DPHY: MIPI CSI-2 serial interface, with D-PHY
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY: MIPI CSI-2 serial interface, with C-PHY
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_DPI:      MIPI VIDEO DPI interface
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_INVALID:	invalid bus type (keep as last)
+ */
+enum v4l2_mbus_type {
+	V4L2_MBUS_UNKNOWN,
+	V4L2_MBUS_PARALLEL,
+	V4L2_MBUS_BT656,
+	V4L2_MBUS_CSI1,
+	V4L2_MBUS_CCP2,
+	V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_DPHY,
+	V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY,
+	V4L2_MBUS_DPI,
+	V4L2_MBUS_INVALID,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_mbus_config - media bus configuration
+ * @type: interface type
+ * @link_freq: The link frequency. See also V4L2_CID_LINK_FREQ control.
+ * @bus: bus configuration data structure
+ * @bus.parallel: embedded &struct v4l2_mbus_config_parallel.
+ *		  Used if the bus is parallel or BT.656.
+ * @bus.mipi_csi1: embedded &struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi1.
+ *		   Used if the bus is MIPI Alliance's Camera Serial
+ *		   Interface version 1 (MIPI CSI1) or Standard
+ *		   Mobile Imaging Architecture's Compact Camera Port 2
+ *		   (SMIA CCP2).
+ * @bus.mipi_csi2: embedded &struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi2.
+ *		   Used if the bus is MIPI Alliance's Camera Serial
+ *		   Interface version 2 (MIPI CSI2).
+ */
+struct v4l2_mbus_config {
+	enum v4l2_mbus_type type;
+	u64 link_freq;
+	union {
+		struct v4l2_mbus_config_parallel parallel;
+		struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi1 mipi_csi1;
+		struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi2 mipi_csi2;
+	} bus;
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fill_pix_format - Ancillary routine that fills a &struct
+ *	v4l2_pix_format fields from a &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt.
+ *
+ * @pix_fmt:	pointer to &struct v4l2_pix_format to be filled
+ * @mbus_fmt:	pointer to &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt to be used as model
+ */
+static inline void
+v4l2_fill_pix_format(struct v4l2_pix_format *pix_fmt,
+		     const struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *mbus_fmt)
+{
+	pix_fmt->width = mbus_fmt->width;
+	pix_fmt->height = mbus_fmt->height;
+	pix_fmt->field = mbus_fmt->field;
+	pix_fmt->colorspace = mbus_fmt->colorspace;
+	pix_fmt->ycbcr_enc = mbus_fmt->ycbcr_enc;
+	pix_fmt->quantization = mbus_fmt->quantization;
+	pix_fmt->xfer_func = mbus_fmt->xfer_func;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fill_mbus_format - Ancillary routine that fills a &struct
+ *	v4l2_mbus_framefmt from a &struct v4l2_pix_format and a
+ *	data format code.
+ *
+ * @mbus_fmt:	pointer to &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt to be filled
+ * @pix_fmt:	pointer to &struct v4l2_pix_format to be used as model
+ * @code:	data format code (from &enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode)
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_fill_mbus_format(struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *mbus_fmt,
+					 const struct v4l2_pix_format *pix_fmt,
+			   u32 code)
+{
+	mbus_fmt->width = pix_fmt->width;
+	mbus_fmt->height = pix_fmt->height;
+	mbus_fmt->field = pix_fmt->field;
+	mbus_fmt->colorspace = pix_fmt->colorspace;
+	mbus_fmt->ycbcr_enc = pix_fmt->ycbcr_enc;
+	mbus_fmt->quantization = pix_fmt->quantization;
+	mbus_fmt->xfer_func = pix_fmt->xfer_func;
+	mbus_fmt->code = code;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fill_pix_format_mplane - Ancillary routine that fills a &struct
+ *	v4l2_pix_format_mplane fields from a media bus structure.
+ *
+ * @pix_mp_fmt:	pointer to &struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane to be filled
+ * @mbus_fmt:	pointer to &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt to be used as model
+ */
+static inline void
+v4l2_fill_pix_format_mplane(struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane *pix_mp_fmt,
+			    const struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *mbus_fmt)
+{
+	pix_mp_fmt->width = mbus_fmt->width;
+	pix_mp_fmt->height = mbus_fmt->height;
+	pix_mp_fmt->field = mbus_fmt->field;
+	pix_mp_fmt->colorspace = mbus_fmt->colorspace;
+	pix_mp_fmt->ycbcr_enc = mbus_fmt->ycbcr_enc;
+	pix_mp_fmt->quantization = mbus_fmt->quantization;
+	pix_mp_fmt->xfer_func = mbus_fmt->xfer_func;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fill_mbus_format_mplane - Ancillary routine that fills a &struct
+ *	v4l2_mbus_framefmt from a &struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane.
+ *
+ * @mbus_fmt:	pointer to &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt to be filled
+ * @pix_mp_fmt:	pointer to &struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane to be used as model
+ */
+static inline void
+v4l2_fill_mbus_format_mplane(struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *mbus_fmt,
+			     const struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane *pix_mp_fmt)
+{
+	mbus_fmt->width = pix_mp_fmt->width;
+	mbus_fmt->height = pix_mp_fmt->height;
+	mbus_fmt->field = pix_mp_fmt->field;
+	mbus_fmt->colorspace = pix_mp_fmt->colorspace;
+	mbus_fmt->ycbcr_enc = pix_mp_fmt->ycbcr_enc;
+	mbus_fmt->quantization = pix_mp_fmt->quantization;
+	mbus_fmt->xfer_func = pix_mp_fmt->xfer_func;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-mem2mem.h b/include/media/v4l2-mem2mem.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..31de25d79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-mem2mem.h
@@ -0,0 +1,919 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * Memory-to-memory device framework for Video for Linux 2.
+ *
+ * Helper functions for devices that use memory buffers for both source
+ * and destination.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
+ * Pawel Osciak, <pawel@osciak.com>
+ * Marek Szyprowski, <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_V4L2_MEM2MEM_H
+#define _MEDIA_V4L2_MEM2MEM_H
+
+#include <media/videobuf2-v4l2.h>
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_m2m_ops - mem-to-mem device driver callbacks
+ * @device_run:	required. Begin the actual job (transaction) inside this
+ *		callback.
+ *		The job does NOT have to end before this callback returns
+ *		(and it will be the usual case). When the job finishes,
+ *		v4l2_m2m_job_finish() or v4l2_m2m_buf_done_and_job_finish()
+ *		has to be called.
+ * @job_ready:	optional. Should return 0 if the driver does not have a job
+ *		fully prepared to run yet (i.e. it will not be able to finish a
+ *		transaction without sleeping). If not provided, it will be
+ *		assumed that one source and one destination buffer are all
+ *		that is required for the driver to perform one full transaction.
+ *		This method may not sleep.
+ * @job_abort:	optional. Informs the driver that it has to abort the currently
+ *		running transaction as soon as possible (i.e. as soon as it can
+ *		stop the device safely; e.g. in the next interrupt handler),
+ *		even if the transaction would not have been finished by then.
+ *		After the driver performs the necessary steps, it has to call
+ *		v4l2_m2m_job_finish() or v4l2_m2m_buf_done_and_job_finish() as
+ *		if the transaction ended normally.
+ *		This function does not have to (and will usually not) wait
+ *		until the device enters a state when it can be stopped.
+ */
+struct v4l2_m2m_ops {
+	void (*device_run)(void *priv);
+	int (*job_ready)(void *priv);
+	void (*job_abort)(void *priv);
+};
+
+struct video_device;
+struct v4l2_m2m_dev;
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx - represents a queue for buffers ready to be
+ *	processed
+ *
+ * @q:		pointer to struct &vb2_queue
+ * @rdy_queue:	List of V4L2 mem-to-mem queues
+ * @rdy_spinlock: spin lock to protect the struct usage
+ * @num_rdy:	number of buffers ready to be processed
+ * @buffered:	is the queue buffered?
+ *
+ * Queue for buffers ready to be processed as soon as this
+ * instance receives access to the device.
+ */
+
+struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx {
+	struct vb2_queue	q;
+
+	struct list_head	rdy_queue;
+	spinlock_t		rdy_spinlock;
+	u8			num_rdy;
+	bool			buffered;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_m2m_ctx - Memory to memory context structure
+ *
+ * @q_lock: struct &mutex lock
+ * @new_frame: valid in the device_run callback: if true, then this
+ *		starts a new frame; if false, then this is a new slice
+ *		for an existing frame. This is always true unless
+ *		V4L2_BUF_CAP_SUPPORTS_M2M_HOLD_CAPTURE_BUF is set, which
+ *		indicates slicing support.
+ * @is_draining: indicates device is in draining phase
+ * @last_src_buf: indicate the last source buffer for draining
+ * @next_buf_last: next capture queud buffer will be tagged as last
+ * @has_stopped: indicate the device has been stopped
+ * @ignore_cap_streaming: If true, job_ready can be called even if the CAPTURE
+ *			  queue is not streaming. This allows firmware to
+ *			  analyze the bitstream header which arrives on the
+ *			  OUTPUT queue. The driver must implement the job_ready
+ *			  callback correctly to make sure that the requirements
+ *			  for actual decoding are met.
+ * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context
+ * @cap_q_ctx: Capture (output to memory) queue context
+ * @out_q_ctx: Output (input from memory) queue context
+ * @queue: List of memory to memory contexts
+ * @job_flags: Job queue flags, used internally by v4l2-mem2mem.c:
+ *		%TRANS_QUEUED, %TRANS_RUNNING and %TRANS_ABORT.
+ * @finished: Wait queue used to signalize when a job queue finished.
+ * @priv: Instance private data
+ *
+ * The memory to memory context is specific to a file handle, NOT to e.g.
+ * a device.
+ */
+struct v4l2_m2m_ctx {
+	/* optional cap/out vb2 queues lock */
+	struct mutex			*q_lock;
+
+	bool				new_frame;
+
+	bool				is_draining;
+	struct vb2_v4l2_buffer		*last_src_buf;
+	bool				next_buf_last;
+	bool				has_stopped;
+	bool				ignore_cap_streaming;
+
+	/* internal use only */
+	struct v4l2_m2m_dev		*m2m_dev;
+
+	struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx	cap_q_ctx;
+
+	struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx	out_q_ctx;
+
+	/* For device job queue */
+	struct list_head		queue;
+	unsigned long			job_flags;
+	wait_queue_head_t		finished;
+
+	void				*priv;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_m2m_buffer - Memory to memory buffer
+ *
+ * @vb: pointer to struct &vb2_v4l2_buffer
+ * @list: list of m2m buffers
+ */
+struct v4l2_m2m_buffer {
+	struct vb2_v4l2_buffer	vb;
+	struct list_head	list;
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_get_curr_priv() - return driver private data for the currently
+ * running instance or NULL if no instance is running
+ *
+ * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context
+ */
+void *v4l2_m2m_get_curr_priv(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_get_vq() - return vb2_queue for the given type
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @type: type of the V4L2 buffer, as defined by enum &v4l2_buf_type
+ *
+ * This function returns the capture queue when @type is a capture type, and the
+ * output queue otherwise. It never returns a NULL pointer.
+ */
+struct vb2_queue *v4l2_m2m_get_vq(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+				       enum v4l2_buf_type type);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_try_schedule() - check whether an instance is ready to be added to
+ * the pending job queue and add it if so.
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ *
+ * There are three basic requirements an instance has to meet to be able to run:
+ * 1) at least one source buffer has to be queued,
+ * 2) at least one destination buffer has to be queued,
+ * 3) streaming has to be on.
+ *
+ * If a queue is buffered (for example a decoder hardware ringbuffer that has
+ * to be drained before doing streamoff), allow scheduling without v4l2 buffers
+ * on that queue.
+ *
+ * There may also be additional, custom requirements. In such case the driver
+ * should supply a custom callback (job_ready in v4l2_m2m_ops) that should
+ * return 1 if the instance is ready.
+ * An example of the above could be an instance that requires more than one
+ * src/dst buffer per transaction.
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_try_schedule(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_job_finish() - inform the framework that a job has been finished
+ * and have it clean up
+ *
+ * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ *
+ * Called by a driver to yield back the device after it has finished with it.
+ * Should be called as soon as possible after reaching a state which allows
+ * other instances to take control of the device.
+ *
+ * This function has to be called only after &v4l2_m2m_ops->device_run
+ * callback has been called on the driver.
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_job_finish(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev,
+			 struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_buf_done_and_job_finish() - return source/destination buffers with
+ * state and inform the framework that a job has been finished and have it
+ * clean up
+ *
+ * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @state: vb2 buffer state passed to v4l2_m2m_buf_done().
+ *
+ * Drivers that set V4L2_BUF_CAP_SUPPORTS_M2M_HOLD_CAPTURE_BUF must use this
+ * function instead of job_finish() to take held buffers into account. It is
+ * optional for other drivers.
+ *
+ * This function removes the source buffer from the ready list and returns
+ * it with the given state. The same is done for the destination buffer, unless
+ * it is marked 'held'. In that case the buffer is kept on the ready list.
+ *
+ * After that the job is finished (see job_finish()).
+ *
+ * This allows for multiple output buffers to be used to fill in a single
+ * capture buffer. This is typically used by stateless decoders where
+ * multiple e.g. H.264 slices contribute to a single decoded frame.
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_buf_done_and_job_finish(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev,
+				      struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+				      enum vb2_buffer_state state);
+
+static inline void
+v4l2_m2m_buf_done(struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *buf, enum vb2_buffer_state state)
+{
+	vb2_buffer_done(&buf->vb2_buf, state);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_clear_state() - clear encoding/decoding state
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline void
+v4l2_m2m_clear_state(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+	m2m_ctx->next_buf_last = false;
+	m2m_ctx->is_draining = false;
+	m2m_ctx->has_stopped = false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_mark_stopped() - set current encoding/decoding state as stopped
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline void
+v4l2_m2m_mark_stopped(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+	m2m_ctx->next_buf_last = false;
+	m2m_ctx->is_draining = false;
+	m2m_ctx->has_stopped = true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_is_last() - return the current encoding/decoding session
+ * draining management state of next queued capture buffer
+ *
+ * This last capture buffer should be tagged with V4L2_BUF_FLAG_LAST to notify
+ * the end of the capture session.
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline bool
+v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_is_last(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+	return m2m_ctx->is_draining && m2m_ctx->next_buf_last;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_has_stopped() - return the current encoding/decoding session
+ * stopped state
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline bool
+v4l2_m2m_has_stopped(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+	return m2m_ctx->has_stopped;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_is_last_draining_src_buf() - return the output buffer draining
+ * state in the current encoding/decoding session
+ *
+ * This will identify the last output buffer queued before a session stop
+ * was required, leading to an actual encoding/decoding session stop state
+ * in the encoding/decoding process after being processed.
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @vbuf: pointer to struct &v4l2_buffer
+ */
+static inline bool
+v4l2_m2m_is_last_draining_src_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+				  struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *vbuf)
+{
+	return m2m_ctx->is_draining && vbuf == m2m_ctx->last_src_buf;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_last_buffer_done() - marks the buffer with LAST flag and DONE
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @vbuf: pointer to struct &v4l2_buffer
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_last_buffer_done(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+			       struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *vbuf);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_suspend() - stop new jobs from being run and wait for current job
+ * to finish
+ *
+ * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context
+ *
+ * Called by a driver in the suspend hook. Stop new jobs from being run, and
+ * wait for current running job to finish.
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_suspend(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_resume() - resume job running and try to run a queued job
+ *
+ * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context
+ *
+ * Called by a driver in the resume hook. This reverts the operation of
+ * v4l2_m2m_suspend() and allows job to be run. Also try to run a queued job if
+ * there is any.
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_resume(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_reqbufs() - multi-queue-aware REQBUFS multiplexer
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @reqbufs: pointer to struct &v4l2_requestbuffers
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_reqbufs(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+		     struct v4l2_requestbuffers *reqbufs);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_querybuf() - multi-queue-aware QUERYBUF multiplexer
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @buf: pointer to struct &v4l2_buffer
+ *
+ * See v4l2_m2m_mmap() documentation for details.
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_querybuf(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+		      struct v4l2_buffer *buf);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_qbuf() - enqueue a source or destination buffer, depending on
+ * the type
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @buf: pointer to struct &v4l2_buffer
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_qbuf(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+		  struct v4l2_buffer *buf);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_dqbuf() - dequeue a source or destination buffer, depending on
+ * the type
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @buf: pointer to struct &v4l2_buffer
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_dqbuf(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+		   struct v4l2_buffer *buf);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_prepare_buf() - prepare a source or destination buffer, depending on
+ * the type
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @buf: pointer to struct &v4l2_buffer
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_prepare_buf(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+			 struct v4l2_buffer *buf);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_create_bufs() - create a source or destination buffer, depending
+ * on the type
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @create: pointer to struct &v4l2_create_buffers
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_create_bufs(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+			 struct v4l2_create_buffers *create);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_expbuf() - export a source or destination buffer, depending on
+ * the type
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @eb: pointer to struct &v4l2_exportbuffer
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_expbuf(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+		   struct v4l2_exportbuffer *eb);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_streamon() - turn on streaming for a video queue
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @type: type of the V4L2 buffer, as defined by enum &v4l2_buf_type
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_streamon(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+		      enum v4l2_buf_type type);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_streamoff() - turn off streaming for a video queue
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @type: type of the V4L2 buffer, as defined by enum &v4l2_buf_type
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_streamoff(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+		       enum v4l2_buf_type type);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_update_start_streaming_state() - update the encoding/decoding
+ * session state when a start of streaming of a video queue is requested
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @q: queue
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_update_start_streaming_state(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+					   struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_update_stop_streaming_state() -  update the encoding/decoding
+ * session state when a stop of streaming of a video queue is requested
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @q: queue
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_update_stop_streaming_state(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+					  struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_encoder_cmd() - execute an encoder command
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @ec: pointer to the encoder command
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_encoder_cmd(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+			 struct v4l2_encoder_cmd *ec);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_decoder_cmd() - execute a decoder command
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @dc: pointer to the decoder command
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_decoder_cmd(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+			 struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *dc);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_poll() - poll replacement, for destination buffers only
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @wait: pointer to struct &poll_table_struct
+ *
+ * Call from the driver's poll() function. Will poll both queues. If a buffer
+ * is available to dequeue (with dqbuf) from the source queue, this will
+ * indicate that a non-blocking write can be performed, while read will be
+ * returned in case of the destination queue.
+ */
+__poll_t v4l2_m2m_poll(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+			   struct poll_table_struct *wait);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_mmap() - source and destination queues-aware mmap multiplexer
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @vma: pointer to struct &vm_area_struct
+ *
+ * Call from driver's mmap() function. Will handle mmap() for both queues
+ * seamlessly for the video buffer, which will receive normal per-queue offsets
+ * and proper vb2 queue pointers. The differentiation is made outside
+ * vb2 by adding a predefined offset to buffers from one of the queues
+ * and subtracting it before passing it back to vb2. Only drivers (and
+ * thus applications) receive modified offsets.
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_mmap(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+		  struct vm_area_struct *vma);
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_MMU
+unsigned long v4l2_m2m_get_unmapped_area(struct file *file, unsigned long addr,
+					 unsigned long len, unsigned long pgoff,
+					 unsigned long flags);
+#endif
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_init() - initialize per-driver m2m data
+ *
+ * @m2m_ops: pointer to struct v4l2_m2m_ops
+ *
+ * Usually called from driver's ``probe()`` function.
+ *
+ * Return: returns an opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context
+ */
+struct v4l2_m2m_dev *v4l2_m2m_init(const struct v4l2_m2m_ops *m2m_ops);
+
+#if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER)
+void v4l2_m2m_unregister_media_controller(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev);
+int v4l2_m2m_register_media_controller(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev,
+			struct video_device *vdev, int function);
+#else
+static inline void
+v4l2_m2m_unregister_media_controller(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev)
+{
+}
+
+static inline int
+v4l2_m2m_register_media_controller(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev,
+		struct video_device *vdev, int function)
+{
+	return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_release() - cleans up and frees a m2m_dev structure
+ *
+ * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context
+ *
+ * Usually called from driver's ``remove()`` function.
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_release(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_get() - take a reference to the m2m_dev structure
+ *
+ * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context
+ *
+ * This is used to share the M2M device across multiple devices. This
+ * can be used to avoid scheduling two hardware nodes concurrently.
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_get(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_put() - remove a reference to the m2m_dev structure
+ *
+ * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context
+ *
+ * Once the M2M device has no more references, v4l2_m2m_release() will be
+ * called automatically. Users of this method should never call
+ * v4l2_m2m_release() directly. See v4l2_m2m_get() for more details.
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_put(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_ctx_init() - allocate and initialize a m2m context
+ *
+ * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context
+ * @drv_priv: driver's instance private data
+ * @queue_init: a callback for queue type-specific initialization function
+ *	to be used for initializing vb2_queues
+ *
+ * Usually called from driver's ``open()`` function.
+ */
+struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *v4l2_m2m_ctx_init(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev,
+		void *drv_priv,
+		int (*queue_init)(void *priv, struct vb2_queue *src_vq, struct vb2_queue *dst_vq));
+
+static inline void v4l2_m2m_set_src_buffered(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+					     bool buffered)
+{
+	m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx.buffered = buffered;
+}
+
+static inline void v4l2_m2m_set_dst_buffered(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+					     bool buffered)
+{
+	m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.buffered = buffered;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_ctx_release() - release m2m context
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ *
+ * Usually called from driver's release() function.
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_ctx_release(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_buf_queue() - add a buffer to the proper ready buffers list.
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @vbuf: pointer to struct &vb2_v4l2_buffer
+ *
+ * Call from vb2_queue_ops->ops->buf_queue, vb2_queue_ops callback.
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_buf_queue(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+			struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *vbuf);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_num_src_bufs_ready() - return the number of source buffers ready for
+ * use
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline
+unsigned int v4l2_m2m_num_src_bufs_ready(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+	unsigned int num_buf_rdy;
+	unsigned long flags;
+
+	spin_lock_irqsave(&m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx.rdy_spinlock, flags);
+	num_buf_rdy = m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx.num_rdy;
+	spin_unlock_irqrestore(&m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx.rdy_spinlock, flags);
+
+	return num_buf_rdy;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_num_dst_bufs_ready() - return the number of destination buffers
+ * ready for use
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline
+unsigned int v4l2_m2m_num_dst_bufs_ready(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+	unsigned int num_buf_rdy;
+	unsigned long flags;
+
+	spin_lock_irqsave(&m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.rdy_spinlock, flags);
+	num_buf_rdy = m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.num_rdy;
+	spin_unlock_irqrestore(&m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.rdy_spinlock, flags);
+
+	return num_buf_rdy;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_next_buf() - return next buffer from the list of ready buffers
+ *
+ * @q_ctx: pointer to struct @v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx
+ */
+struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *v4l2_m2m_next_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx *q_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_next_src_buf() - return next source buffer from the list of ready
+ * buffers
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *
+v4l2_m2m_next_src_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+	return v4l2_m2m_next_buf(&m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_next_dst_buf() - return next destination buffer from the list of
+ * ready buffers
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *
+v4l2_m2m_next_dst_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+	return v4l2_m2m_next_buf(&m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_last_buf() - return last buffer from the list of ready buffers
+ *
+ * @q_ctx: pointer to struct @v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx
+ */
+struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *v4l2_m2m_last_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx *q_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_last_src_buf() - return last source buffer from the list of
+ * ready buffers
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *
+v4l2_m2m_last_src_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+	return v4l2_m2m_last_buf(&m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_last_dst_buf() - return last destination buffer from the list of
+ * ready buffers
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *
+v4l2_m2m_last_dst_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+	return v4l2_m2m_last_buf(&m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_for_each_dst_buf() - iterate over a list of destination ready
+ * buffers
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @b: current buffer of type struct v4l2_m2m_buffer
+ */
+#define v4l2_m2m_for_each_dst_buf(m2m_ctx, b)	\
+	list_for_each_entry(b, &m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.rdy_queue, list)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_for_each_src_buf() - iterate over a list of source ready buffers
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @b: current buffer of type struct v4l2_m2m_buffer
+ */
+#define v4l2_m2m_for_each_src_buf(m2m_ctx, b)	\
+	list_for_each_entry(b, &m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx.rdy_queue, list)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_for_each_dst_buf_safe() - iterate over a list of destination ready
+ * buffers safely
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @b: current buffer of type struct v4l2_m2m_buffer
+ * @n: used as temporary storage
+ */
+#define v4l2_m2m_for_each_dst_buf_safe(m2m_ctx, b, n)	\
+	list_for_each_entry_safe(b, n, &m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.rdy_queue, list)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_for_each_src_buf_safe() - iterate over a list of source ready
+ * buffers safely
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @b: current buffer of type struct v4l2_m2m_buffer
+ * @n: used as temporary storage
+ */
+#define v4l2_m2m_for_each_src_buf_safe(m2m_ctx, b, n)	\
+	list_for_each_entry_safe(b, n, &m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx.rdy_queue, list)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_get_src_vq() - return vb2_queue for source buffers
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline
+struct vb2_queue *v4l2_m2m_get_src_vq(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+	return &m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx.q;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_get_dst_vq() - return vb2_queue for destination buffers
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline
+struct vb2_queue *v4l2_m2m_get_dst_vq(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+	return &m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.q;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_buf_remove() - take off a buffer from the list of ready buffers and
+ * return it
+ *
+ * @q_ctx: pointer to struct @v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx
+ */
+struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *v4l2_m2m_buf_remove(struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx *q_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_src_buf_remove() - take off a source buffer from the list of ready
+ * buffers and return it
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *
+v4l2_m2m_src_buf_remove(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+	return v4l2_m2m_buf_remove(&m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_remove() - take off a destination buffer from the list of
+ * ready buffers and return it
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *
+v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_remove(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+	return v4l2_m2m_buf_remove(&m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_buf_remove_by_buf() - take off exact buffer from the list of ready
+ * buffers
+ *
+ * @q_ctx: pointer to struct @v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx
+ * @vbuf: the buffer to be removed
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_buf_remove_by_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx *q_ctx,
+				struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *vbuf);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_src_buf_remove_by_buf() - take off exact source buffer from the list
+ * of ready buffers
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @vbuf: the buffer to be removed
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_m2m_src_buf_remove_by_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+						  struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *vbuf)
+{
+	v4l2_m2m_buf_remove_by_buf(&m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx, vbuf);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_remove_by_buf() - take off exact destination buffer from the
+ * list of ready buffers
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @vbuf: the buffer to be removed
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_remove_by_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+						  struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *vbuf)
+{
+	v4l2_m2m_buf_remove_by_buf(&m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx, vbuf);
+}
+
+struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *
+v4l2_m2m_buf_remove_by_idx(struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx *q_ctx, unsigned int idx);
+
+static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *
+v4l2_m2m_src_buf_remove_by_idx(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, unsigned int idx)
+{
+	return v4l2_m2m_buf_remove_by_idx(&m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx, idx);
+}
+
+static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *
+v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_remove_by_idx(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, unsigned int idx)
+{
+	return v4l2_m2m_buf_remove_by_idx(&m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx, idx);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_buf_copy_metadata() - copy buffer metadata from
+ * the output buffer to the capture buffer
+ *
+ * @out_vb: the output buffer that is the source of the metadata.
+ * @cap_vb: the capture buffer that will receive the metadata.
+ *
+ * This helper function copies the timestamp, timecode (if the TIMECODE
+ * buffer flag was set), field, and the TIMECODE and TSTAMP_SRC_MASK flags from
+ * @out_vb to @cap_vb.
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_buf_copy_metadata(const struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *out_vb,
+				struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *cap_vb);
+
+/* v4l2 request helper */
+
+void v4l2_m2m_request_queue(struct media_request *req);
+
+/* v4l2 ioctl helpers */
+
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_reqbufs(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			   struct v4l2_requestbuffers *rb);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_create_bufs(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			       struct v4l2_create_buffers *create);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_remove_bufs(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			       struct v4l2_remove_buffers *d);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_querybuf(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			    struct v4l2_buffer *buf);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_expbuf(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			  struct v4l2_exportbuffer *eb);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_qbuf(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			struct v4l2_buffer *buf);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_dqbuf(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			 struct v4l2_buffer *buf);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_prepare_buf(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			       struct v4l2_buffer *buf);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_streamon(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			    enum v4l2_buf_type type);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_streamoff(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			     enum v4l2_buf_type type);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_encoder_cmd(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			       struct v4l2_encoder_cmd *ec);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_decoder_cmd(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			       struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *dc);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_try_encoder_cmd(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				   struct v4l2_encoder_cmd *ec);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_try_decoder_cmd(struct file *file, void *priv,
+				   struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *dc);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_stateless_try_decoder_cmd(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					     struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *dc);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_stateless_decoder_cmd(struct file *file, void *priv,
+					 struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *dc);
+int v4l2_m2m_fop_mmap(struct file *file, struct vm_area_struct *vma);
+__poll_t v4l2_m2m_fop_poll(struct file *file, poll_table *wait);
+
+#endif /* _MEDIA_V4L2_MEM2MEM_H */
+
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-rect.h b/include/media/v4l2-rect.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd587d0c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-rect.h
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * v4l2-rect.h - v4l2_rect helper functions
+ *
+ * Copyright 2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V4L2_RECT_H_
+#define _V4L2_RECT_H_
+
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_set_size_to() - copy the width/height values.
+ * @r: rect whose width and height fields will be set
+ * @size: rect containing the width and height fields you need.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_rect_set_size_to(struct v4l2_rect *r,
+					 const struct v4l2_rect *size)
+{
+	r->width = size->width;
+	r->height = size->height;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_set_min_size() - width and height of r should be >= min_size.
+ * @r: rect whose width and height will be modified
+ * @min_size: rect containing the minimal width and height
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_rect_set_min_size(struct v4l2_rect *r,
+					  const struct v4l2_rect *min_size)
+{
+	if (r->width < min_size->width)
+		r->width = min_size->width;
+	if (r->height < min_size->height)
+		r->height = min_size->height;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_set_max_size() - width and height of r should be <= max_size
+ * @r: rect whose width and height will be modified
+ * @max_size: rect containing the maximum width and height
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_rect_set_max_size(struct v4l2_rect *r,
+					  const struct v4l2_rect *max_size)
+{
+	if (r->width > max_size->width)
+		r->width = max_size->width;
+	if (r->height > max_size->height)
+		r->height = max_size->height;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_map_inside()- r should be inside boundary.
+ * @r: rect that will be modified
+ * @boundary: rect containing the boundary for @r
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_rect_map_inside(struct v4l2_rect *r,
+					const struct v4l2_rect *boundary)
+{
+	v4l2_rect_set_max_size(r, boundary);
+	if (r->left < boundary->left)
+		r->left = boundary->left;
+	if (r->top < boundary->top)
+		r->top = boundary->top;
+	if (r->left + r->width > boundary->left + boundary->width)
+		r->left = boundary->left + boundary->width - r->width;
+	if (r->top + r->height > boundary->top + boundary->height)
+		r->top = boundary->top + boundary->height - r->height;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_same_size() - return true if r1 has the same size as r2
+ * @r1: rectangle.
+ * @r2: rectangle.
+ *
+ * Return true if both rectangles have the same size.
+ */
+static inline bool v4l2_rect_same_size(const struct v4l2_rect *r1,
+				       const struct v4l2_rect *r2)
+{
+	return r1->width == r2->width && r1->height == r2->height;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_same_position() - return true if r1 has the same position as r2
+ * @r1: rectangle.
+ * @r2: rectangle.
+ *
+ * Return true if both rectangles have the same position
+ */
+static inline bool v4l2_rect_same_position(const struct v4l2_rect *r1,
+					   const struct v4l2_rect *r2)
+{
+	return r1->top == r2->top && r1->left == r2->left;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_equal() - return true if r1 equals r2
+ * @r1: rectangle.
+ * @r2: rectangle.
+ *
+ * Return true if both rectangles have the same size and position.
+ */
+static inline bool v4l2_rect_equal(const struct v4l2_rect *r1,
+				   const struct v4l2_rect *r2)
+{
+	return v4l2_rect_same_size(r1, r2) && v4l2_rect_same_position(r1, r2);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_intersect() - calculate the intersection of two rects.
+ * @r: intersection of @r1 and @r2.
+ * @r1: rectangle.
+ * @r2: rectangle.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_rect_intersect(struct v4l2_rect *r,
+				       const struct v4l2_rect *r1,
+				       const struct v4l2_rect *r2)
+{
+	int right, bottom;
+
+	r->top = max(r1->top, r2->top);
+	r->left = max(r1->left, r2->left);
+	bottom = min(r1->top + r1->height, r2->top + r2->height);
+	right = min(r1->left + r1->width, r2->left + r2->width);
+	r->height = max(0, bottom - r->top);
+	r->width = max(0, right - r->left);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_scale() - scale rect r by to/from
+ * @r: rect to be scaled.
+ * @from: from rectangle.
+ * @to: to rectangle.
+ *
+ * This scales rectangle @r horizontally by @to->width / @from->width and
+ * vertically by @to->height / @from->height.
+ *
+ * Typically @r is a rectangle inside @from and you want the rectangle as
+ * it would appear after scaling @from to @to. So the resulting @r will
+ * be the scaled rectangle inside @to.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_rect_scale(struct v4l2_rect *r,
+				   const struct v4l2_rect *from,
+				   const struct v4l2_rect *to)
+{
+	if (from->width == 0 || from->height == 0) {
+		r->left = r->top = r->width = r->height = 0;
+		return;
+	}
+	r->left = (((r->left - from->left) * to->width) / from->width) & ~1;
+	r->width = ((r->width * to->width) / from->width) & ~1;
+	r->top = ((r->top - from->top) * to->height) / from->height;
+	r->height = (r->height * to->height) / from->height;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_overlap() - do r1 and r2 overlap?
+ * @r1: rectangle.
+ * @r2: rectangle.
+ *
+ * Returns true if @r1 and @r2 overlap.
+ */
+static inline bool v4l2_rect_overlap(const struct v4l2_rect *r1,
+				     const struct v4l2_rect *r2)
+{
+	/*
+	 * IF the left side of r1 is to the right of the right side of r2 OR
+	 *    the left side of r2 is to the right of the right side of r1 THEN
+	 * they do not overlap.
+	 */
+	if (r1->left >= r2->left + r2->width ||
+	    r2->left >= r1->left + r1->width)
+		return false;
+	/*
+	 * IF the top side of r1 is below the bottom of r2 OR
+	 *    the top side of r2 is below the bottom of r1 THEN
+	 * they do not overlap.
+	 */
+	if (r1->top >= r2->top + r2->height ||
+	    r2->top >= r1->top + r1->height)
+		return false;
+	return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_enclosed() - is r1 enclosed in r2?
+ * @r1: rectangle.
+ * @r2: rectangle.
+ *
+ * Returns true if @r1 is enclosed in @r2.
+ */
+static inline bool v4l2_rect_enclosed(struct v4l2_rect *r1,
+				      struct v4l2_rect *r2)
+{
+	if (r1->left < r2->left || r1->top < r2->top)
+		return false;
+	if (r1->left + r1->width > r2->left + r2->width)
+		return false;
+	if (r1->top + r1->height > r2->top + r2->height)
+		return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-subdev.h b/include/media/v4l2-subdev.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d256b7ec8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-subdev.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2054 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ *  V4L2 sub-device support header.
+ *
+ *  Copyright (C) 2008  Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@kernel.org>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V4L2_SUBDEV_H
+#define _V4L2_SUBDEV_H
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <linux/v4l2-subdev.h>
+#include <media/media-entity.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-async.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-common.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-dev.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-fh.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-mediabus.h>
+
+/* generic v4l2_device notify callback notification values */
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_RX_NOTIFY		_IOW('v', 0, u32)
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_RX_FIFO_SERVICE_REQ	0x00000001
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_RX_END_OF_RX_DETECTED	0x00000002
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_RX_HW_FIFO_OVERRUN	0x00000004
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_RX_SW_FIFO_OVERRUN	0x00000008
+
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_TX_NOTIFY		_IOW('v', 1, u32)
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_TX_FIFO_SERVICE_REQ	0x00000001
+
+#define	V4L2_DEVICE_NOTIFY_EVENT		_IOW('v', 2, struct v4l2_event)
+
+struct v4l2_device;
+struct v4l2_ctrl_handler;
+struct v4l2_event;
+struct v4l2_event_subscription;
+struct v4l2_fh;
+struct v4l2_subdev;
+struct v4l2_subdev_fh;
+struct v4l2_subdev_stream_config;
+struct tuner_setup;
+struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc;
+struct led_classdev;
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_decode_vbi_line - used to decode_vbi_line
+ *
+ * @is_second_field: Set to 0 for the first (odd) field;
+ *	set to 1 for the second (even) field.
+ * @p: Pointer to the sliced VBI data from the decoder. On exit, points to
+ *	the start of the payload.
+ * @line: Line number of the sliced VBI data (1-23)
+ * @type: VBI service type (V4L2_SLICED_*). 0 if no service found
+ */
+struct v4l2_decode_vbi_line {
+	u32 is_second_field;
+	u8 *p;
+	u32 line;
+	u32 type;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Sub-devices are devices that are connected somehow to the main bridge
+ * device. These devices are usually audio/video muxers/encoders/decoders or
+ * sensors and webcam controllers.
+ *
+ * Usually these devices are controlled through an i2c bus, but other buses
+ * may also be used.
+ *
+ * The v4l2_subdev struct provides a way of accessing these devices in a
+ * generic manner. Most operations that these sub-devices support fall in
+ * a few categories: core ops, audio ops, video ops and tuner ops.
+ *
+ * More categories can be added if needed, although this should remain a
+ * limited set (no more than approx. 8 categories).
+ *
+ * Each category has its own set of ops that subdev drivers can implement.
+ *
+ * A subdev driver can leave the pointer to the category ops NULL if
+ * it does not implement them (e.g. an audio subdev will generally not
+ * implement the video category ops). The exception is the core category:
+ * this must always be present.
+ *
+ * These ops are all used internally so it is no problem to change, remove
+ * or add ops or move ops from one to another category. Currently these
+ * ops are based on the original ioctls, but since ops are not limited to
+ * one argument there is room for improvement here once all i2c subdev
+ * drivers are converted to use these ops.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Core ops: it is highly recommended to implement at least these ops:
+ *
+ * log_status
+ * g_register
+ * s_register
+ *
+ * This provides basic debugging support.
+ *
+ * The ioctl ops is meant for generic ioctl-like commands. Depending on
+ * the use-case it might be better to use subdev-specific ops (currently
+ * not yet implemented) since ops provide proper type-checking.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_subdev_io_pin_bits - Subdevice external IO pin configuration
+ *	bits
+ *
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_DISABLE: disables a pin config. ENABLE assumed.
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_OUTPUT: set it if pin is an output.
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_INPUT: set it if pin is an input.
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_SET_VALUE: to set the output value via
+ *				  &struct v4l2_subdev_io_pin_config->value.
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_ACTIVE_LOW: pin active is bit 0.
+ *				   Otherwise, ACTIVE HIGH is assumed.
+ */
+enum v4l2_subdev_io_pin_bits {
+	V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_DISABLE	= 0,
+	V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_OUTPUT	= 1,
+	V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_INPUT	= 2,
+	V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_SET_VALUE	= 3,
+	V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_ACTIVE_LOW	= 4,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_io_pin_config - Subdevice external IO pin configuration
+ *
+ * @flags: bitmask with flags for this pin's config, whose bits are defined by
+ *	   &enum v4l2_subdev_io_pin_bits.
+ * @pin: Chip external IO pin to configure
+ * @function: Internal signal pad/function to route to IO pin
+ * @value: Initial value for pin - e.g. GPIO output value
+ * @strength: Pin drive strength
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_io_pin_config {
+	u32 flags;
+	u8 pin;
+	u8 function;
+	u8 value;
+	u8 strength;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops - Define core ops callbacks for subdevs
+ *
+ * @log_status: callback for VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @s_io_pin_config: configure one or more chip I/O pins for chips that
+ *	multiplex different internal signal pads out to IO pins.  This function
+ *	takes a pointer to an array of 'n' pin configuration entries, one for
+ *	each pin being configured.  This function could be called at times
+ *	other than just subdevice initialization.
+ *
+ * @init: initialize the sensor registers to some sort of reasonable default
+ *	values. Do not use for new drivers and should be removed in existing
+ *	drivers.
+ *
+ * @load_fw: load firmware.
+ *
+ * @reset: generic reset command. The argument selects which subsystems to
+ *	reset. Passing 0 will always reset the whole chip. Do not use for new
+ *	drivers without discussing this first on the linux-media mailinglist.
+ *	There should be no reason normally to reset a device.
+ *
+ * @s_gpio: set GPIO pins. Very simple right now, might need to be extended with
+ *	a direction argument if needed.
+ *
+ * @command: called by in-kernel drivers in order to call functions internal
+ *	   to subdev drivers driver that have a separate callback.
+ *
+ * @ioctl: called at the end of ioctl() syscall handler at the V4L2 core.
+ *	   used to provide support for private ioctls used on the driver.
+ *
+ * @compat_ioctl32: called when a 32 bits application uses a 64 bits Kernel,
+ *		    in order to fix data passed from/to userspace.
+ *
+ * @g_register: callback for VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @s_register: callback for VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @s_power: puts subdevice in power saving mode (on == 0) or normal operation
+ *	mode (on == 1). DEPRECATED. See
+ *	Documentation/driver-api/media/camera-sensor.rst . pre_streamon and
+ *	post_streamoff callbacks can be used for e.g. setting the bus to LP-11
+ *	mode before s_stream is called.
+ *
+ * @interrupt_service_routine: Called by the bridge chip's interrupt service
+ *	handler, when an interrupt status has be raised due to this subdev,
+ *	so that this subdev can handle the details.  It may schedule work to be
+ *	performed later.  It must not sleep. **Called from an IRQ context**.
+ *
+ * @subscribe_event: used by the drivers to request the control framework that
+ *		     for it to be warned when the value of a control changes.
+ *
+ * @unsubscribe_event: remove event subscription from the control framework.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops {
+	int (*log_status)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+	int (*s_io_pin_config)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, size_t n,
+				      struct v4l2_subdev_io_pin_config *pincfg);
+	int (*init)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 val);
+	int (*load_fw)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+	int (*reset)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 val);
+	int (*s_gpio)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 val);
+	long (*command)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int cmd, void *arg);
+	long (*ioctl)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int cmd, void *arg);
+#ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT
+	long (*compat_ioctl32)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int cmd,
+			       unsigned long arg);
+#endif
+#ifdef CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG
+	int (*g_register)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_dbg_register *reg);
+	int (*s_register)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, const struct v4l2_dbg_register *reg);
+#endif
+	int (*s_power)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, int on);
+	int (*interrupt_service_routine)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+						u32 status, bool *handled);
+	int (*subscribe_event)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+			       struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub);
+	int (*unsubscribe_event)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+				 struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_tuner_ops - Callbacks used when v4l device was opened
+ *	in radio mode.
+ *
+ * @standby: puts the tuner in standby mode. It will be woken up
+ *	     automatically the next time it is used.
+ *
+ * @s_radio: callback that switches the tuner to radio mode.
+ *	     drivers should explicitly call it when a tuner ops should
+ *	     operate on radio mode, before being able to handle it.
+ *	     Used on devices that have both AM/FM radio receiver and TV.
+ *
+ * @s_frequency: callback for VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @g_frequency: callback for VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY() ioctl handler code.
+ *		 freq->type must be filled in. Normally done by video_ioctl2()
+ *		 or the bridge driver.
+ *
+ * @enum_freq_bands: callback for VIDIOC_ENUM_FREQ_BANDS() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @g_tuner: callback for VIDIOC_G_TUNER() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @s_tuner: callback for VIDIOC_S_TUNER() ioctl handler code. @vt->type must be
+ *	     filled in. Normally done by video_ioctl2 or the
+ *	     bridge driver.
+ *
+ * @g_modulator: callback for VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @s_modulator: callback for VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @s_type_addr: sets tuner type and its I2C addr.
+ *
+ * @s_config: sets tda9887 specific stuff, like port1, port2 and qss
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *	On devices that have both AM/FM and TV, it is up to the driver
+ *	to explicitly call s_radio when the tuner should be switched to
+ *	radio mode, before handling other &struct v4l2_subdev_tuner_ops
+ *	that would require it. An example of such usage is::
+ *
+ *	  static void s_frequency(void *priv, const struct v4l2_frequency *f)
+ *	  {
+ *		...
+ *		if (f.type == V4L2_TUNER_RADIO)
+ *			v4l2_device_call_all(v4l2_dev, 0, tuner, s_radio);
+ *		...
+ *		v4l2_device_call_all(v4l2_dev, 0, tuner, s_frequency);
+ *	  }
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_tuner_ops {
+	int (*standby)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+	int (*s_radio)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+	int (*s_frequency)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, const struct v4l2_frequency *freq);
+	int (*g_frequency)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_frequency *freq);
+	int (*enum_freq_bands)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_frequency_band *band);
+	int (*g_tuner)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_tuner *vt);
+	int (*s_tuner)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, const struct v4l2_tuner *vt);
+	int (*g_modulator)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_modulator *vm);
+	int (*s_modulator)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, const struct v4l2_modulator *vm);
+	int (*s_type_addr)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct tuner_setup *type);
+	int (*s_config)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, const struct v4l2_priv_tun_config *config);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_audio_ops - Callbacks used for audio-related settings
+ *
+ * @s_clock_freq: set the frequency (in Hz) of the audio clock output.
+ *	Used to slave an audio processor to the video decoder, ensuring that
+ *	audio and video remain synchronized. Usual values for the frequency
+ *	are 48000, 44100 or 32000 Hz. If the frequency is not supported, then
+ *	-EINVAL is returned.
+ *
+ * @s_i2s_clock_freq: sets I2S speed in bps. This is used to provide a standard
+ *	way to select I2S clock used by driving digital audio streams at some
+ *	board designs. Usual values for the frequency are 1024000 and 2048000.
+ *	If the frequency is not supported, then %-EINVAL is returned.
+ *
+ * @s_routing: used to define the input and/or output pins of an audio chip,
+ *	and any additional configuration data.
+ *	Never attempt to use user-level input IDs (e.g. Composite, S-Video,
+ *	Tuner) at this level. An i2c device shouldn't know about whether an
+ *	input pin is connected to a Composite connector, become on another
+ *	board or platform it might be connected to something else entirely.
+ *	The calling driver is responsible for mapping a user-level input to
+ *	the right pins on the i2c device.
+ *
+ * @s_stream: used to notify the audio code that stream will start or has
+ *	stopped.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_audio_ops {
+	int (*s_clock_freq)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 freq);
+	int (*s_i2s_clock_freq)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 freq);
+	int (*s_routing)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 input, u32 output, u32 config);
+	int (*s_stream)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, int enable);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry_csi2
+ *
+ * @vc: CSI-2 virtual channel
+ * @dt: CSI-2 data type ID
+ */
+struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry_csi2 {
+	u8 vc;
+	u8 dt;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_flags - media bus frame description flags
+ *
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_FL_LEN_MAX:
+ *	Indicates that &struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry->length field
+ *	specifies maximum data length.
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_FL_BLOB:
+ *	Indicates that the format does not have line offsets, i.e.
+ *	the receiver should use 1D DMA.
+ */
+enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_flags {
+	V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_FL_LEN_MAX	= BIT(0),
+	V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_FL_BLOB	= BIT(1),
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry - media bus frame description structure
+ *
+ * @flags:	bitmask flags, as defined by &enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_flags.
+ * @stream:	stream in routing configuration
+ * @pixelcode:	media bus pixel code, valid if @flags
+ *		%FRAME_DESC_FL_BLOB is not set.
+ * @length:	number of octets per frame, valid if @flags
+ *		%V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_FL_LEN_MAX is set.
+ * @bus:	Bus-specific frame descriptor parameters
+ * @bus.csi2:	CSI-2-specific bus configuration
+ */
+struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry {
+	enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_flags flags;
+	u32 stream;
+	u32 pixelcode;
+	u32 length;
+	union {
+		struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry_csi2 csi2;
+	} bus;
+};
+
+ /*
+  * If this number is too small, it should be dropped altogether and the
+  * API switched to a dynamic number of frame descriptor entries.
+  */
+#define V4L2_FRAME_DESC_ENTRY_MAX	8
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_type - media bus frame description type
+ *
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_TYPE_UNDEFINED:
+ *	Undefined frame desc type. Drivers should not use this, it is
+ *	for backwards compatibility.
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_TYPE_PARALLEL:
+ *	Parallel media bus.
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_TYPE_CSI2:
+ *	CSI-2 media bus. Frame desc parameters must be set in
+ *	&struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry->csi2.
+ */
+enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_type {
+	V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_TYPE_UNDEFINED = 0,
+	V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_TYPE_PARALLEL,
+	V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_TYPE_CSI2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc - media bus data frame description
+ * @type: type of the bus (enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_type)
+ * @entry: frame descriptors array
+ * @num_entries: number of entries in @entry array
+ */
+struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc {
+	enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_type type;
+	struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry entry[V4L2_FRAME_DESC_ENTRY_MAX];
+	unsigned short num_entries;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_subdev_pre_streamon_flags - Flags for pre_streamon subdev core op
+ *
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_PRE_STREAMON_FL_MANUAL_LP: Set the transmitter to either LP-11
+ *	or LP-111 mode before call to s_stream().
+ */
+enum v4l2_subdev_pre_streamon_flags {
+	V4L2_SUBDEV_PRE_STREAMON_FL_MANUAL_LP = BIT(0),
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_video_ops - Callbacks used when v4l device was opened
+ *				  in video mode.
+ *
+ * @s_routing: see s_routing in audio_ops, except this version is for video
+ *	devices.
+ *
+ * @s_crystal_freq: sets the frequency of the crystal used to generate the
+ *	clocks in Hz. An extra flags field allows device specific configuration
+ *	regarding clock frequency dividers, etc. If not used, then set flags
+ *	to 0. If the frequency is not supported, then -EINVAL is returned.
+ *
+ * @g_std: callback for VIDIOC_G_STD() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @s_std: callback for VIDIOC_S_STD() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @s_std_output: set v4l2_std_id for video OUTPUT devices. This is ignored by
+ *	video input devices.
+ *
+ * @g_std_output: get current standard for video OUTPUT devices. This is ignored
+ *	by video input devices.
+ *
+ * @querystd: callback for VIDIOC_QUERYSTD() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @g_tvnorms: get &v4l2_std_id with all standards supported by the video
+ *	CAPTURE device. This is ignored by video output devices.
+ *
+ * @g_tvnorms_output: get v4l2_std_id with all standards supported by the video
+ *	OUTPUT device. This is ignored by video capture devices.
+ *
+ * @g_input_status: get input status. Same as the status field in the
+ *	&struct v4l2_input
+ *
+ * @s_stream: start (enabled == 1) or stop (enabled == 0) streaming on the
+ *	sub-device. Failure on stop will remove any resources acquired in
+ *	streaming start, while the error code is still returned by the driver.
+ *	The caller shall track the subdev state, and shall not start or stop an
+ *	already started or stopped subdev. Also see call_s_stream wrapper in
+ *	v4l2-subdev.c.
+ *
+ *	This callback is DEPRECATED. New drivers should instead implement
+ *	&v4l2_subdev_pad_ops.enable_streams and
+ *	&v4l2_subdev_pad_ops.disable_streams operations, and use
+ *	v4l2_subdev_s_stream_helper for the &v4l2_subdev_video_ops.s_stream
+ *	operation to support legacy users.
+ *
+ *	Drivers should also not call the .s_stream() subdev operation directly,
+ *	but use the v4l2_subdev_enable_streams() and
+ *	v4l2_subdev_disable_streams() helpers.
+ *
+ * @s_rx_buffer: set a host allocated memory buffer for the subdev. The subdev
+ *	can adjust @size to a lower value and must not write more data to the
+ *	buffer starting at @data than the original value of @size.
+ *
+ * @pre_streamon: May be called before streaming is actually started, to help
+ *	initialising the bus. Current usage is to set a CSI-2 transmitter to
+ *	LP-11 or LP-111 mode before streaming. See &enum
+ *	v4l2_subdev_pre_streamon_flags.
+ *
+ *	pre_streamon shall return error if it cannot perform the operation as
+ *	indicated by the flags argument. In particular, -EACCES indicates lack
+ *	of support for the operation. The caller shall call post_streamoff for
+ *	each successful call of pre_streamon.
+ *
+ * @post_streamoff: Called after streaming is stopped, but if and only if
+ *	pre_streamon was called earlier.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_video_ops {
+	int (*s_routing)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 input, u32 output, u32 config);
+	int (*s_crystal_freq)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 freq, u32 flags);
+	int (*g_std)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id *norm);
+	int (*s_std)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id norm);
+	int (*s_std_output)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id std);
+	int (*g_std_output)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id *std);
+	int (*querystd)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id *std);
+	int (*g_tvnorms)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id *std);
+	int (*g_tvnorms_output)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id *std);
+	int (*g_input_status)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 *status);
+	int (*s_stream)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, int enable);
+	int (*s_rx_buffer)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, void *buf,
+			   unsigned int *size);
+	int (*pre_streamon)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 flags);
+	int (*post_streamoff)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_vbi_ops - Callbacks used when v4l device was opened
+ *				  in video mode via the vbi device node.
+ *
+ *  @decode_vbi_line: video decoders that support sliced VBI need to implement
+ *	this ioctl. Field p of the &struct v4l2_decode_vbi_line is set to the
+ *	start of the VBI data that was generated by the decoder. The driver
+ *	then parses the sliced VBI data and sets the other fields in the
+ *	struct accordingly. The pointer p is updated to point to the start of
+ *	the payload which can be copied verbatim into the data field of the
+ *	&struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_data. If no valid VBI data was found, then the
+ *	type field is set to 0 on return.
+ *
+ * @s_vbi_data: used to generate VBI signals on a video signal.
+ *	&struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_data is filled with the data packets that
+ *	should be output. Note that if you set the line field to 0, then that
+ *	VBI signal is disabled. If no valid VBI data was found, then the type
+ *	field is set to 0 on return.
+ *
+ * @g_vbi_data: used to obtain the sliced VBI packet from a readback register.
+ *	Not all video decoders support this. If no data is available because
+ *	the readback register contains invalid or erroneous data %-EIO is
+ *	returned. Note that you must fill in the 'id' member and the 'field'
+ *	member (to determine whether CC data from the first or second field
+ *	should be obtained).
+ *
+ * @g_sliced_vbi_cap: callback for VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP() ioctl handler
+ *		      code.
+ *
+ * @s_raw_fmt: setup the video encoder/decoder for raw VBI.
+ *
+ * @g_sliced_fmt: retrieve the current sliced VBI settings.
+ *
+ * @s_sliced_fmt: setup the sliced VBI settings.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_vbi_ops {
+	int (*decode_vbi_line)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_decode_vbi_line *vbi_line);
+	int (*s_vbi_data)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, const struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_data *vbi_data);
+	int (*g_vbi_data)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_data *vbi_data);
+	int (*g_sliced_vbi_cap)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap *cap);
+	int (*s_raw_fmt)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_vbi_format *fmt);
+	int (*g_sliced_fmt)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_format *fmt);
+	int (*s_sliced_fmt)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_format *fmt);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_sensor_ops - v4l2-subdev sensor operations
+ * @g_skip_top_lines: number of lines at the top of the image to be skipped.
+ *		      This is needed for some sensors, which always corrupt
+ *		      several top lines of the output image, or which send their
+ *		      metadata in them.
+ * @g_skip_frames: number of frames to skip at stream start. This is needed for
+ *		   buggy sensors that generate faulty frames when they are
+ *		   turned on.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_sensor_ops {
+	int (*g_skip_top_lines)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 *lines);
+	int (*g_skip_frames)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 *frames);
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_subdev_ir_mode- describes the type of IR supported
+ *
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_MODE_PULSE_WIDTH: IR uses struct ir_raw_event records
+ */
+enum v4l2_subdev_ir_mode {
+	V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_MODE_PULSE_WIDTH,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_ir_parameters - Parameters for IR TX or TX
+ *
+ * @bytes_per_data_element: bytes per data element of data in read or
+ *	write call.
+ * @mode: IR mode as defined by &enum v4l2_subdev_ir_mode.
+ * @enable: device is active if true
+ * @interrupt_enable: IR interrupts are enabled if true
+ * @shutdown: if true: set hardware to low/no power, false: normal mode
+ *
+ * @modulation: if true, it uses carrier, if false: baseband
+ * @max_pulse_width:  maximum pulse width in ns, valid only for baseband signal
+ * @carrier_freq: carrier frequency in Hz, valid only for modulated signal
+ * @duty_cycle: duty cycle percentage, valid only for modulated signal
+ * @invert_level: invert signal level
+ *
+ * @invert_carrier_sense: Send 0/space as a carrier burst. used only in TX.
+ *
+ * @noise_filter_min_width: min time of a valid pulse, in ns. Used only for RX.
+ * @carrier_range_lower: Lower carrier range, in Hz, valid only for modulated
+ *	signal. Used only for RX.
+ * @carrier_range_upper: Upper carrier range, in Hz, valid only for modulated
+ *	signal. Used only for RX.
+ * @resolution: The receive resolution, in ns . Used only for RX.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_ir_parameters {
+	unsigned int bytes_per_data_element;
+	enum v4l2_subdev_ir_mode mode;
+
+	bool enable;
+	bool interrupt_enable;
+	bool shutdown;
+
+	bool modulation;
+	u32 max_pulse_width;
+	unsigned int carrier_freq;
+	unsigned int duty_cycle;
+	bool invert_level;
+
+	/* Tx only */
+	bool invert_carrier_sense;
+
+	/* Rx only */
+	u32 noise_filter_min_width;
+	unsigned int carrier_range_lower;
+	unsigned int carrier_range_upper;
+	u32 resolution;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_ir_ops - operations for IR subdevices
+ *
+ * @rx_read: Reads received codes or pulse width data.
+ *	The semantics are similar to a non-blocking read() call.
+ * @rx_g_parameters: Get the current operating parameters and state of
+ *	the IR receiver.
+ * @rx_s_parameters: Set the current operating parameters and state of
+ *	the IR receiver.  It is recommended to call
+ *	[rt]x_g_parameters first to fill out the current state, and only change
+ *	the fields that need to be changed.  Upon return, the actual device
+ *	operating parameters and state will be returned.  Note that hardware
+ *	limitations may prevent the actual settings from matching the requested
+ *	settings - e.g. an actual carrier setting of 35,904 Hz when 36,000 Hz
+ *	was requested.  An exception is when the shutdown parameter is true.
+ *	The last used operational parameters will be returned, but the actual
+ *	state of the hardware be different to minimize power consumption and
+ *	processing when shutdown is true.
+ *
+ * @tx_write: Writes codes or pulse width data for transmission.
+ *	The semantics are similar to a non-blocking write() call.
+ * @tx_g_parameters: Get the current operating parameters and state of
+ *	the IR transmitter.
+ * @tx_s_parameters: Set the current operating parameters and state of
+ *	the IR transmitter.  It is recommended to call
+ *	[rt]x_g_parameters first to fill out the current state, and only change
+ *	the fields that need to be changed.  Upon return, the actual device
+ *	operating parameters and state will be returned.  Note that hardware
+ *	limitations may prevent the actual settings from matching the requested
+ *	settings - e.g. an actual carrier setting of 35,904 Hz when 36,000 Hz
+ *	was requested.  An exception is when the shutdown parameter is true.
+ *	The last used operational parameters will be returned, but the actual
+ *	state of the hardware be different to minimize power consumption and
+ *	processing when shutdown is true.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_ir_ops {
+	/* Receiver */
+	int (*rx_read)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u8 *buf, size_t count,
+				ssize_t *num);
+
+	int (*rx_g_parameters)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+				struct v4l2_subdev_ir_parameters *params);
+	int (*rx_s_parameters)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+				struct v4l2_subdev_ir_parameters *params);
+
+	/* Transmitter */
+	int (*tx_write)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u8 *buf, size_t count,
+				ssize_t *num);
+
+	int (*tx_g_parameters)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+				struct v4l2_subdev_ir_parameters *params);
+	int (*tx_s_parameters)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+				struct v4l2_subdev_ir_parameters *params);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_pad_config - Used for storing subdev pad information.
+ *
+ * @format: &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt
+ * @crop: &struct v4l2_rect to be used for crop
+ * @compose: &struct v4l2_rect to be used for compose
+ * @interval: frame interval
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_pad_config {
+	struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt format;
+	struct v4l2_rect crop;
+	struct v4l2_rect compose;
+	struct v4l2_fract interval;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_stream_configs - A collection of stream configs.
+ *
+ * @num_configs: number of entries in @config.
+ * @configs: an array of &struct v4l2_subdev_stream_configs.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_stream_configs {
+	u32 num_configs;
+	struct v4l2_subdev_stream_config *configs;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_krouting - subdev routing table
+ *
+ * @len_routes: length of routes array, in routes
+ * @num_routes: number of routes
+ * @routes: &struct v4l2_subdev_route
+ *
+ * This structure contains the routing table for a subdev.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_krouting {
+	unsigned int len_routes;
+	unsigned int num_routes;
+	struct v4l2_subdev_route *routes;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_state - Used for storing subdev state information.
+ *
+ * @_lock: default for 'lock'
+ * @lock: mutex for the state. May be replaced by the user.
+ * @sd: the sub-device which the state is related to
+ * @pads: &struct v4l2_subdev_pad_config array
+ * @routing: routing table for the subdev
+ * @stream_configs: stream configurations (only for V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_STREAMS)
+ *
+ * This structure only needs to be passed to the pad op if the 'which' field
+ * of the main argument is set to %V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_TRY. For
+ * %V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_ACTIVE it is safe to pass %NULL.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_state {
+	/* lock for the struct v4l2_subdev_state fields */
+	struct mutex _lock;
+	struct mutex *lock;
+	struct v4l2_subdev *sd;
+	struct v4l2_subdev_pad_config *pads;
+	struct v4l2_subdev_krouting routing;
+	struct v4l2_subdev_stream_configs stream_configs;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_pad_ops - v4l2-subdev pad level operations
+ *
+ * @enum_mbus_code: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE() ioctl handler
+ *		    code.
+ * @enum_frame_size: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_SIZE() ioctl handler
+ *		     code.
+ *
+ * @enum_frame_interval: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_INTERVAL() ioctl
+ *			 handler code.
+ *
+ * @get_fmt: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FMT() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @set_fmt: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FMT() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @get_selection: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_SELECTION() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @set_selection: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @get_frame_interval: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FRAME_INTERVAL()
+ *			ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @set_frame_interval: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL()
+ *			ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @get_edid: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_EDID() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @set_edid: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_EDID() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @s_dv_timings: Set custom dv timings in the sub device. This is used
+ *	when sub device is capable of setting detailed timing information
+ *	in the hardware to generate/detect the video signal.
+ *
+ * @g_dv_timings: Get custom dv timings in the sub device.
+ *
+ * @query_dv_timings: callback for VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @dv_timings_cap: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_DV_TIMINGS_CAP() ioctl handler
+ *		    code.
+ *
+ * @enum_dv_timings: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS() ioctl handler
+ *		     code.
+ *
+ * @link_validate: used by the media controller code to check if the links
+ *		   that belongs to a pipeline can be used for stream.
+ *
+ * @get_frame_desc: get the current low level media bus frame parameters.
+ *
+ * @set_frame_desc: set the low level media bus frame parameters, @fd array
+ *                  may be adjusted by the subdev driver to device capabilities.
+ *
+ * @get_mbus_config: get the media bus configuration of a remote sub-device.
+ *		     The media bus configuration is usually retrieved from the
+ *		     firmware interface at sub-device probe time, immediately
+ *		     applied to the hardware and eventually adjusted by the
+ *		     driver. Remote sub-devices (usually video receivers) shall
+ *		     use this operation to query the transmitting end bus
+ *		     configuration in order to adjust their own one accordingly.
+ *		     Callers should make sure they get the most up-to-date as
+ *		     possible configuration from the remote end, likely calling
+ *		     this operation as close as possible to stream on time. The
+ *		     operation shall fail if the pad index it has been called on
+ *		     is not valid or in case of unrecoverable failures. The
+ *		     config argument has been memset to 0 just before calling
+ *		     the op.
+ *
+ * @set_routing: Enable or disable data connection routes described in the
+ *		 subdevice routing table. Subdevs that implement this operation
+ *		 must set the V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_STREAMS flag.
+ *
+ * @enable_streams: Enable the streams defined in streams_mask on the given
+ *	source pad. Subdevs that implement this operation must use the active
+ *	state management provided by the subdev core (enabled through a call to
+ *	v4l2_subdev_init_finalize() at initialization time). Do not call
+ *	directly, use v4l2_subdev_enable_streams() instead.
+ *
+ *	Drivers that support only a single stream without setting the
+ *	V4L2_SUBDEV_CAP_STREAMS sub-device capability flag can ignore the mask
+ *	argument.
+ *
+ * @disable_streams: Disable the streams defined in streams_mask on the given
+ *	source pad. Subdevs that implement this operation must use the active
+ *	state management provided by the subdev core (enabled through a call to
+ *	v4l2_subdev_init_finalize() at initialization time). Do not call
+ *	directly, use v4l2_subdev_disable_streams() instead.
+ *
+ *	Drivers that support only a single stream without setting the
+ *	V4L2_SUBDEV_CAP_STREAMS sub-device capability flag can ignore the mask
+ *	argument.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_pad_ops {
+	int (*enum_mbus_code)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+			      struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+			      struct v4l2_subdev_mbus_code_enum *code);
+	int (*enum_frame_size)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+			       struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+			       struct v4l2_subdev_frame_size_enum *fse);
+	int (*enum_frame_interval)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+				   struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+				   struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval_enum *fie);
+	int (*get_fmt)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+		       struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+		       struct v4l2_subdev_format *format);
+	int (*set_fmt)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+		       struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+		       struct v4l2_subdev_format *format);
+	int (*get_selection)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+			     struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+			     struct v4l2_subdev_selection *sel);
+	int (*set_selection)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+			     struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+			     struct v4l2_subdev_selection *sel);
+	int (*get_frame_interval)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+				  struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+				  struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval *interval);
+	int (*set_frame_interval)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+				  struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+				  struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval *interval);
+	int (*get_edid)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_edid *edid);
+	int (*set_edid)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_edid *edid);
+	int (*s_dv_timings)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int pad,
+			    struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings);
+	int (*g_dv_timings)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int pad,
+			    struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings);
+	int (*query_dv_timings)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int pad,
+				struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings);
+	int (*dv_timings_cap)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+			      struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap);
+	int (*enum_dv_timings)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+			       struct v4l2_enum_dv_timings *timings);
+#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER
+	int (*link_validate)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct media_link *link,
+			     struct v4l2_subdev_format *source_fmt,
+			     struct v4l2_subdev_format *sink_fmt);
+#endif /* CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER */
+	int (*get_frame_desc)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int pad,
+			      struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc *fd);
+	int (*set_frame_desc)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int pad,
+			      struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc *fd);
+	int (*get_mbus_config)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int pad,
+			       struct v4l2_mbus_config *config);
+	int (*set_routing)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+			   struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+			   enum v4l2_subdev_format_whence which,
+			   struct v4l2_subdev_krouting *route);
+	int (*enable_streams)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+			      struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, u32 pad,
+			      u64 streams_mask);
+	int (*disable_streams)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+			       struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, u32 pad,
+			       u64 streams_mask);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_ops - Subdev operations
+ *
+ * @core: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops. Can be %NULL
+ * @tuner: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_tuner_ops. Can be %NULL
+ * @audio: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_audio_ops. Can be %NULL
+ * @video: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_video_ops. Can be %NULL
+ * @vbi: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_vbi_ops. Can be %NULL
+ * @ir: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_ir_ops. Can be %NULL
+ * @sensor: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_sensor_ops. Can be %NULL
+ * @pad: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_pad_ops. Can be %NULL
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_ops {
+	const struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops	*core;
+	const struct v4l2_subdev_tuner_ops	*tuner;
+	const struct v4l2_subdev_audio_ops	*audio;
+	const struct v4l2_subdev_video_ops	*video;
+	const struct v4l2_subdev_vbi_ops	*vbi;
+	const struct v4l2_subdev_ir_ops		*ir;
+	const struct v4l2_subdev_sensor_ops	*sensor;
+	const struct v4l2_subdev_pad_ops	*pad;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_internal_ops - V4L2 subdev internal ops
+ *
+ * @init_state: initialize the subdev state to default values
+ *
+ * @registered: called when this subdev is registered. When called the v4l2_dev
+ *	field is set to the correct v4l2_device.
+ *
+ * @unregistered: called when this subdev is unregistered. When called the
+ *	v4l2_dev field is still set to the correct v4l2_device.
+ *
+ * @open: called when the subdev device node is opened by an application.
+ *
+ * @close: called when the subdev device node is closed. Please note that
+ *	it is possible for @close to be called after @unregistered!
+ *
+ * @release: called when the last user of the subdev device is gone. This
+ *	happens after the @unregistered callback and when the last open
+ *	filehandle to the v4l-subdevX device node was closed. If no device
+ *	node was created for this sub-device, then the @release callback
+ *	is called right after the @unregistered callback.
+ *	The @release callback is typically used to free the memory containing
+ *	the v4l2_subdev structure. It is almost certainly required for any
+ *	sub-device that sets the V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_DEVNODE flag.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *	Never call this from drivers, only the v4l2 framework can call
+ *	these ops.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_internal_ops {
+	int (*init_state)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+			  struct v4l2_subdev_state *state);
+	int (*registered)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+	void (*unregistered)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+	int (*open)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_subdev_fh *fh);
+	int (*close)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_subdev_fh *fh);
+	void (*release)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+};
+
+/* Set this flag if this subdev is a i2c device. */
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_IS_I2C			(1U << 0)
+/* Set this flag if this subdev is a spi device. */
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_IS_SPI			(1U << 1)
+/* Set this flag if this subdev needs a device node. */
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_DEVNODE		(1U << 2)
+/*
+ * Set this flag if this subdev generates events.
+ * Note controls can send events, thus drivers exposing controls
+ * should set this flag.
+ */
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_EVENTS		(1U << 3)
+/*
+ * Set this flag if this subdev supports multiplexed streams. This means
+ * that the driver supports routing and handles the stream parameter in its
+ * v4l2_subdev_pad_ops handlers. More specifically, this means:
+ *
+ * - Centrally managed subdev active state is enabled
+ * - Legacy pad config is _not_ supported (state->pads is NULL)
+ * - Routing ioctls are available
+ * - Multiple streams per pad are supported
+ */
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_STREAMS			(1U << 4)
+
+struct regulator_bulk_data;
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_platform_data - regulators config struct
+ *
+ * @regulators: Optional regulators used to power on/off the subdevice
+ * @num_regulators: Number of regululators
+ * @host_priv: Per-subdevice data, specific for a certain video host device
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_platform_data {
+	struct regulator_bulk_data *regulators;
+	int num_regulators;
+
+	void *host_priv;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev - describes a V4L2 sub-device
+ *
+ * @entity: pointer to &struct media_entity
+ * @list: List of sub-devices
+ * @owner: The owner is the same as the driver's &struct device owner.
+ * @owner_v4l2_dev: true if the &sd->owner matches the owner of @v4l2_dev->dev
+ *	owner. Initialized by v4l2_device_register_subdev().
+ * @flags: subdev flags. Can be:
+ *   %V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_IS_I2C - Set this flag if this subdev is a i2c device;
+ *   %V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_IS_SPI - Set this flag if this subdev is a spi device;
+ *   %V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_DEVNODE - Set this flag if this subdev needs a
+ *   device node;
+ *   %V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_EVENTS -  Set this flag if this subdev generates
+ *   events.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct &v4l2_device
+ * @ops: pointer to struct &v4l2_subdev_ops
+ * @internal_ops: pointer to struct &v4l2_subdev_internal_ops.
+ *	Never call these internal ops from within a driver!
+ * @ctrl_handler: The control handler of this subdev. May be NULL.
+ * @name: Name of the sub-device. Please notice that the name must be unique.
+ * @grp_id: can be used to group similar subdevs. Value is driver-specific
+ * @dev_priv: pointer to private data
+ * @host_priv: pointer to private data used by the device where the subdev
+ *	is attached.
+ * @devnode: subdev device node
+ * @dev: pointer to the physical device, if any
+ * @fwnode: The fwnode_handle of the subdev, usually the same as
+ *	    either dev->of_node->fwnode or dev->fwnode (whichever is non-NULL).
+ * @async_list: Links this subdev to a global subdev_list or
+ *		@notifier->done_list list.
+ * @async_subdev_endpoint_list: List entry in async_subdev_endpoint_entry of
+ *				&struct v4l2_async_subdev_endpoint.
+ * @subdev_notifier: A sub-device notifier implicitly registered for the sub-
+ *		     device using v4l2_async_register_subdev_sensor().
+ * @asc_list: Async connection list, of &struct
+ *	      v4l2_async_connection.subdev_entry.
+ * @pdata: common part of subdevice platform data
+ * @state_lock: A pointer to a lock used for all the subdev's states, set by the
+ *		driver. This is	optional. If NULL, each state instance will get
+ *		a lock of its own.
+ * @privacy_led: Optional pointer to a LED classdev for the privacy LED for sensors.
+ * @active_state: Active state for the subdev (NULL for subdevs tracking the
+ *		  state internally). Initialized by calling
+ *		  v4l2_subdev_init_finalize().
+ * @enabled_pads: Bitmask of enabled pads used by v4l2_subdev_enable_streams()
+ *		  and v4l2_subdev_disable_streams() helper functions for
+ *		  fallback cases.
+ * @s_stream_enabled: Tracks whether streaming has been enabled with s_stream.
+ *                    This is only for call_s_stream() internal use.
+ *
+ * Each instance of a subdev driver should create this struct, either
+ * stand-alone or embedded in a larger struct.
+ *
+ * This structure should be initialized by v4l2_subdev_init() or one of
+ * its variants: v4l2_spi_subdev_init(), v4l2_i2c_subdev_init().
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev {
+#if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER)
+	struct media_entity entity;
+#endif
+	struct list_head list;
+	struct module *owner;
+	bool owner_v4l2_dev;
+	u32 flags;
+	struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev;
+	const struct v4l2_subdev_ops *ops;
+	const struct v4l2_subdev_internal_ops *internal_ops;
+	struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *ctrl_handler;
+	char name[52];
+	u32 grp_id;
+	void *dev_priv;
+	void *host_priv;
+	struct video_device *devnode;
+	struct device *dev;
+	struct fwnode_handle *fwnode;
+	struct list_head async_list;
+	struct list_head async_subdev_endpoint_list;
+	struct v4l2_async_notifier *subdev_notifier;
+	struct list_head asc_list;
+	struct v4l2_subdev_platform_data *pdata;
+	struct mutex *state_lock;
+
+	/*
+	 * The fields below are private, and should only be accessed via
+	 * appropriate functions.
+	 */
+
+	struct led_classdev *privacy_led;
+
+	/*
+	 * TODO: active_state should most likely be changed from a pointer to an
+	 * embedded field. For the time being it's kept as a pointer to more
+	 * easily catch uses of active_state in the cases where the driver
+	 * doesn't support it.
+	 */
+	struct v4l2_subdev_state *active_state;
+	u64 enabled_pads;
+	bool s_stream_enabled;
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_to_v4l2_subdev - Returns a &struct v4l2_subdev from
+ *    the &struct media_entity embedded in it.
+ *
+ * @ent: pointer to &struct media_entity.
+ */
+#define media_entity_to_v4l2_subdev(ent)				\
+({									\
+	typeof(ent) __me_sd_ent = (ent);				\
+									\
+	__me_sd_ent ?							\
+		container_of_const(__me_sd_ent, struct v4l2_subdev, entity) : \
+		NULL;							\
+})
+
+/**
+ * vdev_to_v4l2_subdev - Returns a &struct v4l2_subdev from
+ *	the &struct video_device embedded on it.
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ */
+#define vdev_to_v4l2_subdev(vdev) \
+	((struct v4l2_subdev *)video_get_drvdata(vdev))
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_fh - Used for storing subdev information per file handle
+ *
+ * @vfh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @state: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_state
+ * @owner: module pointer to the owner of this file handle
+ * @client_caps: bitmask of ``V4L2_SUBDEV_CLIENT_CAP_*``
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_fh {
+	struct v4l2_fh vfh;
+	struct module *owner;
+#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2_SUBDEV_API)
+	struct v4l2_subdev_state *state;
+	u64 client_caps;
+#endif
+};
+
+/**
+ * to_v4l2_subdev_fh - Returns a &struct v4l2_subdev_fh from
+ *	the &struct v4l2_fh embedded on it.
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ */
+#define to_v4l2_subdev_fh(fh)	\
+	container_of(fh, struct v4l2_subdev_fh, vfh)
+
+extern const struct v4l2_file_operations v4l2_subdev_fops;
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_set_subdevdata - Sets V4L2 dev private device data
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @p: pointer to the private device data to be stored.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_set_subdevdata(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, void *p)
+{
+	sd->dev_priv = p;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_get_subdevdata - Gets V4L2 dev private device data
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ *
+ * Returns the pointer to the private device data to be stored.
+ */
+static inline void *v4l2_get_subdevdata(const struct v4l2_subdev *sd)
+{
+	return sd->dev_priv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_set_subdev_hostdata - Sets V4L2 dev private host data
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @p: pointer to the private data to be stored.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_set_subdev_hostdata(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, void *p)
+{
+	sd->host_priv = p;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_get_subdev_hostdata - Gets V4L2 dev private data
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ *
+ * Returns the pointer to the private host data to be stored.
+ */
+static inline void *v4l2_get_subdev_hostdata(const struct v4l2_subdev *sd)
+{
+	return sd->host_priv;
+}
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_get_fwnode_pad_1_to_1 - Get pad number from a subdev fwnode
+ *                                     endpoint, assuming 1:1 port:pad
+ *
+ * @entity: Pointer to the subdev entity
+ * @endpoint: Pointer to a parsed fwnode endpoint
+ *
+ * This function can be used as the .get_fwnode_pad operation for
+ * subdevices that map port numbers and pad indexes 1:1. If the endpoint
+ * is owned by the subdevice, the function returns the endpoint port
+ * number.
+ *
+ * Returns the endpoint port number on success or a negative error code.
+ */
+int v4l2_subdev_get_fwnode_pad_1_to_1(struct media_entity *entity,
+				      struct fwnode_endpoint *endpoint);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_link_validate_default - validates a media link
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @link: pointer to &struct media_link
+ * @source_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_format
+ * @sink_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_format
+ *
+ * This function ensures that width, height and the media bus pixel
+ * code are equal on both source and sink of the link.
+ */
+int v4l2_subdev_link_validate_default(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+				      struct media_link *link,
+				      struct v4l2_subdev_format *source_fmt,
+				      struct v4l2_subdev_format *sink_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_link_validate - validates a media link
+ *
+ * @link: pointer to &struct media_link
+ *
+ * This function calls the subdev's link_validate ops to validate
+ * if a media link is valid for streaming. It also internally
+ * calls v4l2_subdev_link_validate_default() to ensure that
+ * width, height and the media bus pixel code are equal on both
+ * source and sink of the link.
+ *
+ * The function can be used as a drop-in &media_entity_ops.link_validate
+ * implementation for v4l2_subdev instances. It supports all links between
+ * subdevs, as well as links between subdevs and video devices, provided that
+ * the video devices also implement their &media_entity_ops.link_validate
+ * operation.
+ */
+int v4l2_subdev_link_validate(struct media_link *link);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_has_pad_interdep - MC has_pad_interdep implementation for subdevs
+ *
+ * @entity: pointer to &struct media_entity
+ * @pad0: pad number for the first pad
+ * @pad1: pad number for the second pad
+ *
+ * This function is an implementation of the
+ * media_entity_operations.has_pad_interdep operation for subdevs that
+ * implement the multiplexed streams API (as indicated by the
+ * V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_STREAMS subdev flag).
+ *
+ * It considers two pads interdependent if there is an active route between pad0
+ * and pad1.
+ */
+bool v4l2_subdev_has_pad_interdep(struct media_entity *entity,
+				  unsigned int pad0, unsigned int pad1);
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_subdev_state_alloc - allocate v4l2_subdev_state
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev for which the state is being allocated.
+ * @lock_name: name of the state lock
+ * @key: lock_class_key for the lock
+ *
+ * Must call __v4l2_subdev_state_free() when state is no longer needed.
+ *
+ * Not to be called directly by the drivers.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_state *__v4l2_subdev_state_alloc(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+						    const char *lock_name,
+						    struct lock_class_key *key);
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_subdev_state_free - free a v4l2_subdev_state
+ *
+ * @state: v4l2_subdev_state to be freed.
+ *
+ * Not to be called directly by the drivers.
+ */
+void __v4l2_subdev_state_free(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_init_finalize() - Finalizes the initialization of the subdevice
+ * @sd: The subdev
+ *
+ * This function finalizes the initialization of the subdev, including
+ * allocation of the active state for the subdev.
+ *
+ * This function must be called by the subdev drivers that use the centralized
+ * active state, after the subdev struct has been initialized and
+ * media_entity_pads_init() has been called, but before registering the
+ * subdev.
+ *
+ * The user must call v4l2_subdev_cleanup() when the subdev is being removed.
+ */
+#define v4l2_subdev_init_finalize(sd)                                          \
+	({                                                                     \
+		static struct lock_class_key __key;                            \
+		const char *name = KBUILD_BASENAME                             \
+			":" __stringify(__LINE__) ":sd->active_state->lock";   \
+		__v4l2_subdev_init_finalize(sd, name, &__key);                 \
+	})
+
+int __v4l2_subdev_init_finalize(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, const char *name,
+				struct lock_class_key *key);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_cleanup() - Releases the resources allocated by the subdevice
+ * @sd: The subdevice
+ *
+ * Clean up a V4L2 async sub-device. Must be called for a sub-device as part of
+ * its release if resources have been associated with it using
+ * v4l2_async_subdev_endpoint_add() or v4l2_subdev_init_finalize().
+ */
+void v4l2_subdev_cleanup(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+
+/*
+ * A macro to generate the macro or function name for sub-devices state access
+ * wrapper macros below.
+ */
+#define __v4l2_subdev_state_gen_call(NAME, _1, ARG, ...)	\
+	__v4l2_subdev_state_get_ ## NAME ## ARG
+
+/*
+ * A macro to constify the return value of the state accessors when the state
+ * parameter is const.
+ */
+#define __v4l2_subdev_state_constify_ret(state, value)				\
+	_Generic(state,								\
+		const struct v4l2_subdev_state *: (const typeof(*(value)) *)(value), \
+		struct v4l2_subdev_state *: (value)				\
+	)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_state_get_format() - Get pointer to a stream format
+ * @state: subdevice state
+ * @pad: pad id
+ * @...: stream id (optional argument)
+ *
+ * This returns a pointer to &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt for the given pad +
+ * stream in the subdev state.
+ *
+ * For stream-unaware drivers the format for the corresponding pad is returned.
+ * If the pad does not exist, NULL is returned.
+ */
+/*
+ * Wrap v4l2_subdev_state_get_format(), allowing the function to be called with
+ * two or three arguments. The purpose of the __v4l2_subdev_state_gen_call()
+ * macro is to come up with the name of the function or macro to call, using
+ * the last two arguments (_stream and _pad). The selected function or macro is
+ * then called using the arguments specified by the caller. The
+ * __v4l2_subdev_state_constify_ret() macro constifies the returned pointer
+ * when the state is const, allowing the state accessors to guarantee
+ * const-correctness in all cases.
+ *
+ * A similar arrangement is used for v4l2_subdev_state_crop(),
+ * v4l2_subdev_state_compose() and v4l2_subdev_state_get_interval() below.
+ */
+#define v4l2_subdev_state_get_format(state, pad, ...)				\
+	__v4l2_subdev_state_constify_ret(state,					\
+		__v4l2_subdev_state_gen_call(format, ##__VA_ARGS__, , _pad)	\
+			((struct v4l2_subdev_state *)state, pad, ##__VA_ARGS__))
+#define __v4l2_subdev_state_get_format_pad(state, pad)	\
+	__v4l2_subdev_state_get_format(state, pad, 0)
+struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *
+__v4l2_subdev_state_get_format(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+			       unsigned int pad, u32 stream);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_state_get_crop() - Get pointer to a stream crop rectangle
+ * @state: subdevice state
+ * @pad: pad id
+ * @...: stream id (optional argument)
+ *
+ * This returns a pointer to crop rectangle for the given pad + stream in the
+ * subdev state.
+ *
+ * For stream-unaware drivers the crop rectangle for the corresponding pad is
+ * returned. If the pad does not exist, NULL is returned.
+ */
+#define v4l2_subdev_state_get_crop(state, pad, ...)				\
+	__v4l2_subdev_state_constify_ret(state,					\
+		__v4l2_subdev_state_gen_call(crop, ##__VA_ARGS__, , _pad)	\
+			((struct v4l2_subdev_state *)state, pad, ##__VA_ARGS__))
+#define __v4l2_subdev_state_get_crop_pad(state, pad)	\
+	__v4l2_subdev_state_get_crop(state, pad, 0)
+struct v4l2_rect *
+__v4l2_subdev_state_get_crop(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state, unsigned int pad,
+			     u32 stream);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_state_get_compose() - Get pointer to a stream compose rectangle
+ * @state: subdevice state
+ * @pad: pad id
+ * @...: stream id (optional argument)
+ *
+ * This returns a pointer to compose rectangle for the given pad + stream in the
+ * subdev state.
+ *
+ * For stream-unaware drivers the compose rectangle for the corresponding pad is
+ * returned. If the pad does not exist, NULL is returned.
+ */
+#define v4l2_subdev_state_get_compose(state, pad, ...)				\
+	__v4l2_subdev_state_constify_ret(state,					\
+		__v4l2_subdev_state_gen_call(compose, ##__VA_ARGS__, , _pad)	\
+			((struct v4l2_subdev_state *)state, pad, ##__VA_ARGS__))
+#define __v4l2_subdev_state_get_compose_pad(state, pad)	\
+	__v4l2_subdev_state_get_compose(state, pad, 0)
+struct v4l2_rect *
+__v4l2_subdev_state_get_compose(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+				unsigned int pad, u32 stream);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_state_get_interval() - Get pointer to a stream frame interval
+ * @state: subdevice state
+ * @pad: pad id
+ * @...: stream id (optional argument)
+ *
+ * This returns a pointer to the frame interval for the given pad + stream in
+ * the subdev state.
+ *
+ * For stream-unaware drivers the frame interval for the corresponding pad is
+ * returned. If the pad does not exist, NULL is returned.
+ */
+#define v4l2_subdev_state_get_interval(state, pad, ...)				\
+	__v4l2_subdev_state_constify_ret(state,					\
+		__v4l2_subdev_state_gen_call(interval, ##__VA_ARGS__, , _pad)	\
+			((struct v4l2_subdev_state *)state, pad, ##__VA_ARGS__))
+#define __v4l2_subdev_state_get_interval_pad(state, pad)	\
+	__v4l2_subdev_state_get_interval(state, pad, 0)
+struct v4l2_fract *
+__v4l2_subdev_state_get_interval(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+				 unsigned int pad, u32 stream);
+
+#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2_SUBDEV_API)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_get_fmt() - Fill format based on state
+ * @sd: subdevice
+ * @state: subdevice state
+ * @format: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_format
+ *
+ * Fill @format->format field based on the information in the @format struct.
+ *
+ * This function can be used by the subdev drivers which support active state to
+ * implement v4l2_subdev_pad_ops.get_fmt if the subdev driver does not need to
+ * do anything special in their get_fmt op.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success, error value otherwise.
+ */
+int v4l2_subdev_get_fmt(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+			struct v4l2_subdev_format *format);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_get_frame_interval() - Fill frame interval based on state
+ * @sd: subdevice
+ * @state: subdevice state
+ * @fi: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval
+ *
+ * Fill @fi->interval field based on the information in the @fi struct.
+ *
+ * This function can be used by the subdev drivers which support active state to
+ * implement v4l2_subdev_pad_ops.get_frame_interval if the subdev driver does
+ * not need to do anything special in their get_frame_interval op.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success, error value otherwise.
+ */
+int v4l2_subdev_get_frame_interval(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+				   struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+				   struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval *fi);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_set_routing() - Set given routing to subdev state
+ * @sd: The subdevice
+ * @state: The subdevice state
+ * @routing: Routing that will be copied to subdev state
+ *
+ * This will release old routing table (if any) from the state, allocate
+ * enough space for the given routing, and copy the routing.
+ *
+ * This can be used from the subdev driver's set_routing op, after validating
+ * the routing.
+ */
+int v4l2_subdev_set_routing(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+			    struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+			    const struct v4l2_subdev_krouting *routing);
+
+struct v4l2_subdev_route *
+__v4l2_subdev_next_active_route(const struct v4l2_subdev_krouting *routing,
+				struct v4l2_subdev_route *route);
+
+/**
+ * for_each_active_route - iterate on all active routes of a routing table
+ * @routing: The routing table
+ * @route: The route iterator
+ */
+#define for_each_active_route(routing, route) \
+	for ((route) = NULL;                  \
+	     ((route) = __v4l2_subdev_next_active_route((routing), (route)));)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_set_routing_with_fmt() - Set given routing and format to subdev
+ *					state
+ * @sd: The subdevice
+ * @state: The subdevice state
+ * @routing: Routing that will be copied to subdev state
+ * @fmt: Format used to initialize all the streams
+ *
+ * This is the same as v4l2_subdev_set_routing, but additionally initializes
+ * all the streams using the given format.
+ */
+int v4l2_subdev_set_routing_with_fmt(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+				     struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+				     const struct v4l2_subdev_krouting *routing,
+				     const struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *fmt);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_routing_find_opposite_end() - Find the opposite stream
+ * @routing: routing used to find the opposite side
+ * @pad: pad id
+ * @stream: stream id
+ * @other_pad: pointer used to return the opposite pad
+ * @other_stream: pointer used to return the opposite stream
+ *
+ * This function uses the routing table to find the pad + stream which is
+ * opposite the given pad + stream.
+ *
+ * @other_pad and/or @other_stream can be NULL if the caller does not need the
+ * value.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success, or -EINVAL if no matching route is found.
+ */
+int v4l2_subdev_routing_find_opposite_end(const struct v4l2_subdev_krouting *routing,
+					  u32 pad, u32 stream, u32 *other_pad,
+					  u32 *other_stream);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_state_get_opposite_stream_format() - Get pointer to opposite
+ *                                                  stream format
+ * @state: subdevice state
+ * @pad: pad id
+ * @stream: stream id
+ *
+ * This returns a pointer to &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt for the pad + stream
+ * that is opposite the given pad + stream in the subdev state.
+ *
+ * If the state does not contain the given pad + stream, NULL is returned.
+ */
+struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *
+v4l2_subdev_state_get_opposite_stream_format(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+					     u32 pad, u32 stream);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_state_xlate_streams() - Translate streams from one pad to another
+ *
+ * @state: Subdevice state
+ * @pad0: The first pad
+ * @pad1: The second pad
+ * @streams: Streams bitmask on the first pad
+ *
+ * Streams on sink pads of a subdev are routed to source pads as expressed in
+ * the subdev state routing table. Stream numbers don't necessarily match on
+ * the sink and source side of a route. This function translates stream numbers
+ * on @pad0, expressed as a bitmask in @streams, to the corresponding streams
+ * on @pad1 using the routing table from the @state. It returns the stream mask
+ * on @pad1, and updates @streams with the streams that have been found in the
+ * routing table.
+ *
+ * @pad0 and @pad1 must be a sink and a source, in any order.
+ *
+ * Return: The bitmask of streams of @pad1 that are routed to @streams on @pad0.
+ */
+u64 v4l2_subdev_state_xlate_streams(const struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+				    u32 pad0, u32 pad1, u64 *streams);
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_subdev_routing_restriction - Subdevice internal routing restrictions
+ *
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_1_TO_N:
+ *	an input stream shall not be routed to multiple output streams (stream
+ *	duplication)
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_N_TO_1:
+ *	multiple input streams shall not be routed to the same output stream
+ *	(stream merging)
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SINK_STREAM_MIX:
+ *	all streams from a sink pad must be routed to a single source pad
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SOURCE_STREAM_MIX:
+ *	all streams on a source pad must originate from a single sink pad
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SOURCE_MULTIPLEXING:
+ *	source pads shall not contain multiplexed streams
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SINK_MULTIPLEXING:
+ *	sink pads shall not contain multiplexed streams
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_ONLY_1_TO_1:
+ *	only non-overlapping 1-to-1 stream routing is allowed (a combination of
+ *	@V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_1_TO_N and @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_N_TO_1)
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_STREAM_MIX:
+ *	all streams from a sink pad must be routed to a single source pad, and
+ *	that source pad shall not get routes from any other sink pad
+ *	(a combination of @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SINK_STREAM_MIX and
+ *	@V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SOURCE_STREAM_MIX)
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_MULTIPLEXING:
+ *	no multiplexed streams allowed on either source or sink sides.
+ */
+enum v4l2_subdev_routing_restriction {
+	V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_1_TO_N = BIT(0),
+	V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_N_TO_1 = BIT(1),
+	V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SINK_STREAM_MIX = BIT(2),
+	V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SOURCE_STREAM_MIX = BIT(3),
+	V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SINK_MULTIPLEXING = BIT(4),
+	V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SOURCE_MULTIPLEXING = BIT(5),
+	V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_ONLY_1_TO_1 =
+		V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_1_TO_N |
+		V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_N_TO_1,
+	V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_STREAM_MIX =
+		V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SINK_STREAM_MIX |
+		V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SOURCE_STREAM_MIX,
+	V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_MULTIPLEXING =
+		V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SINK_MULTIPLEXING |
+		V4L2_SUBDEV_ROUTING_NO_SOURCE_MULTIPLEXING,
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_routing_validate() - Verify that routes comply with driver
+ *				    constraints
+ * @sd: The subdevice
+ * @routing: Routing to verify
+ * @disallow: Restrictions on routes
+ *
+ * This verifies that the given routing complies with the @disallow constraints.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success, error value otherwise.
+ */
+int v4l2_subdev_routing_validate(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+				 const struct v4l2_subdev_krouting *routing,
+				 enum v4l2_subdev_routing_restriction disallow);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_enable_streams() - Enable streams on a pad
+ * @sd: The subdevice
+ * @pad: The pad
+ * @streams_mask: Bitmask of streams to enable
+ *
+ * This function enables streams on a source @pad of a subdevice. The pad is
+ * identified by its index, while the streams are identified by the
+ * @streams_mask bitmask. This allows enabling multiple streams on a pad at
+ * once.
+ *
+ * Enabling a stream that is already enabled isn't allowed. If @streams_mask
+ * contains an already enabled stream, this function returns -EALREADY without
+ * performing any operation.
+ *
+ * Per-stream enable is only available for subdevs that implement the
+ * .enable_streams() and .disable_streams() operations. For other subdevs, this
+ * function implements a best-effort compatibility by calling the .s_stream()
+ * operation, limited to subdevs that have a single source pad.
+ *
+ * Drivers that are not stream-aware shall set @streams_mask to BIT_ULL(0).
+ *
+ * Return:
+ * * 0: Success
+ * * -EALREADY: One of the streams in streams_mask is already enabled
+ * * -EINVAL: The pad index is invalid, or doesn't correspond to a source pad
+ * * -EOPNOTSUPP: Falling back to the legacy .s_stream() operation is
+ *   impossible because the subdev has multiple source pads
+ */
+int v4l2_subdev_enable_streams(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 pad,
+			       u64 streams_mask);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_disable_streams() - Disable streams on a pad
+ * @sd: The subdevice
+ * @pad: The pad
+ * @streams_mask: Bitmask of streams to disable
+ *
+ * This function disables streams on a source @pad of a subdevice. The pad is
+ * identified by its index, while the streams are identified by the
+ * @streams_mask bitmask. This allows disabling multiple streams on a pad at
+ * once.
+ *
+ * Disabling a streams that is not enabled isn't allowed. If @streams_mask
+ * contains a disabled stream, this function returns -EALREADY without
+ * performing any operation.
+ *
+ * Per-stream disable is only available for subdevs that implement the
+ * .enable_streams() and .disable_streams() operations. For other subdevs, this
+ * function implements a best-effort compatibility by calling the .s_stream()
+ * operation, limited to subdevs that have a single source pad.
+ *
+ * Drivers that are not stream-aware shall set @streams_mask to BIT_ULL(0).
+ *
+ * Return:
+ * * 0: Success
+ * * -EALREADY: One of the streams in streams_mask is not enabled
+ * * -EINVAL: The pad index is invalid, or doesn't correspond to a source pad
+ * * -EOPNOTSUPP: Falling back to the legacy .s_stream() operation is
+ *   impossible because the subdev has multiple source pads
+ */
+int v4l2_subdev_disable_streams(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 pad,
+				u64 streams_mask);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_s_stream_helper() - Helper to implement the subdev s_stream
+ *	operation using enable_streams and disable_streams
+ * @sd: The subdevice
+ * @enable: Enable or disable streaming
+ *
+ * Subdevice drivers that implement the streams-aware
+ * &v4l2_subdev_pad_ops.enable_streams and &v4l2_subdev_pad_ops.disable_streams
+ * operations can use this helper to implement the legacy
+ * &v4l2_subdev_video_ops.s_stream operation.
+ *
+ * This helper can only be used by subdevs that have a single source pad.
+ *
+ * Return: 0 on success, or a negative error code otherwise.
+ */
+int v4l2_subdev_s_stream_helper(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, int enable);
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_subdev_get_frame_desc_passthrough - Helper to implement the
+ *	subdev get_frame_desc operation in simple passthrough cases
+ * @sd: The subdevice
+ * @state: The locked subdevice active state
+ * @pad: The source pad index
+ * @fd: The mbus frame desc
+ *
+ * This helper implements the get_frame_desc operation for subdevices that pass
+ * streams through without modification.
+ *
+ * The helper iterates over the subdevice's sink pads, calls get_frame_desc on
+ * the remote subdevice connected to each sink pad, and collects the frame desc
+ * entries for streams that are routed to the given source pad according to the
+ * subdevice's routing table. Each entry is copied as-is from the upstream
+ * source, with the exception of the 'stream' field which is remapped to the
+ * source stream ID from the routing table.
+ *
+ * The frame desc type is taken from the first upstream source. If multiple
+ * sink pads are involved and the upstream sources report different frame desc
+ * types, -EPIPE is returned.
+ *
+ * The caller must hold the subdevice's active state lock. This variant is
+ * intended for drivers that need to perform additional work around the
+ * passthrough frame descriptor collection. Drivers that do not need any
+ * customization should use v4l2_subdev_get_frame_desc_passthrough() instead.
+ *
+ * Return: 0 on success, or a negative error code otherwise.
+ */
+int __v4l2_subdev_get_frame_desc_passthrough(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+					     struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+					     unsigned int pad,
+					     struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc *fd);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_get_frame_desc_passthrough() - Helper to implement the subdev
+ *	get_frame_desc operation in simple passthrough cases
+ * @sd: The subdevice
+ * @pad: The source pad index
+ * @fd: The mbus frame desc
+ *
+ * This function locks the subdevice's active state, calls
+ * __v4l2_subdev_get_frame_desc_passthrough(), and unlocks the state.
+ *
+ * This function can be assigned directly as the .get_frame_desc callback in
+ * &v4l2_subdev_pad_ops for subdevices that pass streams through without
+ * modification. Drivers that need to perform additional work should use
+ * __v4l2_subdev_get_frame_desc_passthrough() in their custom
+ * .get_frame_desc implementation instead.
+ *
+ * Return: 0 on success, or a negative error code otherwise.
+ */
+int v4l2_subdev_get_frame_desc_passthrough(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+					   unsigned int pad,
+					   struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc *fd);
+
+#endif /* CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2_SUBDEV_API */
+
+#endif /* CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER */
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_lock_state() - Locks the subdev state
+ * @state: The subdevice state
+ *
+ * Locks the given subdev state.
+ *
+ * The state must be unlocked with v4l2_subdev_unlock_state() after use.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_subdev_lock_state(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state)
+{
+	mutex_lock(state->lock);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_unlock_state() - Unlocks the subdev state
+ * @state: The subdevice state
+ *
+ * Unlocks the given subdev state.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_subdev_unlock_state(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state)
+{
+	mutex_unlock(state->lock);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_lock_states - Lock two sub-device states
+ * @state1: One subdevice state
+ * @state2: The other subdevice state
+ *
+ * Locks the state of two sub-devices.
+ *
+ * The states must be unlocked with v4l2_subdev_unlock_states() after use.
+ *
+ * This differs from calling v4l2_subdev_lock_state() on both states so that if
+ * the states share the same lock, the lock is acquired only once (so no
+ * deadlock occurs). The caller is responsible for ensuring the locks will
+ * always be acquired in the same order.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_subdev_lock_states(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state1,
+					   struct v4l2_subdev_state *state2)
+{
+	mutex_lock(state1->lock);
+	if (state1->lock != state2->lock)
+		mutex_lock(state2->lock);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_unlock_states() - Unlock two sub-device states
+ * @state1: One subdevice state
+ * @state2: The other subdevice state
+ *
+ * Unlocks the state of two sub-devices.
+ *
+ * This differs from calling v4l2_subdev_unlock_state() on both states so that
+ * if the states share the same lock, the lock is released only once.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_subdev_unlock_states(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state1,
+					     struct v4l2_subdev_state *state2)
+{
+	mutex_unlock(state1->lock);
+	if (state1->lock != state2->lock)
+		mutex_unlock(state2->lock);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_get_unlocked_active_state() - Checks that the active subdev state
+ *					     is unlocked and returns it
+ * @sd: The subdevice
+ *
+ * Returns the active state for the subdevice, or NULL if the subdev does not
+ * support active state. If the state is not NULL, calls
+ * lockdep_assert_not_held() to issue a warning if the state is locked.
+ *
+ * This function is to be used e.g. when getting the active state for the sole
+ * purpose of passing it forward, without accessing the state fields.
+ */
+static inline struct v4l2_subdev_state *
+v4l2_subdev_get_unlocked_active_state(struct v4l2_subdev *sd)
+{
+	if (sd->active_state)
+		lockdep_assert_not_held(sd->active_state->lock);
+	return sd->active_state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_get_locked_active_state() - Checks that the active subdev state
+ *					   is locked and returns it
+ *
+ * @sd: The subdevice
+ *
+ * Returns the active state for the subdevice, or NULL if the subdev does not
+ * support active state. If the state is not NULL, calls lockdep_assert_held()
+ * to issue a warning if the state is not locked.
+ *
+ * This function is to be used when the caller knows that the active state is
+ * already locked.
+ */
+static inline struct v4l2_subdev_state *
+v4l2_subdev_get_locked_active_state(struct v4l2_subdev *sd)
+{
+	if (sd->active_state)
+		lockdep_assert_held(sd->active_state->lock);
+	return sd->active_state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_lock_and_get_active_state() - Locks and returns the active subdev
+ *					     state for the subdevice
+ * @sd: The subdevice
+ *
+ * Returns the locked active state for the subdevice, or NULL if the subdev
+ * does not support active state.
+ *
+ * The state must be unlocked with v4l2_subdev_unlock_state() after use.
+ */
+static inline struct v4l2_subdev_state *
+v4l2_subdev_lock_and_get_active_state(struct v4l2_subdev *sd)
+{
+	if (sd->active_state)
+		v4l2_subdev_lock_state(sd->active_state);
+	return sd->active_state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_init - initializes the sub-device struct
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to the &struct v4l2_subdev to be initialized
+ * @ops: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ */
+void v4l2_subdev_init(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+		      const struct v4l2_subdev_ops *ops);
+
+extern const struct v4l2_subdev_ops v4l2_subdev_call_wrappers;
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_call - call an operation of a v4l2_subdev.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to the &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ *     Each element there groups a set of callbacks functions.
+ * @f: callback function to be called.
+ *     The callback functions are defined in groups, according to
+ *     each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * Example: err = v4l2_subdev_call(sd, video, s_std, norm);
+ */
+#define v4l2_subdev_call(sd, o, f, args...)				\
+	({								\
+		struct v4l2_subdev *__sd = (sd);			\
+		int __result;						\
+		if (!__sd)						\
+			__result = -ENODEV;				\
+		else if (!(__sd->ops->o && __sd->ops->o->f))		\
+			__result = -ENOIOCTLCMD;			\
+		else if (v4l2_subdev_call_wrappers.o &&			\
+			 v4l2_subdev_call_wrappers.o->f)		\
+			__result = v4l2_subdev_call_wrappers.o->f(	\
+							__sd, ##args);	\
+		else							\
+			__result = __sd->ops->o->f(__sd, ##args);	\
+		__result;						\
+	})
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_call_state_active - call an operation of a v4l2_subdev which
+ *				   takes state as a parameter, passing the
+ *				   subdev its active state.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to the &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ *     Each element there groups a set of callbacks functions.
+ * @f: callback function to be called.
+ *     The callback functions are defined in groups, according to
+ *     each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * This is similar to v4l2_subdev_call(), except that this version can only be
+ * used for ops that take a subdev state as a parameter. The macro will get the
+ * active state, lock it before calling the op and unlock it after the call.
+ */
+#define v4l2_subdev_call_state_active(sd, o, f, args...)		\
+	({								\
+		int __result;						\
+		struct v4l2_subdev_state *state;			\
+		state = v4l2_subdev_get_unlocked_active_state(sd);	\
+		if (state)						\
+			v4l2_subdev_lock_state(state);			\
+		__result = v4l2_subdev_call(sd, o, f, state, ##args);	\
+		if (state)						\
+			v4l2_subdev_unlock_state(state);		\
+		__result;						\
+	})
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_call_state_try - call an operation of a v4l2_subdev which
+ *				takes state as a parameter, passing the
+ *				subdev a newly allocated try state.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to the &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ *     Each element there groups a set of callbacks functions.
+ * @f: callback function to be called.
+ *     The callback functions are defined in groups, according to
+ *     each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * This is similar to v4l2_subdev_call_state_active(), except that as this
+ * version allocates a new state, this is only usable for
+ * V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_TRY use cases.
+ *
+ * Note: only legacy non-MC drivers may need this macro.
+ */
+#define v4l2_subdev_call_state_try(sd, o, f, args...)                         \
+	({                                                                    \
+		int __result;                                                 \
+		static struct lock_class_key __key;                           \
+		const char *name = KBUILD_BASENAME                            \
+			":" __stringify(__LINE__) ":state->lock";             \
+		struct v4l2_subdev_state *state =                             \
+			__v4l2_subdev_state_alloc(sd, name, &__key);          \
+		if (IS_ERR(state)) {                                          \
+			__result = PTR_ERR(state);                            \
+		} else {                                                      \
+			v4l2_subdev_lock_state(state);                        \
+			__result = v4l2_subdev_call(sd, o, f, state, ##args); \
+			v4l2_subdev_unlock_state(state);                      \
+			__v4l2_subdev_state_free(state);                      \
+		}                                                             \
+		__result;                                                     \
+	})
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_has_op - Checks if a subdev defines a certain operation.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to the &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @o: The group of callback functions in &struct v4l2_subdev_ops
+ * which @f is a part of.
+ * @f: callback function to be checked for its existence.
+ */
+#define v4l2_subdev_has_op(sd, o, f) \
+	((sd)->ops->o && (sd)->ops->o->f)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_notify_event() - Delivers event notification for subdevice
+ * @sd: The subdev for which to deliver the event
+ * @ev: The event to deliver
+ *
+ * Will deliver the specified event to all userspace event listeners which are
+ * subscribed to the v42l subdev event queue as well as to the bridge driver
+ * using the notify callback. The notification type for the notify callback
+ * will be %V4L2_DEVICE_NOTIFY_EVENT.
+ */
+void v4l2_subdev_notify_event(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+			      const struct v4l2_event *ev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_is_streaming() - Returns if the subdevice is streaming
+ * @sd: The subdevice
+ *
+ * v4l2_subdev_is_streaming() tells if the subdevice is currently streaming.
+ * "Streaming" here means whether .s_stream() or .enable_streams() has been
+ * successfully called, and the streaming has not yet been disabled.
+ *
+ * If the subdevice implements .enable_streams() this function must be called
+ * while holding the active state lock.
+ */
+bool v4l2_subdev_is_streaming(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+
+#endif /* _V4L2_SUBDEV_H */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-vp9.h b/include/media/v4l2-vp9.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..05478ad6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-vp9.h
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * Helper functions for vp9 codecs.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Collabora, Ltd.
+ *
+ * Author: Andrzej Pietrasiewicz <andrzej.p@collabora.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_V4L2_VP9_H
+#define _MEDIA_V4L2_VP9_H
+
+#include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h>
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_vp9_frame_mv_context - motion vector-related probabilities
+ *
+ * @joint: motion vector joint probabilities.
+ * @sign: motion vector sign probabilities.
+ * @classes: motion vector class probabilities.
+ * @class0_bit: motion vector class0 bit probabilities.
+ * @bits: motion vector bits probabilities.
+ * @class0_fr: motion vector class0 fractional bit probabilities.
+ * @fr: motion vector fractional bit probabilities.
+ * @class0_hp: motion vector class0 high precision fractional bit probabilities.
+ * @hp: motion vector high precision fractional bit probabilities.
+ *
+ * A member of v4l2_vp9_frame_context.
+ */
+struct v4l2_vp9_frame_mv_context {
+	u8 joint[3];
+	u8 sign[2];
+	u8 classes[2][10];
+	u8 class0_bit[2];
+	u8 bits[2][10];
+	u8 class0_fr[2][2][3];
+	u8 fr[2][3];
+	u8 class0_hp[2];
+	u8 hp[2];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_vp9_frame_context - frame probabilities, including motion-vector related
+ *
+ * @tx8: TX 8x8 probabilities.
+ * @tx16: TX 16x16 probabilities.
+ * @tx32: TX 32x32 probabilities.
+ * @coef: coefficient probabilities.
+ * @skip: skip probabilities.
+ * @inter_mode: inter mode probabilities.
+ * @interp_filter: interpolation filter probabilities.
+ * @is_inter: is inter-block probabilities.
+ * @comp_mode: compound prediction mode probabilities.
+ * @single_ref: single ref probabilities.
+ * @comp_ref: compound ref probabilities.
+ * @y_mode: Y prediction mode probabilities.
+ * @uv_mode: UV prediction mode probabilities.
+ * @partition: partition probabilities.
+ * @mv: motion vector probabilities.
+ *
+ * Drivers which need to keep track of frame context(s) can use this struct.
+ * The members correspond to probability tables, which are specified only implicitly in the
+ * vp9 spec. Section 10.5 "Default probability tables" contains all the types of involved
+ * tables, i.e. the actual tables are of the same kind, and when they are reset (which is
+ * mandated by the spec sometimes) they are overwritten with values from the default tables.
+ */
+struct v4l2_vp9_frame_context {
+	u8 tx8[2][1];
+	u8 tx16[2][2];
+	u8 tx32[2][3];
+	u8 coef[4][2][2][6][6][3];
+	u8 skip[3];
+	u8 inter_mode[7][3];
+	u8 interp_filter[4][2];
+	u8 is_inter[4];
+	u8 comp_mode[5];
+	u8 single_ref[5][2];
+	u8 comp_ref[5];
+	u8 y_mode[4][9];
+	u8 uv_mode[10][9];
+	u8 partition[16][3];
+
+	struct v4l2_vp9_frame_mv_context mv;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_vp9_frame_symbol_counts - pointers to arrays of symbol counts
+ *
+ * @partition: partition counts.
+ * @skip: skip counts.
+ * @intra_inter: is inter-block counts.
+ * @tx32p: TX32 counts.
+ * @tx16p: TX16 counts.
+ * @tx8p: TX8 counts.
+ * @y_mode: Y prediction mode counts.
+ * @uv_mode: UV prediction mode counts.
+ * @comp: compound prediction mode counts.
+ * @comp_ref: compound ref counts.
+ * @single_ref: single ref counts.
+ * @mv_mode: inter mode counts.
+ * @filter: interpolation filter counts.
+ * @mv_joint: motion vector joint counts.
+ * @sign: motion vector sign counts.
+ * @classes: motion vector class counts.
+ * @class0: motion vector class0 bit counts.
+ * @bits: motion vector bits counts.
+ * @class0_fp: motion vector class0 fractional bit counts.
+ * @fp: motion vector fractional bit counts.
+ * @class0_hp: motion vector class0 high precision fractional bit counts.
+ * @hp: motion vector high precision fractional bit counts.
+ * @coeff: coefficient counts.
+ * @eob: eob counts
+ *
+ * The fields correspond to what is specified in section 8.3 "Clear counts process" of the spec.
+ * Different pieces of hardware can report the counts in different order, so we cannot rely on
+ * simply overlaying a struct on a relevant block of memory. Instead we provide pointers to
+ * arrays or array of pointers to arrays in case of coeff, or array of pointers for eob.
+ */
+struct v4l2_vp9_frame_symbol_counts {
+	u32 (*partition)[16][4];
+	u32 (*skip)[3][2];
+	u32 (*intra_inter)[4][2];
+	u32 (*tx32p)[2][4];
+	u32 (*tx16p)[2][4];
+	u32 (*tx8p)[2][2];
+	u32 (*y_mode)[4][10];
+	u32 (*uv_mode)[10][10];
+	u32 (*comp)[5][2];
+	u32 (*comp_ref)[5][2];
+	u32 (*single_ref)[5][2][2];
+	u32 (*mv_mode)[7][4];
+	u32 (*filter)[4][3];
+	u32 (*mv_joint)[4];
+	u32 (*sign)[2][2];
+	u32 (*classes)[2][11];
+	u32 (*class0)[2][2];
+	u32 (*bits)[2][10][2];
+	u32 (*class0_fp)[2][2][4];
+	u32 (*fp)[2][4];
+	u32 (*class0_hp)[2][2];
+	u32 (*hp)[2][2];
+	u32 (*coeff[4][2][2][6][6])[3];
+	u32 *eob[4][2][2][6][6][2];
+};
+
+extern const u8 v4l2_vp9_kf_y_mode_prob[10][10][9]; /* Section 10.4 of the spec */
+extern const u8 v4l2_vp9_kf_partition_probs[16][3]; /* Section 10.4 of the spec */
+extern const u8 v4l2_vp9_kf_uv_mode_prob[10][9]; /* Section 10.4 of the spec */
+extern const struct v4l2_vp9_frame_context v4l2_vp9_default_probs; /* Section 10.5 of the spec */
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_vp9_fw_update_probs() - Perform forward update of vp9 probabilities
+ *
+ * @probs: current probabilities values
+ * @deltas: delta values from compressed header
+ * @dec_params: vp9 frame decoding parameters
+ *
+ * This function performs forward updates of probabilities for the vp9 boolean decoder.
+ * The frame header can contain a directive to update the probabilities (deltas), if so, then
+ * the deltas are provided in the header, too. The userspace parses those and passes the said
+ * deltas struct to the kernel.
+ */
+void v4l2_vp9_fw_update_probs(struct v4l2_vp9_frame_context *probs,
+			      const struct v4l2_ctrl_vp9_compressed_hdr *deltas,
+			      const struct v4l2_ctrl_vp9_frame *dec_params);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_vp9_reset_frame_ctx() - Reset appropriate frame context
+ *
+ * @dec_params: vp9 frame decoding parameters
+ * @frame_context: array of the 4 frame contexts
+ *
+ * This function resets appropriate frame contexts, based on what's in dec_params.
+ *
+ * Returns the frame context index after the update, which might be reset to zero if
+ * mandated by the spec.
+ */
+u8 v4l2_vp9_reset_frame_ctx(const struct v4l2_ctrl_vp9_frame *dec_params,
+			    struct v4l2_vp9_frame_context *frame_context);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_vp9_adapt_coef_probs() - Perform backward update of vp9 coefficients probabilities
+ *
+ * @probs: current probabilities values
+ * @counts: values of symbol counts after the current frame has been decoded
+ * @use_128: flag to request that 128 is used as update factor if true, otherwise 112 is used
+ * @frame_is_intra: flag indicating that FrameIsIntra is true
+ *
+ * This function performs backward updates of coefficients probabilities for the vp9 boolean
+ * decoder. After a frame has been decoded the counts of how many times a given symbol has
+ * occurred are known and are used to update the probability of each symbol.
+ */
+void v4l2_vp9_adapt_coef_probs(struct v4l2_vp9_frame_context *probs,
+			       struct v4l2_vp9_frame_symbol_counts *counts,
+			       bool use_128,
+			       bool frame_is_intra);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_vp9_adapt_noncoef_probs() - Perform backward update of vp9 non-coefficients probabilities
+ *
+ * @probs: current probabilities values
+ * @counts: values of symbol counts after the current frame has been decoded
+ * @reference_mode: specifies the type of inter prediction to be used. See
+ *	&v4l2_vp9_reference_mode for more details
+ * @interpolation_filter: specifies the filter selection used for performing inter prediction.
+ *	See &v4l2_vp9_interpolation_filter for more details
+ * @tx_mode: specifies the TX mode. See &v4l2_vp9_tx_mode for more details
+ * @flags: combination of V4L2_VP9_FRAME_FLAG_* flags
+ *
+ * This function performs backward updates of non-coefficients probabilities for the vp9 boolean
+ * decoder. After a frame has been decoded the counts of how many times a given symbol has
+ * occurred are known and are used to update the probability of each symbol.
+ */
+void v4l2_vp9_adapt_noncoef_probs(struct v4l2_vp9_frame_context *probs,
+				  struct v4l2_vp9_frame_symbol_counts *counts,
+				  u8 reference_mode, u8 interpolation_filter, u8 tx_mode,
+				  u32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_vp9_seg_feat_enabled() - Check if a segmentation feature is enabled
+ *
+ * @feature_enabled: array of 8-bit flags (for all segments)
+ * @feature: id of the feature to check
+ * @segid: id of the segment to look up
+ *
+ * This function returns true if a given feature is active in a given segment.
+ */
+bool
+v4l2_vp9_seg_feat_enabled(const u8 *feature_enabled,
+			  unsigned int feature,
+			  unsigned int segid);
+
+#endif /* _MEDIA_V4L2_VP9_H */
diff --git a/include/media/videobuf2-core.h b/include/media/videobuf2-core.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b4f4c15c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/videobuf2-core.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1335 @@
+/*
+ * videobuf2-core.h - Video Buffer 2 Core Framework
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Samsung Electronics
+ *
+ * Author: Pawel Osciak <pawel@osciak.com>
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation.
+ */
+#ifndef _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_CORE_H
+#define _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_CORE_H
+
+#include <linux/mm_types.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+#include <linux/poll.h>
+#include <linux/dma-buf.h>
+#include <linux/bitops.h>
+#include <media/media-request.h>
+#include <media/frame_vector.h>
+
+#define VB2_MAX_FRAME	(32)
+#define VB2_MAX_PLANES	(8)
+
+/**
+ * enum vb2_memory - type of memory model used to make the buffers visible
+ *	on userspace.
+ *
+ * @VB2_MEMORY_UNKNOWN:	Buffer status is unknown or it is not used yet on
+ *			userspace.
+ * @VB2_MEMORY_MMAP:	The buffers are allocated by the Kernel and it is
+ *			memory mapped via mmap() ioctl. This model is
+ *			also used when the user is using the buffers via
+ *			read() or write() system calls.
+ * @VB2_MEMORY_USERPTR:	The buffers was allocated in userspace and it is
+ *			memory mapped via mmap() ioctl.
+ * @VB2_MEMORY_DMABUF:	The buffers are passed to userspace via DMA buffer.
+ */
+enum vb2_memory {
+	VB2_MEMORY_UNKNOWN	= 0,
+	VB2_MEMORY_MMAP		= 1,
+	VB2_MEMORY_USERPTR	= 2,
+	VB2_MEMORY_DMABUF	= 4,
+};
+
+struct vb2_fileio_data;
+struct vb2_threadio_data;
+struct vb2_buffer;
+
+/**
+ * struct vb2_mem_ops - memory handling/memory allocator operations.
+ * @alloc:	allocate video memory and, optionally, allocator private data,
+ *		return ERR_PTR() on failure or a pointer to allocator private,
+ *		per-buffer data on success; the returned private structure
+ *		will then be passed as @buf_priv argument to other ops in this
+ *		structure. The size argument to this function shall be
+ *		*page aligned*.
+ * @put:	inform the allocator that the buffer will no longer be used;
+ *		usually will result in the allocator freeing the buffer (if
+ *		no other users of this buffer are present); the @buf_priv
+ *		argument is the allocator private per-buffer structure
+ *		previously returned from the alloc callback.
+ * @get_dmabuf: acquire userspace memory for a hardware operation; used for
+ *		 DMABUF memory types.
+ * @get_userptr: acquire userspace memory for a hardware operation; used for
+ *		 USERPTR memory types; vaddr is the address passed to the
+ *		 videobuf2 layer when queuing a video buffer of USERPTR type;
+ *		 should return an allocator private per-buffer structure
+ *		 associated with the buffer on success, ERR_PTR() on failure;
+ *		 the returned private structure will then be passed as @buf_priv
+ *		 argument to other ops in this structure.
+ * @put_userptr: inform the allocator that a USERPTR buffer will no longer
+ *		 be used.
+ * @prepare:	called every time the buffer is passed from userspace to the
+ *		driver, useful for cache synchronisation, optional.
+ * @finish:	called every time the buffer is passed back from the driver
+ *		to the userspace, also optional.
+ * @attach_dmabuf: attach a shared &struct dma_buf for a hardware operation;
+ *		   used for DMABUF memory types; dev is the alloc device
+ *		   dbuf is the shared dma_buf; returns ERR_PTR() on failure;
+ *		   allocator private per-buffer structure on success;
+ *		   this needs to be used for further accesses to the buffer.
+ * @detach_dmabuf: inform the exporter of the buffer that the current DMABUF
+ *		   buffer is no longer used; the @buf_priv argument is the
+ *		   allocator private per-buffer structure previously returned
+ *		   from the attach_dmabuf callback.
+ * @map_dmabuf: request for access to the dmabuf from allocator; the allocator
+ *		of dmabuf is informed that this driver is going to use the
+ *		dmabuf.
+ * @unmap_dmabuf: releases access control to the dmabuf - allocator is notified
+ *		  that this driver is done using the dmabuf for now.
+ * @vaddr:	return a kernel virtual address to a given memory buffer
+ *		associated with the passed private structure or NULL if no
+ *		such mapping exists.
+ * @cookie:	return allocator specific cookie for a given memory buffer
+ *		associated with the passed private structure or NULL if not
+ *		available.
+ * @num_users:	return the current number of users of a memory buffer;
+ *		return 1 if the videobuf2 layer (or actually the driver using
+ *		it) is the only user.
+ * @mmap:	setup a userspace mapping for a given memory buffer under
+ *		the provided virtual memory region.
+ *
+ * Those operations are used by the videobuf2 core to implement the memory
+ * handling/memory allocators for each type of supported streaming I/O method.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *    #) Required ops for USERPTR types: get_userptr, put_userptr.
+ *
+ *    #) Required ops for MMAP types: alloc, put, num_users, mmap.
+ *
+ *    #) Required ops for read/write access types: alloc, put, num_users, vaddr.
+ *
+ *    #) Required ops for DMABUF types: attach_dmabuf, detach_dmabuf,
+ *       map_dmabuf, unmap_dmabuf.
+ */
+struct vb2_mem_ops {
+	void		*(*alloc)(struct vb2_buffer *vb,
+				  struct device *dev,
+				  unsigned long size);
+	void		(*put)(void *buf_priv);
+	struct dma_buf *(*get_dmabuf)(struct vb2_buffer *vb,
+				      void *buf_priv,
+				      unsigned long flags);
+
+	void		*(*get_userptr)(struct vb2_buffer *vb,
+					struct device *dev,
+					unsigned long vaddr,
+					unsigned long size);
+	void		(*put_userptr)(void *buf_priv);
+
+	void		(*prepare)(void *buf_priv);
+	void		(*finish)(void *buf_priv);
+
+	void		*(*attach_dmabuf)(struct vb2_buffer *vb,
+					  struct device *dev,
+					  struct dma_buf *dbuf,
+					  unsigned long size);
+	void		(*detach_dmabuf)(void *buf_priv);
+	int		(*map_dmabuf)(void *buf_priv);
+	void		(*unmap_dmabuf)(void *buf_priv);
+
+	void		*(*vaddr)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, void *buf_priv);
+	void		*(*cookie)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, void *buf_priv);
+
+	unsigned int	(*num_users)(void *buf_priv);
+
+	int		(*mmap)(void *buf_priv, struct vm_area_struct *vma);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct vb2_plane - plane information.
+ * @mem_priv:	private data with this plane.
+ * @dbuf:	dma_buf - shared buffer object.
+ * @dbuf_mapped:	flag to show whether dbuf is mapped or not
+ * @dbuf_duplicated:	boolean to show whether dbuf is duplicated with a
+ *		previous plane of the buffer.
+ * @bytesused:	number of bytes occupied by data in the plane (payload).
+ * @length:	size of this plane (NOT the payload) in bytes. The maximum
+ *		valid size is MAX_UINT - PAGE_SIZE.
+ * @min_length:	minimum required size of this plane (NOT the payload) in bytes.
+ *		@length is always greater or equal to @min_length, and like
+ *		@length, it is limited to MAX_UINT - PAGE_SIZE.
+ * @m:		Union with memtype-specific data.
+ * @m.offset:	when memory in the associated struct vb2_buffer is
+ *		%VB2_MEMORY_MMAP, equals the offset from the start of
+ *		the device memory for this plane (or is a "cookie" that
+ *		should be passed to mmap() called on the video node).
+ * @m.userptr:	when memory is %VB2_MEMORY_USERPTR, a userspace pointer
+ *		pointing to this plane.
+ * @m.fd:	when memory is %VB2_MEMORY_DMABUF, a userspace file
+ *		descriptor associated with this plane.
+ * @data_offset:	offset in the plane to the start of data; usually 0,
+ *		unless there is a header in front of the data.
+ *
+ * Should contain enough information to be able to cover all the fields
+ * of &struct v4l2_plane at videodev2.h.
+ */
+struct vb2_plane {
+	void			*mem_priv;
+	struct dma_buf		*dbuf;
+	unsigned int		dbuf_mapped;
+	bool			dbuf_duplicated;
+	unsigned int		bytesused;
+	unsigned int		length;
+	unsigned int		min_length;
+	union {
+		unsigned int	offset;
+		unsigned long	userptr;
+		int		fd;
+	} m;
+	unsigned int		data_offset;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum vb2_io_modes - queue access methods.
+ * @VB2_MMAP:		driver supports MMAP with streaming API.
+ * @VB2_USERPTR:	driver supports USERPTR with streaming API.
+ * @VB2_READ:		driver supports read() style access.
+ * @VB2_WRITE:		driver supports write() style access.
+ * @VB2_DMABUF:		driver supports DMABUF with streaming API.
+ */
+enum vb2_io_modes {
+	VB2_MMAP	= BIT(0),
+	VB2_USERPTR	= BIT(1),
+	VB2_READ	= BIT(2),
+	VB2_WRITE	= BIT(3),
+	VB2_DMABUF	= BIT(4),
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum vb2_buffer_state - current video buffer state.
+ * @VB2_BUF_STATE_DEQUEUED:	buffer under userspace control.
+ * @VB2_BUF_STATE_IN_REQUEST:	buffer is queued in media request.
+ * @VB2_BUF_STATE_PREPARING:	buffer is being prepared in videobuf2.
+ * @VB2_BUF_STATE_QUEUED:	buffer queued in videobuf2, but not in driver.
+ * @VB2_BUF_STATE_ACTIVE:	buffer queued in driver and possibly used
+ *				in a hardware operation.
+ * @VB2_BUF_STATE_DONE:		buffer returned from driver to videobuf2, but
+ *				not yet dequeued to userspace.
+ * @VB2_BUF_STATE_ERROR:	same as above, but the operation on the buffer
+ *				has ended with an error, which will be reported
+ *				to the userspace when it is dequeued.
+ */
+enum vb2_buffer_state {
+	VB2_BUF_STATE_DEQUEUED,
+	VB2_BUF_STATE_IN_REQUEST,
+	VB2_BUF_STATE_PREPARING,
+	VB2_BUF_STATE_QUEUED,
+	VB2_BUF_STATE_ACTIVE,
+	VB2_BUF_STATE_DONE,
+	VB2_BUF_STATE_ERROR,
+};
+
+struct vb2_queue;
+
+/**
+ * struct vb2_buffer - represents a video buffer.
+ * @vb2_queue:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with the queue to
+ *			which this driver belongs.
+ * @index:		id number of the buffer.
+ * @type:		buffer type.
+ * @memory:		the method, in which the actual data is passed.
+ * @num_planes:		number of planes in the buffer
+ *			on an internal driver queue.
+ * @timestamp:		frame timestamp in ns.
+ * @request:		the request this buffer is associated with.
+ * @req_obj:		used to bind this buffer to a request. This
+ *			request object has a refcount.
+ */
+struct vb2_buffer {
+	struct vb2_queue	*vb2_queue;
+	unsigned int		index;
+	unsigned int		type;
+	unsigned int		memory;
+	unsigned int		num_planes;
+	u64			timestamp;
+	struct media_request	*request;
+	struct media_request_object	req_obj;
+
+	/* private: internal use only
+	 *
+	 * state:		current buffer state; do not change
+	 * synced:		this buffer has been synced for DMA, i.e. the
+	 *			'prepare' memop was called. It is cleared again
+	 *			after the 'finish' memop is called.
+	 * prepared:		this buffer has been prepared, i.e. the
+	 *			buf_prepare op was called. It is cleared again
+	 *			after the 'buf_finish' op is called.
+	 * copied_timestamp:	the timestamp of this capture buffer was copied
+	 *			from an output buffer.
+	 * skip_cache_sync_on_prepare: when set buffer's ->prepare() function
+	 *			skips cache sync/invalidation.
+	 * skip_cache_sync_on_finish: when set buffer's ->finish() function
+	 *			skips cache sync/invalidation.
+	 * planes:		per-plane information; do not change
+	 * queued_entry:	entry on the queued buffers list, which holds
+	 *			all buffers queued from userspace
+	 * done_entry:		entry on the list that stores all buffers ready
+	 *			to be dequeued to userspace
+	 */
+	enum vb2_buffer_state	state;
+	unsigned int		synced:1;
+	unsigned int		prepared:1;
+	unsigned int		copied_timestamp:1;
+	unsigned int		skip_cache_sync_on_prepare:1;
+	unsigned int		skip_cache_sync_on_finish:1;
+
+	struct vb2_plane	planes[VB2_MAX_PLANES];
+	struct list_head	queued_entry;
+	struct list_head	done_entry;
+#ifdef CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG
+	/*
+	 * Counters for how often these buffer-related ops are
+	 * called. Used to check for unbalanced ops.
+	 */
+	u32		cnt_mem_alloc;
+	u32		cnt_mem_put;
+	u32		cnt_mem_get_dmabuf;
+	u32		cnt_mem_get_userptr;
+	u32		cnt_mem_put_userptr;
+	u32		cnt_mem_prepare;
+	u32		cnt_mem_finish;
+	u32		cnt_mem_attach_dmabuf;
+	u32		cnt_mem_detach_dmabuf;
+	u32		cnt_mem_map_dmabuf;
+	u32		cnt_mem_unmap_dmabuf;
+	u32		cnt_mem_vaddr;
+	u32		cnt_mem_cookie;
+	u32		cnt_mem_num_users;
+	u32		cnt_mem_mmap;
+
+	u32		cnt_buf_out_validate;
+	u32		cnt_buf_init;
+	u32		cnt_buf_prepare;
+	u32		cnt_buf_finish;
+	u32		cnt_buf_cleanup;
+	u32		cnt_buf_queue;
+	u32		cnt_buf_request_complete;
+
+	/* This counts the number of calls to vb2_buffer_done() */
+	u32		cnt_buf_done;
+#endif
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct vb2_ops - driver-specific callbacks.
+ *
+ * These operations are not called from interrupt context except where
+ * mentioned specifically.
+ *
+ * @queue_setup:	called from VIDIOC_REQBUFS() and VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS()
+ *			handlers before memory allocation. It can be called
+ *			twice: if the original number of requested buffers
+ *			could not be allocated, then it will be called a
+ *			second time with the actually allocated number of
+ *			buffers to verify if that is OK.
+ *			The driver should return the required number of buffers
+ *			in \*num_buffers, the required number of planes per
+ *			buffer in \*num_planes, the size of each plane should be
+ *			set in the sizes\[\] array and optional per-plane
+ *			allocator specific device in the alloc_devs\[\] array.
+ *			When called from VIDIOC_REQBUFS(), \*num_planes == 0,
+ *			the driver has to use the currently configured format to
+ *			determine the plane sizes and \*num_buffers is the total
+ *			number of buffers that are being allocated. When called
+ *			from VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS(), \*num_planes != 0 and it
+ *			describes the requested number of planes and sizes\[\]
+ *			contains the requested plane sizes. In this case
+ *			\*num_buffers are being allocated additionally to
+ *			the buffers already allocated. If either \*num_planes
+ *			or the requested sizes are invalid callback must return %-EINVAL.
+ * @buf_out_validate:	called when the output buffer is prepared or queued
+ *			to a request; drivers can use this to validate
+ *			userspace-provided information; this is required only
+ *			for OUTPUT queues.
+ * @buf_init:		called once after allocating a buffer (in MMAP case)
+ *			or after acquiring a new USERPTR buffer; drivers may
+ *			perform additional buffer-related initialization;
+ *			initialization failure (return != 0) will prevent
+ *			queue setup from completing successfully; optional.
+ * @buf_prepare:	called every time the buffer is queued from userspace
+ *			and from the VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUF() ioctl; drivers may
+ *			perform any initialization required before each
+ *			hardware operation in this callback; drivers can
+ *			access/modify the buffer here as it is still synced for
+ *			the CPU; drivers that support VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS() must
+ *			also validate the buffer size; if an error is returned,
+ *			the buffer will not be queued in driver; optional.
+ * @buf_finish:		called before every dequeue of the buffer back to
+ *			userspace; the buffer is synced for the CPU, so drivers
+ *			can access/modify the buffer contents; drivers may
+ *			perform any operations required before userspace
+ *			accesses the buffer; optional. The buffer state can be
+ *			one of the following: %DONE and %ERROR occur while
+ *			streaming is in progress, and the %PREPARED state occurs
+ *			when the queue has been canceled and all pending
+ *			buffers are being returned to their default %DEQUEUED
+ *			state. Typically you only have to do something if the
+ *			state is %VB2_BUF_STATE_DONE, since in all other cases
+ *			the buffer contents will be ignored anyway.
+ * @buf_cleanup:	called once before the buffer is freed; drivers may
+ *			perform any additional cleanup; optional.
+ * @prepare_streaming:	called once to prepare for 'streaming' state; this is
+ *			where validation can be done to verify everything is
+ *			okay and streaming resources can be claimed. It is
+ *			called when the VIDIOC_STREAMON ioctl is called. The
+ *			actual streaming starts when @start_streaming is called.
+ *			Optional.
+ * @start_streaming:	called once to enter 'streaming' state; the driver may
+ *			receive buffers with @buf_queue callback
+ *			before @start_streaming is called; the driver gets the
+ *			number of already queued buffers in count parameter;
+ *			driver can return an error if hardware fails, in that
+ *			case all buffers that have been already given by
+ *			the @buf_queue callback are to be returned by the driver
+ *			by calling vb2_buffer_done() with %VB2_BUF_STATE_QUEUED.
+ *			If you need a minimum number of buffers before you can
+ *			start streaming, then set
+ *			&vb2_queue->min_queued_buffers. If that is non-zero
+ *			then @start_streaming won't be called until at least
+ *			that many buffers have been queued up by userspace.
+ * @stop_streaming:	called when 'streaming' state must be disabled; driver
+ *			should stop any DMA transactions or wait until they
+ *			finish and give back all buffers it got from &buf_queue
+ *			callback by calling vb2_buffer_done() with either
+ *			%VB2_BUF_STATE_DONE or %VB2_BUF_STATE_ERROR; may use
+ *			vb2_wait_for_all_buffers() function
+ * @unprepare_streaming:called as counterpart to @prepare_streaming; any claimed
+ *			streaming resources can be released here. It is
+ *			called when the VIDIOC_STREAMOFF ioctls is called or
+ *			when the streaming filehandle is closed. Optional.
+ * @buf_queue:		passes buffer vb to the driver; driver may start
+ *			hardware operation on this buffer; driver should give
+ *			the buffer back by calling vb2_buffer_done() function;
+ *			it is always called after calling VIDIOC_STREAMON()
+ *			ioctl; might be called before @start_streaming callback
+ *			if user pre-queued buffers before calling
+ *			VIDIOC_STREAMON().
+ * @buf_request_complete: a buffer that was never queued to the driver but is
+ *			associated with a queued request was canceled.
+ *			The driver will have to mark associated objects in the
+ *			request as completed; required if requests are
+ *			supported.
+ */
+struct vb2_ops {
+	int (*queue_setup)(struct vb2_queue *q,
+			   unsigned int *num_buffers, unsigned int *num_planes,
+			   unsigned int sizes[], struct device *alloc_devs[]);
+
+	int (*buf_out_validate)(struct vb2_buffer *vb);
+	int (*buf_init)(struct vb2_buffer *vb);
+	int (*buf_prepare)(struct vb2_buffer *vb);
+	void (*buf_finish)(struct vb2_buffer *vb);
+	void (*buf_cleanup)(struct vb2_buffer *vb);
+
+	int (*prepare_streaming)(struct vb2_queue *q);
+	int (*start_streaming)(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned int count);
+	void (*stop_streaming)(struct vb2_queue *q);
+	void (*unprepare_streaming)(struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+	void (*buf_queue)(struct vb2_buffer *vb);
+
+	void (*buf_request_complete)(struct vb2_buffer *vb);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct vb2_buf_ops - driver-specific callbacks.
+ *
+ * @verify_planes_array: Verify that a given user space structure contains
+ *			enough planes for the buffer. This is called
+ *			for each dequeued buffer.
+ * @init_buffer:	given a &vb2_buffer initialize the extra data after
+ *			struct vb2_buffer.
+ *			For V4L2 this is a &struct vb2_v4l2_buffer.
+ * @fill_user_buffer:	given a &vb2_buffer fill in the userspace structure.
+ *			For V4L2 this is a &struct v4l2_buffer.
+ * @fill_vb2_buffer:	given a userspace structure, fill in the &vb2_buffer.
+ *			If the userspace structure is invalid, then this op
+ *			will return an error.
+ * @copy_timestamp:	copy the timestamp from a userspace structure to
+ *			the &struct vb2_buffer.
+ */
+struct vb2_buf_ops {
+	int (*verify_planes_array)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, const void *pb);
+	void (*init_buffer)(struct vb2_buffer *vb);
+	void (*fill_user_buffer)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, void *pb);
+	int (*fill_vb2_buffer)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, struct vb2_plane *planes);
+	void (*copy_timestamp)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, const void *pb);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct vb2_queue - a videobuf2 queue.
+ *
+ * @type:	private buffer type whose content is defined by the vb2-core
+ *		caller. For example, for V4L2, it should match
+ *		the types defined on &enum v4l2_buf_type.
+ * @io_modes:	supported io methods (see &enum vb2_io_modes).
+ * @dev:	device to use for the default allocation context if the driver
+ *		doesn't fill in the @alloc_devs array.
+ * @dma_attrs:	DMA attributes to use for the DMA.
+ * @bidirectional: when this flag is set the DMA direction for the buffers of
+ *		this queue will be overridden with %DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL direction.
+ *		This is useful in cases where the hardware (firmware) writes to
+ *		a buffer which is mapped as read (%DMA_TO_DEVICE), or reads from
+ *		buffer which is mapped for write (%DMA_FROM_DEVICE) in order
+ *		to satisfy some internal hardware restrictions or adds a padding
+ *		needed by the processing algorithm. In case the DMA mapping is
+ *		not bidirectional but the hardware (firmware) trying to access
+ *		the buffer (in the opposite direction) this could lead to an
+ *		IOMMU protection faults.
+ * @fileio_read_once:		report EOF after reading the first buffer
+ * @fileio_write_immediately:	queue buffer after each write() call
+ * @allow_zero_bytesused:	allow bytesused == 0 to be passed to the driver
+ * @quirk_poll_must_check_waiting_for_buffers: Return %EPOLLERR at poll when QBUF
+ *              has not been called. This is a vb1 idiom that has been adopted
+ *              also by vb2.
+ * @supports_requests: this queue supports the Request API.
+ * @requires_requests: this queue requires the Request API. If this is set to 1,
+ *		then supports_requests must be set to 1 as well.
+ * @uses_qbuf:	qbuf was used directly for this queue. Set to 1 the first
+ *		time this is called. Set to 0 when the queue is canceled.
+ *		If this is 1, then you cannot queue buffers from a request.
+ * @uses_requests: requests are used for this queue. Set to 1 the first time
+ *		a request is queued. Set to 0 when the queue is canceled.
+ *		If this is 1, then you cannot queue buffers directly.
+ * @allow_cache_hints: when set user-space can pass cache management hints in
+ *		order to skip cache flush/invalidation on ->prepare() or/and
+ *		->finish().
+ * @non_coherent_mem: when set queue will attempt to allocate buffers using
+ *		non-coherent memory.
+ * @lock:	pointer to a mutex that protects the &struct vb2_queue. The
+ *		driver must set this to a mutex to let the v4l2 core serialize
+ *		the queuing ioctls. This lock is used when waiting for a new
+ *		buffer to arrive: the lock is released, we wait for the new
+ *		buffer, and then retaken.
+ * @owner:	The filehandle that 'owns' the buffers, i.e. the filehandle
+ *		that called reqbufs, create_buffers or started fileio.
+ *		This field is not used by the videobuf2 core API, but it allows
+ *		drivers to easily associate an owner filehandle with the queue.
+ * @ops:	driver-specific callbacks
+ * @mem_ops:	memory allocator specific callbacks
+ * @buf_ops:	callbacks to deliver buffer information.
+ *		between user-space and kernel-space.
+ * @drv_priv:	driver private data.
+ * @subsystem_flags: Flags specific to the subsystem (V4L2/DVB/etc.). Not used
+ *		by the vb2 core.
+ * @buf_struct_size: size of the driver-specific buffer structure;
+ *		"0" indicates the driver doesn't want to use a custom buffer
+ *		structure type. In that case a subsystem-specific struct
+ *		will be used (in the case of V4L2 that is
+ *		``sizeof(struct vb2_v4l2_buffer)``). The first field of the
+ *		driver-specific buffer structure must be the subsystem-specific
+ *		struct (vb2_v4l2_buffer in the case of V4L2).
+ * @timestamp_flags: Timestamp flags; ``V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_*`` and
+ *		``V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TSTAMP_SRC_*``
+ * @gfp_flags:	additional gfp flags used when allocating the buffers.
+ *		Typically this is 0, but it may be e.g. %GFP_DMA or %__GFP_DMA32
+ *		to force the buffer allocation to a specific memory zone.
+ * @min_queued_buffers: the minimum number of queued buffers needed before
+ *		@start_streaming can be called. Used when a DMA engine
+ *		cannot be started unless at least this number of buffers
+ *		have been queued into the driver.
+ *		VIDIOC_REQBUFS will ensure at least @min_queued_buffers + 1
+ *		buffers will be allocated. Note that VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS will not
+ *		modify the requested buffer count.
+ * @min_reqbufs_allocation: the minimum number of buffers to be allocated when
+ *		calling VIDIOC_REQBUFS. Note that VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS will *not*
+ *		modify the requested buffer count and does not use this field.
+ *		Drivers can set this if there has to be a certain number of
+ *		buffers available for the hardware to work effectively.
+ *		This allows calling VIDIOC_REQBUFS with a buffer count of 1 and
+ *		it will be automatically adjusted to a workable	buffer count.
+ *		If set, then @min_reqbufs_allocation must be larger than
+ *		@min_queued_buffers + 1.
+ *		If this field is > 3, then it is highly recommended that the
+ *		driver implements the V4L2_CID_MIN_BUFFERS_FOR_CAPTURE/OUTPUT
+ *		control.
+ * @alloc_devs:	&struct device memory type/allocator-specific per-plane device
+ */
+/*
+ * Private elements (won't appear at the uAPI book):
+ * @mmap_lock:	private mutex used when buffers are allocated/freed/mmapped
+ * @memory:	current memory type used
+ * @dma_dir:	DMA mapping direction.
+ * @bufs:	videobuf2 buffer structures. If it is non-NULL then
+ *		bufs_bitmap is also non-NULL.
+ * @bufs_bitmap: bitmap tracking whether each bufs[] entry is used
+ * @max_num_buffers: upper limit of number of allocated/used buffers.
+ *		     If set to 0 v4l2 core will change it VB2_MAX_FRAME
+ *		     for backward compatibility.
+ * @queued_list: list of buffers currently queued from userspace
+ * @queued_count: number of buffers queued and ready for streaming.
+ * @owned_by_drv_count: number of buffers owned by the driver
+ * @done_list:	list of buffers ready to be dequeued to userspace
+ * @done_lock:	lock to protect done_list list
+ * @done_wq:	waitqueue for processes waiting for buffers ready to be dequeued
+ * @streaming:	current streaming state
+ * @start_streaming_called: @start_streaming was called successfully and we
+ *		started streaming.
+ * @error:	a fatal error occurred on the queue
+ * @waiting_for_buffers: used in poll() to check if vb2 is still waiting for
+ *		buffers. Only set for capture queues if qbuf has not yet been
+ *		called since poll() needs to return %EPOLLERR in that situation.
+ * @waiting_in_dqbuf: set by the core for the duration of a blocking DQBUF, when
+ *		it has to wait for a buffer to become available with vb2_queue->lock
+ *		released. Used to prevent destroying the queue by other threads.
+ * @is_multiplanar: set if buffer type is multiplanar
+ * @is_output:	set if buffer type is output
+ * @is_busy:	set if at least one buffer has been allocated at some time.
+ * @copy_timestamp: set if vb2-core should set timestamps
+ * @last_buffer_dequeued: used in poll() and DQBUF to immediately return if the
+ *		last decoded buffer was already dequeued. Set for capture queues
+ *		when a buffer with the %V4L2_BUF_FLAG_LAST is dequeued.
+ * @fileio:	file io emulator internal data, used only if emulator is active
+ * @threadio:	thread io internal data, used only if thread is active
+ * @name:	queue name, used for logging purpose. Initialized automatically
+ *		if left empty by drivers.
+ */
+struct vb2_queue {
+	unsigned int			type;
+	unsigned int			io_modes;
+	struct device			*dev;
+	unsigned long			dma_attrs;
+	unsigned int			bidirectional:1;
+	unsigned int			fileio_read_once:1;
+	unsigned int			fileio_write_immediately:1;
+	unsigned int			allow_zero_bytesused:1;
+	unsigned int		   quirk_poll_must_check_waiting_for_buffers:1;
+	unsigned int			supports_requests:1;
+	unsigned int			requires_requests:1;
+	unsigned int			uses_qbuf:1;
+	unsigned int			uses_requests:1;
+	unsigned int			allow_cache_hints:1;
+	unsigned int			non_coherent_mem:1;
+
+	struct mutex			*lock;
+	void				*owner;
+
+	const struct vb2_ops		*ops;
+	const struct vb2_mem_ops	*mem_ops;
+	const struct vb2_buf_ops	*buf_ops;
+
+	void				*drv_priv;
+	u32				subsystem_flags;
+	unsigned int			buf_struct_size;
+	u32				timestamp_flags;
+	gfp_t				gfp_flags;
+	u32				min_queued_buffers;
+	u32				min_reqbufs_allocation;
+
+	struct device			*alloc_devs[VB2_MAX_PLANES];
+
+	/* private: internal use only */
+	struct mutex			mmap_lock;
+	unsigned int			memory;
+	enum dma_data_direction		dma_dir;
+	struct vb2_buffer		**bufs;
+	unsigned long			*bufs_bitmap;
+	unsigned int			max_num_buffers;
+
+	struct list_head		queued_list;
+	unsigned int			queued_count;
+
+	atomic_t			owned_by_drv_count;
+	struct list_head		done_list;
+	spinlock_t			done_lock;
+	wait_queue_head_t		done_wq;
+
+	unsigned int			streaming:1;
+	unsigned int			start_streaming_called:1;
+	unsigned int			error:1;
+	unsigned int			waiting_for_buffers:1;
+	unsigned int			waiting_in_dqbuf:1;
+	unsigned int			is_multiplanar:1;
+	unsigned int			is_output:1;
+	unsigned int			is_busy:1;
+	unsigned int			copy_timestamp:1;
+	unsigned int			last_buffer_dequeued:1;
+
+	struct vb2_fileio_data		*fileio;
+	struct vb2_threadio_data	*threadio;
+
+	char				name[32];
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG
+	/*
+	 * Counters for how often these queue-related ops are
+	 * called. Used to check for unbalanced ops.
+	 */
+	u32				cnt_queue_setup;
+	u32				cnt_prepare_streaming;
+	u32				cnt_start_streaming;
+	u32				cnt_stop_streaming;
+	u32				cnt_unprepare_streaming;
+#endif
+};
+
+/**
+ * vb2_queue_allows_cache_hints() - Return true if the queue allows cache
+ * and memory consistency hints.
+ *
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue
+ */
+static inline bool vb2_queue_allows_cache_hints(struct vb2_queue *q)
+{
+	return q->allow_cache_hints && q->memory == VB2_MEMORY_MMAP;
+}
+
+/**
+ * vb2_plane_vaddr() - Return a kernel virtual address of a given plane.
+ * @vb:		pointer to &struct vb2_buffer to which the plane in
+ *		question belongs to.
+ * @plane_no:	plane number for which the address is to be returned.
+ *
+ * This function returns a kernel virtual address of a given plane if
+ * such a mapping exist, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+void *vb2_plane_vaddr(struct vb2_buffer *vb, unsigned int plane_no);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_plane_cookie() - Return allocator specific cookie for the given plane.
+ * @vb:		pointer to &struct vb2_buffer to which the plane in
+ *		question belongs to.
+ * @plane_no:	plane number for which the cookie is to be returned.
+ *
+ * This function returns an allocator specific cookie for a given plane if
+ * available, NULL otherwise. The allocator should provide some simple static
+ * inline function, which would convert this cookie to the allocator specific
+ * type that can be used directly by the driver to access the buffer. This can
+ * be for example physical address, pointer to scatter list or IOMMU mapping.
+ */
+void *vb2_plane_cookie(struct vb2_buffer *vb, unsigned int plane_no);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_buffer_done() - inform videobuf2 that an operation on a buffer
+ *	is finished.
+ * @vb:		pointer to &struct vb2_buffer to be used.
+ * @state:	state of the buffer, as defined by &enum vb2_buffer_state.
+ *		Either %VB2_BUF_STATE_DONE if the operation finished
+ *		successfully, %VB2_BUF_STATE_ERROR if the operation finished
+ *		with an error or %VB2_BUF_STATE_QUEUED.
+ *
+ * This function should be called by the driver after a hardware operation on
+ * a buffer is finished and the buffer may be returned to userspace. The driver
+ * cannot use this buffer anymore until it is queued back to it by videobuf
+ * by the means of &vb2_ops->buf_queue callback. Only buffers previously queued
+ * to the driver by &vb2_ops->buf_queue can be passed to this function.
+ *
+ * While streaming a buffer can only be returned in state DONE or ERROR.
+ * The &vb2_ops->start_streaming op can also return them in case the DMA engine
+ * cannot be started for some reason. In that case the buffers should be
+ * returned with state QUEUED to put them back into the queue.
+ */
+void vb2_buffer_done(struct vb2_buffer *vb, enum vb2_buffer_state state);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_discard_done() - discard all buffers marked as DONE.
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ *
+ * This function is intended to be used with suspend/resume operations. It
+ * discards all 'done' buffers as they would be too old to be requested after
+ * resume.
+ *
+ * Drivers must stop the hardware and synchronize with interrupt handlers and/or
+ * delayed works before calling this function to make sure no buffer will be
+ * touched by the driver and/or hardware.
+ */
+void vb2_discard_done(struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_wait_for_all_buffers() - wait until all buffers are given back to vb2.
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ *
+ * This function will wait until all buffers that have been given to the driver
+ * by &vb2_ops->buf_queue are given back to vb2 with vb2_buffer_done().
+ * It is intended to be called with all locks taken, for example from
+ * &vb2_ops->stop_streaming callback.
+ */
+int vb2_wait_for_all_buffers(struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_querybuf() - query video buffer information.
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @vb:		pointer to struct &vb2_buffer.
+ * @pb:		buffer struct passed from userspace.
+ *
+ * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_QUERYBUF() operation. It is called
+ * internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``.
+ *
+ * The passed buffer should have been verified.
+ *
+ * This function fills the relevant information for the userspace.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise.
+ */
+void vb2_core_querybuf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct vb2_buffer *vb, void *pb);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_reqbufs() - Initiate streaming.
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @memory:	memory type, as defined by &enum vb2_memory.
+ * @flags:	auxiliary queue/buffer management flags. Currently, the only
+ *		used flag is %V4L2_MEMORY_FLAG_NON_COHERENT.
+ * @count:	requested buffer count.
+ *
+ * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_REQBUF() operation. It is called
+ * internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``.
+ *
+ * This function:
+ *
+ * #) verifies streaming parameters passed from the userspace;
+ * #) sets up the queue;
+ * #) negotiates number of buffers and planes per buffer with the driver
+ *    to be used during streaming;
+ * #) allocates internal buffer structures (&struct vb2_buffer), according to
+ *    the agreed parameters;
+ * #) for MMAP memory type, allocates actual video memory, using the
+ *    memory handling/allocation routines provided during queue initialization.
+ *
+ * If req->count is 0, all the memory will be freed instead.
+ *
+ * If the queue has been allocated previously by a previous vb2_core_reqbufs()
+ * call and the queue is not busy, memory will be reallocated.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise.
+ */
+int vb2_core_reqbufs(struct vb2_queue *q, enum vb2_memory memory,
+		     unsigned int flags, unsigned int *count);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_create_bufs() - Allocate buffers and any required auxiliary structs
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @memory: memory type, as defined by &enum vb2_memory.
+ * @flags: auxiliary queue/buffer management flags.
+ * @count: requested buffer count.
+ * @requested_planes: number of planes requested.
+ * @requested_sizes: array with the size of the planes.
+ * @first_index: index of the first created buffer, all allocated buffers have
+ *		 indices in the range [first_index..first_index+count-1]
+ *
+ * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS() operation. It is
+ * called internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like
+ * ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``.
+ *
+ * This function:
+ *
+ * #) verifies parameter sanity;
+ * #) calls the &vb2_ops->queue_setup queue operation;
+ * #) performs any necessary memory allocations.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise.
+ */
+int vb2_core_create_bufs(struct vb2_queue *q, enum vb2_memory memory,
+			 unsigned int flags, unsigned int *count,
+			 unsigned int requested_planes,
+			 const unsigned int requested_sizes[],
+			 unsigned int *first_index);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_prepare_buf() - Pass ownership of a buffer from userspace
+ *			to the kernel.
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @vb:		pointer to struct &vb2_buffer.
+ * @pb:		buffer structure passed from userspace to
+ *		&v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_prepare_buf handler in driver.
+ *
+ * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUF() operation. It is
+ * called internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like
+ * ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``.
+ *
+ * The passed buffer should have been verified.
+ *
+ * This function calls vb2_ops->buf_prepare callback in the driver
+ * (if provided), in which driver-specific buffer initialization can
+ * be performed.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise.
+ */
+int vb2_core_prepare_buf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct vb2_buffer *vb, void *pb);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_remove_bufs() -
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @start:	first index of the range of buffers to remove.
+ * @count:	number of buffers to remove.
+ *
+ *  Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise.
+ */
+int vb2_core_remove_bufs(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned int start, unsigned int count);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_qbuf() - Queue a buffer from userspace
+ *
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @vb:		pointer to struct &vb2_buffer.
+ * @pb:		buffer structure passed from userspace to
+ *		v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_qbuf handler in driver
+ * @req:	pointer to &struct media_request, may be NULL.
+ *
+ * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_QBUF() operation. It is called
+ * internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``.
+ *
+ * This function:
+ *
+ * #) If @req is non-NULL, then the buffer will be bound to this
+ *    media request and it returns. The buffer will be prepared and
+ *    queued to the driver (i.e. the next two steps) when the request
+ *    itself is queued.
+ * #) if necessary, calls &vb2_ops->buf_prepare callback in the driver
+ *    (if provided), in which driver-specific buffer initialization can
+ *    be performed;
+ * #) if streaming is on, queues the buffer in driver by the means of
+ *    &vb2_ops->buf_queue callback for processing.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise.
+ */
+int vb2_core_qbuf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct vb2_buffer *vb, void *pb,
+		  struct media_request *req);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_dqbuf() - Dequeue a buffer to the userspace
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue
+ * @pindex:	pointer to the buffer index. May be NULL
+ * @pb:		buffer structure passed from userspace to
+ *		v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_dqbuf handler in driver.
+ * @nonblocking: if true, this call will not sleep waiting for a buffer if no
+ *		 buffers ready for dequeuing are present. Normally the driver
+ *		 would be passing (file->f_flags & O_NONBLOCK) here.
+ *
+ * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_DQBUF() operation. It is called
+ * internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``.
+ *
+ * This function:
+ *
+ * #) calls buf_finish callback in the driver (if provided), in which
+ *    driver can perform any additional operations that may be required before
+ *    returning the buffer to userspace, such as cache sync,
+ * #) the buffer struct members are filled with relevant information for
+ *    the userspace.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise.
+ */
+int vb2_core_dqbuf(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned int *pindex, void *pb,
+		   bool nonblocking);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_streamon() - Implements VB2 stream ON logic
+ *
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue
+ * @type:	type of the queue to be started.
+ *		For V4L2, this is defined by &enum v4l2_buf_type type.
+ *
+ * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_STREAMON() operation. It is called
+ * internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise.
+ */
+int vb2_core_streamon(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned int type);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_streamoff() - Implements VB2 stream OFF logic
+ *
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue
+ * @type:	type of the queue to be started.
+ *		For V4L2, this is defined by &enum v4l2_buf_type type.
+ *
+ * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_STREAMOFF() operation. It is
+ * called internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like
+ * ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise.
+ */
+int vb2_core_streamoff(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned int type);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_expbuf() - Export a buffer as a file descriptor.
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @fd:		pointer to the file descriptor associated with DMABUF
+ *		(set by driver).
+ * @type:	buffer type.
+ * @vb:		pointer to struct &vb2_buffer.
+ * @plane:	index of the plane to be exported, 0 for single plane queues
+ * @flags:	file flags for newly created file, as defined at
+ *		include/uapi/asm-generic/fcntl.h.
+ *		Currently, the only used flag is %O_CLOEXEC.
+ *		is supported, refer to manual of open syscall for more details.
+ *
+ *
+ * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_EXPBUF() operation. It is called
+ * internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise.
+ */
+int vb2_core_expbuf(struct vb2_queue *q, int *fd, unsigned int type,
+		    struct vb2_buffer *vb, unsigned int plane, unsigned int flags);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_queue_init() - initialize a videobuf2 queue
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ *		This structure should be allocated in driver
+ *
+ * The &vb2_queue structure should be allocated by the driver. The driver is
+ * responsible of clearing it's content and setting initial values for some
+ * required entries before calling this function.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ *    The following fields at @q should be set before calling this function:
+ *    &vb2_queue->ops, &vb2_queue->mem_ops, &vb2_queue->type.
+ */
+int vb2_core_queue_init(struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_queue_release() - stop streaming, release the queue and free memory
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ *
+ * This function stops streaming and performs necessary clean ups, including
+ * freeing video buffer memory. The driver is responsible for freeing
+ * the &struct vb2_queue itself.
+ */
+void vb2_core_queue_release(struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_queue_error() - signal a fatal error on the queue
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ *
+ * Flag that a fatal unrecoverable error has occurred and wake up all processes
+ * waiting on the queue. Polling will now set %EPOLLERR and queuing and dequeuing
+ * buffers will return %-EIO.
+ *
+ * The error flag will be cleared when canceling the queue, either from
+ * vb2_streamoff() or vb2_queue_release(). Drivers should thus not call this
+ * function before starting the stream, otherwise the error flag will remain set
+ * until the queue is released when closing the device node.
+ */
+void vb2_queue_error(struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_mmap() - map video buffers into application address space.
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @vma:	pointer to &struct vm_area_struct with the vma passed
+ *		to the mmap file operation handler in the driver.
+ *
+ * Should be called from mmap file operation handler of a driver.
+ * This function maps one plane of one of the available video buffers to
+ * userspace. To map whole video memory allocated on reqbufs, this function
+ * has to be called once per each plane per each buffer previously allocated.
+ *
+ * When the userspace application calls mmap, it passes to it an offset returned
+ * to it earlier by the means of &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_querybuf handler.
+ * That offset acts as a "cookie", which is then used to identify the plane
+ * to be mapped.
+ *
+ * This function finds a plane with a matching offset and a mapping is performed
+ * by the means of a provided memory operation.
+ *
+ * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned
+ * from the mmap handler in driver.
+ */
+int vb2_mmap(struct vb2_queue *q, struct vm_area_struct *vma);
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_MMU
+/**
+ * vb2_get_unmapped_area - map video buffers into application address space.
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @addr:	memory address.
+ * @len:	buffer size.
+ * @pgoff:	page offset.
+ * @flags:	memory flags.
+ *
+ * This function is used in noMMU platforms to propose address mapping
+ * for a given buffer. It's intended to be used as a handler for the
+ * &file_operations->get_unmapped_area operation.
+ *
+ * This is called by the mmap() syscall routines will call this
+ * to get a proposed address for the mapping, when ``!CONFIG_MMU``.
+ */
+unsigned long vb2_get_unmapped_area(struct vb2_queue *q,
+				    unsigned long addr,
+				    unsigned long len,
+				    unsigned long pgoff,
+				    unsigned long flags);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_poll() - implements poll syscall() logic.
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @file:	&struct file argument passed to the poll
+ *		file operation handler.
+ * @wait:	&poll_table wait argument passed to the poll
+ *		file operation handler.
+ *
+ * This function implements poll file operation handler for a driver.
+ * For CAPTURE queues, if a buffer is ready to be dequeued, the userspace will
+ * be informed that the file descriptor of a video device is available for
+ * reading.
+ * For OUTPUT queues, if a buffer is ready to be dequeued, the file descriptor
+ * will be reported as available for writing.
+ *
+ * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned
+ * from poll handler in driver.
+ */
+__poll_t vb2_core_poll(struct vb2_queue *q, struct file *file,
+			   poll_table *wait);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_read() - implements read() syscall logic.
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @data:	pointed to target userspace buffer
+ * @count:	number of bytes to read
+ * @ppos:	file handle position tracking pointer
+ * @nonblock:	mode selector (1 means blocking calls, 0 means nonblocking)
+ */
+ssize_t vb2_read(struct vb2_queue *q, char __user *data, size_t count,
+		 loff_t *ppos, int nonblock);
+/**
+ * vb2_write() - implements write() syscall logic.
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @data:	pointed to target userspace buffer
+ * @count:	number of bytes to write
+ * @ppos:	file handle position tracking pointer
+ * @nonblock:	mode selector (1 means blocking calls, 0 means nonblocking)
+ */
+ssize_t vb2_write(struct vb2_queue *q, const char __user *data, size_t count,
+		  loff_t *ppos, int nonblock);
+
+/**
+ * typedef vb2_thread_fnc - callback function for use with vb2_thread.
+ *
+ * @vb: pointer to struct &vb2_buffer.
+ * @priv: pointer to a private data.
+ *
+ * This is called whenever a buffer is dequeued in the thread.
+ */
+typedef int (*vb2_thread_fnc)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, void *priv);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_thread_start() - start a thread for the given queue.
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @fnc:	&vb2_thread_fnc callback function.
+ * @priv:	priv pointer passed to the callback function.
+ * @thread_name:the name of the thread. This will be prefixed with "vb2-".
+ *
+ * This starts a thread that will queue and dequeue until an error occurs
+ * or vb2_thread_stop() is called.
+ *
+ * .. attention::
+ *
+ *   This function should not be used for anything else but the videobuf2-dvb
+ *   support. If you think you have another good use-case for this, then please
+ *   contact the linux-media mailing list first.
+ */
+int vb2_thread_start(struct vb2_queue *q, vb2_thread_fnc fnc, void *priv,
+		     const char *thread_name);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_thread_stop() - stop the thread for the given queue.
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ */
+int vb2_thread_stop(struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_is_streaming() - return streaming status of the queue.
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ */
+static inline bool vb2_is_streaming(struct vb2_queue *q)
+{
+	return q->streaming;
+}
+
+/**
+ * vb2_fileio_is_active() - return true if fileio is active.
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ *
+ * This returns true if read() or write() is used to stream the data
+ * as opposed to stream I/O. This is almost never an important distinction,
+ * except in rare cases. One such case is that using read() or write() to
+ * stream a format using %V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE is not allowed since there
+ * is no way you can pass the field information of each buffer to/from
+ * userspace. A driver that supports this field format should check for
+ * this in the &vb2_ops->queue_setup op and reject it if this function returns
+ * true.
+ */
+static inline bool vb2_fileio_is_active(struct vb2_queue *q)
+{
+	return q->fileio;
+}
+
+/**
+ * vb2_get_num_buffers() - get the number of buffer in a queue
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ */
+static inline unsigned int vb2_get_num_buffers(struct vb2_queue *q)
+{
+	if (q->bufs_bitmap)
+		return bitmap_weight(q->bufs_bitmap, q->max_num_buffers);
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * vb2_is_busy() - return busy status of the queue.
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ *
+ * This function checks if queue has any buffers allocated.
+ */
+static inline bool vb2_is_busy(struct vb2_queue *q)
+{
+	return !!q->is_busy;
+}
+
+/**
+ * vb2_get_drv_priv() - return driver private data associated with the queue.
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ */
+static inline void *vb2_get_drv_priv(struct vb2_queue *q)
+{
+	return q->drv_priv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * vb2_set_plane_payload() - set bytesused for the plane @plane_no.
+ * @vb:		pointer to &struct vb2_buffer to which the plane in
+ *		question belongs to.
+ * @plane_no:	plane number for which payload should be set.
+ * @size:	payload in bytes.
+ */
+static inline void vb2_set_plane_payload(struct vb2_buffer *vb,
+				 unsigned int plane_no, unsigned long size)
+{
+	/*
+	 * size must never be larger than the buffer length, so
+	 * warn and clamp to the buffer length if that's the case.
+	 */
+	if (plane_no < vb->num_planes) {
+		if (WARN_ON_ONCE(size > vb->planes[plane_no].length))
+			size = vb->planes[plane_no].length;
+		vb->planes[plane_no].bytesused = size;
+	}
+}
+
+/**
+ * vb2_get_plane_payload() - get bytesused for the plane plane_no
+ * @vb:		pointer to &struct vb2_buffer to which the plane in
+ *		question belongs to.
+ * @plane_no:	plane number for which payload should be set.
+ */
+static inline unsigned long vb2_get_plane_payload(struct vb2_buffer *vb,
+				 unsigned int plane_no)
+{
+	if (plane_no < vb->num_planes)
+		return vb->planes[plane_no].bytesused;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * vb2_plane_size() - return plane size in bytes.
+ * @vb:		pointer to &struct vb2_buffer to which the plane in
+ *		question belongs to.
+ * @plane_no:	plane number for which size should be returned.
+ */
+static inline unsigned long
+vb2_plane_size(struct vb2_buffer *vb, unsigned int plane_no)
+{
+	if (plane_no < vb->num_planes)
+		return vb->planes[plane_no].length;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * vb2_start_streaming_called() - return streaming status of driver.
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ */
+static inline bool vb2_start_streaming_called(struct vb2_queue *q)
+{
+	return q->start_streaming_called;
+}
+
+/**
+ * vb2_clear_last_buffer_dequeued() - clear last buffer dequeued flag of queue.
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ */
+static inline void vb2_clear_last_buffer_dequeued(struct vb2_queue *q)
+{
+	q->last_buffer_dequeued = false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * vb2_get_buffer() - get a buffer from a queue
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @index:	buffer index
+ *
+ * This function obtains a buffer from a queue, by its index.
+ * Keep in mind that there is no refcounting involved in this
+ * operation, so the buffer lifetime should be taken into
+ * consideration.
+ */
+static inline struct vb2_buffer *vb2_get_buffer(struct vb2_queue *q,
+						unsigned int index)
+{
+	if (!q->bufs)
+		return NULL;
+
+	if (index >= q->max_num_buffers)
+		return NULL;
+
+	if (test_bit(index, q->bufs_bitmap))
+		return q->bufs[index];
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * The following functions are not part of the vb2 core API, but are useful
+ * functions for videobuf2-*.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * vb2_buffer_in_use() - return true if the buffer is in use and
+ * the queue cannot be freed (by the means of VIDIOC_REQBUFS(0)) call.
+ *
+ * @vb:		buffer for which plane size should be returned.
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ */
+bool vb2_buffer_in_use(struct vb2_queue *q, struct vb2_buffer *vb);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_verify_memory_type() - Check whether the memory type and buffer type
+ * passed to a buffer operation are compatible with the queue.
+ *
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @memory:	memory model, as defined by enum &vb2_memory.
+ * @type:	private buffer type whose content is defined by the vb2-core
+ *		caller. For example, for V4L2, it should match
+ *		the types defined on enum &v4l2_buf_type.
+ */
+int vb2_verify_memory_type(struct vb2_queue *q,
+		enum vb2_memory memory, unsigned int type);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_request_object_is_buffer() - return true if the object is a buffer
+ *
+ * @obj:	the request object.
+ */
+bool vb2_request_object_is_buffer(struct media_request_object *obj);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_request_buffer_cnt() - return the number of buffers in the request
+ *
+ * @req:	the request.
+ */
+unsigned int vb2_request_buffer_cnt(struct media_request *req);
+
+#endif /* _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_CORE_H */
diff --git a/include/media/videobuf2-dma-contig.h b/include/media/videobuf2-dma-contig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5be313cbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/videobuf2-dma-contig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/*
+ * videobuf2-dma-contig.h - DMA contig memory allocator for videobuf2
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Samsung Electronics
+ *
+ * Author: Pawel Osciak <pawel@osciak.com>
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_DMA_CONTIG_H
+#define _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_DMA_CONTIG_H
+
+#include <media/videobuf2-v4l2.h>
+#include <linux/dma-mapping.h>
+
+static inline dma_addr_t
+vb2_dma_contig_plane_dma_addr(struct vb2_buffer *vb, unsigned int plane_no)
+{
+	dma_addr_t *addr = vb2_plane_cookie(vb, plane_no);
+
+	return *addr;
+}
+
+int vb2_dma_contig_set_max_seg_size(struct device *dev, unsigned int size);
+static inline void vb2_dma_contig_clear_max_seg_size(struct device *dev) { }
+
+extern const struct vb2_mem_ops vb2_dma_contig_memops;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/videobuf2-dma-sg.h b/include/media/videobuf2-dma-sg.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f28fcb0cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/videobuf2-dma-sg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/*
+ * videobuf2-dma-sg.h - DMA scatter/gather memory allocator for videobuf2
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Samsung Electronics
+ *
+ * Author: Andrzej Pietrasiewicz <andrzejtp2010@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_DMA_SG_H
+#define _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_DMA_SG_H
+
+#include <media/videobuf2-v4l2.h>
+
+static inline struct sg_table *vb2_dma_sg_plane_desc(
+		struct vb2_buffer *vb, unsigned int plane_no)
+{
+	return (struct sg_table *)vb2_plane_cookie(vb, plane_no);
+}
+
+extern const struct vb2_mem_ops vb2_dma_sg_memops;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/videobuf2-dvb.h b/include/media/videobuf2-dvb.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2d577b945
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/videobuf2-dvb.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+#ifndef _VIDEOBUF2_DVB_H_
+#define	_VIDEOBUF2_DVB_H_
+
+#include <media/dvbdev.h>
+#include <media/dmxdev.h>
+#include <media/dvb_demux.h>
+#include <media/dvb_net.h>
+#include <media/dvb_frontend.h>
+#include <media/videobuf2-v4l2.h>
+
+/* We don't actually need to include media-device.h here */
+struct media_device;
+
+/*
+ * TODO: This header file should be replaced with videobuf2-core.h
+ * Currently, vb2_thread is not a stuff of videobuf2-core,
+ * since vb2_thread has many dependencies on videobuf2-v4l2.
+ */
+
+struct vb2_dvb {
+	/* filling that the job of the driver */
+	char			*name;
+	struct dvb_frontend	*frontend;
+	struct vb2_queue	dvbq;
+
+	/* vb2-dvb state info */
+	struct mutex		lock;
+	int			nfeeds;
+
+	/* vb2_dvb_(un)register manages this */
+	struct dvb_demux	demux;
+	struct dmxdev		dmxdev;
+	struct dmx_frontend	fe_hw;
+	struct dmx_frontend	fe_mem;
+	struct dvb_net		net;
+};
+
+struct vb2_dvb_frontend {
+	struct list_head felist;
+	int id;
+	struct vb2_dvb dvb;
+};
+
+struct vb2_dvb_frontends {
+	struct list_head felist;
+	struct mutex lock;
+	struct dvb_adapter adapter;
+	int active_fe_id; /* Indicates which frontend in the felist is in use */
+	int gate; /* Frontend with gate control 0=!MFE,1=fe0,2=fe1 etc */
+};
+
+int vb2_dvb_register_bus(struct vb2_dvb_frontends *f,
+			 struct module *module,
+			 void *adapter_priv,
+			 struct device *device,
+			 struct media_device *mdev,
+			 short *adapter_nr,
+			 int mfe_shared);
+
+void vb2_dvb_unregister_bus(struct vb2_dvb_frontends *f);
+
+struct vb2_dvb_frontend *vb2_dvb_alloc_frontend(struct vb2_dvb_frontends *f, int id);
+void vb2_dvb_dealloc_frontends(struct vb2_dvb_frontends *f);
+
+struct vb2_dvb_frontend *vb2_dvb_get_frontend(struct vb2_dvb_frontends *f, int id);
+int vb2_dvb_find_frontend(struct vb2_dvb_frontends *f, struct dvb_frontend *p);
+
+#endif			/* _VIDEOBUF2_DVB_H_ */
diff --git a/include/media/videobuf2-memops.h b/include/media/videobuf2-memops.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b5b84f93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/videobuf2-memops.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+ * videobuf2-memops.h - generic memory handling routines for videobuf2
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Samsung Electronics
+ *
+ * Author: Pawel Osciak <pawel@osciak.com>
+ *	   Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_MEMOPS_H
+#define _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_MEMOPS_H
+
+#include <media/videobuf2-v4l2.h>
+#include <linux/mm.h>
+#include <linux/refcount.h>
+
+/**
+ * struct vb2_vmarea_handler - common vma refcount tracking handler.
+ *
+ * @refcount:	pointer to &refcount_t entry in the buffer.
+ * @put:	callback to function that decreases buffer refcount.
+ * @arg:	argument for @put callback.
+ */
+struct vb2_vmarea_handler {
+	refcount_t		*refcount;
+	void			(*put)(void *arg);
+	void			*arg;
+};
+
+extern const struct vm_operations_struct vb2_common_vm_ops;
+
+struct frame_vector *vb2_create_framevec(unsigned long start,
+					 unsigned long length,
+					 bool write);
+void vb2_destroy_framevec(struct frame_vector *vec);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/videobuf2-v4l2.h b/include/media/videobuf2-v4l2.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d51e10c10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/videobuf2-v4l2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
+/*
+ * videobuf2-v4l2.h - V4L2 driver helper framework
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Samsung Electronics
+ *
+ * Author: Pawel Osciak <pawel@osciak.com>
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation.
+ */
+#ifndef _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_V4L2_H
+#define _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_V4L2_H
+
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+#include <media/videobuf2-core.h>
+
+#if VB2_MAX_FRAME != VIDEO_MAX_FRAME
+#error VB2_MAX_FRAME != VIDEO_MAX_FRAME
+#endif
+
+#if VB2_MAX_PLANES != VIDEO_MAX_PLANES
+#error VB2_MAX_PLANES != VIDEO_MAX_PLANES
+#endif
+
+struct video_device;
+
+/**
+ * struct vb2_v4l2_buffer - video buffer information for v4l2.
+ *
+ * @vb2_buf:	embedded struct &vb2_buffer.
+ * @flags:	buffer informational flags.
+ * @field:	field order of the image in the buffer, as defined by
+ *		&enum v4l2_field.
+ * @timecode:	frame timecode.
+ * @sequence:	sequence count of this frame.
+ * @request_fd:	the request_fd associated with this buffer
+ * @is_held:	if true, then this capture buffer was held
+ * @planes:	plane information (userptr/fd, length, bytesused, data_offset).
+ *
+ * Should contain enough information to be able to cover all the fields
+ * of &struct v4l2_buffer at ``videodev2.h``.
+ */
+struct vb2_v4l2_buffer {
+	struct vb2_buffer	vb2_buf;
+
+	__u32			flags;
+	__u32			field;
+	struct v4l2_timecode	timecode;
+	__u32			sequence;
+	__s32			request_fd;
+	bool			is_held;
+	struct vb2_plane	planes[VB2_MAX_PLANES];
+};
+
+/* VB2 V4L2 flags as set in vb2_queue.subsystem_flags */
+#define VB2_V4L2_FL_SUPPORTS_M2M_HOLD_CAPTURE_BUF (1 << 0)
+
+/*
+ * to_vb2_v4l2_buffer() - cast struct vb2_buffer * to struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *
+ */
+#define to_vb2_v4l2_buffer(vb) \
+	container_of(vb, struct vb2_v4l2_buffer, vb2_buf)
+
+/**
+ * vb2_find_buffer() - Find a buffer with given timestamp
+ *
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @timestamp:	the timestamp to find.
+ *
+ * Returns the buffer with the given @timestamp, or NULL if not found.
+ */
+struct vb2_buffer *vb2_find_buffer(struct vb2_queue *q, u64 timestamp);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_querybuf() - Query video buffer information
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @b:		buffer structure passed from userspace to
+ *		&v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_querybuf handler in driver
+ *
+ * Should be called from vidioc_querybuf ioctl handler in driver.
+ * This function will verify the passed v4l2_buffer structure and fill the
+ * relevant information for the userspace.
+ *
+ * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned
+ * from vidioc_querybuf handler in driver.
+ */
+int vb2_querybuf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_buffer *b);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_reqbufs() - Wrapper for vb2_core_reqbufs() that also verifies
+ * the memory and type values.
+ *
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @req:	&struct v4l2_requestbuffers passed from userspace to
+ *		&v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_reqbufs handler in driver.
+ */
+int vb2_reqbufs(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_requestbuffers *req);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_create_bufs() - Wrapper for vb2_core_create_bufs() that also verifies
+ * the memory and type values.
+ *
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @create:	creation parameters, passed from userspace to
+ *		&v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_create_bufs handler in driver
+ */
+int vb2_create_bufs(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_create_buffers *create);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_prepare_buf() - Pass ownership of a buffer from userspace to the kernel
+ *
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @mdev:	pointer to &struct media_device, may be NULL.
+ * @b:		buffer structure passed from userspace to
+ *		&v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_prepare_buf handler in driver
+ *
+ * Should be called from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_prepare_buf ioctl handler
+ * of a driver.
+ *
+ * This function:
+ *
+ * #) verifies the passed buffer,
+ * #) calls &vb2_ops->buf_prepare callback in the driver (if provided),
+ *    in which driver-specific buffer initialization can be performed.
+ * #) if @b->request_fd is non-zero and @mdev->ops->req_queue is set,
+ *    then bind the prepared buffer to the request.
+ *
+ * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned
+ * from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_prepare_buf handler in driver.
+ */
+int vb2_prepare_buf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct media_device *mdev,
+		    struct v4l2_buffer *b);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_qbuf() - Queue a buffer from userspace
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @mdev:	pointer to &struct media_device, may be NULL.
+ * @b:		buffer structure passed from userspace to
+ *		&v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_qbuf handler in driver
+ *
+ * Should be called from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_qbuf handler of a driver.
+ *
+ * This function:
+ *
+ * #) verifies the passed buffer;
+ * #) if @b->request_fd is non-zero and @mdev->ops->req_queue is set,
+ *    then bind the buffer to the request.
+ * #) if necessary, calls &vb2_ops->buf_prepare callback in the driver
+ *    (if provided), in which driver-specific buffer initialization can
+ *    be performed;
+ * #) if streaming is on, queues the buffer in driver by the means of
+ *    &vb2_ops->buf_queue callback for processing.
+ *
+ * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned
+ * from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_qbuf handler in driver.
+ */
+int vb2_qbuf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct media_device *mdev,
+	     struct v4l2_buffer *b);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_expbuf() - Export a buffer as a file descriptor
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @eb:		export buffer structure passed from userspace to
+ *		&v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_expbuf handler in driver
+ *
+ * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned
+ * from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_expbuf handler in driver.
+ */
+int vb2_expbuf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_exportbuffer *eb);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_dqbuf() - Dequeue a buffer to the userspace
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @b:		buffer structure passed from userspace to
+ *		&v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_dqbuf handler in driver
+ * @nonblocking: if true, this call will not sleep waiting for a buffer if no
+ *		 buffers ready for dequeuing are present. Normally the driver
+ *		 would be passing (&file->f_flags & %O_NONBLOCK) here
+ *
+ * Should be called from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_dqbuf ioctl handler
+ * of a driver.
+ *
+ * This function:
+ *
+ * #) verifies the passed buffer;
+ * #) calls &vb2_ops->buf_finish callback in the driver (if provided), in which
+ *    driver can perform any additional operations that may be required before
+ *    returning the buffer to userspace, such as cache sync;
+ * #) the buffer struct members are filled with relevant information for
+ *    the userspace.
+ *
+ * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned
+ * from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_dqbuf handler in driver.
+ */
+int vb2_dqbuf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_buffer *b, bool nonblocking);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_streamon - start streaming
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @type:	type argument passed from userspace to vidioc_streamon handler,
+ *		as defined by &enum v4l2_buf_type.
+ *
+ * Should be called from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_streamon handler of a driver.
+ *
+ * This function:
+ *
+ * 1) verifies current state
+ * 2) passes any previously queued buffers to the driver and starts streaming
+ *
+ * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned
+ * from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_streamon handler in the driver.
+ */
+int vb2_streamon(struct vb2_queue *q, enum v4l2_buf_type type);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_streamoff - stop streaming
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @type:	type argument passed from userspace to vidioc_streamoff handler
+ *
+ * Should be called from vidioc_streamoff handler of a driver.
+ *
+ * This function:
+ *
+ * #) verifies current state,
+ * #) stop streaming and dequeues any queued buffers, including those previously
+ *    passed to the driver (after waiting for the driver to finish).
+ *
+ * This call can be used for pausing playback.
+ * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned
+ * from vidioc_streamoff handler in the driver
+ */
+int vb2_streamoff(struct vb2_queue *q, enum v4l2_buf_type type);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_queue_init() - initialize a videobuf2 queue
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ *
+ * The vb2_queue structure should be allocated by the driver. The driver is
+ * responsible of clearing it's content and setting initial values for some
+ * required entries before calling this function.
+ * q->ops, q->mem_ops, q->type and q->io_modes are mandatory. Please refer
+ * to the struct vb2_queue description in include/media/videobuf2-core.h
+ * for more information.
+ */
+int __must_check vb2_queue_init(struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_queue_init_name() - initialize a videobuf2 queue with a name
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @name:	the queue name
+ *
+ * This function initializes the vb2_queue exactly like vb2_queue_init(),
+ * and additionally sets the queue name. The queue name is used for logging
+ * purpose, and should uniquely identify the queue within the context of the
+ * device it belongs to. This is useful to attribute kernel log messages to the
+ * right queue for m2m devices or other devices that handle multiple queues.
+ */
+int __must_check vb2_queue_init_name(struct vb2_queue *q, const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_queue_release() - stop streaming, release the queue and free memory
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ *
+ * This function stops streaming and performs necessary clean ups, including
+ * freeing video buffer memory. The driver is responsible for freeing
+ * the vb2_queue structure itself.
+ */
+void vb2_queue_release(struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_queue_change_type() - change the type of an inactive vb2_queue
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @type:	the type to change to (V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_*)
+ *
+ * This function changes the type of the vb2_queue. This is only possible
+ * if the queue is not busy (i.e. no buffers have been allocated).
+ *
+ * vb2_queue_change_type() can be used to support multiple buffer types using
+ * the same queue. The driver can implement v4l2_ioctl_ops.vidioc_reqbufs and
+ * v4l2_ioctl_ops.vidioc_create_bufs functions and call vb2_queue_change_type()
+ * before calling vb2_ioctl_reqbufs() or vb2_ioctl_create_bufs(), and thus
+ * "lock" the buffer type until the buffers have been released.
+ */
+int vb2_queue_change_type(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned int type);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_poll() - implements poll userspace operation
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @file:	file argument passed to the poll file operation handler
+ * @wait:	wait argument passed to the poll file operation handler
+ *
+ * This function implements poll file operation handler for a driver.
+ * For CAPTURE queues, if a buffer is ready to be dequeued, the userspace will
+ * be informed that the file descriptor of a video device is available for
+ * reading.
+ * For OUTPUT queues, if a buffer is ready to be dequeued, the file descriptor
+ * will be reported as available for writing.
+ *
+ * If the driver uses struct v4l2_fh, then vb2_poll() will also check for any
+ * pending events.
+ *
+ * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned
+ * from poll handler in driver.
+ */
+__poll_t vb2_poll(struct vb2_queue *q, struct file *file, poll_table *wait);
+
+/*
+ * The following functions are not part of the vb2 core API, but are simple
+ * helper functions that you can use in your struct v4l2_file_operations,
+ * struct v4l2_ioctl_ops and struct vb2_ops. They will serialize if vb2_queue->lock
+ * or video_device->lock is set, and they will set and test the queue owner
+ * (vb2_queue->owner) to check if the calling filehandle is permitted to do the
+ * queuing operation.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * vb2_queue_is_busy() - check if the queue is busy
+ * @q:		pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @file:	file through which the vb2 queue access is performed
+ *
+ * The queue is considered busy if it has an owner and the owner is not the
+ * @file.
+ *
+ * Queue ownership is acquired and checked by some of the v4l2_ioctl_ops helpers
+ * below. Drivers can also use this function directly when they need to
+ * open-code ioctl handlers, for instance to add additional checks between the
+ * queue ownership test and the call to the corresponding vb2 operation.
+ */
+static inline bool vb2_queue_is_busy(struct vb2_queue *q, struct file *file)
+{
+	return q->owner && q->owner != file->private_data;
+}
+
+/* struct v4l2_ioctl_ops helpers */
+
+int vb2_ioctl_reqbufs(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			  struct v4l2_requestbuffers *p);
+int vb2_ioctl_create_bufs(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			  struct v4l2_create_buffers *p);
+int vb2_ioctl_prepare_buf(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			  struct v4l2_buffer *p);
+int vb2_ioctl_querybuf(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_buffer *p);
+int vb2_ioctl_qbuf(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_buffer *p);
+int vb2_ioctl_dqbuf(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_buffer *p);
+int vb2_ioctl_streamon(struct file *file, void *priv, enum v4l2_buf_type i);
+int vb2_ioctl_streamoff(struct file *file, void *priv, enum v4l2_buf_type i);
+int vb2_ioctl_expbuf(struct file *file, void *priv,
+	struct v4l2_exportbuffer *p);
+int vb2_ioctl_remove_bufs(struct file *file, void *priv,
+			  struct v4l2_remove_buffers *p);
+
+/* struct v4l2_file_operations helpers */
+
+int vb2_fop_mmap(struct file *file, struct vm_area_struct *vma);
+int vb2_fop_release(struct file *file);
+int _vb2_fop_release(struct file *file, struct mutex *lock);
+ssize_t vb2_fop_write(struct file *file, const char __user *buf,
+		size_t count, loff_t *ppos);
+ssize_t vb2_fop_read(struct file *file, char __user *buf,
+		size_t count, loff_t *ppos);
+__poll_t vb2_fop_poll(struct file *file, poll_table *wait);
+#ifndef CONFIG_MMU
+unsigned long vb2_fop_get_unmapped_area(struct file *file, unsigned long addr,
+		unsigned long len, unsigned long pgoff, unsigned long flags);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * vb2_video_unregister_device - unregister the video device and release queue
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ *
+ * If the driver uses vb2_fop_release()/_vb2_fop_release(), then it should use
+ * vb2_video_unregister_device() instead of video_unregister_device().
+ *
+ * This function will call video_unregister_device() and then release the
+ * vb2_queue if streaming is in progress. This will stop streaming and
+ * this will simplify the unbind sequence since after this call all subdevs
+ * will have stopped streaming as well.
+ */
+void vb2_video_unregister_device(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+struct media_request;
+int vb2_request_validate(struct media_request *req);
+void vb2_request_queue(struct media_request *req);
+
+#endif /* _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_V4L2_H */
diff --git a/include/media/videobuf2-vmalloc.h b/include/media/videobuf2-vmalloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a63fe6621
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/videobuf2-vmalloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/*
+ * videobuf2-vmalloc.h - vmalloc memory allocator for videobuf2
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Samsung Electronics
+ *
+ * Author: Pawel Osciak <pawel@osciak.com>
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_VMALLOC_H
+#define _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_VMALLOC_H
+
+#include <media/videobuf2-v4l2.h>
+
+extern const struct vb2_mem_ops vb2_vmalloc_memops;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/vsp1.h b/include/media/vsp1.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..98089e0a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/vsp1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ */
+/*
+ * vsp1.h  --  R-Car VSP1 API
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2015 Renesas Electronics Corporation
+ *
+ * Contact: Laurent Pinchart (laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com)
+ */
+#ifndef __MEDIA_VSP1_H__
+#define __MEDIA_VSP1_H__
+
+#include <linux/scatterlist.h>
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+
+struct device;
+struct vsp1_dl_list;
+
+/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VSP1 DU interface
+ */
+
+int vsp1_du_init(struct device *dev);
+
+#define VSP1_DU_STATUS_COMPLETE		BIT(0)
+#define VSP1_DU_STATUS_WRITEBACK	BIT(1)
+
+/**
+ * struct vsp1_du_lif_config - VSP LIF configuration
+ * @width: output frame width
+ * @height: output frame height
+ * @interlaced: true for interlaced pipelines
+ * @callback: frame completion callback function (optional). When a callback
+ *	      is provided, the VSP driver guarantees that it will be called once
+ *	      and only once for each vsp1_du_atomic_flush() call.
+ * @callback_data: data to be passed to the frame completion callback
+ */
+struct vsp1_du_lif_config {
+	unsigned int width;
+	unsigned int height;
+	bool interlaced;
+
+	void (*callback)(void *data, unsigned int status, u32 crc);
+	void *callback_data;
+};
+
+int vsp1_du_enable(struct device *dev, unsigned int pipe_index,
+		   const struct vsp1_du_lif_config *cfg);
+int vsp1_du_disable(struct device *dev, unsigned int pipe_index);
+
+/**
+ * struct vsp1_du_atomic_config - VSP atomic configuration parameters
+ * @pixelformat: plane pixel format (V4L2 4CC)
+ * @pitch: line pitch in bytes for the first plane
+ * @mem: DMA memory address for each plane of the frame buffer
+ * @src: source rectangle in the frame buffer (integer coordinates)
+ * @dst: destination rectangle on the display (integer coordinates)
+ * @alpha: alpha value (0: fully transparent, 255: fully opaque)
+ * @zpos: Z position of the plane (from 0 to number of planes minus 1)
+ * @premult: true for premultiplied alpha
+ * @color_encoding: color encoding (valid for YUV formats only)
+ * @color_range: color range (valid for YUV formats only)
+ */
+struct vsp1_du_atomic_config {
+	u32 pixelformat;
+	unsigned int pitch;
+	dma_addr_t mem[3];
+	struct v4l2_rect src;
+	struct v4l2_rect dst;
+	unsigned int alpha;
+	unsigned int zpos;
+	bool premult;
+	enum v4l2_ycbcr_encoding color_encoding;
+	enum v4l2_quantization color_range;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum vsp1_du_crc_source - Source used for CRC calculation
+ * @VSP1_DU_CRC_NONE: CRC calculation disabled
+ * @VSP1_DU_CRC_PLANE: Perform CRC calculation on an input plane
+ * @VSP1_DU_CRC_OUTPUT: Perform CRC calculation on the composed output
+ */
+enum vsp1_du_crc_source {
+	VSP1_DU_CRC_NONE,
+	VSP1_DU_CRC_PLANE,
+	VSP1_DU_CRC_OUTPUT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct vsp1_du_crc_config - VSP CRC computation configuration parameters
+ * @source: source for CRC calculation
+ * @index: index of the CRC source plane (when source is set to plane)
+ */
+struct vsp1_du_crc_config {
+	enum vsp1_du_crc_source source;
+	unsigned int index;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct vsp1_du_writeback_config - VSP writeback configuration parameters
+ * @pixelformat: plane pixel format (V4L2 4CC)
+ * @pitch: line pitch in bytes for the first plane
+ * @mem: DMA memory address for each plane of the frame buffer
+ */
+struct vsp1_du_writeback_config {
+	u32 pixelformat;
+	unsigned int pitch;
+	dma_addr_t mem[3];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct vsp1_du_atomic_pipe_config - VSP atomic pipe configuration parameters
+ * @crc: CRC computation configuration
+ * @writeback: writeback configuration
+ */
+struct vsp1_du_atomic_pipe_config {
+	struct vsp1_du_crc_config crc;
+	struct vsp1_du_writeback_config writeback;
+};
+
+void vsp1_du_atomic_begin(struct device *dev, unsigned int pipe_index);
+int vsp1_du_atomic_update(struct device *dev, unsigned int pipe_index,
+			  unsigned int rpf,
+			  const struct vsp1_du_atomic_config *cfg);
+void vsp1_du_atomic_flush(struct device *dev, unsigned int pipe_index,
+			  const struct vsp1_du_atomic_pipe_config *cfg);
+int vsp1_du_map_sg(struct device *dev, struct sg_table *sgt);
+void vsp1_du_unmap_sg(struct device *dev, struct sg_table *sgt);
+
+/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VSP1 ISP interface
+ */
+
+/**
+ * struct vsp1_isp_buffer_desc - Describe a buffer allocated by VSPX
+ * @size: Byte size of the buffer allocated by VSPX
+ * @cpu_addr: CPU-mapped address of a buffer allocated by VSPX
+ * @dma_addr: bus address of a buffer allocated by VSPX
+ */
+struct vsp1_isp_buffer_desc {
+	size_t size;
+	void *cpu_addr;
+	dma_addr_t dma_addr;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct vsp1_isp_job_desc - Describe a VSPX buffer transfer request
+ * @config: ConfigDMA buffer descriptor
+ * @config.pairs: number of reg-value pairs in the ConfigDMA buffer
+ * @config.mem: bus address of the ConfigDMA buffer
+ * @img: RAW image buffer descriptor
+ * @img.fmt: RAW image format
+ * @img.mem: bus address of the RAW image buffer
+ * @dl: pointer to the display list populated by the VSPX driver in the
+ *      vsp1_isp_job_prepare() function
+ *
+ * Describe a transfer request for the VSPX to perform on behalf of the ISP.
+ * The job descriptor contains an optional ConfigDMA buffer and one RAW image
+ * buffer. Set config.pairs to 0 if no ConfigDMA buffer should be transferred.
+ * The minimum number of config.pairs that can be written using ConfigDMA is 17.
+ * A number of pairs < 16 corrupts the output image. A number of pairs == 16
+ * freezes the VSPX operation. If the ISP driver has to write less than 17 pairs
+ * it shall pad the buffer with writes directed to registers that have no effect
+ * or avoid using ConfigDMA at all for such small write sequences.
+ *
+ * The ISP driver shall pass an instance this type to the vsp1_isp_job_prepare()
+ * function that will populate the display list pointer @dl using the @config
+ * and @img descriptors. When the job has to be run on the VSPX, the descriptor
+ * shall be passed to vsp1_isp_job_run() which consumes the display list.
+ *
+ * Job descriptors not yet run shall be released with a call to
+ * vsp1_isp_job_release() when stopping the streaming in order to properly
+ * release the resources acquired by vsp1_isp_job_prepare().
+ */
+struct vsp1_isp_job_desc {
+	struct {
+		unsigned int pairs;
+		dma_addr_t mem;
+	} config;
+	struct {
+		struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane fmt;
+		dma_addr_t mem;
+	} img;
+	struct vsp1_dl_list *dl;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct vsp1_vspx_frame_end - VSPX frame end callback data
+ * @vspx_frame_end: Frame end callback. Called after a transfer job has been
+ *		    completed. If the job includes both a ConfigDMA and a
+ *		    RAW image, the callback is called after both have been
+ *		    transferred
+ * @frame_end_data: Frame end callback data, passed to vspx_frame_end
+ */
+struct vsp1_vspx_frame_end {
+	void (*vspx_frame_end)(void *data);
+	void *frame_end_data;
+};
+
+int vsp1_isp_init(struct device *dev);
+struct device *vsp1_isp_get_bus_master(struct device *dev);
+int vsp1_isp_alloc_buffer(struct device *dev, size_t size,
+			  struct vsp1_isp_buffer_desc *buffer_desc);
+void vsp1_isp_free_buffer(struct device *dev,
+			  struct vsp1_isp_buffer_desc *buffer_desc);
+int vsp1_isp_start_streaming(struct device *dev,
+			     struct vsp1_vspx_frame_end *frame_end);
+void vsp1_isp_stop_streaming(struct device *dev);
+int vsp1_isp_job_prepare(struct device *dev,
+			 struct vsp1_isp_job_desc *job);
+int vsp1_isp_job_run(struct device *dev, struct vsp1_isp_job_desc *job);
+void vsp1_isp_job_release(struct device *dev,  struct vsp1_isp_job_desc *job);
+
+#endif /* __MEDIA_VSP1_H__ */